©nifT oip 
 
 
 K M 
 
J 
 
SHORTER COURSE 
 
 WITH THE 
 
 ® ertnan language 
 
 BY 
 
 W. H. WOODBURY, A. M. 
 
 A.UTHOE OF " NEW METHOD OF LKAEMNQ TO READ, SPEAK AND WEITK 
 
 THE GERMAN LANGUAGE," " ELEMENTARY GERMAN READER," 
 
 "eclectic GERMAN READER," " GERMAN-ENGLISH AND 
 
 ENGLISH-GERMAN READER," 
 
 "HKW METHOD FOR GERMANS TO LEARN ENGLISH," OR 
 
 ** Seue iWet^ob* jui grl«»nung bet englifc^en epra<^e," <fec. 
 
 TENTH EDITION. 
 
 NEW YORK: 
 
 IVISON, PHINNEY & CO, 48 & 50 WALKER STREET. 
 CHICAGO: a C. GRIGGS & CO., 39 & 41 LAKE ST. 
 
 BOSTON : BROWN, TAGGAKD A CHASE, PIIILADKLPHIA : 80WEB, BARNES ic CO., 
 
 AND J, B. LIPPINCOTT & CO. CINCINNATI; MOORE, WILSTACU, KEYS A CO. 
 
 SAVANNAH : J. M. COOPER & CO. ST. L0XTI8 : KEITH k WOODS. NEW 
 
 ORLEANS : BLOOMFIELD, STEEL k CO. DETROIT : F. KAYMOND A CO. 
 
 "T862. 
 
Just Published. 
 A KEY TO THE EXERCISES IN WOODBURf's SHORTER COURSB 
 WITH THE GERMAN LANGUAGE. PricG 50 CGIltS. 
 
 IVISON «fe PHINNEY, 321 Broadway, N. Y. 
 
 EmrxRED, according to Act of Congrfess, in tiib year 1853, hy 
 W. H. WOODBURYt 
 % tile Clerk's Office of the District Court of the United States, for the Soutlieni 
 District of Nkw-York. 
 
PREFACE 
 
 This "Shorter Course" with German is designed 
 as a response to tlie oft-repeated call for something 
 less elaborate than the author's larger work. Its 
 aim, therefore, is simply and rigidly jpractical. 
 
 The plan differs not materially from that which 
 characterizes the author's English Course for Germans, 
 published in 1848 : the exercises throughout being 
 alternately English and German. 
 
 The details of the method, therefore, need not here 
 be pointed out ; as a glance at the following pages 
 will convey a better impression of the leading fea- 
 tures of the course, than any amount of statement 
 and specification. 
 
 With this brief prefatory note, with sincere thanks 
 for the favor shown to his previous productions, and 
 with the hope that the present one will not be less 
 deserving of regard, the author commits tho work 
 confidingly to the public. 
 
 New-York, June, 8, 1852. 
 
WOODBURY'S GERMAN SERIES 
 
 LEARNING TO READ, SPEAK AND WRITE GERMAN 
 * Price, $1. 25. 
 
 W O O D B U R Y'S 
 
 SHORTER COURSE WITH GERMAN, 
 
 Price, $0. 75. 
 
 •W O O I> » T7JE«.-X-»» 
 
 ELEMENTARY GERMAN READER. 
 
 Price, %0. 75. 
 
 W ID i& u I g ' SJ 
 iSOLECTIC GERMAN READER. 
 
 Price, $1. 
 
 Woodbury's 
 
 GERMAN.ENGLISH AND ENGLISH-GERMAN READER 
 
 Price, $0. 25. 
 
 Snr @rlernunfl ber engltfd)en ®^rad)c. 
 
 /aspellf^B /rcnci) Sates, 
 
 FASQUELLE'S FRENCH COURSE. 
 
 Price, $1. 25. 
 
 Price, SO. 75. 
 
 FASQUELLE'S TELEMAQUE. 
 Pr»c<r, SO. 75. 
 
INDEX TO THE LESSONS. 
 
 Liss. I. German Alphabet. 
 
 Less. 
 
 Less. 
 
 Less. II. Sounds of the letters. 1. Vow- 
 els. 2. Umlauts. 3. Diphthongs. 
 4. Consonants. 5. Oompound con- 
 sonants. Less, 
 
 Less. IIL Current hand. 
 
 Less. IV. 1. Definite article. 2. Gender 
 
 of nouns. 3. Pros. sing, of ^abcn. Lggg 
 
 Less. V. 1. Interrogative conjugation. 
 2. Pres. sing, of loben. 
 
 Less. VI. 1. Cases. 2, Position of geni- 
 tive. 3. Dative, how rendered. 
 4. Dec!, of def. art. 5. Agreement 
 of art. with noun. 6. 7. 8. Forms of Less. 
 decl. of nouns. 9. Paradigm. 
 
 [iEss. Vn. 1. Dative with prepositions. 
 2. Conj. of verbs. 
 
 Less. VIII. 1. Demonstrative pronouns. 
 
 2. & 3. Decl. of btefer, jenev, &c. 
 
 Less. IX. 1. Indef. art. 2. Poss. pron. 
 
 3. Decl. of indef. art. and poss. pron. 
 
 Less. X. 1. Interrog. prons. 2. Decl. of Less. 
 SBcr and 2Ba§ fur etn. 3. aBa« 
 fiir separated. 4. SBeldE) and WaS 
 fiir in exclamations. 5. 3Brt8 for 
 gajavum. 6. Semanb, 9fltemanb, 
 etroag, ^Itdjfs. 7. aBaSfor @tnja«. 
 8. Decl. of 3cmanb. 9. ®ar, or 
 ®anj uni) gar. 
 
 Libs. XI. Adjs. of old Decl. Forms of 
 
 the adjective. 1. Used predica- Less, 
 tively. 2. Three forms of declension. 
 3. When inflected according to the 
 old declension. 4. Rejection of e 
 before I, It or r. 5. Endings of old 
 decl. in the nominative. 6. A4js, 
 qualifying @ttV(l6, &c. 
 
 Lkbs. XII. 1 . Adjectives inflected accord 
 ing to the new declension. 2. End- 
 ings of new declension in the nomi- 
 native. 
 
 Lisa. XIII. 1 . Adjective inflected accord- 
 ing to tlie mixed declension. 2. Form 
 of words requiring an adjective to 
 be in the mixed decl. 3. Endings 
 of the mixed decl. in the nominative. 
 
 I^ra. XrV. Speaking and writing German. 
 
 Less 
 
 XV. 1. Preps, with th« dative, 
 2. Preps, with tLe accusative. 3. Prepa, 
 with the dat. or ace. 4. Preps, and 
 def. art. contracted. 
 
 XVI. 1. Negative conjugation. 2. Po- 
 sition of Sliest. 3. ©onbern anJ 
 5lbcr. 4. S^it^twa^r? 5. Nouns 
 of the new decl. 
 
 XVn. 1. Articles and pronouns in 
 the feminine gender. 2. Declension 
 of feminine nouns. 3. Appe'lations 
 of females. 4. Adjectives in ti.e old 
 declension. 5. Adjectives in the new 
 declension. 
 
 XVIII. 1. Formation of diminutives. 
 2. Use of diminutives. 3. Formation 
 of compounds. 4. Gender of com- 
 pounds. 
 
 XIX. 1. Gender of nouns. 2. Ap- 
 pellations of persons. 3. Masculine. 
 4. Feminine. 5. Neuter. 6. Having 
 two genders. 7. Generic names of 
 animals. 
 
 XX. 1. Plural of article, possessive 
 and demonstrative pronouns, &c. 
 
 2. Adjectives in the plural. 3. CMd 
 declension. 4. Present plural of 
 ^abcn and ©etn. 5. Nouns of the 
 old declension ending in t, el, Cll, 
 cr, (Jjen and Jcilt. 6. Nouns not end- 
 ing in e, cl, &c. 7. Nouns having 
 more than one form for the plural. 
 
 XXI. 1. Adjectives of new declen- 
 tion. 2. Nouns of new declension. 
 
 3. Feminine nouns. 4. Nouns of old 
 and new declension. 5. Nouns fol- 
 lowing the old decl. in the singular 
 and the new in the plural. 6. De. 
 clension of proper names. 7. Femi- 
 nine proper names ending in t. 
 
 8. Masculine nouns adding ttl8, 
 
 9. Use of the article. 10. Connected 
 view of all declensions. 
 
 . XXII. I. Comparison of adjectives. 
 2. Umlaut. 3. Irregular. 4. Unin- 
 flected form. 5. Superlative with 
 am. 6. How declined. 7. Super- 
 lative combined with 5lIIer. 8. Com- 
 pared by means of fSltl)V. 9. 3e— 
 beflo. 1 0. Posiiicn of subj. and verlfc 
 
 IV154G317 
 
INDEX TO THE LESSONS. 
 
 Liss. XXIII. 1 . Adject, used substantively. 
 2. 3. 4. Terminations dropped. 5. Old 
 and new decl. G. U^ed adverliially. 
 Superlative with QlufS and 3»'"- 
 8. @ltel and Sautev. 9. Formed from 
 nouns. JO. Sentences used adjec- 
 tively. 11. Following a noun. 12. De- 
 rived from names of countries. 
 
 13. From names of persons. 
 
 Lkbs. XXIV. 1. Gen. of pers. prons. 2. Pers. 
 pron. used reflex. 3. Refl. pron. (Bi6). 
 
 4. &i^ translated by a pers. pron. 
 
 5. Pers. and refl. prons. used as reci- 
 procal. 6. 7. Use of the pron. of the 
 second pers. sing. 8. 9 Use of the 
 second pers. plur. 10. Tiiird pers. 
 sing, for the second. 1 1. Third pers. 
 plur, for the second pers., sing, or 
 plur. 12. Prons. referring to neuter 
 appellations of pers. 13. Gender of 
 prons. referring to inanimate objects. 
 
 14. Adv. substitued for a pron. and 
 preposition. 15. Use of @8, as gram- 
 matical subj. 16. Position of the 
 grammatical subj. 17. Various uses 
 of (S8. 
 
 Les-s. XXV. 1. Absolute possessive pron. 
 2. Used substantively 3. Inflection 
 
 of ^ein and ©in. 4. 2)Jetnee» 
 0leict)en, &c. 
 Ijcss. XXVI. 1. Pres. rendered by the perf. 
 
 2. By the fut. 3. Use of the imperf. 
 
 4. Position of infinit. and partic. in 
 compound tenses. 5. Perf. in refer- 
 ring to past time. 6. Use of the fut. 
 
 7. Verb repeated, or auxil. omitted. 
 
 8. Conj. of ^aben. 9. idioms with 
 J^aben. 
 
 Lkbs. XXVII. 1. Form of infinit. 2. Root 
 
 3. Pres. particip. 4. Perf. particip. 
 
 5. Formation of pres. indie. 6. For- 
 mation of imperf. 7. Formation of 
 perf. and pluperf. 8. Formation of 
 Uie futures. 9. Conj. of Siebcit. 
 
 LssB. XXVIII. 1. Relat. pron. 2. Forms 
 of the genitive. .3. 4. Position of the 
 verb in relat sentence. 5. Relat. and 
 princip. sentence. G. Conjunctions. 
 7. 5)fV, IDie. 2)fl8 as relative. 8. 0J) 
 as a relat 9. U.«e of SGCcr. 10. Use 
 ofSBaJ. 11. 2Sdct)er in the signi- 
 fication of "some". 12. Adv. sub- 
 Btituted for a pron. and preposition. 
 13. Omission of the copula. 14. Use 
 of the relat. with pers. prons. 15. In- 
 version of relat. and antecedent. 
 
 Lms. XXIX. 1. Determinative pronouns. 
 
 2. ^ttforbcrjenifle. 3. ^erfclbe 
 
 instead of a personal pronoun 
 4. (Solc^er instead of a demonstra 
 tive or personal pronoun. 5. (SbcU. 
 6. 7. (Sclbjl. 
 Less. XXX. 1. ©er as demonstrative 
 
 2. Use of baS and btcp. 3. HRvin. 
 
 Less. XXXT. 1. ^oniieit. 2. S)Hrfen. 
 
 3. mmn. 4. (2oUen. 5. Swol- 
 len. 6. SJJiiffeii. 7. Saffcti. 
 8. Conj. of 9. Fo.m of perf. and 
 pluperf. 10. Collocation. 11. Omis- 
 sion of the main verb. 12. Form 
 of second and third persons. 
 
 Less. XXXII. 1. Setn. 2. Conj. 3. SBer* 
 ben. 4. Conj. 
 
 Less. XXXIII. 1. Irregular verbs. 2. Form 
 of infinitive. 3. 4. 5. Formation of 
 imperfect tense, and perfect parti- 
 ciple. 6. Irregular in the present 
 tense. 7. Formation of the second 
 and third persons. 8. List of irre- 
 gular verbs. 
 
 Less. XXXIV. ^aUn as auxiliary. 
 2. 0ein as auxiliary. 3. ^abeu 
 or i&cin. 
 
 Less. XXXV. 1. Infinitive without JU. 
 
 2. 3. Rendered by our present par- 
 ticiple. 4. As subject of a verb. 
 5. After particles. 6. Used pas- 
 sivelv. 7. Uiu with infinitive. 
 8. After Stiffen. 
 
 Less. XXXVI. Present participle. 2. Used 
 predicalively. 3. Perfect participle 
 after Jlommcn. 4. With ®ct)cn. 
 5, Used imperatively. 6. Future 
 participle. 7. Imperative. 8. In- 
 dicative, and ©oUen, used as, 9.3)a» 
 buv4> ba^. 
 
 Less. XXXVII. 1. Compound verbs. 2. 3. 
 
 4. Position of the particle. 5. Pre- 
 fixed to a verb not accented on the 
 first syllable. 6. Signification of 
 
 Less. XXXVIII. Adverbs. 1. With verbs 
 of rest 2. With verbs of motion. 
 
 3. »g)ill and .^cr separated from 1)0 
 and 2Uo. 4. 4?in and .^er, defined. 
 
 5. How translated. 6. 5>a, .j^icr, 
 &.C., compounded with pic|)d. 7. For- 
 mation of adverbs. 
 
 Less. XXXIX. 1. Collocation of subor 
 dinate sentence. 2. Ccrrelativc 
 
 words. 3. Obgleic^, &.c. 4. 51ber, 
 &.C. 5. Inversion of subject and 
 verb. 6. Conjunction omitted in 
 translaUon. 7. PosIUod of adverbi 
 
INDEX TO THE LESSONS, 
 
 with adjectives. 8. With verbs. 
 9. Adverbs of time and manner. 
 Lkss. XL. Compound verbs. 1, Unac- 
 cented particles. 2. 3. Unaccented, 
 or accented. 4. Augment. 
 
 Less XLI. 1, Subjunctive as potential. 
 
 2. Rendered by the indicative. 
 
 3. As imperative. 4. Conj. of sub- 
 junctive. 5. Formation of subjunc- 
 tive : of regular verbs. 6. Of irregu- 
 lar verbs. 
 
 Less. XLII. 1. Conditional. 2. Imperfect 
 and pluperfect. 3. Condition not 
 expressed. 4. Conditional used in- 
 terrogatively. 5. Conj. of Ǥabeit 
 and ©ein. 
 
 Less. XLIIL 1. Reflexive verbs. 2. Rend- 
 ered by intransitive or passive verbs. 
 
 Less. XLIV. 1. [mpersonal verbs. 2. Omis- 
 sion of (S8. 3. ©eben. 4. %ih= 
 Icn, &c. 5. Impersonal and reflexive. 
 
 Less. XLV. Passive. 1. Formation of. 
 
 2. aSorben. 3. Used impersonally. 
 
 4. Paradigm. 
 
 TiKss. XL VI. 1. Def. art. omitted in trans- 
 lating. 2. Supplied in translating. 
 
 3. 4. Indef.arl. omitted. b.^tV^lw 
 
 (^en, &c. 
 
 IiEss. XLVTI. 1. Proper and common 
 nouns. 2. Date. 3. Nouns of weif^bt, 
 
 &c. 4. 3irr. 5. (Sin ^aar. 6. Wlann. 
 
 Lesi. XL VIII. 1. Prepos. with the gen. 
 2. 3. With gen. or dat. 4. ^alh, 
 &.C. 5. Unt— tvillen. 6. i^alben, 
 &c, compounded. 7.5Iufiatt. 8. Ad- 
 jectives governing the genitive. 
 
 9. Adject, governing the accus. 
 
 10. Adject, followed by prepos. 
 
 Less. XLIX. 1. Verb governing the gen. 
 2. Used passively. 3. Reflex, with 
 the gen. 4. With impersonal verbs. 
 
 5. With transit verbs. 6. Verbs 
 followed by prepos. 7. Genitive 
 otnitted in transk tion. 8. Genitive 
 used adverbially. 
 
 LiSB. L. 1. Verbs governing the dat. and 
 aocus. 2. Governing tlje dative. 
 
 3. Dative with leib t^Un, &c. 4. Pas- 
 sive verbs with dative. 5. Verbs 
 governing dat. or accus. 6. Dative 
 with adject. 7. Dative instead of 
 the genitive or a poss. pron. 8. Re 
 mote reference. 9. Position of dat. 
 and accus. 10. Dative with t)On, 
 Ui, &c. 
 
 Less. LI. 1. Declens. ofjttjei and brei. 
 
 2. Of »tcr to jnjolf. 3 Cardinal 
 numbers used substantively. 4. .§UU= 
 bevt, &c. 5. Fractional numbers. 
 6. ^alb. 7. '^alb in compounds. 
 8. Suffixes Ct and (tng. 
 
 Less. lif. 1. 9UIcr. 2. 5lnbcr. 3. ^J^ocf). 
 
 4. ©tnctiiber. 5. 33eibe. 6 (Sint= 
 ger. 7. (SjtroaS. 8. ^racnb. 9 3e= 
 bcr. 10. Reiner, c, e§. 11. itetii, not 
 a,&c. 12 ei^pn. 13. 14. 15. 33iel 
 and 213entg. 16. DJeifl with art. or 
 poss. pron. 
 
 Less. LIU. 5ltt. 
 
 Less LIV. 1. Uluf. 2. 5Iu3. 
 
 Less. LV. 1. 93et. 2. ^nx^. 3. Mr. 
 
 Less. LVI. 1. ©egeit. 2. ©egctiuber. 
 
 3. (Sntgcgeii. 4. Su. 
 
 Less. LVII. 1. Wiit, 2. 9lac^. 3. 5JIac^ 
 
 Less. LVIII. 1. Db. 2. O^tie. 3. ©cit. 
 
 Less. LIX. Uebcr. 
 
 Less. LX. Uin. 
 
 Less. LXI. 1. U titer. 2. SSoit. 3. iBor. 
 
 Less. LXII. 1. 3»- 2. With names of 
 
 persons. 3. ^\l .^ailfc. 
 Less. LXIII. 1. 5lbet.^ 2. 9118. 3. %U 
 
 omitted. 4. 5llfO. 5. 5IU(^. 
 Less. LXIV. 1. ^alb. 2. ©13. 3. JDtt- 
 
 4. ©a^. 
 LESS.LXV. 1.2)ann. 2. ®ettn. S.'Dod) 
 
 4. ®bcn. 5 @bc. 6. ©rfl. 7. (Stroa. 
 
 8. ®ar. 9. Smmer. 10.3a. 11. 3e. 
 
 Less. LXVI. 1. midit. 2. 3^od|). 3. 37utt. 
 
 4. (fcd^ou. 5. ©0. 
 Less. LXVII. 1. ©oufl. 2. SCicUeictlt 
 
 3. 4. 5lBic. 5. aCo^I. 
 Less. LXVUL Titles of addieab 
 
GENERAL INDEX. 
 
 LESSONS. 
 
 $lBer fcpicrn, distinguished . 16. 3. 
 
 Accusative, 6. 1. With prepositions 15. 
 Ao :. or dat. with preps. 15. With verbs 
 60. 5. Ace. or gen. with adj. 48. 8. 9. 
 With verbs . . . .49. 
 
 Adjectives, predicative and attributive 11. 
 Old Decl. 11. New Decl. 12. Mixed 
 Decl. 13. Comparison of, 22. Used sub- 
 stantively. 23. i. Used adverbially. 23.6. 
 ^Villi the gen. 48. 8. The dat. 5Q. 6. 
 The ace. .... 48. 9. 
 
 Adverbs, Formation of, 38. 6. 7. 23. 6. 7. 
 Position, 39. 7. Nouns, used as, 49. 8. 
 
 ?mftn 63. 
 
 21 Her, prefixed to superlatives, 22. 7. Ap- 
 plied to number and quantity . 52. 
 
 9116 63. 
 
 '•Urn, 15. 4. With the superlative 22. 5. 
 
 %n, 15.3.53. 
 
 Vlll^er, . . . 52.2.3. 
 
 .'lubcrtf)olb, . . . .51.7. 
 
 •inflntf, 48. 7. With infinitive . 35. 5. 
 
 . . tide, forms of, 4. 9. Dec!. 6. 4. 9. 3. 
 Contracted with preps. 15. 4. Rules for 
 the use and position of . 46. 
 
 5Iuc^, 63. 
 
 9laf, 15. 3, 54. With superlatives, 23 7. 
 
 5Ulf8, with superlative, . . 23. 7. 
 
 Auxiliary verbs, of tense, 27. 7. 8. 34. 
 Omitted, 28. 13. Of mode, 31. Infinitive 
 instead of participle, 31. 9. Main verb 
 omitted . . . . 31. 11. 
 
 SBalb, 64. 1. 
 
 50ft 15.55. 
 
 53eibe, SDtikc8, . . . 52. 5. 
 
 ©i« 64.2. 
 
 Capitals, Rules for, 4. Note, 11. 6. 23. 1. 
 
 Cardinal numbers .... 51. 
 
 Cases . . 6.48.49.50. 
 
 Collocation of words , . . 39. 
 
 Comparison of adjs. . . .22. 
 
 Comparative, Decl. of, 22. 6. Irreg. forms 
 of, 22.3 
 
 Compound.', formation of. Adverbs, 38. Con- 
 fonants. 2.V. Nouns, 18. 2. Verbs separ- 
 able, 37. Inseparable . . .40. 
 
 Conditional mode . . . .42. 
 
 Conjugation of verbs, regular 27. irregu- 
 lar . -. . 33 and P. 178. 
 
 Conjunctions .... 39. 
 
 55a, 64. In Compounda . . 38. 
 
 2)«rn, 65. 
 
 fDa§ 64. 
 
 a)eno, ... 65. 
 
 LsssoKa 
 5^oc^, . .... 65 
 
 Dative, 50. 
 
 Declension, adjective, article, noun, de- 
 monst. and poss. pronouns . 21. 10 
 
 Demonstrative pronouns, . . 8. 30, 
 
 5)cr, . . .4.28.7. 29.2.30. 
 
 JDerjenlgc, ... .29. 
 
 Determinative pronouns . . 29 
 
 Diminutives, 18. Gender. 18. 2. 24. 12. 
 
 Diphthongs, .... 2 III. 
 
 3)ret, Declension of . . 51.1. 
 
 5)urfen, 31.2. 
 
 eben, .... .65. 
 
 (S^c .65. 
 
 6i, termination, . . . 21. 4. 6. 
 
 (Siaen 52. 12. 
 
 (Sill 9.4.25.3. 
 
 ©iitanber, .... 52. 4. 
 
 ©tiiigc, etlt^c, .... 52 
 
 (Sn, sufHx in forming a^joctives . 23. 9. 
 
 ©ntgcflcn, . . . .56.3. 
 
 eiC 6.5. 
 
 (13 . 24.15. 
 
 etroa, 65. 
 
 ©tn)«8, 52. 
 
 Feminine, adjective, article, noun, de- 
 monstrative and possessive pronouns 17. 
 
 Srau, SrciuU in, . . . .68. 
 
 Future tenses, use of, . . . 26. 6. 
 
 @ a II J, not declined . . .51.6. 
 
 Gender, 4. 21. 
 
 Genitive, position of, 6. 2. With preposi- 
 tions 48. 1. Adjectives 48. 8. With 
 verbs, 49. Used adverbially, 49. 8. 
 
 «6abcn, Conjugation, 26. As auxiliary 34. 
 
 mb 51. a 
 
 •^alben.^atber, 48. 4. In compounds^, 48 6 
 
 ^ei§en 3a 
 
 ^eit, suffix. . . . .21 
 
 ^erandfiin, .... 38.2.3. 
 
 ^err, 68. 
 
 ,5ier, in compounds . . .38 2. 
 ain, ..... 382.3. 
 
 auttbert 51.3.4. 
 
 3mincr, ... 65, 
 
 Imperative, .... 3^^- 
 
 Impersonal verbs. . . . .44 
 3n, as prep. 56. As termination, . 18. 
 Indicative used as imperative . 36 8. 
 
 Infinitive, 35. 
 
 Interrogative conjugation . . . 5. 
 Interrogative ordinal number . 51. 1 3 
 Interrogative pronouns . . .10 
 
 8 
 
GENERAL INDEX. 
 
 Svgenb, . 
 
 LESSONS. 
 
 . 52.8. 
 
 Irregular verbs, 
 
 . 33. P. 178. 
 
 3<! 
 
 . . . 65. 
 
 3e 
 
 . . . 65. 
 
 3cber, 
 
 . 8.3.52.9. 
 
 Seglic^er, . 
 
 . . 52.9. 
 
 Mm, 
 
 . 52. 10, &c. 
 
 Mnt, suffix . 
 
 . . . 21. 
 
 ^onnen, . 
 
 . . 31.1. 
 
 ISaffen, 
 
 . . 31.7. 
 
 !2etn, diminutives ill, 
 
 . 18. 
 
 List of irr. verbs 
 
 . 178. 
 
 man, 
 
 . . 30.3. 
 
 9J?and)cr, . 
 
 . . 8.3. 
 
 Wlit, . . , . 
 
 . . . 57. 
 
 Mixed declension of Adj. . .13. 
 
 SDfoaen, 31.3. 
 
 Moods, Conditional, 42. Infinitive, 35. Im- 
 perative, 36. 7. Subjunctive . 41. 
 mmn, . . 31.6. 
 mad), .... 57. 
 Negative Conjugation . 16. 
 
 mm, 66. 
 
 mod), 66. 
 
 Nouns, Gender of, 21, Declension, (Old) 
 6 6. (New) 16. 5. Of measure, quan- 
 tity, &c 47. 
 
 Numerals, . . 51. 52. 
 
 Ob 58. 
 
 O^nc, 58 ; with infinitive . . 35. 5. 
 
 Ordinal numbers . . . .51. 
 
 Paradigm of ^abeu, 26 ; ©Ctn and 2Bcr= 
 ben, 32. 41. 42. Passive . 45. 
 
 Participles, formation of, 27. 3. 4. Declen- 
 sion and comparison of, 27. Obs. 
 
 Past part, for imperative, 36. 5. Future 
 participle . . . . 36. 6. 
 
 Passive verbs . . . .45. 
 
 Perfect tense . . . . 28. 5. 
 
 Personal pronouns . . . .24. 
 
 Plural, nouns having two forms . 20. 
 
 Possessive pronouns, (conjunctive) 9. 2. 
 (absolute) 25. 
 
 Prefiies, of verbs^ separable, 37. Inse- 
 paiable. 40. Separable and insepa- 
 rable 40. 2. 
 
 Prepositions . . . .15. 48. 
 
 Pronouns, demonstrative, 8. 30. Determi- 
 
 LE8SON8. 
 
 native, 29. Interrogative, 10, Recipro- 
 cal, 24. 5. Reflexive . . 24. 2. 4. 
 
 Proper names 19: 
 
 Quantity, weight, &c. Nouns denoting, 47 
 
 Reciprocal pronouns . . . !^4. 5. 
 
 Reflexive, pronouns, 24. 2. 4. Verbs . 43. 
 
 Relative pronouns . . . .28. 
 
 ©ebon ..'... 66. 
 
 ©ein, as pronoun, 9. 5. Verb . 32. 
 
 ©ett 58. 
 
 ©dber, felbfl . . . .29.6. 
 
 Sentence, construction of, principal, 26. 4. 
 Subordinate . . . .28.3. 
 
 ©0 66 
 
 ©oUcn, 31. 5 ; as imperative . 36. 8. 
 
 Some 52. 6. Note. 
 
 Subjunctive mood . . . .41. 
 
 2;aiifenb 54.4. 
 
 Tenses, how formed, 27. 5. &c. How 
 used 26. 
 
 llcbec 59. 
 
 Unt, 60. Urn — wiUcn . . 48.5. 
 
 Umlaut 2.n. 
 
 Uiiter .... .61. 
 
 Verbs, auxiliary, of mode, 31. Of tense, 
 32. 3 34. Compound, separable, 37. 
 Inseparable, 40. Impersonal, 44. Irre- 
 gular, 33. Passive, 45. Reflexive, 43. 
 
 Regular . . . . 
 
 27.41.5. 
 
 gsici 
 
 . 52.13. 
 
 gSiellei^t 
 
 . 67. 
 
 g3on . . . . 
 
 . 61. 
 
 93or . . . . 
 
 . . 61. 
 
 Vowels 
 
 . 2.1. 
 
 mas 
 
 10.28.10. 
 
 mi9 fur ettt . 
 
 . . 10. 
 
 SBelc^cr .... 
 
 . 10.28. 
 
 g2}cr 
 
 10.28.9. 
 
 aScvbcn .... 
 
 . 32.3. 
 
 2Bie . . . . 
 
 . 67. 
 
 2Bi|Tcn, with infinitive 
 
 . 35.8. 
 
 2Bo, in compounds 
 
 38.6. 
 
 ffiobi .... 
 
 . 67. 
 
 2BoUett .... 
 
 . 3i 
 
 SSoiben . . . i 
 
 45 2. 
 
 3u .... 
 
 . . 62. 
 
 3ufoI,fle .... 
 
 48.3. 
 
 ^xoti, when decllzysd . 
 
 51 1, 
 
(fmipfcl&ltttt^ett. 
 
 STuS bem ,,'^e'm'Worttv 2) cm cf ra ten". 
 
 ^adqucUc'S, 9icue fraujofifd)c ^rnmmattf. — 1)tefe (Srammatif {ft na4 
 IDBoobbuni'^ bcrii^mtem 9ramatifalifd)en '^iam entworfen, n)e[(i)er bur^ fcinc SJorjiigllt^- 
 kit jum Srlerneit finer Sprac^e burc^ 2ef)rer cber burd) 6eI6ilunterrtd)t due foI(^e STn 
 crfennung gefunbcn tat, mt ncd) fcin Sntwurf btcfer Slrt. !Deittf(i)e, n?clc^e bit franjofifc^e 
 ©prac^e eriernen woUtn, unb nur einigermagen mit ber englifc^cn ©prat^e sertraut ftnb, 
 hjerben burc^ bie Senii^ung biefe* 23uc^e^ cincn bcppeltcn SBort^eil gewinnen, inbem ftt 
 ttcifirenb bcr griernung ber franjoftfe^en ©})raci)e jid) jugleic^ ia ber englifc^en »oflenb« 
 auibilbtn. 
 
 aSoobburo'g 5>Ian ift be§taI6 fo ungemein nu^Ii($, tteil cr fl^ mt^v mit bem praltifc^cn 
 St^eile ber ©pra(^e, alg mit bem trodcnen wnb crmubenbcn 5t!)eorettf(^en befc^oftigt unb 
 beibe SBefen^eitcn ber ©pradje auf cine fcl^e angenc^me unb fa§Ii(^e 2Bcife »crf(^miljt, 
 ba§ ber £ernenbe jebe gclernte Section fogleic^ antuenben faun, unb fo^in bie Jt^coric unter 
 hem (Senjanbe bcr ^irarii fl(^ ancignet. 
 
 I)ie einjelncn Secticnen ftnb ouf cine fol^e au^gejei^inet praTtif^e STrt atgct^ciU, baf 
 ber ©(fitter na<^ bem 2)ur^gctcn einiger bcrfelben foglcii^ in ben ©tanb gefe^t »irb, fclbfl- 
 ftanbigc ©afte ju bilben, unb biefelben in eon»crfation onjunjcnbcn. 
 From the "Nkw-Haven Palladium," 
 
 Fasquelle's JVew French Course. — This work is regarded by students in French as 
 possessing qualities not found in any otlier, and there are none which bo effectually and 
 naturally blend the analytic and synthetic systems as this one now before us, which ia 
 Bubstantially Woodbury's New Metliod. 
 
 From the "Zion's Herald and Wesleyan Journal." 
 This grammar is before all others that we have yet seen, for its thorough practical 
 and idiomatic course of instruction. In fact, it seems to us scarcely capable of an im- 
 provement. We are glad to learn that it is rapidly making its way into our schools 
 and academies. 
 
 From the "New-York Evangelist." 
 HBoobbtirtj'S ncuc 'SBlcthotc jur (gricrnung ber englifd^cn ^praAe.— 
 The title of the work gives the reader an accurate idea of its object — it is a grammar 
 and chrestomathy for the acquisition of tlie English language by Germans. Its great 
 nifirit, and it is very great, lies in its admirable perspicuity. Tlie precise difficulties 
 which a German would experience in learning our language have been detected by 
 close observation and long practice ; and these are met and removed with a skill and 
 in an order that may lay claim to true philosophy. The idioms of the two languages 
 — the different force of letters in pronunciation, the difference of grammatical con- 
 struction, and of the general usage of words, are clearly defined, and illustrated by such 
 varied and perspicuous examples, that the student cannot fail of the right impression. 
 It is a work of evident and long attention to the subject ; and wc are not surprised that 
 it has acquired sufficient popularity in Germany to be republished there. For the 
 purpose of learning the German it is also highly useful, and might profitably take the 
 place of many a larger grammar. 
 
 From Rev. R. Allyn, Principal of East Greenwich Academy. R. I. 
 The philosoi)hy upon which the "Method" is founded i.s the method of nature, and 
 Jiereforc best adapted to n rapid acquisition, a thorough knowledge, and a ready use 
 tf any language. As the German is full of the treasures of literature, its worth to a 
 scholar is immense. To all who wish to learn it ibcJI, and at the same time rapidly and 
 pleasantly, this book is worth more than their 'noney. 
 
 From the "Cattaraugus Chronicls." 
 Tliere is ev^ry thing in having the right kind of a book. It is 2,') years since we had 
 our initiation into the German Lanpungc, and what obstacles did we not find in our 
 way for want of such a book as the one now before us ! We now say to teachers and 
 •tudcnts get Woodbury's JWw Method with Oermar, if you would have a pleasant, 
 plain, practical and thorough introduction to reading speaking and composing this in- 
 teresting language. 
 
WOODBUEY'S SHOKTER COUESK 
 
 
 LESSON I. 
 
 1*0(11011 I. 
 
 
 
 German Alphabet. 
 
 German 
 
 
 English. 
 
 Pronunciation, 
 
 % a 
 
 
 a 
 
 ah 
 
 93 h 
 
 
 b 
 
 bay 
 
 6 c 
 
 
 c 
 
 tsay 
 
 5) t) 
 
 
 d 
 
 day 
 
 (g c 
 
 
 e 
 
 e (as in prey) 
 
 5f 
 
 
 f 
 
 eff 
 
 ® 9 
 
 
 g 
 
 gay 
 
 ^ ^ 
 
 
 h 
 
 hah 
 
 3"- i 
 
 
 i 
 
 i (as in pique) 
 
 3-=^- i 
 
 
 J 
 
 yote 
 
 Jl f 
 
 
 c 
 
 kah 
 
 1^ I 
 
 
 1 
 
 ell 
 
 m m 
 
 
 m 
 
 emm 
 
 01 n 
 
 
 n 
 
 enn 
 
 O 
 
 
 
 
 oh 
 
 ^^ 
 
 
 P 
 
 pay 
 
 Qq 
 
 
 q 
 
 koo 
 
 m r 
 
 
 r 
 
 err (as in error) 
 
 e f a (21. (3,) 
 
 s 
 
 ess 
 
 X t 
 
 
 t 
 
 tay 
 
 U u 
 
 
 u 
 
 (as in do) 
 
 5B i3 
 
 
 V 
 
 fow (as in fowl) 
 
 SB ii? 
 
 
 w 
 
 vay 
 
 3f S 
 
 
 X 
 
 ix 
 
 8) 9 
 
 
 y 
 
 ipsilon 
 
 Bs 
 
 
 z 
 
 tset. 
 
 * 3, before a consonant, answers to I; as 
 
 in Smmer, Sgel; before a vowel, to Y' 
 
 win 3a§r. 
 
 
 11 
 
 
12 SOUNDS OF THE LETTERS. 
 
 UMLAUTS. DIPHTHONGS. 
 
 5lc or &; Dc or 5, Ue or xi. at, an, n, eu, au* 
 
 COMPOUND CONSONANTS. 
 
 Ci), ch ,• d, ck ; fc^, sch ; ff, ss ; fl, st , 
 
 tsay-hah ; tsay-kah ; ess-tsay-hah ; ess-ess ; ess-lay 
 
 f, sz; ^,tz. 
 
 ess-tset ; tay-tset. 
 
 LESSON 11. gtctxon II. 
 
 Sounds of the letters. 
 
 I. Vowels. 
 
 1» 51; sounds like a, in ah, car. 5t^n, Q(rm, 5tat,* S3Iatt.* 
 
 2. @, c sounds like e, in ^eie, very. ^ef)x, (Srj, Ǥeer/'* t^err/'^ 
 
 3. 3^, i sounds like i, in pique, pin. 3^r, ^ir, Wit, irinf. 
 
 4. D; sounds like o, oo, in no, door. 9)?o^r, SWonb, ^Boot/*" 
 
 5. U, u sounds like o, in do. U^r, *§ut, $ur, 0Zun, SO^urren.f 
 
 6. 2), 9 sounds like i, in 3^r, &c., (see 3 S). S)fo^, (Stpj. 
 
 II. Umlauts.'^. 
 
 7» 5lc, d sounds nearly like e, 5lc^fel, ©drtner, ©defer, (&^dt. 
 
 8. De, '6 sounds as in 0lomerl|, Del, ^oM, ^ot)ten, Qllo^re. 
 
 9. Ue, ii sounds as in i^iir, II UeBel, S^iiaer, ©iite, ^iiUen. 
 
 III. Diphthongs. 
 
 10. 5li, ai (or a^) sounds nearly like ay in aye. »^al, Qlai, 9)^at. 
 
 11. 5lu, an sounds like ou in owi. 'iganii, 3JiauS, Saut, 93rauer. 
 
 12. ai, d (orey) sounds like i in die. ^ciu, 9ftein, ^ein, ^eln. 
 
 13. ©u, eu sounds nearly like oi and oy in oj7, 6oy. ^^eu, (Sule. 
 
 14. Qleu, du sounds nearly like cu. ,^dufer, *i[eugcln, 93dumcn. 
 
 * A vowel, when doubled, is thereby lengthened : followed by a double consonant, 
 it is fihortened. 
 
 t Dissyllables, unless otherwise noted, are accented on the first 
 
 X Umlaut signifles changed or modified sound. The Umlauts are produced by a 
 union of e with a, 0, l\, respectively. Except when they are capital, the C is usually 
 expressed by two dots, thus; ft, 5, it (instead of ae, Oe, lie), 
 
 II For 6 and 11, there are in English no corresponding sounds. diotntX and far, for 
 example, might, perhaps, be understood, if pronounced ray'mer, and fear, but this is 
 by no means correct The French eu in peur answers pretty nearly to 5, and u in 
 
 VUftOU. 
 
COMPOUND CONSONANTS. 13 
 
 IV. Consonants. 
 
 15» 95, b/ f, ^, i, \, \\\, n, :p, q, % sound like h, d,f, h, k, I, m, 
 n, p, q and x. 
 
 16. (E, c, before e, i and 9 in the same syllable sounds like 3 
 
 (ts) : otherwise, like k ; (Seller, (§,mV, <S)ptm'l, (So^aF. 
 
 17. ®, fi, at the beginning of a syllable, sounds like g in gig; 
 
 but never as in^m, &c. After n in the same syllable it 
 sounds like our g hard in like position ; ®ar, 5(ng ji, 
 93rtngcn, ©ellen, Olingel, -33ang. Otherwise its sound 
 approaches, usually, that of the Greek p^, or c^ (see 
 26_c()); ^ag, Sflegnett, a)Zagb, Setipjig. 
 
 18. iQ, i), in the midst or at the end of a syllable is silent, but 
 
 serves to lengthen its vowel ; Tltf)x, l&o^n, 3!:^un, Mntf), 
 
 19. 3f i, sounds like 7/ consonant ; ^af)x, 5ube, 5anuar, 5u!6cl. 
 *20. Oi, r is uttered with a trill or vibration of the tongue, and 
 
 with greater stress than our r ; Olo^r, Oteim, 33rob. 
 
 21. (©, f, at the beginning of a syllable followed by a vowel, 
 
 has a sound between that of z and s ; (©o^n, <&age. 
 Otherwise it sounds like s ; ®a0; 2)icfe0. At the end 
 of a word 6, instead of f, is employed. 
 
 22. %, t sounds like t in test ; ^e^t, ^Ijt. Where in English 
 
 t sounds like sh, t has the sound of ts (3) ; (Station 
 station, Station, nation. 
 
 23. 35, b sounds Yikefrnfit ; SSctter. In foreign words b sounds 
 
 like it); 23encbig, 9Saloi6. 
 
 24. 2B, ic has a sound between that of w and v ; 2BeIt, SGSafs 
 
 fer* After a consonant in the same syllable it sounds 
 like w ; (©c^toer, 3^^^* 
 
 25. 3, S sounds like ts; ^aijl, loi^m, 3inn, ^etj, 3^^^/ 3iinmcr» 
 
 V. Compound Consonants, 
 
 26. 6§, c^, in primitive words, followed by f, sounds like k ; 
 
 2)a(^0, 5(c^fe. Otherwise c^ has its guttural sound ; 
 5^ac^, ^od;'"*, S!u^, 0lac^[c^rift (compounded of na^ and 
 @c^rift). In foreign words c^ retains its original sound ; 
 (S^arac'ter, G^aifc. 
 
 * To aid in proiHicinc, this sound take, for experiment, the above word ^DCi^ : pro- 
 nounce ^ precisely lik» our word ho ! observing, only, to give as full and disMnct a 
 breathing at the close ^ d at the beginning; thus, kok, ^0<S}. When not preceded by a, 
 9, or U, a slight hissing sound of f or f(^ naturally attaches to tlie 4) ; as in •&e4>t, 
 «t{4 3d?. 
 
14 EXERCISES ON THE SOUNDS OF THE LETTERS. 
 
 27 » Set), fcl) sounds like sh; Scfjnur, ^dfilD, <Scf)t(ler, ^d)\xU, 
 
 28, g (though compounded of f and 3) sounds like jf and oc- 
 
 curs only at the end of a syllable ; naj, ?^u§. 
 
 29, ^ (compounded of t and j) sounds like 3, and, like f, is 
 
 used only at the end of a syllable ; ^iai^, (Stu^Ctt. 
 
 Exercise 1. Jlttfgabf 1. 
 
 Vowels. Umlauts. Diphthongs. 
 
 (a) " 3ritar, JBall, 33anf, €anb, Samm, ^anb, mann, 5tcfet, S3aar, f^atf. 
 (e) 2«eer, ©Icifet, teller, @rbe, ©rbe, @fel, (Sben, (Sbel, ^ett, S3e<Ter. 
 (i) 53itte, !Diftet, i^inben, ?^inne, %iu\k, •^immel, ^tnten, ^^Irn, <&!rt. 
 (c) 33ct)te, ©dug, Sombe, 23crb, S3orn, S3otc, 58rcb, ^ovi^ gclter. 
 (u) Ufcr, Hub, *-8uub, aJliuib, ^uiib, 9tunb, ^ut}n, |)ulb, ©utben, Sluiib. 
 (i)) <§t)mcn, «^i)bra, ^ijmne, ^ijx^tx'bd, ^J^rami'be, ©^mbo'I, S^raim'. 
 (al, ei) ^ain, ^eil, 9«aiii, 2nein, Wih, Mb, $air, 2)lai, 93e!, $ein, Seil. 
 (ail) Q3au, 93aum, 8aub, ©taub, ^aut, ^aul, ^aiif^, ©auer, QJlauer. 
 (du, eii) (Sdufer, Sdute, ^mU, ^ank, ^enk, Sdufcr, 93eutel, OJeiicn. 
 (d, e) (Sijxtn, 9tef)ve, «§ebcn, Sdr, geber, ^dUc, ^efjler, ©dter, @eben. 
 (c) Oefcn, S3oriic, 5)oiTeii, 53lobc, Slofen, Del, De()r, S:6^fer, 2:rollev. 
 (u) Ucbung, Ueben, 2;um))cl, ilflae, SOlu^le, 2Jlitiifter, SflujTe, Olujier. 
 
 Exercise 2, Jlttfgatie 2. 
 
 Consonants. Double Consonants. 
 
 ((5) ©abett', (Sdfur', (S'ebetii, (Siber, (Slaffe, Gcber, (S^mba't, Section. 
 
 (®) Oabcl, ©cben, ®ei% @aul, ©Ift, ©trrcn, ©lag, ©iiigcn, 2;arg. 
 
 (•t)) «^aar, ^^ebel. .^iob, ^obel, «5uf, <§eitanb, ^o^, ^o\)t, ^oijzit. 
 
 (3) 3a, Sanimer, Subet, 3e, Sunfer, Sufi; Seber, 3dger, Sencir. 
 
 (91) 9^ab, diajm, gtebeii, 9ieig, 0iinb, Olo^r, ffiolk, dio% 9tiibcr, JRjjpe. 
 
 (@) (Saat, ©dbcl, @anb, @eele, ©el^r, @eifc, <Sieb, @inn, @clb, ©Vanii. 
 
 (Z) J'abel, 2:aub, 2;ci5^, SleUer, Tmk, Xikl Xcbt Xcx^ Jlranf, Xxo% 
 
 ($8) a3cim(?, aSerbum, «erfe, SBcU, S3orber, SSorfaU, aSief), a3iel, 33i>cr. 
 
 (910 aSaarc, ffiebc, SBa^n, OBcber, QBInb, SBoac, SBuril, SBieber, SiUe. 
 
 (X) 3eantip))c, 2:ert, SOilrtuc', 5lriom', 9(rt(;etm, ^ererel', ^era'metcr. 
 
 (3) 3at)lcn, Bitter, 3ettel, 3aiiber, Beiijer, 3eU, 3ent, 3ettel, Beugc. 
 
 ((St)) (S()ac3, 2Bad)«, 28eicb, gIacl)<J, 3«ild), SBid^fe, (Sfu-c, (5t}ur, g^rijl. 
 
 (€dO ©diaditel, Sifter, (Sdiabe, (Sdjau, Sufd), (Sdiiuaqer, ©dnvad). 
 
 (^ fO aJtcfTcr, mi^mx, (Sdiie§eii, ^ap, SDleflfe, Saffcn, ^a§, (Saffen. 
 
 «j i) !tvc^, gi^c, aJlitj, Sa^, 9rjiiru, (Sd)aiijer, (Sd)a^ @d)2rj, 3er;e. 
 
 ffi e d) f e t b c r 3 a t; r e d j e i t e 11. 
 
 SBie fdi6ii ifl ber 2Bcdifct bet 3eiten, 
 2Bic fdnuinbct mit if)uen bas 3a(;r ! 
 2Die I)crrlid)e j^rcubcii bcrciten 
 Unb bietctt ben 2Wenfd)en |ie bar! 
 

 ^ jyMM^ 
 
 m ji 
 
 ^^^ 
 
 s t 
 
 Yl /^,#i^.vr :>>:;^-^/- 
 
 ■^A' -^\..-^.i.- ^i>^ '/^ ■y'^ -Y^ -7^ "^ 
 
 sx /ytz 
 
 
 t/ rt v^/t^Jf. 
 
 //:...> 
 
 /.. 
 
 -r-^ <*-• t^i> rA^ * * / JZ^ y^*^>^ 
 
 / 
 
 / / / 
 
 '.. .a:^.../^.:. 'M.y4/i^^/:y^yfA:,A 
 
DEP. ARTICLE. GENDER OF N 3UNS. «$aBen, PRES. SING 16 
 
 LESSON IV. %tiiUXi IV. 
 
 DEFINITE ARTICLE IN THE NOMINATIVE SINGULAR. 
 
 1. The definite article in the nominative singular, his a 
 distinct fDrm for each gender ; t)cr masculine, ^ie feminine 
 and fca0 neuter. 
 
 GENDER OF NOUNS. 
 
 2. Some nouns denoting inanimate objects are called mas- 
 culine or feminine,* and some denoting animate objects are 
 called neuter ; as 
 
 Masculine, ber 2Btnter,t the winter ; ber ^i^X, the steel ; 
 Feminine, bie SSrtgg, the brig ; 'lixt QfJofc, the rose ; 
 
 Neuter, bag ^inb, the child ; ba6 @c^af, the sheep. 
 
 3. present singular of T; at) en. 
 
 Affirmatively. Interrogatively. 
 
 tc^ ^aBe, I have ; '^a^t \d)'\ have I ? 
 
 <Sic :^a6en, you have ; t^aljcu <Sie7t have you? 
 
 er l^at, he has ; :^at er? has he? 
 
 53ter, n. beer. Srauer, m. brewer. S3rob, n. bread. — ®Ia5, n. 
 g'ass. ©lafcv, m. glazier. ®ctb, n. gold. — 3a, yes. — Seoer, n. 
 leather. — SJlel)!, n. flour. — 9^etu, no. — £)bcr, or. ©attter, m. 
 saddler. @d)mtcb, m. smith. — Unb, and. — 2Ba5, what. 2Beiit, m. 
 •wine. 2Ber, who. See Vocabularies, pp. 190, 230. 
 
 Exercise 4. Jlufoade 4. 
 
 1. 3Bcr ^at bag ®olb ? 2. S)er Srauer ^at bag ®oIb. 3. ^at ber 
 6vauer 'tza^ ©lag ? 4. 9iein, bcr ©lafer I)at bag ®Iag, itnb ber 53raucr 
 6at bag ^rcb. 5. >§aben ©te SPfle^t ober ©rob ? 6. 3* ^abc bag 93rob, 
 unb bev (Sdhmleb 'hai bag 3yie§l ? 7. «§at ber 53raucr 93icr ober aBeiii ? 
 8. (Sr I)at 33ier, SSein, 3?le()t unb 93rcb. 9. ^at ber (Sattler bag Seber? 
 10. 3a, er tiat bag Seber, ber (Sdmiicb \)Qii bag S3ier, bee @(afer l;at bag 
 aWe:^!, (Sie l^aben ^a*>@(ag, unb id) l;al)e bag S3rob. 
 
 Exerc-.se 5. Jlufgabe 5. 
 
 1. What has the saddler? 2. He has the leather. 3. Has 
 the glazier the gold ? 4. No, he has the glass, and the smith has 
 
 * This is true of nearly all languages. Many words however, though denoting 
 the same objects, are fegarded in different languages as being of different genders. 
 Thus, for brig, the French, le brie, is i'a.sculine, while the Germ»n, b I C ^ tt g g, is 
 feminine. For 'bend," ih 3 German, b e t Jt p f, is masculine, the French, latete,it 
 »eniinine, and the Latin caput, is neuter. 
 
 t All nouns, and the pronoun Sie, of the second person, begin with a capital 
 
16 INTERROGATIVE CONJUGATION !& 6 C H, f tt U f C H, «♦ 
 
 the gold. 5. Has the smith the flour or the bread? 6. The smith 
 has the gold, you have the bread, and I ha\e the flour. 7. Have 
 you the leather ? 8. Yes, I have the leather, the brewer has the 
 beer, and you have the glass. 9. Who has the gold and the glass ? 
 10. The smith has the gold, and the brewer has the glass. 
 
 LESSON Y $tcixon V. 
 
 INTERROGATIVE CONJUGATION. 
 
 1. All German verbs are conjugated interrogatively, in the 
 present and imperfect, by placing the subject last, as in the 
 case of the English ver]< to be ; as, 
 
 3fl ber 2)lann I)ier? Is the man here? 
 
 2Bar ber aJiann ()ier? Was the man here? 
 
 ^aben @ie bag SuA ? Have you the book? 
 
 (Se^en Sie bag ^\xd) ? Do you see the book (see you 
 
 the bookf) 
 
 * 2. PRESENT SINGULAR OF I B C tt. 
 
 Affirmatively. Interrogatively. 
 
 {^ loBc, I praise ; toBe \&il do I praise ? (praise I ?) 
 @ieIot)cn, you praise; IolJen(5ie? do you praise? (praise you?) 
 cr Io6t, he praises ; lofct er? does he praise? (praises he?) 
 
 3. PRESENT SINGULAR OF f a U f C It, f^ttCibCtt AND 
 
 tri It fen. 
 
 ic^ faufe, I buy ; id) fd^netbe, I cut ; ic^ trin!c, I drink ; 
 (©ie f auf en, you buy ; (Sle fd^neibcn, you cut ; <B[t trinfcn, you 
 
 drink ; 
 cr fauft, he buys ; er fc^neibet, he cuts ; cr trin!t,he drinks. 
 
 4. PRESENT SINGULAR OF ^ 1 c H, fagcu AND bctflcl^en. 
 
 {(^ :^6re, I hear ; id; fage, I say ; ic^ tjcrftc^'e, I under- 
 
 stand ; 
 
 (Sle^^oren, you hear; (Sic fagen, you say; (Sie bcrflct/en, you 
 
 understand ; 
 
 er t;6rt, he hears ; cr fagt, he says , cr t erftct)t', he under- 
 stands. 
 
 eifcn, n. iron. (Sntive'bcr, either. (Sffig, m. vinegar. — ^ajfec, 
 m. coffee. Jtc*, m. cook. — 9icdi, nor. — ^d, n. oil.— ?f«;|fcr, 
 m. pepper. — ^alj, n. salt. <£enf, m. mustard. — Xf|ce, m. tea. — 
 5Baffer, n. water SSeber, neither. -- Sucfer, m. sugar. 
 
CASES. 17 
 
 Exercise 6. ^ufgabe 6. 
 
 1. ffier faiift bag dlfen, unb toa-i fauft bcr ©attlei:? 2. 25er ©dimlcb 
 fauft bag @ifen, uiib ber ©attlev fauft hae Seber. 3. J^rinfeu @ie iBicr 
 ober 2Gcin? 4. 3di tvtiife Weber Sier nod) ffiein, id) trin!e SBaffer. 
 5. aJDag Fauft ber Srauer? 6. (fr fauft enttreber ^affce cber %i)<^i. 
 7. ®ai^ fauft ber .^od) ? 8. @r fauft Del, dfftij, @enf. ^Pfeffcr, ©alj 
 unb 3ucfor. 9. 9Ber fd)neibct bag ^xc'b, unb tvag f(f)uelbet ber (Sattlcr? 
 
 10. iDer ^Kcd) fdincibet ha6 ^rob, unb ber (Sattler fd)neibet bag Seber. 
 
 11. «§6ren @te, \i3ag ber (Sctjmieb fagt? 12. 3a, Id) f)6re unb »cr|lc^e, 
 ii?ag @ie faqcn unb wag er fagt. 13. 5ffiag fauft ber ©tafer, unb wer 
 fauft bag @ifen ? 
 
 Exercise 7. ^ttfgabc 7. 
 
 I. Does the smith drink coffee or tea? 2. He drinks neither 
 coiTee nor tea. 3. Do you buy bread or flour? 4. I buy bread 
 and the glazier buys flour. 5. What does the smith buy ? 6. He 
 buys the gold and the iron. 7. Either the~ brewer or the saddler 
 cuts the leather. 8. I buy sugar and the cook buys vinegar, oil 
 and mustard. 10. What does the saddler buy? 11. He buys 
 leather and glass, and I buy iron. 12. Do you hear and under 
 stand what 1 say? 13. I hear and understand what you say, you 
 hear and understand what I say, and what the brewer says 
 
 LESSON YL Stctxort VI. 
 
 Cases. 
 
 1. There are four cases, namely: the 
 
 Nominative, which answers to the English nominative ; the 
 Genitive, which answers to the English possessive ; the 
 Dative, which has no corresponding case in English, and the 
 Accusative, which answers to the English objective. 
 
 2. I'he genitive may either precede or follow the governing 
 noun : the latter arrangement being the more common ; as, 
 
 (Sx f)at bag 93ud) beg (Sd)iilerg. He has the book of the scholar. 
 
 ((Bx t)at i^(6 ©diiilerg ©u*). He has the scholar's book. 
 
 2)ag '^adj beg ^aufcg ijl: jieil. The roof of the house is steep. 
 
 3. The dative without a preposition generally answers to 
 our objective governed by to or for ; as, 
 
 34) c^ihi bem ^inbe bag ©tag. I give (to) the child the glass. 
 
 (5r mad)t bem SUlanne einen ^ut. He makes (for) the man a hat. 
 
18 DECLENSION OF DEF. ARTICLE AND NOUNS. 
 
 4. DECLENSION OF DEFINITE ARTICLE MASC. AND NEUT. 
 SINGULAR. 
 
 Masculine. Neuter, 
 
 Nominative, t)Cr, the ; ba^, the ; 
 
 Genitive, beS, of the ; be^, of the; 
 
 Dative, bent, to or for the ; bem, to or for the ; 
 
 Accusative, ben, the ; ba0, the. 
 
 5. The article agrees with its noun in gender, number and 
 case. 
 
 6. German nouns have two forms of declension, called the 
 old and the new. In the old declension the genitive, like our 
 possessive, is formed by suffixing g (or c0) to the nominative. 
 
 7. Nouns ending in cl, en, er, d)cn and lein form the geni- 
 tive by adding cs, while the dative and accusative are like the 
 nominative, as : nom. ber ©attler; gen. be0 (^attler-5; dat. bcm 
 @attler; ace. ben (Saltier, &c. 
 
 8. Nouns not ending in el, en, cr, c^cn, and lein, add e0 "' for 
 the genitive and e'" for the dative : the accusative being like 
 the nominative ; as, nom. bag ^^wdj; gen. bcs33ud;-C0; dat. bcm 
 93ucl;-e; ace. bag ^ud), &c. 
 
 9. DECLENSION OF NOUNS ADDING g IN THE GENITIVE. 
 
 Masculine. Neuter. 
 
 Nom. ber ©ruber, the brother; bag ^ifen, the iron; 
 
 Gen. beg 93ruberg,the brother's; beg SIfeng, of the iron; 
 
 Dat. bcm 33ruber, to the brother ; bcm ©if en, to the iron; 
 
 Ace. ben 93rubcr, the brother; bagf G'ifen,f the iron. 
 
 10» DECLENSION OF NOUNS ADDING Cg TO THE GENITIVE. 
 
 Masculine. Neuter. 
 
 iV<?7>*. ber 2^ann, the man; bag ^inb, the child; 
 
 Gt'w, beg 3)?anncg, of the man; beg ^tinbeg, of the child; 
 
 Dat. bcm 2)2anne, to the man; bcm ^inbe, to the child ^f 
 
 Ace. ben 2?^inn, the man; bagt,^inb,t the child. 
 
 * Words of Uiis class, also, often drop the f of the g-en. and dat.; as, gen. bfg ^-BuC^S ; 
 (Int. bf m 5BUC^. This is especially true nf words of more than one syllable, when the 
 last i3 not under the full accent; as, tc8 ^aufmaimS; bCiU JtaufmanU, instead i)f hti 
 
 Jlcufmamiefi, bem Jlaufmnnne, &.c. 
 
 t As in Greek and Latin, neuter words have the same foroi in the accusative, 
 ts in tne nominative. 
 
PBESENT SING. OF Q C ^ C tt, f Cf? t tf Clt, &C. 19 
 
 11, PRESENT SINGULAR OF Q tt} tXl , f (^ l Cf C H, AND 
 
 i?erf^recl;en. 
 
 Id) gebc, I give; id) fd)icfe, I send; id) ttevt>red)'e, I pro 
 
 mise; 
 
 ^iegebsi:, you give; Siefd)icfcn, you send; ©le »eifpvedi'cn, you 
 
 promise ; 
 
 etgibt(L. 33.6) he gives. erfd)irft, he sends. er scvfpridU', he pro- 
 mises. 
 
 S3drfer, m. baker. Sauer, m. peasant. S3ruber,m. brother. 93ud), n. 
 book, — (S^, n. it. — ®e()o'i-en, conj. like l)oxe\\, to belong. @elb, n. 
 money. <Out, m. hat. — ilinb, n. child. Jlorii, n. grain. — 2Jiann,m, 
 man. ilJluuer, w. miller. — S'iii'g/ ?w. ring. — ©duller, m. scholar. 
 (Bci)i\,m. son. ©tocf, m. cane. — 23atev, m. father. S3 erf an 'feu, con;'. 
 like faufcn, L. 5. 3, to sell. 
 
 Exercise 8. ^ufpbt 8, 
 
 1. ©diirfeu ©te bera ©dimtebe i>a^ (Stfen? 2. Stein, id) f*idfc bcm 
 ©laf.'t bag @(a6. 3. (£d)icfen @ic bcm ©rauer bag ^crn beg ^auerg ? 
 4. OJein, ber S3auer fdnrft eg bfm 9)lii((er, bcr 2JliiUer fd)icft bem ^drfet 
 bag 9)le()t, unb ber 93d(fer ticvfauft bem ^odie bag 23vob. 5. ©cfjort ber 
 '^nt bem S3atcr ober bem <So()u ? 6. 2)er <§ut gct;crt bem <Sol)iie, uiib 
 ber @to(f gel;ort bcm S3ater. 7. ©eben (2ie bem 2Jlamie bag ®clb ? 
 8. 3d) gcbe eg bem SIZanne, uwh er gibt eg bem ^inbe. 9. aSag fdiicft 
 ber S3auer bem Sraucr? 10. 3Bcr sevfauft bem Jtod)e bag SBrob? 
 11. @el)ort bag Sifen bem ©dimiebe ober bem ©lafer ? 12. SBer gibt 
 bem 58niber beg ©d}ii(crg ben Oliiig, bag 33udi unb bcu ©tccf ? 13. SBag 
 yerfpvedien (2te bem ^dcfer, imb irag \)erfprid)t bcr 53ddfer bcm Jllnbe ? 
 14. a3erfvred)en ©le bem (2d)iiler ben Oling ? 15. Steiu, id) »crfpvcd}e 
 bem ^anm bag ®clb. 
 
 Exercise 9» ^ttfgabf 9. 
 
 1. Does the book belong to the brother of the baker? 2. No, 
 it belongs to the peasant's son. 3. Do you promise the child the 
 money? 4. No, I promise it to the man. 5. Who sends the miller 
 the grain? 6. The father of the scholar sells the miller the grain. 
 7. What does the man sell to the scholar? 8. He sells the 
 scholar the book, the cane and the hat. 9. What does the baker 
 send to the cook? 10. Does the cook give the baker the money ^ 
 11. Who sends the saddler the iron? 12. Who sends the baker 
 the flour? 13. The child's father gives the brother the ring. 
 14. The iron belongs to the smith. 15. The cook sends the 
 millei the grain, and the miller sells it to the brewer. 
 
20 DATIVE WITH PREPOSITIONS . (S^lcIett;fommctt, *c. 
 LESSON VII. gtcVicn VII. 
 
 THE DATIVE WITH PREPOSITIONS. 
 
 1. The relation of the dative to words which precede it, ii 
 often expressed by prepositions*; as, 
 
 (§t tcmmt au6 bem «§aufc. He comes out of the house. 
 
 ^di i^cOc 11 ad) bem Ui^albc. I am going to the forest. 
 
 iDv'r 5i3ruber gel;t mit bem ^inbe jit The brother goes with the child 
 
 bem Seljrer. to the teacher. 
 
 S)er ^ned)t fommt »on bem SUarlte. The servant is coming from the 
 
 market. 
 
 CONJUGATION OF VERBS. 
 
 2. For the three forms of the present and imperfect, found 
 in English, the German has but one ; as, 
 
 iff) ge^e, I go ; I do go ; I am going ; 
 
 @ic ge^en, you go ; you do go ; you are going ; 
 cr QCi)tf he goes ; he does go ; he is going. 
 
 3. PRESENT SINGULAR OF fip i c t c tt, f oRtm cu, AND fcf^reiBcn. 
 
 idi fpiete, I play ; id) fomme, I come ; ic^ fd)rcibe, I write ; 
 <Sie fpielen, you play ; (Sie fommen, you come ; ©le fd)reiben, you write; 
 er fpielt, he plays; er fommt, he comes; er fd)i:cibt, he writes. 
 
 Stmtmann, m. magistrate. Stlpfel, m. apple. 9tu3, out of, from. — 
 93el, with (L. 55). 55leiftift, m. pencil, ^ricf, m. letter. — JJDorf, n. 
 village. — «^au3, n. house, •^uub, m. dog. — Sac^er, m. hunter. — 
 2Jiar!t, m. market. — 2)lejfer, n. knife. 2)iit, with (L. 57). — 3fJad), 
 to (see 1. note). — 35on, from, of. — 2Ba(b, m. forest, woods. 
 SSauu, when. 2Bol;neu, to live, reside. 3u, to. 
 
 Exercise 10. ^Ufgabc 10, 
 
 1. .5lommt ber Sdger au(5 bem SSalbe, aue bem -^^aufe, ober »on bem 
 SJlarfte? 2, (5r ge^t eiittwebcr mit bem 33auer iiad) bem 2)orfe, obcr mit 
 bem ^Inbe ju bem Stmtmann. 3. QDasS fd)neibet ber (Sd)iiler mit bem 
 aWefTer? 4. SSer fpielt mit bem Ǥunbe ? 6. (gpiclt Mi Minh mit bem 
 (Sd)miebe? 6. SBcf^nt ber Scigcr bei bem $Dlii((er, cber bei bem S3dcfer? 
 7. !X)er ©diuler fd)reibt ben 33rief mit bem ©leiftift. 8. (£d)neibet ba<5 
 ^inb ben Slpfel mit bem SJleffer be6 93rubcvg ? 9. S^ein, ci fdjneibet bai 
 
 * A preposition is required with the dative after verbs indicating direction towards 
 an object ; U a (^> being employed before the name of a place, and J U before the name 
 of a person ; as, cr flc^t na6) bem 3)oifc, iinb ic^ (je^c j u bem ?efetcr, he is going 
 to the village, and I am going to the teacher. 
 
DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 21 
 
 ffirob mit bem Tltf\zx beg latere. 10. ©etjen @te ^u bcm battler, cbct 
 nad^ bem 2)orfe? 11. ©cr S^luUcr wc:^nt bel bem ^auer, unb ge^t tnU 
 bem ©d^uler nad) bem iDovfe ju bem 5(mtmann. 12. SBami getien (Bit 
 nadt) bem 3)otfe ? 9Baun ge^en @ie §u bcm Stmtmann, unb icaS gjBen 
 @le bem 5tmtmann ? 
 
 Exercise 11. Jlufpbf 11. 
 
 1. Who is coming out of the forest? 2. Is the hunter coming 
 from the market, or is he going to the village? 3. Does the scho- 
 lar live with the miller, or with the magistrate 1 4. Who is going 
 with the child to the glazier ? 5. Is the man cutting the bread 
 with the knife of the saddler 1 6. Are you writing with the magis- 
 trate's (L. 6. 2) pencil? 7. Who is playing with the dog? 8. Who 
 lives with the miller and who is going with the scholar to the pea- 
 sant? 9. Who is going to the forest, and who is going to the mil- 
 ler? 10. When is the child going to the smith? 11. When does 
 the hunter go to the forest ? 12. When does the hunter come from 
 the forest, and when do you go to the village? 13. The cook is 
 coming from the market, and I am going to the magistrate. 
 
 LESSON vm. iKttott vm 
 
 DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 2) l C f C t AND ^CltCT. 
 
 1. 2){efer refers to the nearer and jencr to the more remote 
 of two objects : when however an object not remote from the 
 speaker is alluded to, and no comparison is made, t)iefer is 
 often used, where " that^^ is employed in English j as, 
 
 2)iefer SPflann i|^ reid), unb jener iji This man is rich, and that (one*> 
 
 arm. is poor. 
 
 SBer iji biefer ^ann ? Who is that man? 
 
 2. DECLENSION OF bicfct AND j; C tt C t, SINGULAR. 
 
 Masc. Neut. Masc. Neut. 
 
 N. biefer, tiefeg, this ; jenct, iene0, that ; 
 
 G. biefeg, btefea, of this ; jeneg, jeneg, of that; 
 
 D. b{efem,biefem,toorforthis; jenem, j[enem, to or for that; 
 
 A. biefen, biefeei, this ; jenen, ieneg, that 
 
 3. Like biefer and jener are declined those indefinite nume- 
 rals, and adjective pronouns, which like the definite article, 
 have a distinct form for each gender : namely ; aUer, aUeS, all ; 
 einiger, einigeg ; etli^er, etUc^eS, some ; jeber, jebcg, every ; man* 
 
 * For "one" after a pronoun, or an adjective, no corresponding word is required is 
 German. 
 
22 PRESENT SING. OF fciH, fi^eit, AND Hcgett, 
 
 ^tt, mand)e^, many a ; fo(c(;er, foIcf;ca, Buch ; and tcelc^er, tod* 
 d}C§, which. 
 
 4. PRESENT SINGULAR OF f C t-^ty j^^^t, AND H C Q C tt, 
 
 id) tin, I am ; id) |t|c, I sifV^Pic^ He'P^i I lie ; 
 
 <3ie ftub, you are ; @ic fi^cn, you sit ; (Sic Ucgen, you lie ; 
 ex i]t, he is ; cr ft^t, he sits ; cr tiegt, he lies ; 
 
 9U(cr, all. 9(n; 'at.'.'" %iif, on. — ^aum, m. tree. — (Si)C, adv. be- 
 fore (see r»ov). — ^eujler, n. window. — ©atten, m. garden. @vc^/ 
 great, large. Oiy^.'good.. — <§lnfev, behind. — Sn, in. — ^vbec, 
 see list 3. — ^cWii, beside. — Cfcn, m. stove. — - $apicv', n. 
 paper. — dlciA\ rich. — 'Bta^l, m. steel. • — ^Uf)cn, to stand i.<:on;'. 
 li/ce tferftctjcn, L. 5. 4. ©tu()l m. chair. — Sifc^, m. table. — 
 Ucber, over, above. Unter, under, among. — 93or, prep, before, see 
 elje. — ^^aljx, true. — Binnner, n. room. 3wifcl)eii, between. 
 
 Exercise 12. ^ttfgabe 12. 
 
 1. 2BeWieu .§unb fiat biefer SKann? 2. @r I;at ben ^unb heS ^ac^exS. 
 
 3. 3u ivclitem ^aufc ift bcr ©lafer? 4. (5r ifl in bem .§aufc jencg 
 23auevg. 5. Siegt bag 33uc(} auf biefem obcr auf jcnem S^ifdie ? 6. 6*5 
 lict^t auf jcneni, unb ba^ ^4>^»^'er licgt unter biefem. 7. 3ft jeber 2)?ann 
 vcidi? 8 3ii jcbcd ^au(J (^ro^ ? 9. 3)iefe0 Jiliiib tvcl;ut in jenem '^^anfe. 
 10. 2)iefer il^iann fi^t auf bem (Stuble an bem gcnfler. 11. 2:er Jpuub 
 liec^t j^UMfiteu bem £)fen unb bem Siifcbe. 12. 2)er 53aum ftcl}t »cv bem 
 ^aufe, unb bev ®axkn liegt I)intev bem JQCi\i]c. 13. (Sr fdu'eibt, el)e er 
 fpielt. 14. 2)er (gcljn ffcf)t nefcen bem ^ater. 15. 3)a<J Simmer bc<5 
 g^iilere! t|t liber bem Simmer be^ Stm»maimi5. 16. ■^aben <2ie foldu^g 
 eifen cbev fcldien etaijl ? 17. 3* ijabe ben €taM bee Sattlerg. 18. SjJ 
 allcv StabI i^nt ? 19. 2Ba3 cr fa^t, il^ ^i-vitjv. 
 
 Exercise 13. Jlufpbe 13. 
 
 1. Has tjiis huut3r the dog of that jjeasanf? 2. Wliich book 
 has tliis mani 3. In which garden is the brother of this glazier'^ 
 
 4. Is all coffee pooJ? •6. Wiiich pencil and which paper have 
 you? 6. On whirii chair "i?« ii.c boo-k lying, and at which table is 
 the man sitting? 7. Is t:i- f'og under that tree? 8^ The t/ee 
 stn),(ls 1 (nvveeii the house and tlie garden. 9. This room is Over 
 tli(- Y-:un) oTtho scliolnv, 10. Is every tree large? 11. Have you 
 sqch tea, and such bjoad? 12. Has every smith such ironT 
 13. Is the peasant ill tliis house? 14. In which room is the stove? 
 Uj. ^A'hich man !s in that house? 10. In which house is the peasant? 
 1*?. Is the book lying before the scholar? 18. Are you going be- 
 fore he comes? 19. He says you have the paper : is it true? 
 
 % 
 
INDEFINITE ARTICLE. POSSESSIVE PRON<5UNS. 23 
 
 I.ESSON IX. §tciion IX. 
 
 INDEFINITE ARTICLE. 
 
 1» riic indefinite article is less varied than the definite: 
 havin:- tor the noraina,tive, masculine and ueuter, but one 
 [onr.: ii:-, ' - - 
 
 Ma^ci/J'fif:, dn Wlann, a man; cin ^ifd;, a table. 
 
 dn ^4)fert), a horse ; dn -^nd], a book. 
 
 POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS. 
 
 2, The possessive pronouns constitute a distinct class of 
 words, agreeing, like the article, with the noun in gender, 
 nujiibcr and case, and answer to our / ' rnonoun in the 
 possessive; as, 
 
 9Be ill: ntein ^uf? Where is my nat? 
 
 @i- i)vit mdiicit «Out. He has my hat. 
 
 3tt ijahe eiuen •§ut yon metnem ^rcunbe. 1 have a hat from my friend. 
 
 3, The indefinite article and the possessive pronouns (un- 
 like the words in L. 8. 3.) take an additional syllable in 
 forming the oblique cases. Except the accusative neuter. 
 (See L. 6. 9. Note.) 
 
 4. DECLENSION OF INDEF. ART. AND POSS. PRON. SINGULAR. 
 
 Masc. Neut. Masc. Neut. 
 
 Norn, dn, dn, a; unfcr, imfcr, our; 
 
 Gen. eincS, einc0, ofaM; "^ , unfercg, unfcre^, of our; 
 
 Dat. ciucm, eincni, to or for a ; unfcrcm, unferem, to or forcur ; 
 
 Ace. ciuen, ein, a. wnfercn, unfer, our. 
 
 5. Like clit and unfcr, are declined bein, thy; cucr, your-, 
 ifjr, her, their ; 5 1; r, your; mcin, my; fein, his, it ,, and fein, 
 no, not any. 
 
 SSrctt, n. board. — Scmi, for. Slbcr, but.-^ IDctd), m. ' 
 i^euer, n fire. Sveuiib, m. friend. — <§ammer,m. hammGr. 
 plane -^cf, w. rourt, yard. — ^\)x, see list 5.   — ,:;u;., cold. 
 Hamm, m. comb. — ^ciubtcr, m. candlestick. £id)t, r,. carifile. — 
 9Jl»ip:I, m. chisel. — ^i^xa, n. horse? ^^Pflug, m. plow. *l>uU, n. 
 desk. — (Sdbwert, n. sword. ®e(}r, very, very much. Slfd)ler, m. 
 cabinetmaker, joiner. — 53etter, m. cousin. — aljarm, warm. SSafc^s 
 ^ifc^/ m. washstand. SSetter, n. weather. 
 
 
24 INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS 
 
 Exercise 14. ^nf^dbt 14, 
 
 1. ^dt 3^r ^reuiib elii (Sd)Wcrt obet cinen 5)oId) ? 2. SD^leln i^reunb 
 9at ein S3ud:), unb fein SSetter ^at eiuen 2Jleipel. 3. 3ii unfer greunb 
 hi unferm ^aufc ? 4. ^iein, ev ift in bem Btmmer feineg SSetterg, be* 
 2:ifd)Ierg. 5. Ser ^at bag Sict)t meine^ Srubev^ ? 6. S)et (£ot)n mtU 
 neg gSettevg l^at bag ieid)t unb ben Seud^ter Sfjreg SSruberg. 7. ^at baa 
 itinb bm jammer feineg SSaterg? 8. ^m, eg l)at feinen jammer. 
 9. 2)cr 3:ifd)ler (;at feinen ^obel unb fein 33rett ; <Bk l;aben 3f|r @ifen 
 unb 3(}ren <§ammer, unb id) ^abe mein -^ferb unb meincn $fiug. 10. 3ji 
 S^H" i^reunb in 3^rem, in fetnem, ober in nieinem Ǥaufe? 11. 3t/t 
 greunb ifl in Sr^tem «§aufe ; mcin §reunb f|at mein ^Pferb in meinem ®axi 
 ten, unb fein Jlinb fpielt mit feinem ^unbe in bem «&ofe. 12. tiegt 3()r 
 $Bud) auf ^r^rem 5;ifd)e, cber auf meinem $ulte ? 13. 2)lein S3u^ liegt 
 auf meinent 2:ifd)e, unb mein 53Ieiftift auf 3f)rem ^'utt. 14. Siegt mein 
 Jlamm auf meinem ^vdt ? 15. DIein, ^\)X Mamm ticqt auf 3t|tem SSafd)* 
 tifd)e. 16. 3ft eg fait in 3l)rem Simmer ? 17. S^Jein, eg ift fe^r u>arm, 
 benn id) {)abe ein geuer in meinem €)fen, unb i)ae Setter ijl nid)t fel^r fait 
 
 Exercise 15. ^Ufgabe 15. 
 
 1. Who has my horse and my dog? 2- Your brother has your 
 dog, my father has your house, and the cabinetmaker has your 
 table. 3. Has the child its brother's knife, or its father's pencil? 
 4, It has its father's pencil, its brother's book, and your cousin's 
 plane and chisel. 5. Is the miller in his house, or in the house 
 of his friend? 6. He is in the house of our friend the baker. 
 7. Has your friend's father my brother's horse ? 8. No, he has 
 no horse, but he has his candle and his candlestick. 9. Have 
 you your friend's chisel, or his hammer? 10. I have his plow 
 and his horse, and my cousin has his dog. 11. Have you a stove 
 and a candle in your room? 12. Yes, I have your brother's stove, 
 my candle, your candlestick, and my brother's ring. 13. Have 
 you a horse or a dog? 14. No, I have neither a horse nor a dog. 
 15. Has your brother your desk? 16. No, he has no desk, but 
 my desk is in my room in my friend's house. 17. It is cold in 
 my room, for I have no fire in my stove ; the room is very large, 
 and the weather is very cold. 
 
 LESSON X. §tcl\on X. 
 
 . nterrooative pronouns. 
 
 1. The interrogative pronouns are tucr? who? ircl(^cr? 
 which? or what? (declined like bicfcr, &:c., L. 8), ira3*' (in- 
 declinable) what ? and iraS f iir cin ? what kind of a, or what ? 
 
 * SQe^ (also tveffen) sometimes occurs as the genitive of ts>a9. 
 
INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS. 5 C ttl a It b, 01 l C IH tt ttj)^^^ 2|, 
 
 2. DECLENSION OF tr c t AND t: a § fiir ein. !. '*' 
 Masc. Neut. 
 
 N. irer? who? tra^ fiir ein? icagfuretn? 
 
 G. iueffcn? whose? irag fiit eineg 7 tt)a6 fiir eincS? 
 
 D. irem? to, for whom ? ttag fiir eincm? trag fur einem? 
 A. tren, whom? ti; a§ fiir einen? traSfiire^? 
 
 3. QBa^ is sometimes separated, by other words, from fiir 
 cin ; as, 
 
 2Ba^ ijl btcS fiir ein ^au^ ? What kind of a house is this I 
 
 4. 2Beld& (contraction of ttelc^cr), and traS fiir ein, are also 
 used in exclamation ; as, 
 
 3Betd) (or toa^ fiir) eiu 3tiefe ! What a giant ! 
 
 5. 3Ba6 is sometimes used instead of i»arum? why? as, 
 
 „SBag ireint if)r SKcibdjen, \i3arum Why (what) weep ye maidens, 
 flagt i§r 3Beiber? '' why complain ye matrons'? 
 
 0. Semanb answers to "anybody, somebody", and etttJaS to 
 *' anything, something." 0liemanb answers to " not anybody, 
 nobody"; and nic^t^ to "not anything, nothing"; as, 
 
 3emanb l^at raein S3ud). Somebody has my book. 
 
 -i3at Seniaub tneiu SSiid)? Has anybody my book? 
 
 ^^Cii n i db t Semaiib mein 93uc^? Has not somebody my bookl 
 
 ^^ixi er nidit etwa^ ? Has he not something? 
 
 (5r l^at niditg. He has nothing (not anything). 
 
 3d) fe^e Qfliemaiib. I do not see anybody. (I see no- 
 body). 
 
 7. (i.Vcoa^ is sometimes abbreviated to „toa§"; as, 
 
 3d) fjaBc twag ©utcS. T have something good. 
 
 8. DECLENSION OF Scmattb. 
 
 Norn. :^cmanb, anybody; 
 
 Gen- 5emanbo or :5emanbeg, anybody's or of anybody ; 
 Dat Semanb or ^Semanbem, to or for anybody ; 
 Ace. Semanb or Semanben, anybody. 
 
 9ltemanb is declined like 5emanb ; tixoa^ and nid^tSare in- 
 declinable. 
 
 9. ®ar (or ganj imb gar) hefoje a negative answers to "at 
 all" after a negative ; as, 
 
 3d) l^aBe gar nidit^. I have not anything at all. 
 
 dr l^at gar fein ^\h He has no money at aX 
 
 @« tji gar nid)t fait It is not at all cold 
 2 
 
ZO ADJECTIVES OF THE OLD DECLENSION 
 
 Stbet, but, however. — 33(ed% n. tin. — @hva^, see 6. — ®ar, see 
 9. — 3tMuaiib, see 6. — Sc^t, now. — ^dfe, m. cheese. Jl'ein, not 
 any, no. .toffer, m. trunk, .^orb, m. basket. — Sefen, to read. £c> 
 ben, to praise. — 9)ialer, m. painter. — 5)iid)tg, not anything, nothing, 
 9?iemanb, not anybody, nobody. — <Sd)u§, m. shoe. @o, so, as. — 
 ilrauvii], sad. — 2Bavum', why. 
 
 Exercise 16. ^Uf^dbt 16. 
 
 1. Sffier Icbt ben (Sdbiiler, unb toen Icbt bev 'Sd)ulcr? 2. Semanb Icbt 
 ben Sdiuter, aber ber (Sdiiiler Icbt ^iemanb. 3. SKeffen S3ud) lefen @ie 
 jc^t ? 4. 3d) ^abe gar fein 93ud). 6. _^aben (Sie ettca^ in 5(}rem jtovbe ? 
 6. 5Jlein, idi l)abe etirajJ in meincm Coffer. 7. 28cm geben (2ie ba^ ®elb? 
 8. 3di gebe 9iiemanb ba^ @elb, abcr id) gebe Semanb bag ©led). 9. ^e- 
 manb l)at meinen ^li^ulh imb id) l^abe Semanb^ Uebevfdml^. 10. ffia^ 
 fur Mfe l;aben ©le auf 31)rcm S^ifdie '? 11. Sd) l^abe gar feinen ^dfe. 
 12. 2Ben Icben @tc? 13. 3d) Icbe SfJIemanb. 14. ^aben ®ie ntd)tg in 
 31)rcm .ftcffer? 15. 9tein, gar nid)tg. 16. 2Bag fagt 3§r greunb, bcr 
 Scaler? 17. @r fagt gar nid)tg. 18. SBarum finb <2ie fo traurig ? 
 19. 3d) bin gar nid)t traurig. 20. SKit toae fur einem 2Jlejfer fd)neiben 
 @f 3f)ren SlVfet? 21. 3d) I^abe feinen 5I^fel unb fein 3Dfiejfer. 22. 3u 
 toem gefjt ber (Sd)iiter ? 23. @r ge(}t ju S^iemanb. 
 
 Exercise 17. ^tlfgabf 17. 
 
 1 . Whose pencil has your brother, the painter ? 2. He has the 
 pencil of his friend the scholar. 3. Has anybody your horse? 
 4. Yes, somebody has it. 5. .Does anybody praise your brother ? 
 
 6. Somebody praises my father, but nobody praises my brother. 
 
 7. What kind of paper has the scholar? 8. He has no paper at 
 all. 9. To whom do you give your money? 10. I do not give it 
 to anybody. 11. With what kind of a pencil do you write? 12. I 
 write with the pencil of your cousin. 13. Have you anything in 
 your hat? 14. No, I have not anything in my hat, but I have 
 something in my trunk. 15. To whom is the child going? 16. It 
 IS not going to anybody. 17. Somebody has our horse and our 
 plow. 18. What kind of a shoe is this ? 19. It is the overshoe 
 of our friend. 20. Who has my book? 21. Nobody has your 
 book. 22. Has anybody anything in your room? 23. Yes, some- 
 body has something in my room. 
 
 LESSON XI. fcctton XI. 
 
 FORMS OF THE ADJECTIVE. 
 
 1» Adjectives when used predicatively,^* are uninflected ; a^ 
 
 JDer (Stafjt Ijl tjart. The steel is hard. 
 
 2)a(J (Sifcn iji f)art. The iron is hard. 
 
 * The terms attributive and predicative have, in Grammar, a strictly conventional 
 and should be distinctly understood. If we say, the deep river is here (ber ticf-t 
 
ADJECTIVES OF THE OLD DECLENSION. 27 
 
 2. AMien, however, adjectives are used attributively, they 
 are subject to three modes of inflection, called the oM, the 
 new^ and the mixed declensions. 
 
 3. Adjectives, when not preceded by one of the words in 
 List L. 8. 3. or 9. 5, are inflected like 2)iefer, (L. 8. 3.) 
 and are then of the 
 
 OLD DECLENSION. 
 
 Masculine. Neuter. 
 
 Nom. gut-er, 9Ut-e3, good; 
 
 Gen. Qut-c3, (en*'0 gut-cg, (-' en) of good; 
 
 Dat. gut-em, gut-em, to or for good ; 
 
 Ace. gut-en, gut-eg, good. 
 
 4. The e of the terminations el, en, er, is generally dropped 
 when, by^ inflection, another syllable is added ; as, 
 
 (ir ift eltel. He is vain. 
 
 dxiUzx @tctj (not cit-etcr). Vain pride. 
 
 5. ENDING OF THE OLD DECLENSION IN THE NOMINATIVE. 
 
 Attributive. Predicative. 
 
 @ut-er @tat)l ifl Ijavt. Good steel is hard. 
 
 @ut-el (5ifen ijl \)(xxt Good iron is hard. 
 
 Ǥart-er (Stafjl ij^ gut. Hard steel is good, 
 
 "^art-eg @ifen iji gut. Hard iron is good. 
 
 6, Adjectives which qualify the neuter pronouns, ettoa3, 
 toa§ and ni^tS, are inflected according to the old declension, 
 and are written with a capital initial ; as, 
 
 3d) l^abe e tit) a^ (Sdbone^. I have something beautiful. 
 
 (Ir fagt nid)t3 @dited)teg. He says nothing bad. 
 
 ©ic fpredien yon e t tt» a ^ 9?eucm. You speak of something new. 
 
 S? a sS f;abeu ©ie S'ieue^ 'i What have you new ? 
 
 Silt, old. §(n'flcncT)m, agreeable. Sludv too, also. — 53 (an f, bright, 
 ^tau, blue. — %ti\\, fine. §utt«tn, to hne. — @el6, yellow. ®efe^, 
 n. law. ®rau, gray, ©rob, coarse. @iun, green. — Smmer, al- 
 ways, ever. — Jlonig, m. king. — S)Zad)en, to do, make. SD^antel, 
 iw. cloak. — 9^eu, new. — 9iorf, m. coat. — ©ammet, m. velvet. 
 
 Slui tfl ^tCV), the adjective deep (ttcfe), is attributive; for the quality depth ia 
 referred to, as a known and recognized attribute of the river. If we say, the river ia 
 deep here (bcr %[\\^ tfi l)tcr tief). the adjective is predicative , for we then merely 
 affirm or predicate of the river, that it hab Uie quality depth. 
 
 * The genitive of the old form is now seldom used; tliat of the new form being 
 preferred Thus, (JUt-eil <Sta^l8; QUt-etl eifen§,&c., instead of QUt-eS ©ta^lS; gUt* 
 
 k9 ©ifenS, &c. 
 
28 ADJECTIVES OF THE NEW DECLENSION. 
 
 (Sd)ledit, lad. (Sdbneiber, m. tailor. (Sdniti'mac^er, m, shoeniiker 
 @d)toad), weak. (Starf, strong. — %\\<i), n. cloth. — 3iBetd}, soft. 
 
 Exercise 18. ^ttfgabc 18, 
 
 1. fDlefeg Scber iji gelb, unb jeneg ijl fd)h?arj. 2. 3d) l^aBe gelbeg Se; 
 ber, unb ©tc !^aben fd)tDarje^. 3. 3ft ber ffiein beg S3auerg alt obcr neu ? 
 4. 3ft alter SSeiii immev ftarf unb iieuer 2Bein immev fdituad) ? 5. >§abcn 
 <Sie ftavfen ober fdin)ad)en SBeIn ? 6. 3d) l)abe ftarfen, altcn 2Bein, unb 
 ber 93auer l)ai neue^ S3ier. 7. 3ft bag @ifen beg (Sdimiebeg gut cbet 
 fditedit ? 8. S)cr ©dimteb fiat gutcg unb aud) fd)Ied}teg @ifen. 9. 5)er 
 (Sdineiber mad^t ben 9locf '^ion feinem grauem Xuct)e. 10. ^er a)Zann 
 futtert ben SJiahtcl mit grobem blauem @ammet. 11. 5)er^6nig fdireibt 
 \i(x^ ®efe^ mit btaufem (Stafil unb fd)n3arjem (Sifeu. 12. 2)er @d)u()s 
 mad)er mad)t hzw @dnif) »on grunem Seber. 13. 3ft lt)eid)cg @ifen gut? 
 14. 3a, unb U-ieidicr @tat)t ift fd}led)t. 15. -^aben @ie guten (Sta(;t cber 
 f*led)teg (Sifen? 16. 2)er SSein ift alt unb bag S3ier ift neu. 17. @r 
 Ijat (xikw 9Bein unb neueg ®ier ? 18. @ef;r vrarmcg SSetter ift n{d)t am 
 genef)m. 19. SDZein .%ccf ift yon fdnuavjem S;ud)e. 20. «§abeu ©ie gu* 
 teg SBajfer, gutcn Jldfe unb guteg ©rob ? 
 
 Exercise 19. ^nfflabf 19. 
 
 1. Is your cloth black, green or blue? 2. I have black cloth 
 and the tailor has blue cloth. 3. Has the shoemaker green, yel- 
 low or black leather? 4. The shoemaker has black leather, and 
 the saddler has yellow leather. 5. Has the blacksmith good steel, 
 or good iron ? 6 He has good iron. 7. Do you line your coat 
 with green or with blue velvet? b. iThe tailor lines my coat with 
 blue velvet. 9. Is your wine strong or weak? lO. I have neither 
 strong wine nor strong beer. 11. New wine is lot always weak, 
 and old wine is not always strong. 12. Have you good bread and 
 good coffee? 13. I have good bread, but my coffee is not very 
 good. 14. Is very cold weather agreeable ? 15. What kind of 
 weather is agreeable ? 16. Warm weather is agreeable. 17. Is 
 good steel always hard, and is good iron always soft? 18. Wli;y 
 has the smith soft steel? 19. Why has the tailor old cloth? 
 20. Why does he line your coat with green velvet ? 
 
 LESSON 12. fcftton 12. 
 
 ADJECTIVES OF THE NEW DECLENSION. 
 
 1. An adjective when preceded by t)cr, bicfcr, atlcr, ciniger, 
 ^tUd;cr, jtcber, iencr, manc(;cr, foId;cr, irelc(;cr (relating to the 
 p.oim that the adjective qualifies) is inllected according to the 
 
ADTEOTIVES OF THE NEW DECLENSION. 
 
 NEW DECLENSION. 
 
 Masculine. 
 N bcr gut-e, the good ; 
 G. bea guten, of the good ; 
 D. bcm guten, to, for the good; 
 A. ben guten, the good; 
 
 Neuter. 
 
 baS gut-e, the good ; 
 be^ guten, of the good ; 
 bem guten, to, for the good ; 
 bag gut-e, the good. 
 
 2. ENDINGS OF THE NEW DECLENSION IN THE NCMINATIVE 
 
 Attributive. 
 
 Predicative. 
 
 mkx l)^xU (Staf)l ill nu^lid). 
 5l{(eg fiart-e (Jifen \\t nii^lid). 
 ©ev nu|lld}-e ©tafil i<^ t)art. 
 2)ag nu^Iid)-e @ifen ijl I;art. 
 2)iefer fdion-e SScgcl ift tueip. 
 S)icfe^ fd)6n-c ^a^ner ijl iueip. 
 (fhuger fcfir gut-e SSctn. 
 (Stntgc^ niAt fef)r felu-e Xxxi). 
 Seber gut-e 2)ianu ijl el)rlid;. 
 Sebeg gut-e ^iub ijl ef)rlid% 
 Sener e(}rllA-c SDZami ijl gut. 
 Seneg c()vlidve jlinb ill gut. 
 aJlandier* gut-e 9Jlanu ijl arm. 
 SDIand^g gut-e Jltnb ifl arm. 
 SBeld^er fcbtedit-e a)lann i|l glucftid)? 
 SBeldieg fd)led)t-e ilinb ijl gtucflid) ? 
 
 All hard steel is usefuL 
 All hard iron is useful. 
 The useful steel is hard. 
 The useful iron is hard. 
 This beautiful bird is white. 
 This beautiful paper is white. 
 Some (a little) very good wine. 
 Some not very fine cloth. 
 Every good man is honest. 
 Every good child is honest. 
 That honest man is good. 
 That honest child is good. 
 Many a good man is poor. 
 Many a good child is poor. 
 Which bad man is happy? 
 Which bad child is happy ? 
 
 9lrm, poor. — fitter, bitter. — S)umm, stupid. — i^Ieipig, diligent, 
 industrious. — ©evber, m. tanner, ©liirflld), happy, fortunate. — 
 Sung, young. — ^leiu, little. — Selirer, m. teacher, gefjvliug, m. 
 apprentice. Sie&eu, to love. — S?iaudier, many a. SJlenfd), m. hu- 
 man being, man. — ©d^avf, sharp. @ri)ou, beautiful, fine. (Se()eu, 
 to see. @to(j, proud. — itvdge, idle, indolent. — Un'gh'icflid), un- 
 fortunate, unhappy. — 9Bageu, m. carriage, wagon. 2Sirflid), really. 
 — 3ufi"ie'ben, contented, satisfied. 
 
 Exercise 20. 
 
 Jlufflabc 20. 
 
 1. (Ser)cn (Sie "btw gropen <§unb unter btefem gropeu ©aum? 2. 3d) 
 fef)c beu gropeu 93aum, 0i\)zx uid)t beu Ǥuub. 3. 2Qem gef)6rt biefeg fd)cue 
 .§aug uub biefer fdione SSageu? 4. fDas? -^ausJ gef)6rt bem (xiim 3dger, 
 
 * SJZanc^cr, foId)er and n)eld)er sometimes drop the final syllable ; tlie adjective 
 that follows being inflected (see L. ] 1) accordinc; to the old declension ; as. mauc^ ar= 
 UU'V 3}?vinu (instead of maud)ev aviUC ?D?anil); many a poor man. 3J?aild) flllteS 
 ^inb (instead of mand)f'i gutcJtinb): many a good child. SLBclrf) fcfcoueg 'iBet* 
 tev! (instead of \veld)e8 fd)one 2BettCV); what fine weather ! ©olcfe Qfob CS SiUC^ 
 (instead of folc^eS QVObe %\\^) ; such coarse cloth. 
 
80 ADJECTIVES OF THE MIXEDD ECLENSION. 
 
 iiiib ber 2Bag,'n gepvt beni uiu-jlucfluteu ^teunbe biefeg reldien aJluKcr^, 
 5. "Sat ber fici^ige Sel^rltiii^ beg guten ©olbfdhmtebg bag fd)arfe SJleffer be^ 
 ciUcu 8c§rerg; cbcr bvig alte *43ncl) beS tvdgeu @ct)itlerg ? 6. ^at ber junge 
 ©erber bag geI6e ober has fditt.\u-je Scber ? 7. (Sr (}at bag fct)tt3arje; et 
 f)at audi bag grune Xnd) beg alten @d)neiberg. 8. 3)er (Sattler l^at ba3 
 gelbe geber iinb ber @d)i^madier f)at bag fdnwarje. 9. 3ft alter atte 9Beln 
 ftarf, unb alleg neue ^iev bitter? 10. 3ft jeber reid)e SJlann twlrfti* juf 
 friebcn ? 11. aJlandier bumme 3)len\^ ift ftolj. 12. 3d) fe^e ben gro^en, 
 [dioiicn 5Bauni in bem Keinen ©arten beg armen S3auerg. 13. S)ag Heine 
 ^inb liebt unb loht hen alten SOZann. 14. 2)tefer junge 2)lann l^at ben 
 fdiarfen Tinftl jeneg fieipigen !i;ifd)Icrg. 15. giittert ber alte ©ineiber 
 hen neuen 5DZantet mit bem blauen X^uc^e ? 16. Xrinft ber arme SHann 
 bag !alte SBaffer ? 
 
 Exercise 21. ^ttfflabc 21. 
 
 1. Have you the black cloth or the blue? 2. I have the black, 
 and the young tailor has the blue, and also the green. 3. Has the 
 old man the old horse and the old wagon ? 4. This idle scholar 
 has the good book of that industrious scholar. 5. Which young 
 man has the new book of this little child? 6. To which poor man 
 do you give the good money? Is the young peasant going with 
 the old hunter to the village ? 8. To whom does this old horse 
 belong? 9. Does this old wagon belong to the old baker? 
 10. Which good leather has the good shoemaker, the blue, the green, 
 or the black? 11. Many a good man is very poor. 12. Not every 
 poor man is unhappy. 13. Which dihgent scholar has the new 
 book? 14. This very warm weather is not very agreeable. 
 15. Has the rich peasant the good dog of the good hunter? 16. The 
 old tailoi: lines the old cloak with the old cloth. 
 
 LESSON XIII. ^tction XIII. 
 
 ADJECTIVES OF THE MIXED DECLENSION. 
 
 1. An adjective when preceded by cin, mcin, bcin, fcin, iffx, 
 Uttfcr, cucr, f ein (relating to the noun that the adjective qualifies) 
 is inflected according to the 
 
 MIXED DECLENSION. 
 
 Masculine. Neuter. 
 
 N. mein cjut-cr, my good ; mcin gut-e8, my good ; 
 
 G. mciuog giitcu, of my good ; mctneg gutcn, of my good ; 
 
 D. meincm gutcn- to my good ; mcincm guteiir to my good ; 
 
 A. mclttcngutctt my good; mcin gutc0, my good. 
 
 2. As already seen, the above words, m\, mcin, &c. (un- 
 like ber, ba0, &c. L. 8. 3), do not indicate the gender of their 
 
CONNECTED VIEW OF THE OLD DECLENSION. 31 
 
 nouns ; this, however, is effected by means of the adjective; 
 the termination er, being masculine, and e^, neuter ; as, 
 
 Masculine, etit flein-er SJlann ; fctn gut-er 33ruber; 
 Neuter, etn fletn-egi Jlint) ; fein Q\xi-t^ ^ferb» 
 
 3. ENDINGS OF THE MIXED DECLENSION IN THE NOMINATIVE. 
 
 Attributive. Predicative. 
 
 @in c^vii-zx ^Jlann t|l e^^rlid). A good man is honest, 
 
 (B'm cjut-eg .^inb ift eljrlicf). A good child is honest. 
 
 @eiu z\)xM)-zx greuiib i|l gut. His honest friend is good. 
 
 @cin c()i-tid)-e(J ^inb ijl gut. His honest child is good. 
 
 Wim\ fd)6n-cr JBogel ift toeif . My fine bird is white. 
 
 3Jleiu fcbou-eg ^alplcr ij! n)eip. My fine paper is white. 
 
 !Detn lueif-er SSogel ijl fd)ou. Thy white bird is fine, 
 
 ©etu n^ci^-eg ^a^ler i|l fdicu. Thy white paper is fine. 
 
 3f|r gut-er ® ruber ifl grcp. Her good brother is large. 
 
 31)r gut-e^ Jltub ijl gro§. Her good child is large 
 
 Uufer grc^-er S3aum ijt fd)cn. Our large tree is fine. 
 
 Unfer gvop-e^ <§au^ ifl fd)6n. Our great house is fine. 
 
 (Suer alt-ev Coffer ift griiu. Your old trunk is green 
 
 (Suer alt-e^ ^anb ift grun. Your old ribbon is green. 
 Jtein lDir!lid) gut-er SD^lanu ift faut. No really good man is lazy. 
 
 .K'ein gut-eg Rxwh ift faut. No good child is lazy. 
 
 4. CONNECTED VIEW OF THE THREE DECLENSIONS. 
 OLD. NEW. MIXED. 
 
 Masculine. 
 
 N. gut-er (<©tat;0 ; ber gut-c (®ta:^l) ; mein gut-cr 
 
 G. gut-ea (or -en) ((^ta^l0); beg gut-en ((Stat^r^) ; meineS gut-en 
 
 (<atap;) 
 D. gut-em ((Sta^l) ; bem gut-en ((^ta^^l) ; meinem gut-en 
 
 A. gut-en (6ta^l); ben gut-en (^ta^l) ; meinen gut-en 
 
 (®ta^I). 
 
 iV. gut-ea ((Stfen) ; bag gut-e ((Sifen) ; mein gut-eg 
 
 mm); 
 G. gut-eg(or -en) (Stfeng); beg gut-en ((SifenS); meineg gut-en 
 
 ((Sifena); 
 D. gut-em ((Sifen) ; bent gut-en ((Sifen) ; mctncm gut-en 
 
 ((Sifen) ; 
 A gut-e0 (@iien) ; bag gut-e (@ifen) ; mein gut-eg 
 
 ((Eifen). 
 
82 SPEAKING AND WRITING GERMAN. 
 
 S3erg, m. mountain. — 2)ad), n. roof. 2)idf, thick, large. — %o\\l, 
 lazy, idle. — ©cbut'&ig, patient, ©efdiicft', skillful, ©etinpfen, n. 
 conscience. — 3e, ever. — Earned', n. camol. ^eUer, m. cellar, 
 .^iffeu, n. pillow, cushion, .^unfiler, m. artist. -r-Oladi'ld^tg, neg- 
 ligent. 0lu^lidh, useful. — (Sanft, soft, mild. @(t)a^, m. treasure. 
 ©d)u^, m. defense, protection, ©tanirn, m. trunk, body. (Steily 
 steep. — %^zx, n. animal, beast. %k\, deep. %xzu, faithful, true — 
 Un'jufrieben, discontented, dissatisfied. — SSogel, m. bird. 
 
 Exercise 22. Jlttfpbe 22. 
 
 1. 3|l 3f)r guter ^reunb, ber gefd)irfte j^unfilcr, nod) (L. 66.) ein jfuna 
 get SPflanu ? 2. 3a, er ijl nod) jung, aber feiu guter ^Teuiib, ber M}rer, ill 
 etn fe^r alter SJlaun. 3. 3ft eiu reid)er SDiann immer ciu jufriebener unb 
 angenel)mer SJlann ? 4, Oiein, unb eiu armer 3Wann ifl nidit immer cii? 
 unjufriebener SJlann. 5. ^ai 3§r Heiner S3rubei" etnen fd)cnen Heinen 
 aSogel? 6. OfZein, er f)at ein fd)dne^ fielne^ ^ferb. 7. %)x nene^ ♦^augf 
 l^at ein jteitc^ 5)ad) unb einen tiefeu .^eUev. 8. @in gute^ ®e»iffcn ijl 
 ein fanfteg ^iffc n. (Ein treuer ^rennb i|t ein ftarfer (Bi^vi% unb m\ grower 
 <Sd)a^. 10. (Sin jteiler 33eig |lef)t fiinter unferm neuen .g»aufe. 11. Un^ 
 fer ncue^ ■^<x\x€ ftet)t »Dr einem jteilen Serge. 12. Unfer alter 9(i)feI6aum 
 l^at einen bidfen (£tamm. 13. 3|t bag gebulbige ^ameel em nu^Iidied 
 Sl^ier? 14. ^oAizn (Ste fein guteg S3ier unb feinen guten S©ein ? 15. 3d) 
 ]^abe guteg S3ier, aber feinen guten Sein. 16. 3ft ein guter ©diittcr \t 
 faul? 17. D'iein, er ift iueber faul, ncd) nad;ldptg. 18. 3d) I;abe eiu 
 neueg 33ud) unb er t)at ein attcd, (L. 8. Note). 
 
 Exercise 23. ^ttfgobf 23. 
 
 1. Your good friend has your good iron and your good steel. 
 
 2. Is your old friend still in the small garden of our good cousin? 
 
 3. No, he is in our large garden with his old teacher. 4. Has oui 
 young cousin your new book and his old pencil ? 5. No, he has 
 your old book, his new pencil, our good stove and my green table. 
 6. A little yellow bird is sitting on the steep roof of your new 
 house. 7. Is your old friend a skillful artist? 8. Yes, he is a 
 skillful artist, and a very agreeable man. 9. The patient camel is 
 a very strong and a very useful animal. 10. My young friend has 
 my young horse. 11. Our old friend has our old horse in our old 
 garden. 12. A rich man is not always a contented and a happ) 
 man. 13. Is a poor man always a discontented man? 14. Is s 
 lazy man ever contented, or an industrious man ever discontented^ 
 15. My lazy scholar is discontented. 16. Have you no goo# 
 cheese? 17. I have good cheese, but no good bread. 18. iO¥ 
 have my new book and I have his old one. (L. 8. Note). 
 
 LESSON XIV. lection. XIV 
 
 SPEAKING AND WRITING GERMAN. 
 
 Guided by the instructions thus far given, the pupil may 
 now profitably enter upon the practice of soeaking and writing 
 
SPEAKING AND WRITING GERMAN. 33 
 
 German. For this purpose, every sentence in the foregoing 
 Lessons, may be regarded as a Model: the learner applying 
 •n every case the principles which the model sentence is 
 designed to illustrate.* An ample stock of words, in addition 
 to those already acquired by the learner, will be found page 
 190, and following. In this and in the English vocabulary, 
 page 230, are contained all the words of the subsequent 
 EXERCISES. Also, for the sake of more convenient reference, 
 'he words of the preceding exercises have been included in 
 the same vocabularies. 
 
 Obs. As a want of familiarity with the various endings, 
 especially those of the adjective, (they being the most diffi- 
 cult,) is a great hindrance to the right use of German, 
 the pup.l should give to the following exercise the utmost 
 attention. 
 
 Exercise 24. Jlttfpbc 24» 
 
 1. il^ipfev glanjenber @d)nee Itt\]t auf bem grunen ^clbc. 2. 2)a3 
 grime ^clb liegt itnter tiefem Sd^nec. 3. !j)er tiefc @dinee liegt auf gri'ii 
 nem ©va^. 4. ©rfinesJ ®rai^ fiegt untcr bem tiefen ©dinee. 5. i?eln 
 ticfer ©d^ice liegt auf uiiferem gvuneii ^elbe. 6. Unfer grune^ ^el'b 
 Itegt uiitcr feinem ttefcn cSdmee. 7. ^oreu @ie jeneg reijenbe Sieb? 
 
 8. ailcin neiner 33ntbcr fd^enft bem fleincu .Kinbe eiuen fleinen fi'iBen 5tpfeL 
 
 9. C5r licft (L. 33. 6) 3(;r grcpcg 33udi mit grc^em a3cvguugen. 10. 9}Zcin 
 gro^ei^ $fevb iit In meiucm gviuien ^elbe. 1 1. ©as? grcpe $fevb mcliics.^ altcn 
 91adi&ari5 ill in bem gvc^en griineu ^elbe be^ a'lten ©aucv^. 12. 2)er 
 gute 'Jreunb be^ altcu ^dittcibev^ gef)t mit bem alteu 9Jlii((ev uad) bem 
 gruueu SBalbc. 13. 2)Zeiu gutcr ^veunb, ber i:[ik @ditieiber, betft fciiieu 
 alten %\]&) mit vct(;em ^udie. 14. 3di ftabe gutc^ Seber licn bem guten 
 @erber. <£ie fiaben bag gute Seber beg guten ©attlerg, unb ber gute 
 (Sd^u'^madiet {)ai fein gutcg Seber. 15. 2)ai5 falte SBctter becft tizw bret; 
 ten ^tup mit glattem (Sig. . 
 
 Exercise 25. Jtufjjalu 25, 
 
 1. The green grass lies under the deep snow. 2. The deep 
 snow lies upon the green grass. 3. Deep snow lies upon the 
 green field of our old friend. 4. The deep snow lies upon the 
 broad field. 5. The little scholar reads with great pleasure the 
 large book of his good friend. 6. Green grass lies under deep 
 snovz, 7. The good book of my good friend lies on the good 
 table, 8. Your old friend the old teacher, is with his old friend 
 in the green field. 9. The large horse is in the little garden of 
 our good neighbor. 10. My good do^ goes with our good neigh- 
 bor to the large green forest. 11. The cold weather covers the 
 
 * Forfiirther remarks, and illustrations of this plan, see "New Method", p.p. 62.249 
 or ^Tasqujlle's French Course ", p. p. 59. 267. 
 
 2-:^ 
 
34 PREPOSITIONS. 
 
 river with smooth ice. 12. The glittering snow covers the green 
 forest anc the green field. 13. My old friend the old saddler 
 covers my old trunk with old leather. 14. Has the good friend 
 of the gocd smith good iron and good steel? 15. He has good 
 iron and sieel; he has also a good dog and a good horse. 
 
 LESSON XV. futiott XV. 
 
 Prepositions. 
 
 1. prepositions governing the dative. 
 
 5(u8, auf cr, Bei, Binncn, entgegcn, gegeniiBer, gemaf, mit,nac^, 
 na^% m^% oB, fammt, felt, son, ju, and jutuibcr, govern the 
 dative only. 
 
 2. PREPOSITIONS GOVERNING THE ACCUSATIVE. 
 
 2)urc^, fiir, gcgen, o^ne, fonber, um, and inibcr, govern the 
 accusative only. 
 
 3. PREPOSITIONS GOVERNING THE DATIVE OR ACCUSATIVE. 
 
 ^n, auf, :^intcr, in, nebcn, iikr, untcr, ijor, and jn^ifrf^cn, go- 
 vern the dative, when used with verbs of rest, or with those 
 dicating motion within specified limits; and the accusative, 
 •'hen motion or tendency towards any place or object is in- 
 ihcated; as, 
 
 @r Iduft in bem ©arteu. He is running in the garden. 
 
 @r tduft in ben ©arteii. He is running into the garden. 
 
 ?Dag 33ud) licnt auf bcm Z[\d)t. The book lies on the table. 
 
 Sd) lege ba^ ^ud) auf ben Xifi). I lay the book upon the table. 
 
 (Sr ijl In bcm -^aufe. He is in the house. 
 
 ©r gef)t in ba^ ^au^. He goes into the house 
 
 4. Prepositions are frequently contracted with the definite 
 a-rticle into one word; as, 
 
 9tm (^or CiXi bem\ (5r fi^t am ilifche. He sits at the table. 
 9In^ (for an Dat^;. (S: acl}t aug ?^cu|fer. He goes to the window. 
 6tuf^ (for auf ba^). (^r lev;.' ?ti auf^ Q3vctt. He lays it on the board. 
 Seim (for bci bcm). (5r iff beim Q3vubcr. He is with the brother. 
 !Durd^^ („burd) ba<J). @r gc()t bunt^ (^:(b. He goes through the field. 
 ?^ur^ (for fur baj?). (5^ iff fuViS jtiuo. It is for the child. 
 •^iutevm(„(nutcr bcm).(5v ftcfjt I)iuterm Bauu. He stands behind the fence. 
 3m (for in bem). (5r ift im -Oaufc. He is in the house. 
 
 SutJ (for In bag). Gfr gcfjt ins? 'tVuii^. He goes into the house. 
 Q3cm (for Vcu bem). (5i* fommt i^om^.l'lavffe. He comes from the market 
 3um (for ju bem). @r gef|t juiuSveunbc. He goes to the friend. 
 
NEGATIVE CONJUGATION. 35 
 
 Exercise 26. Jlltfgabe 26. 
 
 I, 25er atte Tlami gef;t in^ ncue ^an^ unb basJ Keine ^inb ger)t 
 iti ien fteineu ©civteit. 2. SWelit after (^reuub fi|t auf bem alten (Stuf)( 
 ai bem Heincii %mtex unb legt ba^ ^ud) auf bcu Sifd). 3. 3)ag trocfene 
 ^v»»:$ Itegt fituterm £)feu unb basJ Heine ilinb %tf)t I;inter ben Dfen. 
 4. Da^ weif e ^a^iev liegt neben bem alten Sud)e unter bem tunbcn Sifd)e. 
 
 6. Dei* mube @d)uler legt fein njcipes? ^a^ier neben mm alteg ®ud) uu;: 
 ter ba^ grime 5;ud). 6. ^aS neue ^auj? jle^t iiber bem ticfen Metier. 
 
 7. Dag fleine muntere ^fcrb f))ringt iiber i>cn tiefen ©rabcn. 8. a^eiu 
 gute^ ^apipr licgt auf bem 2;ifd)e yor bem jungen 2Jlannc. 9. @r legt 
 bag {^ute papier yor ben jungen a)lanu 5\t)ifd)cn bag Sud) unb bag ©lag. 
 10. ^aS ^4)apicr liegt j\Dtfdieu bem 53ud)e unb bem ®Iafe. 11. ®er alte 
 Sdgcr ge()t um bag fleine ^elb unb burd) bcu gro^cn aSalb ; er t)at etwag 
 ©c^oncg fur fein fleincg ilinb. 12. M) ^aU nid)tg fiir ten Sdger, hmn 
 er i)l nidit mein ^^veunb. 13. ®ag fagen @ie gegen hen jungen ^cUdn; 
 ber? 14. 3d) fagc, er ift fei)r unf)6fiid) gegen (L. 56.) meinen i^reunb. 
 14. aBofinen ©ie bci (L. 55. 2.) S^rem £)()eim? 15. 3Bann getjen @ic 
 nad) ^aufe? (L. 57. 3.) 16. ®d)t ber JDiencr ju bem @diuf)mad)er 
 ober ju bem (Sdmeiber? (L. 62. 2.) 17. @r ge()t ju feinem ^Setter, unb 
 fein a3ruber btctbt ju^anfe. (L. 62. 3.) 
 
 Exercise 27. Jlttfgabe 27. 
 
 1. Is the old friend of the old captain standing at the window, 
 or is he going to (L. 53.) the window'? 2. Is the scholar putting 
 his wood on his stove? 3. No, for the wood is lying on the stove. 
 4. The little child is standing behind the large stove, and the faith- 
 ful old dog is going behind the stove. 5 Is your brother in the 
 house or is he going into the house 1 6. The teacher lays his pen- 
 cil beside his book : the child stands beside his friend. 7. Our 
 room is over the room of our old uncle. 8. The old horse is stand- 
 ing under the tree and the young man is going under the tree. 
 9. The poor old beggar is standing before the house, and the rich 
 young man is coming before the house. 10, My table is standing 
 between the stove and the window. 11. The horse is going be- 
 tween the house and the garden. 12. Does the young man live at 
 his cousin's ? 13. Are you going to your brother's. 14. No, I 
 remain at home. 15. Is your friend at home? 16. Yes, he is at 
 home, and I am going home. 
 
 LESSON XVI. Section XVI. 
 
 NEGATIVE CONJUGATION. 
 
 1. As in interrogative sentences (L. 5 ), so also m ne^-^a- 
 tive ones, German verbs are conjugated, in the present and 
 imperfect, without an auxiliary ; ^s, 
 
8d nouns of the new declension. 
 
 3d) tjab^ nid)t. I have not. 
 
 @c gcl^t nid)t. He goes not. (He does not go.) 
 
 @r i\i iiic^t f)ier. He is not here. 
 
 Siebe ntd)t. Love not. (Do not love.) 
 
 2. tfli^i, when relating to a transitive verb commonly fol' 
 lows the object of that verb ; but when that which is in one 
 clause denied, is in another affirmed of a different object, the 
 particle n i c^ t, precedes ; as, 
 
 3d) Ijabc eg nid)t I have it not. (I have n't it). 
 
 3d) l^abe "ba^ 33ud) nid)t. I have not the book, (the book 
 
 not). 
 
 @r \M fginen ©ol^n nid)t. He does not praise his sen. 
 
 3d) l^abe nld)t bag S3ud), fonbern I have not the book but the pen- 
 ben SBleifiift. cil. 
 
 3d) lefe nid)t "iia^ S3ud), it>etd)eg ©ic I do not read the book that you 
 
 iefen, fonbern etn anbereS. read, but another. 
 
 3. <®on'Dern occurs only after a negation and introduces the 
 reverse of the negation ; while 
 
 Qtbcr may follow either a negation or an affirmation, and 
 marks simply something additional ; as, 
 
 @r ifi n{d)t reid), fonbern arm. He is not rich but poor. 
 
 (Sr ift nid)t rcid), abet ftolj. He is not rich but proud. 
 
 @r ijl reid), abtx nld)t ftclj. He is rich but not proud. 
 
 4. ^\6:)i ira^r? not true ? (is it not true ?) answers (like the 
 French " n'est ce pas ?") to our various interrogative phrases 
 after an assertion ; as, 
 
 @ie fennen i^n, 1 You know him, do you not ? 
 
 (Sr ifi 3^r S3ruber, He is your brother, is he not ? 
 
 (Sr ^at eg geljabt. He has had it, has n't he 1 
 
 (Sic toirb Qcfjen, > nid)t \ual)r ? She will go, will she not ? 
 3Cir fonnenI)oren, We can hear, can we not? 
 
 @ic finb reid), They are rich, are they not? 
 
 ©ie finb nid)t reid), J They are not rich, are they ? 
 
 The interrogative, nicl;t tratjr? sometimes precedes the 
 assertion ; as, 
 
 9'lid)t toal^r ? er ifi fot)r rcid). He is very rich, is he not? 
 
 nouns of the new declension. 
 
 5. Nouns of this declension ending in unacciented ar, e, el, 
 or tx, add n in all the oblique cases ; as, nom. bCT Ungar, the 
 Hungarian ; gen. be6 Ungarn; dat. bent Ungarn ; ace. \it\\ Uitj 
 
 am. 
 
NEW DECLENSION. 87 
 
 Nouns of other terminations add en; as, nom. ber ®raf, the 
 count ; gen. beS ©ro^n ; dat. bem ©rafen ; ace. ben ©rafen. 
 
 NEW DECLENSION. 
 
 A'', ber S'leffe, the nephew ; bcr (Solbat, the soldier ; 
 
 G. beS 0leffen, of the nephew ; be0 <©olbatcn, of the soldier ; 
 
 D. 'DemS'lcffcn to the nephew; bcm ©olbaten, to the soldier; 
 
 A. ben ^^Zeffen, the nephew; ben (Solb aten, the soldier. 
 
 Exercise 28. ^n^%^ht 28. 
 
 1. ^er @raf i}i ntd)t ber ^reunb, fonbcm ber ^elnb be3 ^rin^en. 
 2. ^er ^nabe \M ben ©olbaten ni(^t. 3. @r lobt ntd)t ben ©olbaten, 
 fonbern ben SO^atvofen. 4. @i- lobt "azw SJlatrofcn, aber nid)t 'bzw ©olba* 
 ten. 5. 2)er ©rtec^e ijl ber SfJad^bar, abcr nicfjt ber grennb be^ S;urfen. 
 
 6. ®er S36:^me i|^ nid)t nnr ber 9'iad)bar Iz^ 93atern, fonbern and) beg 
 @ad)fen. 7. 2)er altc @oIbat fd)reibt feinem Sf^effen, bem jnngen SWatrc^ 
 fen, einen S3rief. 8. 5)er junge 3Jiatrofe ^<xi einen 93rief »on feinem D^cim, 
 bem atten ©otbaten. 9. 35tefer rei*e aWt 9iu|Te ^ai einen ©dasen. 
 10. 2)cr (Sclaoe fditad)tet benDdifen feinej? perm. 11. JDer jlnabe fpielt 
 mit bem 5(fen nnb bem Sdren. 12. 5)er 2)eutfd)c fauft ben 3Bein beg 
 i^ran^ofen, unb ber ^ranjofe fanft bag %u&) beg 2)cutfd)en. 13. 3){efcr 
 .$lnabe ijl ber 9leffc beg ©rafen. 14. 2)ag SBettcr ijl nid)t ivarm, abcr 
 angencf)m. 15. S)ag SSetter i|l nid)t n^arm, fonbern !alt. 16. 35iefeg 
 33ud) ift nid)t intcreffant, fonbern langtoeilig; eg ifl nid)t intereffant, 
 aber Wjrreidi. 17. aBetd)en Unterfd)ieb finben @ie gn3ifd)en „9'?id)t jebeg 
 intercffante 58nd) ift le()rreid)" unb „3cbeg intereffantc Sud) ij^ nid)t lefjr^ 
 reid)?'' 18. fDiefer SD^ann i|^ ein 9tu|Te, nidit toa^r? 19. @ie ^aben 
 meitt93ud), nid)t n?a^r? 
 
 Exercise 29. ^ttfgabe 29. 
 
 1. Why is the Bohemian the enemy of the Bavarian? 2. He is 
 not the enemy but the friend of the Bavarian. 3. The Saxon is 
 the neighbor but not the enemy of the Bohemian. 4. Not the Ger- 
 man but the Hungarian is the enemy of the Russian. 5. The 
 Frenchman praises the Hungarian and is the enemy of the Rus- 
 sian. 6, The boy has a letter from the nephew of the old soldier. 
 
 7. Has the Greek the sword of the Turk, or has the Turk the land 
 of the Greek? 8. Who is slaughtering the ox of the sailor? 9. Has 
 the nephew of the count a bear and an ape ? 10. The weather is 
 not cold but warm: it is warm but not pleasant. 11. The little 
 boy has the hat of the sailor. 12. Not the soldier but the sailor 
 has the little boy's book. 13. Is not every instructive book in- 
 teresting? 14. This book is instructive, do you find it interesting, 
 or tedious? 15. Is not every instructive book tedious? 16. He 
 is going to the man, is he not ? 17. You understand what I say, do 
 you not? 18. Your cousin has a good horse, has he not ? 
 
38 FEMININE GENDER. DECLENSION OF ART. AND PRONOUNS. 
 
 LESSON XVII. fKtion XVII. 
 
 FEMININE GENDER. 
 
 1. In the feminine, the words contained in List. L. 8. 3, 
 tind 9. 5, all end in c: namely, atle, W, feicfe, einigc, etli^e, 
 (ebe, jenc, manege, folc^e, and ttjelc^c: beine, eine, cuerc or cure, 
 '(;re, 3^rc, meinc, fcine, unfere, and fcine. These words 
 iiave all the same form of inflection. 
 
 DECLENSION OF ARTICLES AND PRONOUNS. FEMININE 
 
 /v. bie, the; biefe, this; eine, a; meine, my; 
 
 G. ber, ofthe; biefer, of this; eincr, ofa; metJter, of my; 
 
 D, bcr, to the ; biefer, to this; einer, to a; meiner, to my; 
 
 A. bie, the; biefe, this; eine, a; meine, my. 
 
 2. Feminine nouns, in the singular, are indeclinable.* 
 
 3. Appellations of females are formed from those of males, 
 and titles of women from those of their husbands, by means 
 cf the suffix in (or inn) ; as, 
 
 b2r ?^reunb, the friend ; bic i^reunbln, the female friend ; 
 
 ber Sefircr, the teacher; bic Secretin, the preceptress ; 
 
 bcr (fn^Idnber, the Englishman; bic(Sngldnbcnn,theEnglishwoman; 
 bci®emaf)lthe consort (husband); bic ®emal)tin, the consort (wife); 
 
 bcr (Sdiiiler, the scholar ; bic @d)itlcrin, the female scholar ; 
 
 bcr Sotvc, the lion ; bie Sotciu, the lioness ; 
 
 bcr ^rdfibcnt', the president; bie ^rdfibentiii, the president's wife; 
 
 ber ObcriX the colonel ; i>k Dbcrj^in, the colonel's wife. 
 
 ADJECTIVES IN THE FEMININE GENDER. 
 
 4. When an adjective in the feminine is not preceded by 
 one of the words in the above List (see 1.), it is inflected 
 like biefe, and is of the 
 
 OLD DECLENSION. 
 
 N. gut-C, good; fcf;on-e, beautiful; (bicf-c) 
 
 G. gut-er, of good ; fct;i3n-er, of beautiful; (bief-er). 
 
 D gut-er, to, for good ; fd;on-er, to, for beautiful ; (bief-er). 
 
 A. gut-e, good; fc^on-e, beautiful. (bief-e). 
 
 * Nouns of this gender were formerly declined after the new declension. In certain 
 phrases, as also in poetic language, tliese endings are still found in the dative, and 
 oc<aeionally in the genitive ; as, Du foUfl auf @rbcn filt mid) jeUflCn (©Chiller) ; 
 Utou sbait witness for lae upon earth, ©cinec ^vauen ©c^WCfier ; hia wife's sister 
 
ADJECTIVES IN THE FEM. GENDER. NEW DECLENSION, 39 
 
 5. Feminine adjectives, when preceded by an article, or by a 
 word of like declension (seel.), are inflected according to tlie 
 
 NEW DECLENSION. 
 
 N. bie gut-e, the good; meine gut-e, my good; 
 
 (r. ber gut-en, of the good; meiner gut-en, of my good; 
 
 D. ber gut-en, to, for the good ; meiner gut-en, to, for my good ; 
 
 -4. tie gut-e, the good; meine gut-e, my good. 
 
 Exercise 30. ^nfflabe 30. 
 
 1. !X)ie (Stitnme ber 9flad)tigaU ifi reijenb. 2. 2Jleine ^reunbin f)6xt 
 bie 9^ad)tigalt tiiit grcf er greube. 3. @d)reiben @ie mit blauer ober mlt 
 fd^trarjer Xinte ? 4. 3d) fd^reibe mit 3f>rer fd)it)arsen ^inte. 5. ®cj 
 bulb ill eine ^un\t unb einc S;ugenb. 6. @intrad)t gibt grofe aJlad)t. 
 7. S)ie Siebe einer 3Jluttet ijl grenjentog. 8. JDie (Sonne [agt mit fiif er 
 (Stimme : „id) bin bic ^onigin ber @rbe." 9. ^at 3{)rc ^reunbtn biefe 
 blaue Xtnte »on einem 9tadibar ober won einer ^Kac^barin? 10. 2)ie 
 2)Zuftf in biefer fc&onen, grcf en ^lrd)e ift [e^r gut. 11. ^ai bie Heine 
 !j;Dd)ter biefer fd)cnen 2)ame bie neue ^dk meiner fteinen (Sd)tt)ejter ? 
 12. aJleine Heine (Scufine fcl;enft ber Xank eine rotl)e dtc\e, unb ber 
 abutter eine lijeipe Silie. 13. 2)ie jicifige 33iene ft^t auf ber buf* 
 tenben S3(ume. 14. 3^re ©dinjeftcr ijat 3^re neue Sam^e in ber 
 MM)e. 15. Bu hjem ge()en @ie, ju 3i}rer 3Jlutter ober ju 3t)rer 
 5:ante? 16. 3d) gelje mit meiner (Sdiu^ejler in bie ©tabt ju unferer 
 (Souftne. 17. ^ahm @ie eine neue ®abel unb eine alte S^affe? 18. Dlein, 
 id) ()abe eine neue geber unb meine (SAn^efter {}at gutc Sinte. 19. 3d) 
 ^abe giinllige 9'Zacf)rid)t »on meiner greunbin, §rau Sffi. (see L. 68). 
 
 Exercise 31. ^ttfplie 31. 
 
 1. The sister of my friend has a beautiful rose. 2. The 
 teacher has not much patience with the scholar. 3. Do you 
 write with black ink ? 4. I write with the black ink of my sister 
 and the new pen of my cousin. 5. Whose new watch has your 
 sister? 6. You have my sister's watch, have you also the new 
 chain ? 7. The industrious bee loves the fragrant rose. 8. The 
 nightingale has a charming voice. 9. Whose love is boundless? 
 10. Who has my good lamp and my new pen? 11. Have you 
 favorable news from your friend ? 12. In which church is your 
 mother? 13. My sister is writing our cousin a letter. 14. Does 
 your aunt live in the city? 15. Does the bee love the lily? 
 16. The daughter of this old lady is my teacher. 17. The mother 
 is in the kitchen, the daughter is in the church. 18. This music 
 IS not good. 19. This scholar is going to the teacher. 20. This 
 lady is our neighbor. 21. My mother hears this news with great 
 joy. 22. The rose is a beautiful flower. 23. I give my little 
 sister a little rose. 24. The mother is going with the daughter 
 into the new church. 
 
^ FORMATION OF DIMINUTIVES. 
 
 LESSON XVIII. |:fction XVIII. 
 
 FORMATION OF DIMINUTIVES. 
 
 1. The terminations cl;en and lein suffixed to nouns give 
 rise to a large class of words, called diminutives. These are 
 always of the neuter gender, and generally take the Umlaut " 
 (L. 2. II. Note) if the radical vowel be capable of it ; 
 
 bcr •^i'lget, the hill ; t^^ ^ugcld)en, the hillock (little hill); 
 
 ba^ fiamm, the lamb; bag £dmmct)en, the lambkin (little lamb); 
 
 ber ^luf , the river; bag glnf d)en, the rivulet (little river) ; 
 
 bag S3ud), the book; bag S3iiclilein, the little book ; 
 
 bie i^raii, the woman; bag i^rdulein*, the young woman. 
 
 2. The diminutives are often used as terms of endearment, 
 or familiarity, and are likewise applied to objects where, in 
 English, no idea of diminutiveness would be expressed ; as, 
 35dterd>cn, (dear) father. apfluttetAen, (dear) mother. 
 
 ®ag aSoglein jingt fetn froI;eg £ieb? The little bird sings its joyful 
 6)zn. (little) song. 
 
 FORMATION OF COMPOUND NOUNS. 
 
 3. In German, many compound nouns are formed, (often 
 with change of termination of the former) where the English 
 equivalents are connected by a hyphen, or where several se- 
 parate words are used ; as, 
 
 @d;rcib:pa)3icr (from @direib-cii and ^a^ier). Writing-paper. 
 
 5i5rcffrcif|eit (from ^ISveffe and Sreifjeit). Freedom of the press 
 
 Saflt(}icr (from £aft and ^f)ier). Beast of burden. 
 
 9Cal;rI)eitglteIje (from aSat|rf)eit and 2iebe). Love of truth. 
 
 @trof)l|ut (from ©tret; and «§ut). Straw-hat. 
 
 4. The first word of the compound takes the accent, and 
 the latter usually determines the gender ; as, 
 
 3)er Shimcngattcn. The flower-garden. 
 
 3)ic ©avtcnbhunc. The garden-flower. 
 
 ^ic @d)ilbivad)c. The sentinel. 
 
 Exceptions: bev ^3lbfd)eu ; bie 51nmut[); bic ^emutl); tic ©vofiimitf) ; bie San3= 
 nint^; bic <5anftmut^ ; bie (2d)n)evmutt) ; bic aBct)mut^; bag ©cgcut^cil; 'aai 
 .^intcvt^cil; baS 3Sorbcrt^cil. 
 
 5. The latter noun may be connected by a hyphen to one 
 or more preceding words ; as, 
 
 JDer (Stiefel; imb <Sdnit|ma*cr. The boot and shoemaker. 
 
 * The words {yvaulcilt and Slirtbc^Ctl, Ihoujili regularly formed usdiininiitivos, have 
 lost their strict diminutive signification. The former sif-nifies a younp (unmarried) 
 lady, and serves as a title of address, answering to tlie English word Miss ; as, Svau* 
 Icin 9^. tfl t)tcr, Miss N. is here. SWabC^Cll corresponds to girl : SuZaflb,^ from which 
 ?0Jab(|en is derived being now chiefly employed in the signification of "servant". 
 
OENDER OF NOUNS. 41 
 
 Kyvkctse 32. ^ttfgnbc 32. 
 
 1. 25ag muntrr<> ^'^i<}cld)en fi^. auf bem33dumclienunb jingt fein fro^c3 
 2tebc&en. 2. 3)a6 .^a^^cVn l)at ein fd;oueg Sud)lein in feinem neuen 
 il6rbd)en. 3. 3>a^ Bvunc^ci fpringt uiib fpidt auf bcm fonuigen ^uget; 
 *eu. 4. 3)ag 3}tdici)e.n [u*t ein fd)one^ S3lumd)en fiir ba^ franfe 33rru 
 bcrc&en. 5. 2)ag ^n&K^vn baut feinem ^iinbAen ein ^du^dien. 6. ^rdu^ 
 lein 9^. ift bic greunbin n.n.nx (Scl^iDefier. 7. ®iefe3 2)ldbd)cn ifl fc^r 
 re id) unb fe^r ioo^ltfjdtig. &, fDatJ jlameel t<l ein Saf^tf)ier, aber fein 
 (L. 52. 11.) 3ugt§ier. 9. ^^aJ-^ferb i\t ein Safit^ier unb and) ein Bug- 
 tijkx. 10. 5)er€d)^ ijl ein B:i&tl;ier unb and) ein @d)Iad)tt^icr ; abet 
 fcin 2ajltl;ier. 11. 5)ag @d)»oiu ij^ nur ein @*Iad)tt()ier. 12. 3)er 
 ^unb iti ein ^augtljier nnb ber Ci^.^lf ijl ein 9fiaubtl;ier. 13. 55er Sonje l|^ 
 ein gro^ei^ nnb bet ^udig ifl ein foifteti gilaubtfjicr. 14. 2)ie eid)e ift ein 
 fdicncr, nii^lirf)cr SBalbbaum, aber kin £)bftbanm. 
 
 Exercise 83. ^ttfpbe 33. 
 
 1. The little boy plays with 'his l!:u]e dog. 2. Miss L. has the 
 little book of the little girl. 3. IV liftle brother of the girl is 
 phying with the little lamb. 4. Thii >oung lady io very bene- 
 vaJent but not very rich. 5. Is the cam*. 1 a dxaught-antmal ? 6. No, 
 it is a beast of burden. 7. The dog i.'. not a beast of prey and the 
 wolf is not a domestic animal. 8. Is tho ox a beast of burden ? 
 9. No, he is a draught-animal. 10. Is the Ko.'ss a draught-animal, 
 or a beast of burden? 11. The horse ij a boost of burdon and 
 also a draught-animal. 12. Is the oak a fruic \.xcc or a forest ii'ee ? 
 13. The oak is a beautiful forest tree. 14. Is no forest tree a fruit 
 tree'? 15. The little dog plays with the little la^tib. 16. I'Ke boy 
 has a beautiful little tree in his garden. 
 
 LESSON XIX. ^tciion XiX. 
 
 GENDER OF NOUNS. 
 
 1. As already seen (L. 4. 2.), some words arr r^ yarded en 
 differing in respect to gender from the objects ^hich fhvjy 
 represent. Other words, on the contrary, as is vsnil lp 
 English, mark the real gender of their objects. Hence ivri^c" 
 what is termed the grammatical, and the natural gender, 
 
 2. In respect to appellations of persons, the grammrtV/c^ 
 is the same as the natural gender. 
 
 Exceptions : ©03 2Betb, and diminutives (L. 18. 1.), as also some compound n»vv, 
 ;l. 18. 4.). 
 
 3. To the masculine gender belong 
 
 a. Names of days, months, mountains, points of compass 
 seasons, and stones ; as, 
 &et 3}lontag, Monday; ber 9tpril, April; ber Ǥarj, theHarta 
 
 ^.ex ^Jiorb, north ; ber ^riil)ling, the spring ; bev Stubin, the ruby. 
 
42 GENDER OF NOUNS. 
 
 b. Nouns whose final letter is the same as the root of 
 the verb from which they are derived ; as, 
 
 ber Srivd), 
 
 the fraction, 
 
 from Bred)en, 
 
 to break ; 
 
 ber Shif, 
 
 the river, 
 
 from fiiepcn, 
 
 to flow ; 
 
 ber ?5lug, 
 
 the flight, 
 
 from fltcgen, 
 
 to fly ; 
 
 ber Sauf, 
 
 the course. 
 
 from laufen, 
 
 to run ; 
 
 ber (Biiin^r 
 
 the shot. 
 
 from fdite^cn, 
 
 to shoot ; 
 
 ber Xxunl, 
 
 the draught, 
 
 from trinfen, 
 
 to drink ; 
 
 ber 2Bud)0, 
 
 the growth. 
 
 from IV ad) fen, 
 
 to grow. 
 
 To the feminine gender 1 
 
 belong 
 
 
 a. Nouns formed from the roots of verbs, by adding \)e, 
 
 C, te, or t 
 
 ;as. 
 
 
 
 bie (£vrad}e, 
 
 the language 
 
 , from fpred)en, 
 
 to speak ; 
 
 bie Sicrbe, 
 
 the ornament, from jiereu, 
 
 to adorn; 
 
 bie gludit, 
 
 the flight, 
 
 from fi;icf)eit, 
 
 to flee ; 
 
 bie ®aU, 
 
 the gift. 
 
 from c\ebeu. 
 
 to give ; 
 
 bie (£d)rift, 
 
 the writing. 
 
 from fdireibeu 
 
 , to write ; 
 
 bie ®et)urt, 
 
 the birth. 
 
 from gebciren. 
 
 to bear ; 
 
 bie gatte, 
 
 the fold, 
 
 from fatten. 
 
 to fold. 
 
 b. Nouns ending in ei, f;cit, in (or inn), feit, f^aft and 
 ung ; as, 
 bie «&eudielel, the hypocrisy ; bie jtinbfieit, the childhood ; 
 bie <§elbin, the heroine ; bie ©itelfeit, the vanity; 
 
 bie ^reunbfdiaft, the friendship ; bie Uebung, the exercise. 
 
 5. To the neuter gender belong 
 
 a. Nouns beginning with the augment ge, those ending 
 in c^en, lein (L. 18.), ni§, fal, fet, and t^um, as also all 
 words not properly nouns, but used as such ; as, 
 
 bag ©diirffal, the fate, destiny; bag @ebdci)tnip, the memory; 
 
 bag S'idtfjfet, the riddle; bag S3ipt^um, the bishopric; 
 
 bag erl;abene, the sublime (L.23.1.) ; bag Scfcn, L.35.3. the reading. 
 
 Exceptions: Masculine, ©ebvauc^, ©cbaufe, ©cbalt, ©euu^, ©ctuc^, ©efang, 
 ®ef(^ma(f, ©eftauf, ©ewinn, Srrtbiun, 9ictcitf)um, 3Bac^et^um. 
 
 Feminink, ^Bebrcingntfj, Sefiinimeruip, ^ScfovgntO, Setriibnig, IBeaanbnt^, 
 6n:yfanflniO< (Srfpainii, (Jrlaubuip, ^auliti^, ginflentifj, Jtenntnip, 2Bilbni^. 
 
 Jtriibfal is either fetniiiine or neuter. 
 
 b. Names of countries and cities ; as, 
 ©d)n)eben, ^erli'n, Hamburg, *Sad)fen, 2)regben, &c. 
 
 Exceptions : those ending in et are feminine, and a few others are masculine or 
 
 rKMININE. 
 
 c. Names of metals ; as, 
 
 bag ®olb, bag (5-ifen, bag .<lni?fer, bag ^lei, bag @ilbcv, &c. 
 
 Further exceptions to the above rules will best be learned 
 by careful cbservation in reading. 
 
GENDER OF NOUNS ; EXERCISES, &C. 
 
 43 
 
 6, Some nouns have two genders and are employed in dif- 
 ferent significations ; as. 
 
 Der aSanb, the vokime ; 
 
 bcv ^auer, the peasant ; 
 
 hex 23unb, the alhance ; 
 bic (Svfenittni^, knowledge ; 
 
 bev ©'rbc, the heir ; 
 
 ber @el;alt the contents ; 
 
 bev -^eihCr the pagan ; 
 
 ber ^unbc, the customer 
 
 bie <peibc, 
 btc jtuiibe, 
 
 man ; human being; l^a^ SJlenfcf;, 
 
 the rice ; 
 
 the shield ; 
 
 the lake ; 
 
 the peg ; 
 
 the part ; 
 the fool ; 
 the profits ; 
 
 has S3anb, the ribbon ; 
 has S3auev, the cage ; 
 ha6 Suiib, the bundle ; 
 has (Sxhrntni^, decision (judicial); 
 has @rbc, the inheritance ; 
 has ©efiatt, the salary ; 
 
 the heath ; 
 
 the news ; 
 
 vile woman ; 
 has didS, the twig ; 
 has @d)ilb, the sign; 
 bie @ee, the sea ; 
 
 bag @tift, foundation (chari- 
 table) ; 
 has 2;^ell, the share ; 
 has %i)ox, the door ; 
 bag aSerbienj^, the merit. 
 
 ber mm\d), 
 ber 9ietg, 
 
 ber @d)tlb, 
 ber ©ee, 
 ber @tift, 
 
 ber %^dl, 
 ber ;^I;or, 
 Der SCerbienjl, 
 
 7. Generic names of animals may be of either gender ; as 
 ber gud)g, the lynx ; hk Siccje, the goat ; haS (Sdiaf, the sheep ; 
 ber g-ifcb, the fish ; bie Shifter, the oyster ; bag ^iifjn, the fowl ; 
 ber ^afe, the hare ; bie Ǥt)dne, the hyena ; bag $ferb, the horse , 
 ber Otabe, the raven ; bie Xaube, the dove ; bag Xi)kx, the animal. 
 
 Exercise 34. Jlttfgobc 34. 
 
 1. 3d) lieBe ben ^riif)Iing, ben ©ommcr unb ben «§erB|^, aber nid)t ben 
 SBinter. 2. 2)er (gmaragb ijl griin, ber 0iubin ifi xoi^. 3. 3)er 2)iamant 
 ijl fef)r r^art. 4. 2)ie ©itelfeit ift eft einc 93eg(eiterin ber ^anl^eit. 5. Sic 
 Sonau ijl etn fe^r langer %lu^. 6. 3)ag tueltbern^mte Olom liegt an 
 ber S^iber. 7. 3)er @d)Wan i^ ein grower, unb bic @nte ifi ein !(einer 
 (Sd)it»imm»ogcl, 8. 2)er ^a\c ifi ein fnrd)tfameg, bie ^a^c ein fd)laueg; 
 unb bag @id)(;6rndien ein muntereg X^ier. 9. @tn ©^jriditoort fagt : 
 "Uebung mad)t hen Tldftn". 10. Seber gute 2Jlenfd) f)a^t Ǥeud)elei unb 
 ^5atfd)I)eit. 11. 2)ag ^inb Ijat ben crfien S3anb biefcg SBerfeg unb aud) 
 bag neuc 33anb biefeg SJJidbdieng. 12. $Der (Elc^fjant, bag ^ameel, ber 
 S^iger, ber Sowe, bie <§^dne, bag ^asljoxn, bag ^tufpf'erb, bag Jlrcfobil, 
 hk 9tiefenfd)tange, ber @trau^ unb ber ^arabieg»ogel leben in einem Iiei? 
 %m 8anbe. 13. 25cr S3dr, ber aBolf, ber ^ud)g, ber -^afe, bag itaninrf)en, 
 bag a^iennt^ier, bag @d)af, ber 33iber, bie ©emf^e, bie ®ang unb bie @ute 
 leben in einem fatten Sanbe. 14. 2)er 5lraber nennt bag Jtameel bag 
 ®d)iff ber 2Biif!e. 15. 2)er ©diiiler ijat in feinem Bimmcr einen Dfen, 
 cinen Siifd), einen <Btui)l, cine Samite, einen Jlcffer, einen @^iegel, ein 
 5pult, ein ©o^Iia, einen 2;e|.>!p[d), tine @d)aufel, eine Bange, eine (^d)eere, 
 cinen S31eifiift, eine ^ebcr, ein Sintcnfa^ unb guteg papier, 16. 55er 
 ^od) fauft bag J^uf^n, has Samm, bag Malh, bie 3^aube, ben Stal, bie 
 ^JoreUe unb ben 2^a<ijS. 17. 2)er 523auer »crfauft bie ©erfie, ben ^afer, 
 
44 MASCULINE, FEMININE AND NEUTER PLURAL, «kC. 
 
 ben Sicl]l uiib ben SQBetjen. 18. 3Ber fauft ben Sf^ing, ten ©tocf, ba3 
 difen, ben (2taf)l unb ha6 ^Pa^Jter? 19. <§at ber jlnabe einen 5lbler, 
 einen '§abid)t, eine (Snic ober einen Staben ? 20. 3!)te 9^ad)tlga[( fingt in 
 ber ^ad:}t 21. 2)er 5if)orn ift ein SBatbbaum, tt)ag ffir ein SBaum ijl bie 
 3Beibe ? 22. 3Ba3 fiir ein SScgel ifl bic £erd)e ? 23. 5)a^ Jlinb Ijat einen 
 St^fel, eine ®irne, eine SD^anbel, eine SJietone unb eine $firfid)e. 24. 3!)er 
 @vo6[d)mieb {)at einen Stmbo^ unb ber SJlaurer ^at eine Jlelle. 
 
 Exercise 35. ^ttfgfll)c35. 
 
 1. The summer is warm, the winter is cold. 2. The spring is 
 pleasant, the autumn is unpleasant. 3. The glazier has a beauti- 
 ful diamond. 4. The goldsmith has the gold, the silver, the emerald 
 and the ruby. 5. Indolence is often the attendant of vanity. 
 6. The world-renowned Tiber is not a very large river. 7. TJie 
 swan is white, the goose gray or white. 8. The squirrel lives in 
 the woods, the hare in the field and the cat in the house. 9. No 
 good man loves hypocrisy. 10. This girl has a new ribbon, and 
 this boy has the first volume of your new work. 11. What, large 
 city lies on the Danube ? 12. What does the Arab call the camel ? 
 13. In what country do the rhinoceros, the hippopotamus, the 
 tiger, the lion, the crocodile, the ostrich, the hyena and the ele- 
 phant live ? 14. Have you the bread, tlie cheese, the meat, the 
 wheat and the barley? 15. No, I have the salt, the pepper, the 
 mustard, the vinegar, the beer, the wine, the oil, the coffee, the 
 lea, the sugar and the flour. 16. Has the man the glass, the gold, 
 the iron, the steel, the leather, the paper, the pen, the pencil, the 
 ink and the knife? 17. The old peasant has a large field, a large 
 garden and a large house. 18. The miller buys the wheat and 
 the rye, the brewer buys the barley, and the merchant buys the 
 oats. 19. Have you the desk, the table, the sofa, the stove, the 
 tongs, the shovel, and the chair of the cabinet-maker? 20. What 
 kind of a bird is the eagle, and what kind of a beast is the wolf? 
 21. Are you writing with my pen or with your pencil ? 22. Which 
 fish does the girl buy, the trout, the salmon or the eel ? 23. Which 
 mechanic has an anvil and a hammer, and which has a chisel ? 
 24. In what kind of a country do the duclc, the swan, the goose, 
 the beaver, the chamois, the rabbit, the reindeer, the bear, the 
 wolf and the fox live ? 25. Have you an apple, a peach or a pear 
 for this little child ? 26. Are you learning a foreign language ? 
 
 LESSON XX. ^tciion XX 
 
 MASCULIXE, FEMININE AND NEUTER PLURAL 
 
 1. In the plural, the words contained in Lists L. 8. 3., and 
 9. 5., as also mcl^rcre, several ; have but one form for all gen- 
 ders: namely, allc, W, bicfo, cinii]o, ctlicf;^, jcbe, jcnc, maud^*e, 
 foIctK, and iuelcl;c; bciuc, cucvc or cure, if;rc, ^ijxc, mctnc, fcine, 
 unferc and fcine. These have all the same inflection. 
 
ADJECTIVES, AND NCUNS, IN THE PLITRAL, &C. 45 
 
 DE*;i, OF ART. DEM. INTERROG. AND POSS. PRON. AND INDEF. NUM. 
 
 Nom. bie; btcfe; trclc(;e; melne; alle; feine; 
 
 Gen. ber; biefer; trelc^cr; mciner; aUer; feiner; 
 
 Bat. ben; biefen; irelc^en; metnen; aUen; feinen; 
 
 Ace. bic; biefe; ii;elcl;e; meine; alle; feine» 
 
 ADJECTIVES IN THE PLURAL. 
 
 2. In the plural, adjectives have but one form for all gen- 
 ders, and are inflected according to the old and new de- 
 clensions. 
 
 3. When not preceded by one of the words in the above 
 list (see 1.), the adjective is inflected like biefe, and is of tho 
 
 OLD DECLENSION. 
 
 Nom. gute, good; alte, old; (biefe); 
 
 Gen. guter, of good ; alter, of old; (biefer); 
 
 Dat. guten, to, for good ; alten, to, for old ; (biefen); 
 
 Ace. gute, good ; alte, old ; (biefe), 
 
 4. ^at)cn, fein and loBen, present plural. 
 )t)lr l?a6en, we have ; trirftrib, we are ; irirto6cn,we praise, 
 i(;r" (>iOt, you have ; if;r feib, you are ; i()r lobt, you praise; 
 jlC"' I;abcn,theyhave; fie finb, they are ; fic loBen, they praise. 
 
 nouns of the old declension plural. 
 
 5. Masculine and neuter nouns ending in t, el, en, er, C^Cll 
 and Icin, have the same form in the plural as in the singu- 
 lar ; as, 
 
 bas 2JJitteI, the means ; bie 2)^ittet, the means; 
 
 ba3 ©eBciube, the building ; bie ®e6aube, the buildings ; 
 ber SRorgen, the morning; bie SJZorgen, the mornings, &c. 
 
 Exceptions : the following masculine nouns take in the plural the Umlaut ; Slpfel, 
 
 §ammel, .^anbel, ^JJanget, 3JJantcl, S^label, S^agel, (Sattel, (S4)nabel, QSogcI, 
 gabeu, ©avteii, ©vabcii, -f)nfen, Cfen, (Sd)aben, 5lcfer, Sruber, .jammer, 
 (Scl)n?(igcr, SSatcr, (and the neuter) ^lofler. 
 
 The feminine nouns SO^utter and %^6.)itx also take the Umlaut. 
 
 6« Masculine and neuter nouns of other terminations add t, 
 and the masculinef assume the Umlaut, if capable of it; as, 
 
 *) For remarks on the use of t^r and fte, see L. 24. 11. 
 
 -j-) In this manner are declined also the following feminine nouns : SIttgfl, 5lu8s 
 fluct)t, ?lrt. ^mt S3rat»t, 33rnfl, ^aufl, ^nic^t ®ans, ©ruff, ©efitmulft, ^anb, 
 ^aut, .^luft, .^vaft, .^u^, Jtuiift, SaiiS, Suft ?ufl, Mai)t, SJiaflb, OJJauS, ^iac^t, 
 m^t, 9fiot^, ^\x% Qm, ©c^nuv, ^im, SBanb, SBclt, SBurfi, ^m% Sufam* 
 mentunft. 
 
46 NOUNS OF THE OLD DECLENSION PLURAL, AC. 
 
 ber 33aiim, the tree; bie 33aitme, the trees; 
 bcrOlocf, the coat; bie Olotfc, the coats. 
 
 Exceptions : the following add C r in the plural and take the Umlaut, if capable of it 
 a. JVeuter : SJaS, 5lmt, Sab, SStlb, matt, m^, 2)a(^, 2)orf, ©t, gac^, ga^. 
 fjelb, ®elb, @emut^, ®cfd)lec^t, ©efpenfi, @IaS, @Ueb, ©rab, ®ra8, ®ut, 
 .§au^t, §aus, ^ofptta'I, .gu^n, ^alb, ^amifo'I, ^inb, ^Icib, ^orn, ^^tant, 
 ilamm, ^kb, !2orf), 2JiauI, ^t% ^arlament, ?Pfanb, Oiab, 3fleg{mcnt', dinB, 
 mini, ©c^loi, ©c^iDcrt, Sptta'I, X^al, SSolf, SBeib; and 
 6. Masculine : QSofewic^t, ^ofH, ©cifi, ©ott, igeib, 3Wanu,* Drt, 9ianb, SSor? 
 munb, 2Balb, SBurm: 
 
 The following masculines do not assume the Umlaut ; 
 c. 2lar, %ax, 51benb, 3lml30^, 5ln»alr, 5lrm, 2)oc^t, S)olc^, ^orfc^, ©ibam, 
 ©ema!)!', ©rab, ^ahi^t, ^alm, i^aud), ^erjog, ^uf, ^unb, ^apauu, Jlo^ 
 t)olb, ^orf, ^xanid), S^^ant, ^cic^nam, l^uc^S, dJlol^, ^omt, Tlonh, Wloxb, 
 ^Pfab, ^ropf, ^iils, ^uitff, ©aim, ©c^aft, ©c^u^, ©taar, ©tpff, Sag, 
 2;runfenboIb, ^Stelfraf, Un^olb, 3Biebe^o^)f. 
 
 7. Some nouns have two (and one word, 33anb, has three) 
 forms in the plural ; as, 
 
 53anb, 93dnber, n. ribbons ; S3anbe, m. bonds ; 33dnbe, m. volumes ; 
 
 SBanf,/. 53dnfe, benches ; 93anf en, banks ; 
 
 53ogen, m. 93ogen, sheets of paper ; S3ogen, bows, arches ; 
 
 SD^onb, m. SJlonbe, planets ; 2)Zonben, months ; 
 
 Drt, m. Orte, places ; Derter, places, villages, &c. 
 
 ®d)tlb, (Sd)ilbe, m. shields ; ©d^ilber, n. sign-boards ; 
 
 8. The nom., gen. and ace. are alike, and the dat. adds n. 
 
 Exercise 36, ^ttfgflbc 36. 
 
 1. @e(}cn <Sie fc{)cne S3ditme auf jenen J^ugeln ? 2. Sd) fel^e ireber 
 §ugel nod) 93dume. 3. ®eben ©ie ben (Sdineiberu bic 0iinge ber (2d)mlcbc ? 
 4. 5)er Saner f|at ctnen 9Bagen, jirei ^pge, bret ^feric, jnjolf ©ditoeine 
 nib nennjig (L. 51.) ©d)afe. 5. ^ie ©o^ne ber Set)rer I)abcn bie a)lef|cr 
 £»er 3dger. 6. 2)ie S;tfd)ler f)aben gute <§cbel unb fd)arfe SD^ei^el. 7. file.- 
 gen 31}rc Stcillifte anf ten S:ifd)en ber ©dnller ? 8. 9Zein, bie ©dnUer 
 icgen bie 33Ieiftifte anf bie <StiU)(e. 9. 2)ie SSafditif*e unb ^ultt in bic- 
 fen Simmern getjoven ben Xifdilcrn. 10. 3cne ^cfer unb ^orbe geljc; 
 ren ben Sranern. 11. SBasJ lernen faulc unaufmevffame €d^fi(cv? 
 12. 9Bag fur JBviume Iiaben bicfc ©tdmme? 13. 5)icfc Erudite finb ni6t 
 teif. 14. 2)ie S'Ziifj'e anf bitfen 33dnmen flnb bitter. 15. 3jiefe @dnfe 
 fii.b grau unb jene jinb \rcip. 16. 2)ie 2)iutter ijahm T^arte, unb bie 
 S;cd]ter uieid)e ^^dnbe. 17. 3d) ijaU mcl^rere 9(crte. 18. ^icfe 5i3dnfe 
 finb ju t)od). 19. !Dleiuc5veunbe n^ol^nen in gvcpcn (Stdbteu. 20. <Sinb 
 bicfc 3)ldnncr Jlanficute cbev Sinimcrlcate? 21. Unfcrc Sciber finb 
 ftevblid) unb unferc ©cijler unjlcrblid^. 22. 2)ie ©crfcr finb nidU in ben 
 aBdIbern. 23. ©inb bie Sdmnicr auf ben (^elbern ? 24. J^iefe 2)ldunct 
 
 * In the plural of many compound words, iDiann takes the plural Scute ; as, Jlauf« 
 leutf, merchants ; 3i>»»"^''^l<^Wte, carpenters. 
 
ADJECTIVES OF THE NEW DECLENSION. 47 
 
 |tnb fciite y3ofeiindUev. 25. Siefe Stiwi^x finb brei Sa'^re alt. 26. SDie 
 i^uiibe fiiib tmie S:()iere. 27. 2)tefe (2cl)u(}e ftiib »on grcbcm Sebet. 
 28. (Sin 3a()L- t)at jwolf ajlciuite cber bvei tjuubevt fiinf uub fecbjiij 5;ai]e 
 iinb etii llag i)cit »ier unb jwanjig ©tunbcn. 29. 2)tefe SBaguev ^aben 
 fct)one 2Bagen. 30. 5Diefe aBiirmer fommen au6 ber (Srbe. 31. 2)ic ro? 
 mifcbcn ©efdncntfdireibet f^red)eti siel »on ben ©ottern wnb ©ottiniieu. 
 
 32. 5)te Saume in ben 2Balbern yon Seutfdilanb finb ni*t felir grop. 
 
 33. $ferbe ^aben runbe ^nfe. 34. 5lbler, ©taare unb Siebe^o^fe finb SScgeL 
 
 Exercise 37. ^ttfgabe 37. 
 
 1. The trees on these hills are very small. 2. These smiths 
 have the coats of those tailors. 3. The goldsmiths have beautiful 
 rings. 4. These four pencils belong to those two scholars. 
 5. Have the brewers the plows of the smiths? 6. Have the ca- 
 binet-makers your tables or your wash-stands? 7. Have you 
 fine horses ? 8. No, but I have fine sheep. 9. Whose friends 
 are skillful artists? 10. The benches in these rooms are not 
 very high, 11. Have the sons of the teachers large trunks? 
 12. They have no trunks at all, they have large baskets. 13. Have 
 the millers planes and chisels ? 14. What kind of plows have 
 the smiths? 15. Are these geese very old ? 16. Who has large 
 hands? 17. To whom do these axes belong? 18. Who lives in 
 large cities ? 19. This man has cows and sheep but he has no 
 geese. 20. What kind of scholars learn nothing? 21. Do you 
 learn much ? 22. Do the lambs live in the forests ? 23. Have 
 these men good books? 24. No, they have good pencils. 
 25. These dogs are four years old. 26. These worms live in 
 the earth. 27. Have these men good shoes? 28. They have 
 the wagons of the wagon-makers. 29. A month has thirty days 
 and a year twelve months. 30. These men have strong arms 
 and heavy daggers. 31. Which men speak of their gods? 
 32. These forests are large but the trees are small. 33. Eagles 
 are large, and starlings are small birds. 
 
 LESSON XXI. ^sciion XXI. 
 
 ADJECTIVES OF THE NEW DECLENSION PLURAL. 
 
 1. Adjectives when preceded by a word in List L. 20. 1 * 
 snd in all cases of the plural in en, and are of the 
 
 NEW DECLENSION. 
 
 Norn. Die reif-en, the ripe ; meine reif-en, my ripe ; 
 
 Gen. ber reif-en, of the ripe ; meiner reif-en, of my ripe ; 
 
 Dat. ben reif-en, to the ripe ; meinen reif-en, to my ripe ; 
 
 Ace. bie reif-en, the ripe ; meine rcif-en, my ripe. 
 
 *) By many writers the nnm. and ace. plu of adjectives preceded by aUe, eint^e 
 tt\id)(, manc|)e, metjve, fol(I)e, reelcfee, are inflected according to the old, and tht 
 othei cases according to the new declension; as, a\k gate SJieilfc^CU; U i^at tiuif^t 
 fittte Sreunbe : thus forming in the plural a mixed declension. 
 
48 NOUNS OF THE NEW DECLENSION. 
 
 J^OUNS OF THE NEW DECLENSIJiX 
 
 2. Nouns of the New Declension have all cite^ v»ftllivj plu- 
 ral like the oblique cases of the singular (L. It. l\. 
 
 3. In the plural, most feminine nouns (L. 20. IJote), are 
 inflected according to the New Declension. Those tnaing with 
 the suffix in, double the n in the plural ; as, ^oniyvu, queen ; 
 c^oniginnen, queens. 
 
 INFLECTION OF NOUNS AFTER THE NEW DECLENSION PLURAL 
 
 Nom. ^nafce-n ; 91abel-tt ; 33ar-en ; ^reunbin-nen ; 
 
 Gen. Jlnabe-n; S'label-n ; 95ar-en; ?^reunbin-nen ; 
 
 Dat. jtnabe-n; S'^aber-n; S9dr-cn; ^^reunbin-nm ; 
 
 Ace. ^nabe-n; 0Zabel-n; SSdr-en; 8^reunbin-nen» 
 
 4. The following masculine nouns are inflected according 
 to the new Declension, and also take S after the en of the ge- 
 nitive singular : g^elg, iJriebe, ^unfc, ©ebanfe, ©laube, '^an^e, 
 dlanUf (Same, (Sct^abe, ^uc^ftabe, SSitte. Thus, nom. ^era, gen. 
 f^elfcnS, dat. bcmS^elfen, &c., plur, worn. bie^Jelfen, gen.'Dcx 
 gretfen, &c. 
 
 These nouns, however, often end m the nominative singular 
 m en, and are then regularly inflected according to the Old 
 Declension ; as, Nom. ber tyclfeu, gen. bee ^^elfen^, &;c. 
 
 2)er (3cf;mcrj forms the genitive, and baS «^er^ the genitive 
 and dative singular, in the same way, and follow the new 
 declension in the plural. 
 
 5. The following masculine nouns are inflected, in the sin- 
 gular, according to the old, and in the plural according to the 
 new declension : %^n, 93auer, 5)orn, i^Iitter, 3^orfl, &au, ®C)iaU 
 ter, £orbeer, 3)?aft, ^adj^ax, ^fau, (See, (Sporn, Stac^cl, <^txaf)l, 
 (Strang, 33etter, Untert(;an, Bierrat^ ; also the neuter nouns, 
 Oluge, ^m, (Snbe, ^cmb, Di)x, 
 
 ideit and ^cmb have also the forms, 33ette and Member. 
 
 Foreign masculine nouns ending in unaccented or, and s 
 few others, are also inflected in the singular according to the 
 old, and in the plural according to the new declension ; as, 
 nom. ber ^rofeffor, gen. beg ^rofeffor^, &c. ; nom. plu. bie $ro= 
 fefforen, &c. 
 
 Some add ien in the plural; as, ba6 ^Ibtjcrb ;\p/M. bic 5lbs 
 bcrbien, &c. 
 
 DECLENSION OF PROPER NOUNS. 
 
 6« Proper names of persons generally take in the geni- 
 tive ; as, 
 
EXERCISES OF NOUNS AFTER THE NEW DECLENSION. 49 
 
 Nom. ^^einrii^; Henry; Gen. ^cinricl^'S, Henry's; 
 
 Norn, ©ertrub, Gertrude ; Gen. ©ertrub'^, Gertrude's. 
 
 7. Feminine nouns ending in e^ follow the new declension 
 (L. 16. 5), and add also ^ in the genitive ; as, 
 Nom. (Si^arlotte, Charlotte; Gen. (S^^arlottetl^, Charlotte's, 
 
 8» Masculine nouns ending in a letter where euphony will 
 not admit of an additional 6, add eng ; as, 
 Nom. ^elSni^, Leibnitz; Gen. J^eiBni^cnS, Leibnitz's. 
 
 9. Foreign proper names* which do not admit of the addi- 
 tion of 9, generally indicate the case by means of the defi- 
 nite article ; as, 
 N. 5)emoft^ene^, Demosthenes ; G. beg 2)emo|^^ette3, of Demosthenes. 
 
 Exercise 38. ^ttfgabc 38. 
 
 1. Sic flcljen ^urjlen unb ©rafen unterbrucfen bie armen S3auem. 
 
 2. 2)ic armen ©olbaten ^aben bie magern Odifeu uuferer guten SfJad^barn. 
 
 3. 5)ie fleif igen ^na6en gef>en in bie guten ©dmien unb bie f[eif igen S3ie? 
 nen fudien bie buftenbcn SBlumen. 4. 2)ie tapferen Ungam f^affcn bie 
 iibermiittjigen Oiuffen. 5. 2)ie ncuen ^anjeln in biefen gropen ^ird)en 
 finb fefit fd)on. 6. 3)ie jungen ^rcunbinnen meiner guten @d^h)e|lern l^aben 
 meiiie reifen 23irucn. 7. 2)ie armen Oiadibarinnen uuferer guten j^reun* 
 binnen l)aben reife $j!aumen. 8. 5)ie |ireitfitd)tigen ^ranjofen ftnb bie 
 Dfiadibarn ber (rieblidieu 35eutfd)en. 9. ibie Sctvcn unb ®dren finb Olaub:; 
 t()iere, 10. S)ie ©riedien finb feine guten ^reunbe ber ftoljen S^iirlen. 
 11. aJlatrofen unb ©olbaten fiif)ren ein unftdjerc^ unb anjlrengenbe^ £e^ 
 ben. 12. 2)ie (Sd)riften ber atten ©riedien ftnb fe{;r fd)on. 13. SWeinc 
 fteinen 33riiber lefen bie 9ieben be^ iveltberiifimten Siccro. 
 
 Exercise 39. ^ttf^alie 39. 
 
 1. Are the young counts the neighbors of the old princes? 
 2. Have your young friends the ripe pears and the beautiful 
 flowers of our good neighbors? 3. Are the valiant Hungarians 
 the good neighbors of the peaceful Germans "? 4. Are the soldiers 
 and sailors Russians, Frenchmen or Danes ? 5. The soldiers are 
 Russians and the sailors are Greeks. 6. The good sailors on this 
 ship are Danes ; the Danes are good sailors. 7. The large old 
 churches of the Germans are very beautiful. 8. The good boys 
 have the beautiful flowers. 9. Our poor neighbors have our ripe 
 plums and pears. 10. The large pulpits in our new churches are 
 not beautiful. 11. We read the beautiful writings and speeches of 
 the ancient Greeks. 12. The giants of the old times were great 
 iieroes. 13. My young friends are reading old legends. 
 
 ^ omit it, and are {-receded by the article; as. 
 
50 CONNECTED VIEW OF THE ARTICLE, DEMONSTRATIVE ANfJ 
 
 10. CONNECTED VIEW oi- -he article demonst. 
 
 DECLENSIONS, SIN- 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Jilasc. Fem. J^eut. Masc. Fern. JVeut. Masc Fern. JVeut 
 
 A^. t>er, btc, tjasi ; biefcr, biefe, biefcg; mnn, tneinc, meitt; 
 
 G. bca, ber,bea; biefca, bicfer,^icfeS; meines, meiner, meine^; 
 
 D. bem,'ber,bem; t)iefcm,"Diefer,"Dic[cm; meincm, ine{uer,nicinem; 
 
 A. ten, ble, baS ; biefen, biefe, biefe^; meinen, meiue, mein. 
 
 OLD DECLENSION OF THE ADJECTIVE AND NOUN. 
 
 Masc. Fem. JVeut. Masc. jMasc. j\''eut. J^eut. 
 
 ?7. guter, o;\x\^, gutc§; SSatcr; 2Jiamt; fDad;; m\m; 
 G. gutcg (en), gutcr, guteg, (en); SSatcro; ^l^ianncg; 3)ac()e^; 2JHtteBj 
 D. gutem,\ guter, gutem; SSatcr; 2)lannc; 5)acf;e; 3Kittet; 
 A. gutcn, gute, gutce; 3Sater; 2)^ann; '^^0,6.); 33Zittel. 
 
 NEW DECLENSION OF THE ADJECTIVE AND NOUN. 
 
 Masc, Fein. J\''eiit. Mn^c. Masc. 
 
 N. ber gute, bie gute, bae gute; J<5err; ®raf; 
 
 G. beg( guten, ber guten, bca guten; ^errn; ©rafen; 
 
 Z). bem guten, ber guten, bem guten ; ^errn; ©rafen; 
 
 A. ben guten, bie gute, bag gute; ^errn; ©rafen. 
 
 MIXED DECLENSION OF THE ADJECTIVE. 
 
 Masc. Fem. JVeut. 
 
 N. mein guter, meine gute, mein guteS; 
 
 G, meineS guten, meiner guten, meines guten; 
 
 D. meinem guten, meiner guten, meinem guten; 
 
 A. meinen guten, meine gute, mein gute^. 
 
 Examples of the various declensions in the singular. 
 
 Good steel. The color of good steel. With good steel. The 
 good smith has good steel. Old iron. The color of old iron. 
 With old iron. The little child has old iron. 
 
 All good steel and all good iron. The price of the good steel 
 and the good iron. With that good steel and this good iron. That 
 good smith has the good steel and the good iron. 
 
 My good steel and your good iron. The price of my good steel 
 and your good iron. With his young horse and my old wagon. 
 I\iy good friend has your old horse and my new wagon. The 
 neohew of the soldier is going with the sailor. Why do you praise 
 the sailor's nephew? The "nephew of his uncle" is a great tyrant, 
 but is he a great man? The emperor, the king and the duke have 
 the peasant's money. The proud prince is the m icked oppressoi 
 of his suffering people. 
 
POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS ADJECTIVES AND NOUNS, &C. 51 
 
 AND POSSESSIVE PRONOUN, ADJECTIVE AND NOUN, IN ALL 
 GULAR AND PLURAL. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 
 All Genders. 
 
 fete; 
 
 biefe; tneme; 
 
 ber; 
 
 biefcr; meiner; 
 
 ben; 
 
 biefen; mcinen; 
 
 Die; 
 
 biefe; meine; 
 
 J J J ) } > 
 
 "l ) T i J J 
 
 ~J J 5 1 ) ) 
 
 "j J J J J • 
 
 OLD DECLENSION OF THE ADJECTIVE AND NOUN. 
 
 All Gend. Masc, Masc. Fern. Fern. JsTeut. JVeut. 
 
 gute; 23dter; aJJdnner; ^^dnbe; SJJiitter; 2)dc^cr; Wittd; 
 guter; 3Sdter; SO^dmtcr; ^dnbe; 2Jiiitter; ^dc^er; 3J?ittel; 
 guten; 33dtern; SJJdnnern: ^dnben;3)iuttern;$I)dcl)cru; 5j)nttcln, 
 Quit; 33dtcr; 2)Mnner; ^dnbe; ^htkx; 2)dc(;erj 3}^ittel. 
 
 NEW DECLENSION OF THE ADJECTIVE AND NOUN. 
 
 All Genders. Masc. Fern. Fern. JVeiit. 
 
 bic guten; mcine gutcn; ®rafctt; ^ebern; ^afeln; ^crjen; 
 
 ber giitcn; meiner gutm; ©rafen; ^-ebern; ^afeln; -^^erjen; 
 
 ben guten; meinen guten ; ©rafen ; ^^ebern; S^afeln; «§crjen; 
 
 bie guten; meine guten; ©rafen; ^ebern; 5^afeln; •^erjen. 
 
 Examples of the various declensions in the plural. 
 
 Industrious mechanics have hard hands. The arms of the in- 
 dustrious laborers are strong. Wicked princes write unjust laws 
 with the sharp swords of bad and ignorant men. He writes with 
 new pens, I with old ones. Do good princes oppress their poor 
 subjects 1 Who are good princes ? Are all princes, emperors, 
 kings and dukes oppressors'? Good men are never oppressors 
 of the poor, the weak or the ignorant. Good citizens are also 
 good soldiers in all just wars. This beautiful green field and those 
 fine houses belong to the old enemies of our poor neighbors. These 
 old men are the fathers and uncles of our young friends. The 
 daughters of these old ladies are our good friends. The scholars 
 of your sisters are my cousins. The new benches, chairs and 
 tables in these schools are not good. These little girls are very 
 diligent and attentive scholars. Idle men are neither great men 
 nor good men ; my young frienxis, do you forget it ? Do you see 
 those little birds on the steep roofs of those large houses behind 
 the tall trees ? All really good men are industrious men. Really 
 good men are never indolent men. Are all good soldiers also 
 good citizens ? The soldiers have the fat oxen of the poor pea- 
 sants. We are a fortunate people, for we have neither emperors, 
 kings, dukes nor noblemen in our country 
 
52 COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 
 
 LESSON XXII. |*cdiott XXII. 
 
 COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 
 
 1. The comparative is formed by suffixing r'"' or cr; and the 
 superlative, by suffixing ft or ejt"'^, to the positive ; as, 
 
 Positive. Comparative. Superlative. 
 
 milb, mild; jnilbef, milder; milbefi, mildest; 
 
 ivcife, wise ; iyeifer, wiser ; tueifeji, wisest ; 
 
 fd)ou, beautiful; fdiouer, more beautiful; fd)on|^, most beautiful, 
 
 iaut, loud; lautet, louder; lautejl, loudest. 
 
 2. When the positive is a monosyllable, the root vowels a, 
 0, U, generally assume the Umlaut ; as, 
 
 nit, old; alter, older; dltejl, oldest; 
 
 gtcb, coarse ; groBev, coarser ; grobfl, coarsest ; 
 
 flucj, prudent ; Huger, more prudent ; ftugji/ most prudent. 
 
 Exceptions: hint, fdb, fal)f, fabe, ^0^1, ^olb, lci\)\, fari;, fuapp, Ial)m, Ia9, 
 mciit, niorfc^, );){(x\t, ^jlump, rafc^, ro^, riinb, fad^t, fatt, fc^laff, fc^lanf, fc^roff, 
 fiarr, ftolj, firaff, fiumm, fiumvf, toll, t>oU, iDn^r. Ka^m. 
 
 With regard to the following adjectives usage varies ; some 
 authors writing them with, others without the Umlaut : Bang, 
 barfd), Blanf, tta^, 6tog, fcrai?, bum^f, fatfc^, f(ad), frc^, fromm, 
 gefuni, glatt, ftar, lofe, nacft, naf , jart. 
 
 3. The following are irregular : 
 
 gvc|3, large; grower, larger; gtoft, largest; 
 
 gut, good; kiTev, better; Bejl, best; 
 
 1)0*, high; I}oI)er, higher; r;6d)jl, highest; 
 
 nafie, near; ndf^er, nearer; nddhjl, nearest ; 
 
 t»let much, many; me(;r,t more; ineifi(or mcf)r)l), most. 
 
 4. The uninflccted form of the comparative is usfed only 
 predicatively ; as, 
 
 (f r ijl veidi, abev id) bin iicd^ vcicl^cr. He is rich but I am still richer. 
 
 5. When the superlative is used predicatively. it usually 
 stands in the dative after am (see L. 15. 4.); as, 
 
 (5t ift am vcid^ftcu. He is the richest. Literally; he is at the richest. 
 
 G. When used attributively the comparative and superlative^. 
 
 are subject to the same rules of declension as the positive ; as, 
 
 * When tlie positive oiids in e, Ww compa,rc.tinc ^Ms only X\ as, miib;', weary; nii't-- 
 bfV, II! :\ -A   i\' Yy'hoii the positive ends in b, 8, %, fd)/ t, or Ji tiie superlative adds 
 efc;- T, niild.;r; niilliefl, nii'dest. 
 
 t ; , -il "longer"; as, ev.ifl aid)t n\i\)X &icr ; he is no loniior rnot 
 
 mr.r.N t;f .•: ;a) ,)vav uiii ®clb niel)r, I have no longer any inoni-y, (id) fmbc ntcbt 
 mcl;t (^clD ; I have no moie luouey). 
 
EXERCISES ON THE COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 53 
 
 ©in befferer ^\it A better hat. 
 
 JDer bcffeve ^etn. The better wine. 
 
 Tldn t()euerftev ^veuno. My dearest friend. 
 
 ®er t()euerfte §veunb. The dearest friend. 
 
 7. The superlative is often suffixed to the genitive plural 
 of %{l ; as, 
 
 3)iefer ^ut i^ ber allerfcbcnjle. This hat is the finest of all. 
 
 8. When two qualities of the same object are compared, 
 the word me^r before the unchanged form of the positive is 
 employed; as, 
 
 dx tft mel)r ta^fer aU flug. He is more brave than prudent. 
 
 9. 5e — befto (sometimes bcjlo — je), or jc — jc, with the com- 
 parative of adjectives, answers to "the — the", in the like con- 
 struction in English ; as, 
 
 3c greyer bejlo beffer. The larger the better. 
 
 3c nic^r je muntercr. The more the merrier. 
 
 10. After bejlo, the position of the verb and its subject is 
 reversed ; as, 
 
 3e j!i;i|jiv3cr er iji, bef!o fdnicUer Icnit The more dihgent he is, the 
 er (instead of cr lenit). faster he learns (learns he). 
 
 Exercise 40. Jlufgabf 40. 
 
 1. 3fl bte (§t(be ciu iiu^Iidicrer ^aum aU bte S^amic? 2. 3ji nicbt 
 b.vJ (L. 46.) CSifcii eiii nii^luteveg SJletaK aU baS ®olb? 3. ©tat)( i|l 
 (jdrtev a(S (Stfcii, wdi^eS ift bag fjdvtefte 2)lctatt? 4. SScldic^ ift hae 
 i)axk\tQ .^ct;^ ? 5. aBeUte^ has midjfk ? 6. aBeldic^ ift ha6 c3iricnid)fic 
 gfinb? 7. ai^ctdicd bag iiiiqliicfacl)fte ? 8. 2Be(*e mticn Ijat bte f*onjic 
 <8^vadie uiib tueldic bie (jd^UdM'te ? 9. 2Betd;e bte Ietd)telle uub tvcldic bte 
 fdmicrfte? 10. SBo ift bie Siift am MItefteu unb tuo am iudrmficn? 
 11. 22eldicr tft bcr gvopte iinb tr>elcl)cr bcr timx^e aSogel? 12. 2Ber ifl 
 freigebtgev aU bie fd)iv>ebifcl)e 9'Zaditigan ? 13. SBcr ift etn gro^ever @eii^ 
 aU hex je^tgc ©taat^fecretdr bev 33ereinigteu ©taatett? 14. SBeldieg Sanb 
 l}at tk fc()nel(ften unb beften ©diiffe tiiib Sampfbccte ? 15. QBeldie ift bie 
 befte ?lufgabe in biefcm ^ud>e ? 16. 2Sc()iit ^\f)r ^reuub nirf)tnie()v I;ier? 
 17. 3c me(iv id) iievbieiie, befto mef}v gcbc i&> bm 5(tinen. 18. 2Beld)e tft 
 bie angenef)mfte Safjregjeit V 
 
 Exercise 41. 3lllf0abf 41. 
 
 1. Which is the largest animal, and which is the most useful? 
 2. Which is the most patient? 3. Is the hardest metal also the 
 most useful? 4. In what country do we find the largest trees ? 
 5. Is the winter a more pleasant season of the year than tlio 
 autumn ? 6. Why is the summer more pleasant than the spring'-^ 
 7 In what country are the camel and the elephant more useful than 
 the horse ? 8. Do you find this language more difficult than that? 
 9, Why is the oak more useful than the pine 1 10. Which is the 
 richest nation in the world? 11. Is the Lly more beautiful than 
 
54 ADJECTIVES USED SUBSTANTIVELl AND ADVERBIALLY. 
 
 the pink ? 12. Which is the largest of the United States, and 
 which is the richest ? 13. Are the richest men also the most ge- 
 nerous? 14. Have you a better knife than this? 15. Is this a 
 better hat than that ? 16. Why is the most industrious man the 
 happiest ? 17. Why are we less happy than our neighbors? 
 
 LESSON XXIII. ^ecttott XXIII. 
 
 ADJECTIVES USED SUBSTANTIVELY AND ADVERBIALLY. 
 
 1. The adjective is used substantively, and is then writlesn 
 with a capital initial: — 
 
 a. to express a quality taken in the abstract ; as, 
 
 93cm ©rl^abcnen ^um Sdcl)erlidi)en iji From the subhme to the ridi- 
 
 nur ein ^^)x\ii. culous is but a step. 
 
 @g ij^ i^m ein 2eid)te^. It is an easy thing for him. 
 
 @^ ift fur \>o,^ alCgemetne ®efie. It is for the general good (best). 
 
 aBiffeii @te bag S^ldl^ere »on ber Do you know the particulars 
 
 ^^^t ? (nearer details) of the affair ? 
 h. when it refers to persons ; as, 
 
 2)er ®ute ift gliicfnct), ber 936fe ijl The good (man) is happy, the 
 
 elenb. bad (man) is miserable. 
 
 S)le ®utcn ftnb gtiicElici), bie 336fen The good are happy, the bad are 
 
 finb elenb. miserable. 
 
 Siebe betnen SfZddifien toie bid) felbj^. Love thy neighbor as thyself. 
 
 „9^{icbt fiird)tet bcr (S(i)tiiad)e, ber The feeble (man), the peaceful 
 
 i^rieblid)e me^r, beg 2)'idct)tigen (man) is no longer afraid of be- 
 
 Seiite ju ttcvben." coming the prey of the strong. 
 
 ©icfer 5)cutfdie ifl ein @eteT;rter. This German is a learned (man). 
 
 2)tcfer ®ele[)rte ijl ein 2)eutfd)er. This learned (man) is a German. 
 
 Sene ©dione iji fel}r jlolj. That fair one is very proud, 
 
 ©uten SRcrgen, metn Kleiner. Good morning, my Uttle fellow. 
 
 @r benievft \t3te bie ®ro((enben He perceives how the grumblers 
 
 (L. 27. Ols.) fiuf^ern. (grumbhng ones) whisper. 
 
 2. The adjective sometimes rejects the inflectional endings 
 in the nominative and accusative neuter ; as, 
 
 ^oXi (for falteg) SBaffer. 9llt (for atteg) (Sifen. ©ein unit)iirbig 
 (for unlinhbigeg) 93atevlanb. 
 
 3. When several adjectives qualify the same noun, the 
 inflectional endings of all but the last, are sometimes drop- 
 ped, and the omission marked by a hyphen ; as, 
 
 IDIe fdmnir^:vothaio(bcne ^af)ne. The black red golden banner. 
 
 4. ']'h(; hist sylhihU' of compound, or derivative adjectives, 
 is in like niimmu- sonK^tinu^s omitted; as, 
 
 y^leiuaiib UHU- fy ncuben? uub [i)(vifi No one was as jojless and sleep* 
 log \)^''» er. less as he. 
 
ADJECTIVES USED SUBSTANTIVELY AND ADVERBIAILY. [ 5 
 
 5. When several adjectives precede a noun in the dativ,3 
 masculine or neuter, the first one frequently takes the oldf 
 and the others the new declension ; as, 
 
 diad) langem Derberblid)en @trcit. Instead of, S^lad) langem ttevberb^ 
 lid; c in ^tveit. After long destructive strife. 
 
 6. Adjectives in all degrees of comparison (in the form in 
 which they occur as predicate) are employed adverbially; as, 
 <^k fct^reifeeu fd)led)t, er fdiretbt You write badly, he writes 
 
 f(^te(^ter, Uub id) fd)retbe am worse, and I write the worst. 
 fcbteditellen. 
 3d) ^afie cin ganj neue^ JQani. I have an entirely new house. 
 
 7. The superlative preceded by aufS or jum, is also used 
 adverbially; as, 
 
 @r bcleibfgtc i^n auf^ ®raufatti|ic. He insulted him most cruelly. 
 
 8. The adjectives dtd and lautcv, are sometimes placed 
 without inflection before nouns, in the signification of "aii", 
 "nothing but"; as, 
 
 28ir jloljen S)Zeufd}euf iubcr jiub eitel We proud sons of men are no- 
 
 arme ©iinber. thing but poor sinners. 
 
 (5le ij^ lauter fieben. She is all life. 
 
 9. Adjectives are formed from names of material by sui- 
 fixing to nouns n, en or ern; and if capable of it, the radical 
 vowel often assumes the Umlaut ; as, 
 
 Icbevn, leathern, from Seber; gclbeu, golden, from ®otb. 
 jla^lern, steel, from @tat)l; l)t?Ijern, wooden, from -^clj. 
 
 10. A clause or sentence is sometimes used adjectively; as, 
 JDie ttle ju ttergeffeube @d)(ad)t Bet The never to-be-forgotten battle 
 
 Sei^jig. near (by) Leipsic. 
 
 (Sin @a^ tfl ein in ffiorten ani?ge? A sentence is a thought ex- 
 britdter ©ebanfe. pressed in words. 
 
 Literally, an in-words-expressed thought. 
 
 11. An Adjective preceded by the article, is sometimes 
 placed after the noun which it qualifies ; as, 
 
 3)u foltft btefen Jlrieg, ben fiird)tevi Thou shalt end this dreadful war 
 iid)en, enben. (this war, the dreadful). 
 
 12. Adjectives derived from the names of countries or 
 nations do not begin with a capital letter except when used 
 substantively; as, 
 
 2)a<? bentf*e ^eer. The German army. 
 
 2)ic fran,^cfif&c (S^vadie. The French language. 
 
 (Sin ^reuitfd^er <Solbat. A Prussian soldier. 
 
 (Sr ivoljnt ini S3remifd)en. He lives in (the territoiy cX) 
 
 Bremen. 
 55er folnifc^e 2)om. The Cathedral of Oologne 
 
66 ADJECTIVES USED SUBSTANTIVEI 2 AND ADVERBIALLY 
 
 13. Adjectives are also formed from names of persons by 
 the suffix ifd;, and generally written with a capital initial; as, 
 
 JDie ^antlfdje $^itofo^I;ie. The Kantian philosophy. 
 
 ©a^ SiU^'fd)e ^eer. Tilly's army (the Tillian army), 
 
 JDie £ut^erifd)c ^trd)e. The Lutheran Church. 
 
 14. Instead of the adjective in ifd;, derived from names oj 
 places, the substantive form in er (undeclined) is generally 
 used ; as, 
 
 JDie Seiipjiger Seitung. The Leipsic Gazette. 
 
 2)er SRagbeburger ^om. The Cathedral of Magdeburg. 
 
 2Bir fa^en ben SO'lagbeButger 2)om. We saw the Cathedral of Mag- 
 deburg. 
 
 Exercise 42. ^ttfgabe 42. 
 
 1. SO'lanc^er 9fieid)e ijl unjufrieben unb folglid) uuglucfOd) ; imb man* 
 d)er Slrme ifi jufrieben unb glurflid), 2. (Sin Unjufrtebener, ober eine Un* 
 jufrtebene ifi ntd)t gliirfUd). 3. ®er ^ia^ldfftge erfuUt nidjt feiiie ^]Mii 
 Ken, er ifi i)a^n nid)t jufrieben unb fctglidb nid)t glucflid). 4. 3)er Diel^ 
 blfd)e ifi immer unjufrieben. 5. 3d) bcneibc nidit bie 9{eid)en, aber id) 
 bebauere bie Slrmen. 6. Set ©eijige fii()rt ein elenbe^ £eben. 7. iDet 
 53nnbe ifi unglurflid)er unb (lulflofer ale ber Xanh^ ober ber 8af)me. 
 8. 9Zid)t jeber @elef)vte ift ein SBeifer unb nidit jeber 2Beife ifi ciu ©clel^r^ 
 ter. 9. ^ae ^ra!tifd)e unb ^Jlu^tidje ifi beffer aU hae @dione. 10. 25iefe 
 fd)6nen ^tnber fingen f*cn. 11. fl)er Sebiente biefe«J jungen iDcutfd)en 
 ift ber 33ettet eine^ alten ©efanbten. 12. ^iiemanb iti elenber unb ii)bi 
 rid)ter al^ ber 9^eibifd)e. 13. ^er ^^leipige ternt fdMiell, ber ^aule lang* 
 [am. 14. 35er 2)lenfd) sevlangt etft ba^ ^lene, fudiet ba^ S^u^tidie bann 
 mit unermiibtid)em §lei^e. 15. (Sin 9teid)er ifi oft ungliicflid}er aU ein 
 5lrmer. 16. 2ld) ^aht einen tebernen (&(^u(;, einen golbenen 9ting unb ein 
 bleierneg 2^intenfaf . 
 
 Exercise 43, ^uf^dbi 43. 
 
 1. A miser is always an envious man, and therefore an unhappy 
 one. 2. Many a learned man is not a wise one. 3. We pity the 
 poor, but we do not envy the rich. 4. The practical is better than 
 the agreeable and the beautiful. 5. He learns faster than we. 
 6. She is contented, and he is discontented, for she is industrious, 
 and he is idle. 7. He learns slowly for he does not study in- 
 dustriously. 8. The idle man leads a miserable life for he is 
 always discontented and consequently unhappy. 9. Who is more 
 foolish and more miserable than the miser V 10. Do you write 
 more letters than your brother ? 11. The lame man pities the 
 deaf one. 12. The blind man is still more unfortunate than the 
 deaf one. 13. The industrious man is not often discontented. 
 14. Who learns slowly, and who learns rapidly ? 15. ^ have a 
 gold ring, a steel chain and a wooden table. 
 
PERSONAL PRONOUNS AND THE REFLEXIVE PRONOUN ficf;. 57 
 
 LESSON XXIV. 
 
 ^ccti0n XXIV. 
 
 PERSON. iL PRONOUNS AND THE REFLEXIVE PRONOUN f{c^, 
 
 1. The genitive of the German personal pronouns, unlike 
 the possessive in English (see L. 9. 2), does not express the 
 relation of property or possession, but simply answers to our 
 objective with (and sometimes without) a preposition ; as, 
 ©ebenfe meiner {gen.). Think of me, or remember me (obj.). 
 
 (Se ftnb cuer fcd)^ unb iljrer nur There are six of you (of you six) and 
 
 »iev. (L. 49. 7.) only four of them. 
 
 DECLENSION OF THE PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 
 
 bu, 
 
 bid;, 
 
 SINGULAR. 
 
 thou: 
 
 N.idj, I; 
 
 G. meiner", of me ; beiner'*, of thee ; 
 
 D. mir, to me; bir, to, for thee 
 
 A. micfi, me; 
 
 N. tinr, we; 
 
 G. unfer, of us ; 
 
 D. un6, to, for us; 
 
 A. img, us ; 
 
 Masculine. 
 N. er, he ; 
 
 G. feiner'', of him ; 
 D. i^m, to him ; 
 A.U)n, him; 
 
 thee ; 
 
 PLURAL. 
 
 you; 
 
 cuer, of you; 
 cud), to, for you ; 
 cud;, you; 
 
 SINGULAR. 
 
 Feminine. 
 fte, she ; 
 i(;rcr, of her ; 
 i^r, to, for her ; 
 jte, her ; 
 
 (^k, you); 
 (5(;rer, of you); 
 (3:^ncn, to, for you); 
 ((Sic, you). 
 
 (@le, you); 
 (5(;rer, of you); 
 (51;nctt, to, for you); 
 ((^ie, you). 
 
 Neuter. 
 ca, it ; 
 [cincr,of it; 
 i;f;m, to, for it; 
 c0, it. 
 
 N. fte, 
 G. i^rer, 
 D. i^nen, 
 A.jie, 
 
 PLURAL OF ALL GENDERS. 
 
 they; jte, they; fie, they; 
 
 of them; i()rer, of them; i^rer, of them 
 
 to them ; ifjnen, to, for them ; if;nett, to, for them , 
 them ; jie, them ; fie, them. 
 
 2. The pronouns of the first and second persons are often 
 used reflexively, and then answer to our compound personal 
 pronouns ; as, 
 
 3d) toBe mid). I praise myself. 
 
 3)u lobjl bid). Thou praisest thyself. 
 
 SSir loben un^. We praise ourselves. 
 
 * Instead of Vtiimv, itintX, fcincr, the forms mein, itin, fetn are sometimes used. 
 
 3^ 
 
58 PERSONAL PRONOUNS AND THE REFLEXIVE PRONOUN fid^. 
 
 3. The reflexive pronoun fi^ (French se) has but one form 
 for both numbers and all genders, and is only used in the da- 
 tive and accusative cases ; as, 
 
 Ser Tlann lobt ftd). The man praises himself. 
 
 (§x gibt iii) »iel Tlnljt. He gives himself much trouble. 
 
 Ste grau Icbt ftdb. The woman praises herself. 
 
 Sag Mnh lofct fid). The child praises itself. 
 
 S)ie ©d)ulev tobeii fid). The scholars praise themselves. 
 
 4. (Sid) is frequently employed where in English the ob- 
 jective of the personal pronoim is used ; as, 
 
 (§x t)at !ein ®etb bel |id). He has no money with him. 
 
 (Sic Ijahm ^reunbe Bei jid). They have friends with them. 
 
 5. These pronouns are often used .n a reciprocal signifi- 
 cation, instead of, or placed before the proper reciprocal 
 cinattber; as, 
 
 2)le ^unbe bei^cn fi6 ; or, ble <§unbe The dogs are biting each other, 
 beipen fid) einanber. (or, the dogs are biting one 
 
 another). 
 2)te ©diiiter lobeii fid) ; or, bte (Sd)us The scholars praise each other, 
 ler loben fid; einanber. (or, the scholars praise one 
 
 another). 
 SBarum ^apt if)r end) ? or, Waxmn Why do you hate each other? 
 Ija^t il)r end) einanber ? (or, why do you hate one an- 
 
 other?) 
 
 6. The pronoun of the second person singular is employed 
 in addressing the Supreme Being ; in proverbial phrases, and 
 in the serious and sublime styles of composition ; as, 
 
 2)ir, mein ®oit, 2)ir ergeb' id) mid) ! To Thee, my God, to Thee I 
 
 resign myself ! 
 SSor alien 2)ingen Yoa6)s uber bid), Above all things, watch over 
 bap bu nie bie innerc 3nycvfid;t thyself, that thou never lose 
 ju bir felber »erlierjl ! the inward confidence to thy- 
 
 self! 
 
 7. The pronoun of the second person singular is also used 
 in addressing relatives, intimate friends and children ; as also 
 when speaking to servants and other dependents ; as, 
 
 SBa^ letnfl bn in ber ©d)ule ? What do you learn at school? 
 
 3o()ann, l)ajl bn beine 9lrbcit i3etf)an? John, have you done your work ? 
 
 8. The plural of the second person was formerly regarded 
 as the most polite and respectful form of address, whether to 
 one person or more, and this ia still the case among the 
 peasantry in some parts of Germany. At present, however, 
 -t is applied to the same class of persons in the plural, that 
 
PERSONAL PRONOUNS AND THE REFLEXIVE PRONOUN f l U;. '^ -3 
 
 5)u is in the singular : it is likewise used in addressing re- 
 ligious assemblies. ^f)Xf addressed to a single individual, im- 
 plies his inferiority of rank or position ; as, 
 
 ^ae glaufet i()t twirnic^ ? fagte ber Do you really believe that? said 
 
 .Koiiig. the king. 
 
 « 
 
 9. The former use of the second person plural (see 8.) is 
 still retained in the syllable ^w. (contraction of ©leer, an ob- 
 solete orthography of euer) which is now construed only with 
 titles, and is followed by a plural verb ; as, 
 
 @». 9Jlaj[ejidt finb 'old tr)i|tger aU Your Majesty is (are) much wit- 
 id), tier than I. 
 
 10. In addressing an inferior, the pronoun of the third pe? 
 son singular is sometimes used ; as, 
 
 2Ba^ h)unfrf}t @r? What do you (does he) wish? 
 
 2Bo tt)of)ut @ie ? Where do you (does she) live? 
 
 11. In ordinary intercourse the form of address to one per 
 son or more, is with the pronoun of the third person plural, 
 so that, when spoken, the context only can decide whether the 
 second or the third person is meant. In writing, however, 
 these pronouns when referring to the second person, are al- 
 ways written with a capital initial ; as, 
 
 •^abeu @ie Sr^te 53ud)cr? Have you your books? 
 
 ^abeit |te i§ve Sud)er ? Have they their books ? 
 
 ^at \k ii)x^ Q3ud}er ? Has she her books ? 
 
 ^aben 3i)ve ^veunbe 3^rc ^^ebeni? Have your friends your pens? 
 
 Dtein, 3f;re i^reunbe ^aben |ie. No, your friends have them. 
 
 Obs. As the incorrect use of 5)u, if}r, and er in address, 
 would be regarded as rude, it is better for learners in ad- 
 dressing sti angers, always to employ the personal pronoun 
 <3 i e, and the possessive 3 ^ r. 
 
 12. Pronouns referring to neuter appellations of persons, 
 generally follow the natural, instead of the grammatical, gen- 
 der ; as, 
 
 3)a^ ©of)ud)en biefer 2)amc tft The little son of this lajly is sick ; 
 fvan!; id) fiird)te er (or e^3 tcixi) I fear he will die. 
 jllvben. 
 
 13. Pronouns representing inanimate objects, must be of 
 the same gender as the nouns to which they refer : hence a 
 pronoun of one gender must often be trans dated by one of an-* 
 other; as, 
 
60 EXERCISES ON PERSONAL PRONOUNS, &C. 
 
 iDpt '^nt ifl fd)6n, abev er ift ju The hat is handsome butii is too 
 
 ftcin. small. 
 
 5)ie a)^u^e ijl fd)6n, aber fie ifl ju The cap is handsome but it is 
 
 Rein. too small. 
 
 14. In referring to animals, and things, an adverb (formed 
 from an adverb and a preposition) is often employed instead 
 of a preposition and a pronoun ; as, 
 
 !Du f)afi einen fd)oneit ^eutel; fiaji You have a fine purse, have you 
 ^u ©elb bartit? (L. 38. 6.) money in it? (therein?) 
 
 15. The neuter pronoun e0, employed as a grammatical 
 subject, may represent nouns of all genders, whether singu- 
 lar or plural. But the verb, in such case, agrees in number 
 w^ith the noun, and not, as in English, with the pronoun ; as, 
 
 (Se finb unfere greunbe, \t)etct)e toiv It is (are) our friends whom we 
 
 fet)eu. see. 
 
 SBiffen @ie, t»ct e^ ijl ? Do you know who it is ? 
 
 16. When the logical subject itself is a personal pronoun, 
 C ^ comes after the verb ; that is, the order of the words is 
 exactly the reverse of the English ; as, 
 
 3d) bin eg. It is I. (Bx i\t eg. It is he. 
 
 <Slub @ie eg ? Is it you ? @cib ^Ijx eg ? Is it you ? 
 
 2Blv finb eg. It is we. @ie finb eg. It is you. 
 
 17. (S§ often stands as the grammatical subject before ac- 
 tive verbs, and is used in a variety of phrases where the cor- 
 responding English word is omitted : it also frequently an- 
 swers to one, so, or there ; as, 
 
 @g ^eult ber @turm, eg braujl bag The storm howls, the sea roars. 
 
 2«ecr. 
 
 @g brad)te ber 2Binb ben <Bin\\ The wind brought the sound di- 
 
 gvab t»on @uben ()er. rectly from the south. 
 
 Sd) n^eii3 eg, ba^ er tommt. I know (it) that he is coming. 
 
 @g Ift Dilemanb (}ier. There is nobody here, 
 
 ^r \\i tcid), ober fd)eint eg ju fein. He is rich, or seems to be so. 
 
 @v ijl Jlaufmann, abet id) bin eg He is (a) merchant, but I am not 
 
 nidit. one. 
 
 (5g jinb jWci ^ferbc fm ©artcn. There are two horses in the gar- 
 den. 
 
 Exercise 44. ^ttfflttlic 44. 
 
 1. 9Bcv lobt ben @nfel? 2. ©er ©ropvater lobt it)n. 3. 3Ber Icbt 
 fcie ©ropmutter? 4. 2)ie (infelin lobt fte. 5. >§at ber^anver ben:Q3aU? 
 6. !iT?ein, ber ;i86ttd)er l)at i{)n. 7. S^Qi\ bvig 2)ldbd)cn bie ^Bruflnabel ? 
 8. 92ciii, bic S^ante l)at |ie. 9. ^at bie ^4-Hi^ma6erin 3l)rcn neuen -^nt ? 
 10. DZein, ber .§utmad)er f;at tl)n. 11. SBag t)at bte (Sdjwejicr 3t)re« 
 
ABSOLUTE POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS. 61 
 
 ^reunbeg? 12. @ic :^at bie %^h^x ii)uS 93ruberg. 13. SSaS I;a6en bie 
 (Sditoej^ern 3t)rer greunbe? 14. @ie fiabeu bie ^ebern S^ret S3ruber. 
 15. Sobeu @ic 3^re greunbe ? 16. S^eiu, id) loBe fte md)t. 17. Sobeti 
 @te mid) ? 18. 3tein, id) to6e @ie ntd)t. 19. Soben <Sie 3^re IBriiber? 
 20. S'iein, id) lobe fie nid)t. 21. ©eben @te ung @elb ? 22. Sfiein, id^ 
 gebe S^nen S3rob. 23. ©eben (Ste Sijten greunbeit 93rob ? 24. ^dn, 
 id) gebe i^nen @elb. 25. 2Ba6 fagej^ bu mir? 26. 3d) fagc bir nid)ti?. 
 27. 2Ba^ fd)eufen @ie 3t)rer 2Rutter? 28. 3d) fd)enfe i^r einen fetbencn 
 ©elbbeutet. 29. (Sd)enfen @ie S^rem S3ruber etwa6 ? 30. g^iein, id) 
 fd)en?e if)m nid)t^. 31. 3c^ ge^e mit meinev @d)tt)cj!ev ju xf)m greunbin. 
 
 32. dr !^at einen £)fen in feinem Simmer, aber eg ijl !ein §euer barin. 
 
 33. (Se ijl ein grower Untcrfd)ieb 5n)tfd)en Sitgen unb Siegen. 34. (Sic 
 ^aben t)iibfd)e ©iid)er unb tefen jiemlid) gut barin. 35. Sener (Sd)iiler 
 Icbt ltd), aber biefer lobt fid) nid)t. 36. ffiBirmd) i?erbien|l»oHe Seute lo^- 
 ben fid) nid)t. 
 
 Exercise 45. ^ttfgabe 45. 
 
 1. Have you my pen ? 2. No, the mason has it. 3. Who has 
 my new black hat ? 4. The old hatter has it. 5. Do you give 
 the breastpin to your mother ? 6. No, my sister gives it to her. 
 7. Does your old neighbor praise his friends ? 8. No, he does not 
 praise them, they praise him. 9. Do you praise your sister? 
 10. No, I do not praise her. 11. Do you praise your friends? 
 12. No, I do not praise them. 13. Has your brother your pens ? 
 14. No, my sister has them. 15. What do you give me ? 16. I 
 give you nothing. 17. Do you give your friends anything? 
 18. Yes, I give them money. 19. Has the mason his ball ? 20. No, his 
 grandfather has it. 21. Has the milliner your silk hats ? 22. No, 
 her friend has them. 23. What do you say to the man ? 24. I do 
 not say anything to him. 25. Do you go with your friend to your 
 father? 26. No, I go with him to his father. 27. Do you go with 
 your friend to your mother ? 28. No, I go with her to her mother. 
 29. She goes with me to her. 30. There is no bread on the table. 
 31. There are no good pens in my desk. 32. These children have 
 pretty books, do they read in them? 33. We have pretty cold 
 weather. 34. Industrious scholars do not praise themselves. 
 35. These proud boys praise themselves, but their father does not 
 praise them. 36. We are going with you to your teacher. 
 
 LESSON XXV. fection XXV. 
 
 ABSOLUTE POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS. 
 
 1 .When the possessive pronouns relate, attributively, to a 
 noun understood, and are not followed by an adjective, they 
 are called absolute possessive pronouns. They are of two 
 forms : mein-er, c, e§, inflected like an adjective of the old 
 declension ; and bcr, bie, ba3 mcin-ige or ber, bic, ba0 mcin-c, 
 inflected like an adjective of the new declension. 
 
62 
 
 ABSOLUTE POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS. 
 
 Maiculine. Feminine. Neuter. 
 
 OLD DECLENSION. 
 
 Nom mctncr; meine; mcineg; mine; 
 
 Gen. mcinea; meincr; meinca; of mine; 
 
 Dat. mcmem; meiner; meinem ; to, or for mine ; 
 
 Ace. mcincn; meine; nteine^; mine. 
 
 NEW DECLENSION. 
 
 .Vom. bcr meinige ; bie meinige; baSmeinige; mine; 
 
 Gen. be0 meinigen; bermeinigen; be^ meinigen; of mire; 
 
 Dat. bem metnigen; bermeinigen; bem meinigen; to, formine; 
 
 Ace. ben meiuigen; bic meinige; baSmeintge; mine. 
 
 Nam. ber meine ; bie meine ; 
 Gen. beg melnen; ber metnen; 
 Dat. bem meinen; ber meinen; 
 Ace. ben meinen; bie meine; 
 
 All genders in the plural. 
 
 NEW. NEW. 
 
 bie meinigen, or bie meinen; 
 
 ba§ meine ; mine ; 
 beS meinen; of mine; 
 bem meinen, to, for mine ; 
 bag meine; mine. 
 
 Nom 
 Gen. 
 Dat. 
 Ace. 
 
 OLD. 
 
 meine ; 
 meincr ; 
 meinen ; 
 meine ; 
 
 mme ; 
 of mine ; 
 to, for mine 
 mine. 
 
 ber memigen, or ber memcn; 
 benmcinigcn, or ben meinen; 
 bie mcinigcn, or bie meinen; 
 Examples of the absolute possessive pronouns. 
 Form of the old declension. Forms of the new declension. 
 aJletn int ijt fd)warj aJlciu ^ut ifl fd)iDars My hat is black and 
 unb feiner ifl toeip. uub ber [cine or bev his is white, 
 femigc i]! it^eip. 
 <Selrt t^ut i|l fd)ftiarj utib ©ein ^nt ift fd)tt3arj nni) His hat is black and 
 meiner ifl jueip. ber meine or ber met* mine is white, 
 
 nige ill iueip. 
 SJietn S3ud) ij^ neu unb SO^lein 58ud) i\t neu unb My book is new and 
 
 feineg ijt alt. 
 
 Ms is old. 
 
 ha6 fetne or has fei 
 
 nige i\t alt. 
 
 @etn Sud) ijl neu unb <Sein S3ud) ifl neu unb His book is new and 
 meine«S ijl alt. ba^ meine or ba^ 
 
 mcinic^e ifi alt. 
 @r gel)t ju meinem (Sr gcl}t ju meinem 
 
 ^reunbunbnid)tju bem 
 
 beineu or bem bcinigen. 
 
 2. These pronouns are likewise substantively employed 
 to denote property or obligation ; as, 
 JDic Siebe fudU nidH bag 3l)re. Charity seeks not her own. 
 
 3d) l;abe ba^ SJleiuige get^an, ti^ue I have done mine (my duty), do 
 
 bas 3)einigc. thine. 
 
 ^reunb unb nid)t ju 
 beinem. 
 
 mine is old. 
 
 He is going to my 
 friend and not to 
 yours. 
 
EXERCISES ON ABSOLUTE POSS. PRONOUNS. 63 
 
 «. In like manner they refer, in the plural, to one's family or 
 relatives : — likewise, when the application is obvious, to 
 dependents, as servants, soldiers, &c. ; as, 
 dx »ertdpt bie <Seintgen nidit. He forsakes not his own. 
 
 (Bx ftet mit ben (Seiuen in ber He fell with his (soldiers) in 
 @ct}la*t. the battle. 
 
 3. Stein and the numeral ein, when not followed by an 
 adjective or a noun, are inflected like an adjective of the old 
 declension (except that, in the neuter, they often end in g 
 instead of c§) ; as, 
 
 dr i)at ein ^ni), bu ^afl eing (or et; He has a book, you have one, 
 ne^), unb id) f)abe fctit^ (or fetueg). and I have none. 
 
 (Bx fiat jttjet S3uci)er unb jte ^at He has two books and she has 
 nur eing. only one. 
 
 b. (Sin when preceded by the definite article is inflected like 
 
 an adjective of the new declension ; as, 
 
 "Der eine i^ ju gro^ unb bev anbere The one is too large and the 
 ift gu !(eiu. other is too small. 
 
 4. The indeclinable forms meine^gleic^en, bemeSgIeid)en, &c., 
 may refer to nouns of all genders and both numbers ; as, 
 
 3fl er benn meinelgletdicn ? Is he my equal then? 
 
 @ie toaren frufiev beine^gleid^en, They were formerly your equals. 
 
 Exercise 46. ^ufgobe 46 
 
 1. 3d) i}ab^ meinen ^pinfet tmb ben 3{)rigen, fein S3ud) unb ha<3 men: 
 nige. 2. 3Seld)eg Xafd)entud) Ijahcn @te, bag mcinige ober bag feinige ? 
 3. 3d) ^aU bag feinige unb aud) has S^tige. 4. 3ii iv)eld)em Strjt gefijl 
 hu, ju hem meinigen ober ju bem beinigen ? 5. 3d) gef)e ju bent beinigen. 
 6. @r I)at j^toet SSorterbii^er, @ie I)a6en eing unb id) f)abe fetng. 7. SBel; 
 d)eg v£anbfaf l^at ^^x ?^teunb, meineg obev feineg ? 8. (Sx f)at feineg unb 
 idvliabc 3f)t:eg. 9. @ein93ornmnb ij^ reid) unb meinei: ij^ arm. 10. SJleiu 
 @rf)liifrel ift gro^ unb ber feinige i)! Hein. 11. 5)ag SBettmeer iilg\rifd)en 
 mir unb ben "aJleinigen. 12. 9l((e SO^enfdicn licBen bie 3^tigen unb yer? 
 langen bag 3f)rigc. 13. 3d) ^aBe 3f)re Seitung unb <Sie Ijabm bie mei^ 
 nige. 14. Unfere ^iid)er tiegen auf bem 5:ifd)c, unb bie 3f)rigen auf bent 
 ^ulte. 15. Seld)e ^fevbe "i^aUn (gie, bie 36ten ober bie meinen ? 16. 3d) 
 l)abe bie Sfjven unb bie meinen. 17. 2(Ue 3Jlenfd)en t)aben if)re ^^ei^Ier 
 unb (Sigen^citen, id) ^abe bie meinigen, hu ija^ bie beinigen unb er Ijat bie 
 fein'gen. 18. 3ebermann fdid^t ha6 (Seine. 
 
 Exercise 47. ^ttfpbc 47. 
 
 1. Have you my carriage or yours? 2. I have yours. 3. Has 
 the scholar your book or his ? 4. He has his and mine. 5. Are 
 our books in his room or in yours ? 6. They are in mine, and his 
 pens are in yours. 7. Do you go with my friend or with yours? 
 8. We go with yours. 9. Is his sister or mine in the garden? 
 
64 USE OF THE TENSES 
 
 10. Yours is in the garden, and his is going into the gardea 
 
 11. Have you my pen or yours? 12. I have neither yours nof 
 mine, I have his. 13. Have you our books or yours ? 14. We 
 have yours and ours. 15. Our house is new and yours is old. 
 16. His pen is good and hers is bad. 17. Are your friends in 
 your house or in ours ? 18. They are in ours. 19. We have our 
 friend's horses and he has ours. 20. Your paper is white and 
 ours is blue. 
 
 LESSON XXVI. Section XXVL 
 
 USE OF THE TENSES. 
 
 1. The present is often used in relation to ihe past, when 
 the period referred to is still unfinished ; as, 
 
 3* Icfe fction eine (Stuube. I (have) read already an hour. 
 
 Ste laiige finb ©ie in 2)ve^ben ? How long are you (have you 
 
 been) in Dresden? 
 
 2. The present for the future is more usual in German 
 than in English ; as, 
 
 SDlcrgeu get)e idi nad) Seipjig. To-morrow I (shall) go to Leipsic. 
 
 3di gebc S^neii eincn ©ulbcn fiiv I give (will give) you a florin for 
 baS ®ud). the book. 
 
 3. The imperfect corresponds mainly to the same tense in 
 English; as, 
 
 ^riebvid) ber Btt^eite tuar z'm gvoicv Frederic the second was a great 
 
 . ^riegcr. warrior. 
 
 <Ste cirbcitetc, tod^renb id) f^lclte. She worked while I was playing 
 
 4. In compound tenses and principal sentences, the iniini 
 tive or participle comes last ; as, 
 
 ::5d) I)abe ein S3udi gefjabt. I have had a book. 
 
 Sci) \verbe bcu 3Jiaun Icben. I shall praise the man. 
 
 ^r I)at nid)t Beit "toii ^udi ju lefen. He has not time to read the book. 
 
 @r inirb ti gefjabt t^cibcn. He will have had it. 
 
 6. TYvQ perfect, MTiWke the same tense in English, maybe used 
 with an adverb referring to past, as well as to present time ; as, 
 3d) ftabe c^ gcftern gel;abt. I (have) had it yesterday. 
 
 6. Th.Q futures are used as in English, and also to indicate 
 a probability ; in which case the j^r^-^ future is to be rendered 
 by the present, and the second future, by the imperfect, or per- 
 fect, in connection with an appropriate adverb ; as, 
 
 (Sx tvltb 3f)r 93ruber fcin. He is probably your brother, 
 
 ©le iDcrben c^ gcl)ort ^vikn. They have probably heard it. 
 
 7. Often, in German, a verb is repeated, (;r entirely omifted, 
 v/heie in English an auxiliary is employed ; as, 
 
CONJUGATION OF 1^ a 5 C tt. 
 
 65^ 
 
 Sr bcnft U«ie idb (or, \vk tcb beiife). 
 ©le feiincii i^n, id) uidit. 
 3cb t;abe csJ i^e()5rt, er iiiclU (or, cv 
 l)at cS nicbt cie{;5rt). 
 
 He thinks as I do (or, asl think). 
 You know him, I (do) not. 
 I have heard it, he {^hasj not. rle 
 has not heard it. 
 
 8. CoNjuGATiox OF [) a b c n. 
 
 INFINITIVE 
 
 Present. 
 iabcn, to have 
 
 Present. 
 I)abenb, having. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 id) Ijahc, I have ; 
 bu tjafx, thou hast ; 
 or tjatf he has ; 
 
 id) i)atiCf I had ; 
 
 bu t)aiUft, thou hadst 
 
 cr t;atte, he had ; 
 
 Perfect. 
 gc^a6t t)a6cn, to hav* '^i^* 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 INDICATIVE, 
 
 Perject. 
 <^t\)^i, had. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 PRESENT. 
 
 Wix \)a.U\\, we have, 
 il}r f)al)t, you have ; 
 ]"ie t;aBcn/ they liave. 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 iinr fatten, we had ; 
 i{)x I;attct, you had ; 
 fie I;atten, they had. 
 
 
 PERFECT. 
 
 I have \ .^ tuirt;aBcn J ^- 
 thou hast > "^ {(;r I;atet > ^ 
 he has ) '^ jie ^a^cn 3 ^ 
 
 PLUPERFECT. 
 
 I had J .^ toir fatten J ;S' 
 thou hadst > ^ i^x l)^iiti [■ ^ 
 he had ) '^ fte t;attett ) o^ 
 
 FIRST FUTURE. 
 
 I shall -\ .- irir tuerbett 
 thou wilt > I il;r luerbet 
 he will ) rS f!c trcrben 
 
 SECOND FUTURE. 
 
 ic^ iuerbe J - ^- I shall ^ -J" trir aerben j 
 bu toirj^ > II thou wilt \ ■; \i)x tt?erbet > 
 er trirb ) ^^ he will . > | fie trerben ) 
 
 id) t;aBe 
 bu :^afl 
 cr I)at 
 
 i(^ ^attc 
 bu t;atte|t 
 er ^aXit 
 
 id) tuerbe ^ ^^ 
 bu tuirjl > s| 
 er tuirb ) ^=^ 
 
 we have 
 yon have 
 they have 
 
 we had 
 you had 
 they had 
 
 we shall 
 you will 
 they will 
 
 ^ 
 
 we shall 
 you will 
 they will 
 
 ill) 2 
 
 ijO^^t (bu), have (thou). 
 
 IMPERATIVE 
 
 '^oibti or ^aH (t:^r) have (ye, or you). 
 
66 IDIOMS AND EXERCISES WITH l^aBCtt* 
 
 9. IDIOMS WITH ^aBen» 
 
 ®r 'ijat CjCM du UHirmeg Simmev. He likes a warm room. 
 
 ■^ahc aUc SWeiifdieii Iteb. Love all men. 
 
 3* I;abe niditi^ bagcgen. I have no objection. 
 
 (Sg f)ai :ud)ti5 ju fagen. It is no matter (worth speaking 
 
 of). 
 
 (Sx fiat Sangelreife. He feels ennui ("bored"). 
 
 (Sr ijat feineii S3evbad)t auf ®ie. He does not suspect you. 
 
 Sd) l^abe i^n in a3erbad)t geftol^len Isuspect him of having (to have) 
 
 ^u Ijahm. stolen. 
 
 ^r ijat hin ®clb not^ig. He is not in want of money. 
 
 3d) tverbe Std)t auf il)n ^abm. I will attend to (take care of) him. 
 
 aBag Ijaft bu ? What ails you ? 
 
 2)u (}aft gut la^cn. You may well laugh. 
 
 Ǥabe id; ved)t ober uurec^t? Am I right, or wrong ? 
 
 Exercise 48. ^Ufgabc 48. 
 
 1. $Der ftrenge atte Setter be^ rcidien Siingltngg l^atte in feiner Sugenb 
 eincn guten Server geliabt. 2. ^ein gelbr;err ijat je eine beffere Slrmee ges 
 if)abt al^ ber franjoftfd)c ^aifer. 3. 2)ie (Sngldnbet ifjatten lange eincn 
 fcfji* au^gebreiteten >§anbel gef;a6t uub I)atten baf)er eine bejfeve ^tctte aU 
 tie ^van§ofen. 4. SBirb biefeS je^t fo gtiJcfUdie Sanb je etuen -tonlg cbet 
 cinen ^atfer r)aben ? 5. Ste ^reunbe bet (L. 46.) 2BaI;rI)eit unb @ered); 
 ttgfeit in @nrc!pa tt*erbcn if)re fdilimmjle Sett nod) nidit(L. 66.J.)get)abt 
 l}aben. 6. @ie tucrben felnen 33rtef gcfiabt l)aben, efje cr fommt; benn er 
 \tiirb nidit ycr ad)t U()r fommcn. 7. ^^aben @le yorgcftevn ^-Bcfudi gc(;abt ? 
 8. SfJein, id) ^abe fetnen gel)abt, unb irerbc and) feinen l;cibcn ; benn 
 id) Ijahz fetne greunbe in biefer ©egenb. 9. (Sin a3cniHanbtcr Sfjreg 
 i^rcunbcg mad)t meinem SSruber etnen 93cfurf). 10. SSie lange \i>ct;nen 
 <Bk in biefem Ǥaufe ? 11. aSir \i^cl)nen [d)ou Idnger aU itijn 3cii;ve barin. 
 
 Exercise 49. ^ttfjjdbf 49. 
 
 1. No army has ever had a better general than Napoleon. 
 2. What nation has had a more extensive commerce than Eng- 
 land 1 3. Have the French ever had a better fleet than they now 
 have ? 4. Kings and emperors do not always (L. 39. 8.) love truth 
 and justice. 5. That country is very unfortunate, for it has a bad 
 king. 6. The friends of (L. 46.) truth in this country have pro- 
 bably had their worst time. 7. How long have you had this 
 wagon 1 8. Did you have company yesterday ? 9. We had com- 
 pany day before yesterday, but we have had none to-day. 10. Have 
 you relations in this city? 11. No, I have no relations in this 
 country. 12. This relation of my friend is making us a visit. 
 
 13. Who has ever had, or ever will have better friends than we 1 
 
 14. How long have you been in this city 1 
 
CONJUGATION OF THE REGULAR VERB. 67 
 
 LESSON XXVII. futton XXVII. 
 
 Regular verbs or verbs of the new conjugation, 
 present infinitive. 
 
 1. The present infinitive ends in en; as, 
 
 loB-en, to praise ; Ue6-en, to love ; Bel-en, to pray ; 
 ftubiv-en, to study ; soerf"au[-en, to sell ; Bettel-n,* to beg. 
 
 Root. 
 
 2. The root is that part of the verb which precedes the en 
 of the infinitive, and to which the various terminational end- 
 ings are suffixed. Thus, the roots of the above verbs are, 
 lo6-, liefc-, Bet-, ftuljir-, oerfauf-, &c. 
 
 PRESENT PARTICIPLE. 
 
 3. The present participle is formed by suffixing enb "o the 
 root; as, 
 
 toB-ent), praising; lietj-enb, loving; Bet-cnt), praying; 
 jiu1)ir-cnt), studying ; i:erfauf-enb, selling ; Bettel-nb,* begging. 
 
 PERFECT PARTICIPLE. 
 
 4. The perfect participle is formed by ^w/fixing t or et, and 
 (in verbs that have the accent on the first syllable), prefixing 
 the augment ge to the root ; as, 
 
 ge-IoB-t, praised ; ge-Iic6-t, loved; ge-Bet-et, prayed; 
 jiubir-t, studied; ijerfauf-t, sold; gc-Bettel-t, begged. 
 
 Ohs. The participles are subject to the same rules of de- 
 clension and comparison (except that they do not take the 
 Umlaut) as the adjective ; as, 
 din liebenber SSater. A loving father. 
 
 5)er gelieBte 33ater. The beloved father. 
 
 J£)te teifenben SJ'laler. The traveling painters. 
 
 $Die 2Betnenbe. The weeping one. 
 
 S)er S^rauernbe. The mourner. 
 
 2)a^ rul)renb|ie (Sd)auf!piel. The most touching spectacle. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 5. The first person singular adds e, the second efl or jl,t 
 and the third et or tf to the root ; as, 
 
 *) When the root ends in et, or er, the C of the termination is dropped ; as, bette(-tt, 
 gtttcr-n, instead of bettcl-eit, Jtttcr-cn, &c. The C of the root is also often dropped in 
 the first person singular of the present ; as, {(fa 6ctt Ic, instead of '\6) bett-ele, &c. 
 
 t) In the indicative, the shorter forms (fl and t) are usually preferred where eaphonj 
 '•fill admit: as, loBfi, Ult, rather than lobcfl, lotet, &c. 
 
68 CONJUGATION OF THE REGULAR VERB. 
 
 1st. Pen on Singular. 2(Z. Person Singular. 3d. Person Singvlar 
 
 id) Icb-e, I praise ; bu lob-ft, thou praisest ; cr (ob-t, he praises ; 
 
 id) bet-e, I pray ; bit bet-eft, thou prayest ; ec \jzi-zi, he prays ; 
 
 i*ftubir-ejstudy; bu ftubir- ft, thou studiest; erj^ubir-t, he studies; 
 
 idi fdniclb-e, I cut ; bu fd^neib eft, thou cuttest; er fc^ncib-et, he cuts. 
 
 The first and third person plural add en, and the second 
 ti or t to the root ; as, 
 
 1st. Periion Plural. 3d. Person Plural. 2d. Person Plural. 
 
 iBir Icb-en, we praise ; ]ie ich-nx, they praise ; i^i (ob-et, or Icb-t,* you 
 
 praise ; 
 toir bet-en, we pray ; fie bet-en, they pray ; if|r il^i-^i, you pray ; 
 wir letb-en, we suffer ; fie letb-en, they suffer ; i()r leib-ft, you suffer; 
 
 IMPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 6. The first and third persons singular add te, and the 
 second person, tejl; (if the root end in b, or t, tit and etejl are 
 added) ; as, 
 
 id) tob-te, I praised ; cr Icb-te, he praised ; bu Icb-teft, thou praisedst , 
 id) fdMcf-te, I sent ; er fct;icf-tc, he sent ; bu fd)itf-teft, thou sentest ; 
 \6:\ bct-ete, I prayed ; er bet-ete, he prayed ; 'i;\x bet-etefi, thou prayedst ; 
 
 The first and third persons plural add ten, and the second 
 tct (if the root end in i, or t, ctcn and ctet are added) ; as, 
 
 iDir leb ten, we praised; fie fcb-tcn, they praised; if)r lob tct, you praised; 
 ivir fdndi-tcn, we sent ; \\t fdncf-tcn, they sent ; i()r fd)icf-tet, you sent • 
 Vyirbet-cten,we prayed; fie bcteten, they prayed; it;r bet-etet, you prayed 
 
 PERFECT AND PLUPERFECT TENSES. 
 
 7. The perfect and pluperfect are formed by combining 
 the perfect participle with the present and the imperfect of 
 l^atjen (or fcin) ; as, 
 
 id) ^abe gelobt ; I have praised ; 
 
 id) i)aik ciclcbt ; I had praised ; 
 
 toir tjatten i]e()ovt; we had heard; 
 
 fie I)abcn cjt Icvut ; they have learned. 
 
 FIRST AND SECOND FUTURE TENSES. 
 
 8. The first and second futures are formed by combining 
 the present and perfect hifinitive with the present of the 
 auxiliary tt3crt)en ; as, 
 
 id) werbe Icben ; I shall praise ; 
 
 id) trcrbe ^elcbt t)abeu ; I shall have praised ; 
 
 iic wirb fdiicfcn ; she will send ; 
 
 fic ircrben fpiclen ; they will play. 
 
 ♦^ Seo second note on page 67. 
 
CONJUGATION OF THE REGULAR VERB UeBett* 69 
 
 9 CONJUGATION OF THE REGULAR VERB Uc^^ett. 
 INFINITIVE. 
 
 Present. Perfect. 
 
 (ieBcn, to love. gelieBt ^aBen, to have loved, 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 Present. Perfect. 
 
 fieBenb, loving. geliebt, loved. 
 
 INDICATIVE. 
 
 Singular. Plural. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 ic^ lieBe, I love ; trir lieBen, we love; 
 
 Du licbft, thou lovest ; i{;r licBet, you love ; 
 
 er litU, he loves ; fie lieben, they love. 
 
 IMPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 i^ lieBte, I loved; it>ir lieBten, we loved; 
 
 bu licBtcj^, thou lovedst ; if;r licBtet, you loved ; 
 
 Cf lieBte, he loved ; jie lieBten, they loved. 
 
 PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 they have ) rS 
 
 tcf; ^aBc ^ ^- I have 1 — toir t)a6en ) :r we have 
 bu l;a|it >% thou hast >- ^ l^rt;al3t Y% youhave 
 er i)ai ; ^ he has ) .2 fie l^ahm ) ^ they hav( 
 
 PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 id) {\\iit ) ^ I had ) ^ trir Batten ) ^- we had ) ^ 
 bu fnUteft [ -^ thouhadst [• ^ i^r (;attet Y § you had [• ^ 
 er l;atte ) ^ he had ) S fie l;atten ) "g, they had ) ^' 
 
 FIRST FUTURE TENSE. 
 
 ic^ trerbe ) jj- I shall ) — iuir trerbeu ) jj- we shall 
 bu unrft [• sE thou wilt >• > ii)x irerbct >- M you will 
 et luirb j ;^ he will ) ^ fie tuerbeu ) ;^ they will 
 
 J5 'V ^ , ^ J -- , > 
 
 - fie tuerbeu ~ ^' 
 
 SECOND FUTURE TENSE 
 
 id] trevbc ) J, I shall ) | W'lx trerbeii ) J we shall 
 bii wirif )■ ^5 tlion wilt V = iBr UvrVirt V .^ 
 
 )U jrirft )■ s 5 thou wilt >• ^ iBv irerbct !■ ^| you will 
 cr irir'D ) f, he will ) | fte Irerben ) % they will 
 
 -a 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 
 licbe(bii) love (thou). UeBct or lieBt (i(;r), love (ye or you) 
 
 Exercise 50. Jlufpdc 50. 
 
 I. ®ai? hahcn Sie (inite in Srcmcit (]cfauft? 2. 3cb fmbe Ijeiite gnr 
 induce iiefauft, abcr id) fciufte geftcvu eiii !jjaar (L. 47. 3.) -tpanbfdiufje, 
 5\vct ^^aar (^dMtI)p uiib eiii !Dii|enb XafdHMitudnn-. 3. Scv iWiUlcr Ijat 
 gefteni Ijuubert gap S}U^(;t vecfauft. 4. 2)cv 5i3udU)ciutlcr l)at mii: cidlcv: 
 
70 DECLENSION OF THE RELATIVE trClC^Cr. 
 
 jvuct Slid) Sdjrcib^M^ier (L. 18. 3.) unb brei Sudi 93vief^a^ier ge* 
 fdbitft. 5. 5)ie (Slteru luevben if)ve flei^ic^en jlluber loben unb belo(;nen. 
 6. Unferc Sreunbeir>erben mcvcjeii ober iibermcrtjeu jiiiuu^ fommen. 7. 3)lc 
 Oteformatioii madne hm S^iebcrldiibcrn has fv>auifd)e 3cd) unertvdglid), 
 unb uierftc bet ifmen ba^ aSevIcingcn unb ben Ttntij c^ ju jeibved)en. 
 8. 33on \rein f)aft bit biefe 9^ad)rid)t geljcrt, unb iUvivum glaitbfi bu {tc 
 nid)t? 9. §ur icen l)aben <Ste ha6 $|erb unb ben 2I5agen kjietlt? 
 
 10. aSerbcn ®ie niorgen nad) bev @tabt obev ju 3t)tem greunbe gefjcu? 
 
 11. 3d) tuevbe nid)t ju if)in gel^en, benn ei* inirb nid)t ju -^aufe fetii, er 
 totrb mcvgen einen langen (S^ajtergang mad)en. 12. <Oat er fru()er in ber 
 ©tabt (L. 47. 1.) «§anno»er getcotjnt? 13. @r ()at in bem jlontgreid), 
 aber nid)t in ber (Btatt «§anno»er getvcfjnt. 14. @ie fotgten m\6, btsJ toir 
 (Bud) begegneteu. 15. 2)te ©tabt ^^artg liegt an ber ©eine, unb Sien an 
 ber ^cnau. 
 
 Exercise 51. ^ufgabe 51. 
 
 1. Have you ever lived in the city of Bremen? 2. Why have 
 you not studied your lesson to-day ? 3.1 have studied it but have 
 not yet learned it, for it is a very diflEicult one. 4. Our cousins 
 have engaged a horse and a wagon and will come to us to-morrow. 
 5. How many quires of paper, and how many dozen pens shall 
 you buy ? 6. I shall buy no paper and no pens, but I shall buy a 
 pair of shoes, two pairs of gloves and ten pounds of coffee. 7. Your 
 brother has probably heard this news. 8. Our parents took a long 
 walk this morning and we shall take one this evening. 9. When 
 shall you go to Paris, and when will you come to my cousins ? 
 
 10. Is the city of Bremen larger than the city of Hanover? 
 
 11. Did not your friends formerly live in Vienna? 12. Shall you 
 be at home to-morrow evening ? 13. The shoemaker has made 
 me two pairs of shoes, and is making my brother a pair of boots. 
 14. We have bought a horse and sold our oxen. 
 
 LESSON XXVIII. ^cciUn XXVIII. 
 
 1. The pronoun irelc^er, is used as a relative and answers 
 to who, which, that. 
 
 DECLENSION OF THE RELATIVE tt) C I Cf} C t. 
 
 Singular. Plural. 
 
 MASC. FEM. NEUT. ALL GENDERS. 
 
 N. \Dcld)er, mcldic, ivcld)eg, ireld)e, who, which, that ; 
 
 p v \veld)eS, iveld)er, U>eld)e(J, iveld)er, > whose, of whom, of 
 
 ' } beffen, beren, befTen, bercn ^ which, &c. ; 
 
 Z>. tueidjem, we(d)er, lueldiem, treldicn, to, for whom, which, &c.. 
 
 A. tDeld)en, n)cld)e, iucld)cg, tvcld)e, whom, wliich, that. 
 
 2. The forms beffen, bercn, of the genitive, are generally 
 used, except when the pronoun is followed by the noun to 
 which it belongs ; as, 
 
RELATIVE PRONOUN. 71 
 
 IDer SJlanu, bejTen (notiDeld}e<3)33ud) The man whose book I have is 
 
 id) IjaU, ifi fvauf. sick. 
 
 (Ekexo, ireldiesJ gropeii 0iebnevi? Cicero, which great orator's 
 
 @d)riftcn id) f euue. writings I am acquainted with. 
 
 2)te ^euU, bercn (not it)eld)er) ®elb The people whose money you 
 
 @ie fiaben, ftiib reid). have are rich. 
 
 3. In relative sentences the verb is placed last ; as, 
 
 ^er Styianii, lueldion id) Icfee, ift arm. The man whom I praise is poor. 
 
 JDer SKaiin, lveld)ev mid) Icht, ijl The man who praises me (who 
 
 ffei^ig. me praises) is industrious. 
 
 3ci) Icbe h^n S)Zann, iretd)ev fteipig I praise the man who is in- 
 
 ift. dustrious (who indusstrious is). 
 
 4. In compound tenses the main verb immediately precedes 
 the auxiliary ; as, 
 
 2)er 3Jlanii, i»eld)en ic^ ge(cbt f}abe, The man whom I have praised, 
 ift 3^r ^reuub. is your friend. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 Principal Sentence, Relative Sentence. 
 
 JDtefeg ifi ha6 53ud), iDcId)cg id) Q^fjobt l^abe. 
 
 3fl cf ber ^)Jlanu, iveldiev fo reid) ifl i 
 
 Ǥa6cn (Sie i^eljovt, toad er gefagt ^at? 
 
 <§at er bcii 2)fiann geloBt, iretdieu id) gefobt ^abe? 
 
 9^id)t aUe finb jufrieben, ii?eld)e reid) jtub. 
 
 5. The relative sentence is frequently introduced between 
 lie parts of the principal one ; (compare L. 26. 4.) ; as, 
 
 Subject of the Relative Sentence. Predicate of the 
 
 Principal Sentence. ^ Principal Sentence. 
 
 9flid)t 9t((e, tueldbc reid) ftnb, finb j^ufrieben. 
 
 25er alte 3}Zann, h)eld)eit <Sie getobt l^aBeu, ^at @ie getobt. 
 
 2)er junge @otbat, iT)eld)er \i)\\ gelobt fiat, I)at aud) mid) gelobt. 
 
 Stlleg, tuajJ er gefagt I;at/ ijl yexfidnblid). 
 
 6. Many other conjunctive words require the same collo- 
 cation (L. 39.); as, 
 
 (Sr l)^t mef)v @elb geljabt, (lU id) ger)abt '^oSit. 
 
 @ie iji bcfe, lueil er bad Sud) ge^abt t;at. 
 
 Sir toarteten, bid totr eg gef)ort flatten. 
 
 @{e toerben fommen, toenn fte nid)t franf jinb. 
 
 SKir fmb gufrieben, obgleid) ii^ir arm finb. 
 
 @r tDoIjnt nod), too er getoo()nt f;at. 
 
 7. The pronoun ber, bte, baS, is often used as a relative ; as, 
 3d) lobe "ntn 2Jlann, ber mid) lobt. I praise the man that praises me. 
 35er 2Jlann; b e n id) lobe, lobt mic^. The man thatl praise, praises me 
 
DECLENSION OF 
 
 ber, bi 
 
 Singular. 
 
 
 MASC. FEM. 
 
 NEUT. 
 
 N. ber, bie, 
 
 ba§, 
 
 G. beffen, beren, 
 
 beffen, 
 
 D. bem, ber, 
 
 bem, 
 
 A. ben, bie, 
 
 bas, 
 
 72 RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 
 
 In this signification, its form is the same as that of the ar- 
 ticle, except in the genitive singular, and in the genitive and 
 dative plural. 
 
 b i e, b a 3, as relative pronoun. 
 Plural. 
 all genders. 
 
 ble, who, that, which ; 
 bcren, whose ; 
 
 benen, to, for whcm, that, which; 
 bie, whom, that, which. 
 
 8. The indeclinable fo^ is sometimes used as a relative ; as, 
 "Die ^eitigen, fo auf (Srben |inb. The saints that are on earth. 
 
 9. 9Ber may be used with the force of an antecedent and 
 relative ; or may be followed by the pronoun ber in a sub- 
 sequent clause ; as, 
 
 SBpc meinen S3eutel ftief)It fiiel)tt Who steals my purse steals 
 
 ilanb. trash. 
 
 SGBen ber <§err lieb l)(xi, ben jud}tigct Whom the Lord loveth (him or 
 
 cv. that one), he chasteneth. 
 
 10. 2Ba0 is used with the force of antecedent and relative : 
 it also stands as a simple relative after an antecedent that does 
 not refer definitely to a previously expressed noun ; as, 
 
 3d) fage 3t;uen, ira^ Idi Xj'ixk ; or I tell you what I heard. 
 
 3* fage 3f)ncu batS, \uad id) t}cvte. I tell you that which I heard. 
 
 93etftei;en (2te 9IUe^, iva^ id) [age ? Do you understand all that I say"? 
 
 11. 2Betcf)Cr is sometimes used in the signification of 
 "some"*, or "any"*, as a substitute for a previously ex- 
 pressed noun ; as, 
 
 3d)f;a'&eSrcb,mi buaud)h)etc^e3? I have some* bread, have you 
 
 some too ? 
 <2d)icfcii @ie mir ehvaS SBciit, ivcim Send me some wine, if you have 
 (gie tvcUbcii fjaben. any (or some). 
 
 12. In referring to animals, and things, an adverb (formed 
 from an adverb and a preposition) is ussd instead of a pro- 
 noun and a preposition (L. 38. G.), as, 
 
 2)ag aJleffer, ivomit id) fd)ncibe. The ki.ife with which (where- 
 
 with) I cut. 
 
 ©cijjt 2)u, li;cvoii cv fpvid)t ? Do you know, wliat he is speak- 
 
 ing of? 
 Literally ; do you know whereof he speaks ? 
 
 *) '"Sums'\ or "<my". before nouns, is traiislateil into Ut;rni:ui, only when it hignifies 
 a liitle or a few, in wJiich use it i*i ro.nilerea l>y CiJUa;?, or ciuii^cf. S.'e L..'>2. G. 7. 
 
EXERCISES ON THE RELATIVE PRONOUN. 73 
 
 13. In relative sentences the copula is not unfre-queutly 
 omitted ; as, 
 
 IDer Wlann, ben id) gefel^en, tfi fe^^r The man v^hom I have seen is 
 
 arm. very poor. 
 
 (Seine SD'ladbt tvar grower, aU fie er? His power was greater than they 
 
 iijattct, gvof er, aU fie geiviinfd)t had expected, greater than 
 
 flatten. they had wished. 
 
 14. When the relative pronoun refers to the first or second 
 person, the personal pronoun is repeated after the relative ; as, 
 Sd), ber id) 5)id^ fo geliebt l;abe. I who have so loved thee. 
 
 3Str, bte tutr fo arm finb. We who are so poor. 
 
 2)u, hex 2)u fo gliKflid) biji. Thou who art so fortunate. 
 
 15. The relative is sometimes placed before the word to 
 which it refers ; and is sometimes entirely omitted ; as, 
 
 S)te fcinen '^ui)xtx IjatUn, benen toax Who had no guide, to them she 
 fie %vLi)x<iX, instead of, was (a) guide. 
 
 @ie toav benen %u^xzx, tk feinen She was (a) guide to those who 
 Sittirer l^atten. had no guide. 
 
 2)ic fo benfen, fennen i^n nidjt (Those) that think thus do not 
 
 know him. 
 
 Exercise 52. ^ttf^dbt 52. 
 
 1. 9?e^men @te ^eitte bie fd)onen ^ferbc, h)etd)e ic^ gefiern gcl;aBt I)aBe? 
 2. 9tein, id) f)abe hen SGBagen gefauft, hzn <Bk ijorgeftern l^atten. 3. 3fi 
 ber 9Jiann, lt)«ldier Sr^ren SSagen fiat, 3^r iSruber ? 4. S^iein, er ij^ ber 
 93ruber beg SJ'lanne^, in beffen -Oaufe fie too^nen. 5. 2)ie ^naben, beren 
 ©dUc ©te ^aben, finb bie ^inber ber ^»^au, beren ®elb toir ^aben. 6. 3!)er 
 abater liebt ben ^naben, hm bie SRntter lobt 7. ^as Jgaue, bag id) ge? 
 fanft \ahe> i\t fc()r fd)on. 8. 5)er greunb, mit toeld)em id} in bte vKtrd)e 
 ge^c, ift ein Stugtdnber. 9. 2Ber @elb l^at, ^at getoo^nlid^ au6) ^reunbc, 
 aber loer feins tjat, t^at oft feine. 10. 2)er fleine SSogel, ben jte bort auf 
 fcem ^ai)^ U^m, ift ein ©^jerOng. 11. 2)er ^nabe, toetd)et nid)t ftei^ig 
 i\t, ift tdn guter (Bd)uUx. 12. 2)er Ǥnnb, hen id) jc^t l^abe, ifl gut, aber 
 ber anbere, ben id) l^atte, ifi nid)t gut. 13. 93erj!e^en Sl^re @d) liter SlUeg, 
 toas @ie Ifinen fagcn? 14. @ie »erfte^en, irag id) fpred)e, abernid)t, n)a5 ic^ 
 (efe. 15. ©ie @d)u^e, bie mir ber (Sd)ur)mad)er gemac^t l^at, finb ju eng. 
 16. ©er @evber, beffen Seber ber ©attter ijat ijl ein reid)er 2Rann. 17. 2)er 
 Unjufricben« bei ben @aben ©otteg iji loie (L. 67. 5.) ein SWenfd), ber bei 
 einem ®aftmat)t f)ungert. 18. (Binee 5(nberu ©e^en ifi bem D^eibifd^en 
 ein T^tgen, ber if}n tsenounbet; eine^ 9lnbern <Biija^ ifi bem 9leibifd)en eine 
 Ma^\ fc if)n fra|et ; eiue^ 9Inbern ^unfi iji bem ^etbifd)en ein 2)un|i, fo 
 iijm (L. 50. 7.) bie 5(ugen ^einiget. 
 
 Exercise 53. ^ttfgaOe 53. 
 
 1. The dog that I bought yesterday is very large. 2. The men 
 whose books I have are your friends. 3. The man of whom you 
 are speaking is a brother- -^f the shoemaker who made your shoes 
 4 
 
74 DETERMINATIVE PRONOUNS. 
 
 i. The stove that you have in your room belongs to my frienil 
 5. My friend whose stove you have in your room is a very rich 
 man. 6. Does he understand all that you say to him ? 7. He 
 understands all that I say but not what you say. 8. The books 
 that you see on that table, belong to the boy who has your pen. 
 9. The men whom you see in the garden are my neighbors. 10. The 
 man in whose house we live is a tanner. 1 1 . This child is the son 
 of an old lady who is in that church. 12. The woman whose son 
 made our table is in the house. 13. The mother praises the child 
 that loves the father. 14. The foreigner with whom I am going 
 into the garden is a Frenchman. 15. The books that your sister 
 has bought are not new. 16. A boy who is industrious is a good 
 scholar. 17. A man who is lazy is generally poor. 18. You who 
 are so industrious will learn much. 19. I do not understand what 
 you say. 
 
 LESSON XXIX. |:ectton XXIX. 
 
 DETERMINATIVE PRONOUNS. 
 
 1. 2)er, bic, bagjcnige; bcr, W, baSfelbe (declined like ber 
 t)ie, ba0 meinige, &c., L. 25.), and folc^er, refer to something 
 specified in a succeeding clause ; as, 
 
 3)erjcnige, tivldicrnaditdplg ill,kvut He (the one) who is negligent 
 mi)t fd)neU. does not learn rapidly. 
 
 SBir loben biejcnigen, tie ivir tieben. We praise those whom we love. 
 
 @r lieft bacsfelbe Sud), baei id) tefe. He reads the same book that ] 
 
 read. 
 
 2)u f)aft ()eute benfelben 93teij^tft, ben You have the same pencil to-day 
 id) i^eftern I^atte. that I had yesterday. 
 
 ffiir lefeii inir fcld)e 93iid>er, tT>eId)e We read only such books as 
 lef;rreid) fiiib. (which) are instructive. 
 
 2. For bcrjcttigc, bcr may be substitued, in which use its 
 genitive plural is borer instead of bcrcu ; as, 
 
 ^art ifl ba^ ©diiriffat berer (bciie; Hard is the fate of those who 
 
 iiigen), bi? fidi iiidU eriu"i()veji Uiu cannot support themselves : 
 
 neii; fie fallen geivo()iilid) bcneii they generally fall (become) 
 
 jur Sajl, bie man 9ieidie iieuut. a burden to those who are 
 
 called the rich. 
 
 iDer, ben bu meinj^, ijat ten ^xdS The one that you mean, has not 
 
 nid)t getvcnneii. won the prize. 
 
 3d) bin nid)t oon benen, bie mit QBors I am not of those who are valiant 
 
 ten tavfer fmb. with words. 
 
 3. In referring to animals, or things, or when the genitive 
 is used partitively ; as also to avoid repetition or ambiguity ; 
 berfelbe is often substituted for a personal pronoun ; as, 
 
EXERCISES ON DETERMINATIVE PRONOUNS. 75 
 
 ®r I;at metn SJZeffer unb fd)neibct He has my knife and is cutting 
 
 feinen Slpfel mtt bemfelben (or his apple with it (with the 
 
 bamit L. 24. 14.) same) 
 
 @r fdbncibet feinen Sl^fel, unb gibt He cuts his apple and gives me 
 
 niir eincn Xljeii beffelOen. a part of it (of the same). 
 
 (Sx Icbt ben jtnaben, tt?ei{ berfetbe He praises the boy because he 
 
 fetne SWuttev efivt. (the same) honors his mother. 
 
 (Sx lieot feinen ©ruber, aber nidit He loves his brother but not his 
 
 hk ^inber beffel&en. (brother's) children. 
 
 4. (Solc^er is sometimes used instead of a demonstrative or 
 personal pronoun ; as, 
 
 ^iU ev foldbeg fiorte it. f. it). As he heard this (such), &c. 
 
 35ie @d)ne(tigfeit mit bev cr fotd^c^ The rapidity with which he exe- 
 m6fui)tk, u. f. ft>. cuted it (such), &c. 
 
 5. The adverb ebcn is often used (intensively) before t>ers 
 fel6c and ber ; as, 
 
 (Bx ift eben berfelbe. He is the very same. 
 
 6. The indeclinable fclfcjl (or fcIBer) is often used after a 
 noun or pronoun, and answers to self or selves ; as, 
 
 5)er SD'lann felbjl; fagte e^. The man said it himself. 
 
 3d) felbjl fa^ ben Tlann. I saw the man myself. 
 
 Sd) faf) ben Tlann felbft. I saw the man himself. 
 
 9Bir felbft f;aben e^. We have it ourselves. 
 
 25le @d)iiler loben fid) felbfi. The scholars praise themselves. 
 
 7. (Self) ft is also often an adverb equivalent to "euen"; as, 
 (Selbjl bet .^nabe I^atte e6 getf;an. Even the boy had done it. 
 
 Exercise 54, Jluffldtlf 54» 
 
 1. 9Btr loben biejenigen, bie toir Iteben, unb ]§aJTen jutoeiten btejenigen, 
 bie wix nod) nic^t (L. 66. b.) fenuen. 2. 3d) f)abe p>d fe^r fd)one ^fevbe 
 gefauft l^aben ®ie btefelben gefe^en? (i)a^ bu fte gefe()en?) 3. „!Du 
 felbft bift bein ^eufet ober @ngel''. 4. (Sr ijat bie Se()ter eine^ gvopcn dJlam 
 ne^, Dt)ne ik 33erbienj!e beffelben. 5. 2)er dtnljm beffen, ber tiigt, bauert 
 niAt huge. 6. 3d) fcf)e bag Wenfter beg >§aufeg, aber nid)t bie j:^iire beg-- 
 felben. 7. Sobeu ©le bie ©d)iiler, ti^eil biefelben ffei^ig finb ? 8. 3d) 
 fiabe bie 'gebern 3()ter ^^reunbe, aber nid)t bie iUJeffer berfetben. 9. 3)er 
 £)()elm Ilebt feinen S^Zeffen, aber berfetbe ift unbanfbar. 10. 3d) fd)tcfe bie^ 
 fen Oiing bemfelbeu 3)lanne, ber i^u miv gefd)i(ft I)at. 11. ©ie ^aben 
 93iid)ev gcnug, iuarum lefen fie biefelben nidit ? 12. •^oahen ©ie Ijeute ben; 
 felben SBagtn, ben ©ie geflern geliabt l)aben ? 13. ^lein, id) liabe ben* 
 jenlgen, ben @ie »orge|lern ge^abt Ijaben. 14. !Der hxa'Oi Tlann benft an 
 fid) felbfl jule^t. 15. ffiir lieben nid)t SUle, bie voix loben. 16. 2Blr fen* 
 ncn jie, aber wix iciffen nid)t, it)o fie icoljuen. 17. 3d) lefe nur fold)c 
 ®iid)er, bie nu^lid) ftnb, 18. ^nx biejenigen, iretdie flelf Ig ftnb, ftnb ju-: 
 friebcn. 19. 2)ayientge ijl gut, toa6 nii^lid) Ijt. 20. 2)er 2)lann, bet 3§-' 
 ten ^ifd) mac^t, i|l berfelbe, bet ^en melnigen gemad^t l^at. 
 
76 DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUN 1) C t, \i l t, t tt 0, 
 
 Exercise 55> JVufgabf 55. 
 
 1. Shall you buy those horses that I had yesterday if they are 
 good 1 2. No, I shall buy those that I had the day before yester- 
 day. 3. The boots that the man made are too small and those that 
 the boy made are too large ? 4. It is not always those who have 
 much money that are happy. 5. Not all those who are poor are 
 discontented. 6. The hat that I now have is good, the one that 1 
 had yesterday is bad. 7. He who is proud is foolish. 8. Do you 
 live in the same house in which I lived 1 9. No, I live in the one 
 in which your friend lived. 10, Even those who hated him praised 
 him. 11. The king himself praised the gallant soldier. 12. This 
 is the very same man to whom I sent the ring. 13. I who speak 
 and you who hear will soon be with him for whom we weep. 
 14. These books are not the ones that I have bought. 15. Do you 
 understand all that you read in this book 1 16. We buy only such 
 hats as are good. 17. Those who do not make themselves useful 
 are discontented, and those who are discontented are not happy. 
 18. All those who are oppressed hate their oppressors. 19. This 
 book is the very same one that I had day before yesterday. 20. Thai 
 which is neither useful nor agreeable is not good. 
 
 LESSON XXX. gtaion XXX. 
 
 DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUN feet, t>iC, t)aS. 
 
 1. Besides the various uses of bcr, Vu, ba0 already 
 noted (L. 4. 28. & 29.), it is used as a demonstrative, answer- 
 ing to that, and is frequently best rendered by a personal 
 pronoun ; as, 
 iDer ba unb id), to'xx jinb au^ ©ger. That (man) yonder and I (we) 
 
 are from Eger. 
 JDer fd)abct nid)t me^r, id) ^aBe \\)\\ He (that one) will do no more 
 
 erfdilagcn. harm, I have slain him. 
 
 dx liebt feineii 53ruber, aber ntdit He loves his brother, but not 
 
 'iii'^tw ^inber. his (that's) children. 
 
 3)u I)aft melnen 93aU unb ben be3 You have my ball and the boy's 
 ^uaben, melnc §eber unb bie bc3 (that of the boy), my pen and 
 :?el)rer5, nicin 53udi unb ba3 bc^ the teacher's (that, &c.), my 
 ©diiitcvg, mcine lllfdic unb bic book and the schokr's (that, 
 ber jlinber. &c.), my tables and the chil- 
 
 dren's (those, &c.) 
 
 DECLENSION OF THE DEMONST. PRONOUN bCt, t) l C , t) a ^. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 A.LL GENDERS. 
 
 "Die, those ; 
 boven, of those ; 
 bcncn, to, for those; 
 i)it\ those. 
 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 
 
 I,£ASC. 
 
 FEM. 
 
 NEUT. 
 
 N. 
 
 bor, 
 
 bie. 
 
 ba§, that ; 
 
 G. 
 
 b off en . 
 
 beren. 
 
 beffen, of that ; 
 
 D. 
 
 bom, 
 
 ber, 
 
 bcm, to, for that ; 
 
 A. 
 
 ben, 
 
 bic, 
 
 bag, that ; 
 
DEM. PRONOUN fect, t)ic,ba0. iNDEF. PRON. m a u, 77 
 
 2. 5)a«, andbicfeS CDiefeS being often contracted to bteg) as 
 also an'Iif)e^ in connection with the verb fcin, like e0 (L. 24.) 
 may refer to nouns of all genders and in hoih. numbers ; as, 
 2Bertftbag? Who is that? 
 
 S)tc^ fiitb Svanjofen unb ha^ finb These are Frenchmen and thos^i 
 
 ^talicuev. are Italians. 
 
 ©tub ha^S 3f;ve ^^veuiibe ? Are those your friends ? 
 
 aBelct)f g jinb bie idngjlcn ^ad)k ? Which are the longest nights ? 
 
 3. The indeclinable pronoun man (like the French on) 
 indicates persons in a general and indefinite manner and is 
 variously rendered "one", "they" &c. : or, the act:"e form 
 of its verb is translated by our passive ; as, 
 
 SPflan fagt, biefe Seute IjaUn ytel They say (or it is said) these 
 
 @etb. people have much money. 
 
 SRan wcip tt)o er ij^. It is known where he is. 
 
 a. 2)^an is used in the nominative only ; when, therefore, 
 an oblique case is required some other word must be 
 employed; as, 
 
 @r Witl eincu (not man) nie f}6ren. He will never listen to one. 
 
 90'lan foUte aUe, fogav feiue Seinbe, One should love all, even one's 
 
 Itebeu. enemies. 
 
 3Jlan foUte |td) oft Baben. One shouldbathe one's self often. 
 
 b. A personal pronoun is never used as a substitute for 
 ,,man" ; as, 
 
 2BaS man ^eute t^un fann, folUe WTiat one can do to-day, he (or 
 
 man (not er) nid)t auf morgen one) should not postpone till 
 
 t)erfd)teben. to-morrow. 
 
 SJlan iuelp ntd)t, toaS man (not er) One does not know what one 
 
 gu tl)un tjat (or he) has to do. 
 
 Exercise 56. ^ttfgabe 56» 
 
 1. Sct&en SIfd) Xjahm @ie, hm beg Stmmermann^ ober l^m feineg 
 Q3ruberg? 2. 3cti ftabe ben be^ Bimmevmanng, ber feines? 53rnberg t|^ 
 and) in meinem Simmer. 3. ^abm (Sie bie W^ber 3()reg ^rennbeg ober 
 bie 3f|rer ^reunbin ? 4. 3* f)abe webcr bie meinem ^^reunbe^ nodb bie 
 meiner i^^eunbin. 5. <§aben biefe (Sdjiitev bie Sudier beg ^iiabeu obev 
 Die beg aJlanncg ? 6. S^evben @ie in ben -§dufevn bet Q3ancrn ober in 
 benen ber ^auflcnte Woljncn? 7. ^an finbet meftv Unfraut auf ben 
 ^elbcrn unb 9Biefen ber 5lmeri!aner alg auf benen ber 3)eutfdien. 8. Tlan 
 gtaubt, fie ttjerben morgen fommen. 9. Ttan fagt, ba§ biefe Seute i^ve 
 ^duf-ir ycvfauft fjaben. 10. ®ag, UMg man uug geftcrn ):'cn bem ,^viegc 
 fagte, ift nidit n^al^r. 11. 2Sag fur iBitcber finb bag auf il)rem Xifd)e? 
 12. !l)ag ftub frvin^ofifdie unb bieg ftnb ungarifdie. 13. 3ft eg bcnn 
 loirfUd) watjr, ba^ bie ^d)iffe ber Stmerifaner fdMieller fegetn alg bie ber 
 duro^dir ? 14. 3)ie §dufer unfercr greunbe finb grofer alg bie ber 3f;rigen 
 
78 AUXILIARIES OF MODE. 
 
 ExDRcisE 57. ^nf^aht 67. 
 
 1. You have the books of your friend, and I have those of mine. 
 2. We have your horse and your brother's, t)ur wagon and ou? 
 father's, your apples and those of your friends, 3. Do you write 
 with our pens or with those of the children? 4. Are your gloves 
 larger than your cousin's ? 5. I have been told that you have 
 bought a new carriage, is it true ? 6. I have bought two, the 
 captain's and teacher's. 7. These are my books and those are 
 my brother's. 8. That is what I have been told, but I do not 
 believe it. 9. Are the ships of the English better than those of 
 the Dutch ? 10. It is said that the Americans have better ships 
 than the English, do you believe that it is true? IT Is .%t be- 
 lieved that these people will sell their house ? 12. Have you the 
 books of our friends or those of yours? 13. We have those of 
 ours. 14. What is said of these Hungarian books? 
 
 LESSON XXXI. §tct\on XXXI. 
 
 AUXILIARIES OF MODE. 
 
 1. ,^onnen indicates : 
 
 a. A possibility dependent on the capabilities of the sub- 
 ject ; as, 
 
 JDer SSoget fann fiiegen. The bird can fly. 
 
 <Bk !6nnen e^ leid}t tt)un. You can easily do it. 
 
 b. A logical possibility ; as, 
 
 Tlan !ann eg fdiou getf)an l[)aBen. It may have been done already. 
 3d) gef)e itid)t, c^ fijnnte regnen. I am not going, it might rain. 
 @r fann Unred)t Ijahm. He may be wrong. 
 
 Obs. JlSnnen is often used transitively in the sense of " to 
 understand, to know by heart" ; as, 
 
 (§x fann »icle lf)fi6fd)e l?ieber. He knows many pretty songs. 
 
 @tc fann englifd) nnb franjoftfd). She understands English a\id 
 
 French. 
 
 Idioms WITH fSnnen. 
 3d) fann ntd)t nmljin jn Iad)en. I can not help laughing. 
 
 3d) fann nid)tjJ bafur, baf id) arm bin. I can not help being poor. 
 aCa^ fannft bu benn bafur? How can you help its 
 
 2. 2)urfen indicates : 
 
 a. A possibility dependent on the will of another ; as, 
 ij^er aSaner barf nid)t jtfAen. The peasant is not allowed (by- 
 
 law) to fish. 
 5Der bct^ <i^evrn 3od) nld)t frdgt, He who wears not the Lord's 
 bavf ficl) mit feluem JCrcuj nid)t yoke must not adorn himself 
 fd)mucfen. with his cross. 
 
AUXILIARIES OF MODE. 79 
 
 b. In the conditional mode, biirfett often indi(;ates a lo- 
 gical possibility ; as, 
 
 d^ biirfte je^t ju f^dt fein. It might (may) now be too late. 
 
 S)ie 9lad)tt?elt burfte ^ebenfen txa- Posterity might hesitate to sub- 
 gen biefeg Urtf)eti ju unterfdireiben, scribe to (approve) this verdict. 
 
 c. The infinitive of biitf en, preceded by ju, is often omitted 
 in translating ; as, 
 
 (ic Bat urn (Svlaubnif, fte befudjen He asked (for) permission to (be 
 ju buvfeu. at liberty to) visit them. 
 
 3. SKogen indicates : 
 
 a. A possibility dependent on the will of the speaker or 
 the subject, and is frequently used transitively ; as, 
 
 S)u magjl; ben 93rtef tefen. You may read the letter. 
 
 3c^ mag nidit f)ter bleiben. I do not wish to remain here. 
 
 Sd) mag htn SBeln nid)t. I do not like (wish for) the wine. 
 
 @te mogen un^ nid)t fef)cn. They do not wish to see us. 
 
 b. A logical possibility as a concession on the part of 
 the speaker; as, 
 
 (§x mag ein treuet <^reunb fein. He may be a true friend, 
 
 ©te mogen eS getfjan ijciben. They may have done it 
 
 Obs. SlJogen had formerly, and in some parts of Germany 
 still has, the same signification as fonncn j as, 
 ©raben mag id) nid)t. 2nca^ (Luke) 16. 3. 
 
 4» (Rotten indicates : 
 
 a. A necessity dependent on the will of another, or on 
 moral obligation ; as, 
 
 iDiefe?^urc^t foltenbigen; ii}X^au)f>t Tliis fear shall end; her head 
 
 foE fallen ; id) Wiii §riebe tjaben. shall fall ; I will have peace. 
 
 3d) foU in bie @tabt ge^en. I am to go to the city, 
 
 jttnbev foUen Icrnen. Children should (shall) learn. 
 
 b. A logical necessity founded on the assertion of others, 
 in which use fotlen is usually rendered by " it is said", 
 "is or are said to", "it is reported", or by phrases of 
 similar import ; as, 
 
 @te foUen fet^r reid) fein. They are said to be (or, it is said 
 
 they are) very rich, 
 ^erjog 3o:^ann foU irven im ®e? Duke John is reported to ^ be 
 birge. wandering in the mountains. 
 
 c. (soUen, with the verb to which it belongs, often answers 
 in relative sentences, to an infinitive preceded by " to"; as, 
 @r teei^ nid)t tua^ er tijmi fell. He does not know what to do. 
 
 3eige mir tcie id) e^ mad)en foK. Show mo how to do it. 
 
80 AUXILIARIES OF MODE. 
 
 6« SCBotlen indicates : 
 
 a. A necessity dependent on the will of the subject ; as 
 
 Gg foH fo fein, idi \o\{\. e^ fo I>aben. It shall be so, I will have it so. 
 
 (Sie tooUeu nid)t gef>en. They will not (do not wish to) go. 
 
 3d) ttJoKte ei3 if)m crftdren, after er I was going to explain it to hini, 
 
 iucUte mic^ nid)t (;cren. but he would not hear me. 
 
 h, A logical necessity dependent on the assertion of the 
 subject ; as, 
 @r h)tU bid) gefeljen l^aften. He insists (will have it) that he 
 
 has seen you. 
 @r tt)i(I, @te ^aBen Unred)t. He insists that you are wrong. 
 
 (Sie fotlen in ber @tabt feIn, V\z They are said to be in the city ; 
 Seute hJoUen fie gefe^en l^aben. the people will have it that 
 
 they have seen them. 
 
 6. SJiujfett is the equivalent of "must"; as, 
 SBir tnuffcn 5We fierfeen. We must all die. 
 
 S)er (Sennc mu^ fd)etben, ber <Som? The shepherd must depart, the 
 titer ijl ()itt. summer is past. 
 
 7. )&affett signifies "to let", "to permit", "to command" 
 as also " to get or have" (in such phrases as to get or have a 
 thing made or done, in which use it is construed with the 
 infinitive active, with passive signification. L. 35. 6.); as, 
 3d) lafTe if)u !ommen. I let him (or cause him to) come. 
 (5v tt)ill fxe ntd)t getjen taffen. He will not let them go. 
 
 8. These verbs all have a complete conjugation. In their 
 translation, therefore, wherever the corresponding English 
 verb is defective, the deficiency must he supplied by using 
 some equivalent word or phrase ; as, 
 
 3d) mu^te gejlern ge^en. I was obliged to go yesterday. 
 3ci^ '^<x\iz nid)t gettJoUt, after id) {;a6e I have not wished to, but I have 
 
 gcntu^t. been obliged to. 
 
 ©r toirb gel^en fonnen. He will be able to go. 
 
 (Sie hjerben fpielcti tuotleit. They will wish to play. 
 
 6^ ift fteffer arfteiten ju twoUen, ali5 It is better to be willing to work, 
 
 atfteiten ju mujfcn. than to be obliged to work. 
 
 9. The perfect and pluperfect of these auxiliaries, as also 
 ^Srcn, fcl^en and fii^len when used with other verbs, are formed, 
 not with the past participle, bt: with the infinitive ; as, 
 
 3d) ^afte nid)t geljcn !6nnen. I have not been able to go. 
 
 <Sie ^at e5 nid)t t()un tnogeu. She has not wished t-o do it. 
 
 ®r '\)\xi lefen titujfen. He has been obhged to read. 
 
 SBir ^aften gel;en biirfen, (ib^x nid)t We have been at hberty to go, 
 
 gcl^en njoUen. but have not wished to go. 
 
 3^ !^afte if;n fingen ^orctu I have heard him sing. 
 
AUXILIARIES OF MODE. 81 
 
 10. When two infinitives are thus employed, the inversion 
 usual in relative sentences, does not take place ; as, 
 
 IDer 9)lanu, \i3c(d)ev l}at geku miif; The man who has been obliged 
 
 fen (not gcljen miiffen ijat). to go. 
 
 3rf) tt)ei§ eg, bap er voixb fommeii I know that he will be able to 
 
 foiineu. come. 
 
 11. The main verb is often omitted after these auxili- 
 aries; as, 
 
 3di fann iud}t mel)r. I can (do) no more. 
 
 3Bag luclleu btefe 8eute ? What v>rill these people (do) ? 
 
 @ic ntuffcti gletd) fort. Youmust go away immediately. 
 
 ^ae fell ber ^ut ? What shall the hat (indicate) V 
 
 „,3l)r trdumt ! \va6 felt id) bort?" Ye dream! what should I (do) 
 
 there 'i 
 
 (Sin Sungltng tooUte jur @tabt ijhu A yourg man wished to go (o; 
 auf. get) up to the city. 
 
 12. COXJUGATION OF THE MODE AUXILIARIES 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 id; fann, barf, muf;, )rill, mag, foU, 
 bu !annft, bavfft, mu§t, ti^iUfl, magft, foUfi, 
 er faun, barf, muf;, wiii, mag, foil. 
 
 IMPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 i^) fonntc, burftc, mii|?tc, iDolltc, mod;tc, fodtc. 
 
 13. The second and third persons singular, and all per- 
 sons of the plural, are formed as in regular verbs. 
 
 Exercise 58. (Slufjjnbe 58. 
 
 1. SOBev ^ungritj ill, irtll effen, unb \mx bnrllt'g ift, tinll tvinfen. 2. ©ie; 
 jenigen, toeldie nid)tg luiffen, fcllen ehva^ ternen. 3. SBcr franf x]t, follwci 
 nig effen. 4. SBer gefunb bleiben trill, mnp mdpig ejfen nnb tvinfen. 5. 2Ber 
 gut fdilafen tt)ill, nuifi am Sage fleif ig arfceiten. 6. SBer nidit fiei^ig unb 
 aufmerffam fein tctll, fann nidji fd)nell lernen. 7. 2Bcv einen 93vtef fdireb 
 6en tt)ill, mu^ ^alpier, Sinte unb ^eber Ijabcn. 8. 2)ie i^reuben ber (Srbe 
 foil man n)ie ®elt>ur5e genic^cn unb nidit \vk tdgltd^e (S'peifen. 9. Mom 
 nen @te mir fagen )x>o ber 5lrjt ir»ol)nt ? 10. 3di will mit Sljnen jn if)m ge? 
 ]^en. 11. SBerben @te mcvgen mit miv nad) bet @tabt gel)en Bnnen? 
 12. 3d) toerbe get)en fonnen a6er id) tucrbe nid)t geljen vdoUcu, benn id) 
 toerbe ubermorgeu gel)en miiffcn. 13. 5)ie beutfd)c ©prad)e foil fetir 
 fd)toiertg fein, befil)al6 mup ber @d)iiler bie Stegeln unb bie 93eifpiele auf- 
 mer!fam lefcn. 14. 2Ber biefe @prad)e lernen njill, barf nid)t faul cber 
 nac^ldf ig fein. 15. SWein SSater l)at mid) nie tanjen lajfen, er l^at nie 
 tanjen ir>ollen unb fetne jlinber :^aben nie tan;^en biirfen. 16. 2Bir tvcrj 
 ben batb fpred}en fonnen, ircnn wnv nnr fleipig fein tuollen. 17. 2Bafi 
 itJoUtc ber ^aufmann 3§nen tierfaufen ? 18. 3d) fonhte nid)t^ bei il)m 
 Pttben tt)a3 i^ faufen toollte. 19. @in guter Sel^rer mu^ ©ebuib ^abm. 
 4-;j 
 
82 CONJUGATION OF fcilt AND it) C 1 1) C tt* 
 
 20. 2)ie Jlinber icclten 9(e^fe( unb .<lirfd)en, aber |te fontien feine faufen, 
 beiiu fie l^aben Win @elb. 21. ^annft bu mix jcne grcpe ^anne bringen? 
 22. aiSir fonnen nidit umljin gu ladicn, obgletd) luir njijTen, ba^ eg unrect)t 
 ift. 23. 3* !ann nict)tg bafuv, bap id) arm bin. 24. ^ann 3fir <§err 
 (L. 68.) ©ruber aud) beutfd) ? 
 
 Exercise 59. ^Ilfgabe 59. 
 
 1. I wished to go with my friend but I could not for I was obliged 
 to remain at home. 2. He who wishes to be rich or learned must 
 be industrious. 3. Those who will not study cannot learn. 4. I 
 wished to buy good horses but could find none. 5. When shall 
 you be able to write a letter to your friends V 6. I shall be able 
 to write one to day, but I shall not wish to write one. 7. Will 
 your friends be obliged to stay in the house this evening? 8. They 
 will not wish to go out of the house. 9. We have been able to go 
 but we have not wished to go. 10. Have you been obliged to 
 remain here? 11. We have been at liberty to go but we have 
 wished to remain. 12. I cannot read for I am unwell. 13. You 
 must be industrious if you wish to be healthy and happy. 14. These 
 men are said to be very rich. 15. What shall I do with this money ? 
 16. You may give it to your poor friends. 17. May I read your 
 new books? 18. You may read them if you can. 19. You may 
 go to your friend if you wish. 20. I do not wish to go to-day but 
 I shall wish to go to-morrow. 21. Those boys say they can not 
 help laugliing. 22. I shall- probably be in the city to-morrow, 
 what shall I buy for you ? 23. I can not buy anything, for I have 
 no money, and nobody will lend me any. 24. It is said these 
 children understand German, Italian, French and Dutch. 
 
 LESSON XXXII. §ta\on XXXII. 
 
 CONJUGATION OF fCltt AND ir C t fe C tt» , 
 
 1. (Scin, "to be" is used as an auxiliary in forming the per- 
 fect, pluperfect, and second future of many active and neuter 
 verbs ; and hence is frequently translated by "to have"; as, 
 
 (§x ifl geii?efen. He has been. (lit. he is been), (l. 34.1.) 
 
 @r ifl gegangciu He has gone. ( „ he is gone). 
 
 @ie wax gebltcben. She had remained. ( „ she was remained), 
 
 ffiir finb gcwcrbcn. We have become. ( „ we are become). 
 
 (Sie tr»erben fd)ongcgaus They will already („ they will already be 
 
 gen fetn. _ have gone. gone.) 
 
 5ft er in ben '^tup gefat^ Has he fallen into ( „ is he fallen into the 
 
 ten ? the river ? river ?) 
 
 ©inb unferc ^rcunbc Have our friends ( „ are our friends not 
 
 nod) nid)t angefi^nt? not yet arrived ? yet arrived ?) 
 
 men. 
 
CONJUGATION OF fciU, 
 
 g3 
 
 2. 
 
 PrestnU 
 fein, to be. 
 
 Present, 
 feienb, being 
 
 Singular. 
 
 tcf; Bin, I am ; 
 bu ¥\\t, thou art; 
 er ifi, he is ; 
 
 CONJUGATION OF fcin* 
 INFINITIVE. 
 
 Perfect, 
 getoefen fein, to have been. 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 Perfect. 
 gctijcfen, been. 
 
 INDICATIVE. 
 
 Plural, 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 tcir flnb, we are; 
 i:^r feib, you are ; 
 fie ftnb, they are. 
 
 IMPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 ic^ n?ar, I was ; 
 
 bu Ujarjl, thou wast ; 
 
 er n^ar, he was ; 
 
 
 Ujir toaren, we were ; 
 i(;r n^aret, you were ; 
 fte tear en, they were. 
 
 
 
 PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 
 ic^ Bin 
 bu Bifl 
 er ift 
 
 ^ g I have J 
 > *§" thou hast V 
 ) ^ he has ) 
 
 CD 
 
 n?ir ftnb ) ^ we have 1 
 i^rfcib h'g" you have > 
 fie finb ) g, they have ) 
 
 . 0) 
 
 
 PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 
 \d:i iijar 
 bu tuarfl 
 er ujar 
 
 ^ j; I had 1 
 y '^ thou hadst > 
 ) ^ he had ) 
 
   % 
 
 n^ir toarcn ) g we had J 
 il)r tttaret [■ *§" you had \ 
 fte \raren ) ^ they had) 
 
 
 
 FIRST 
 
 FUTURE TENSE. 
 
 
 ic^ rtjerbe ) 
 bu irirfl 
 er ujirb 
 
 ^^ I shall j 
 • -§ thou wilt 
 
 *- he will ; 
 
 1 .. 
 
 trirrt^erben ^ we shalH 
 i^r toerbet [• -S you will \ 
 fte n^erben ) "^ they will ) 
 
 
 
 SECONE 
 
 > FUTURE TENSE. 
 
 
 id^ ujerbe 1 
 bu irirjt 
 er toirb ) 
 
 1 « I shall 1 
 
 • f-S thou wilt > 
 
 ^'"^ he will ) 
 
 i 
 
 > 
 j3 
 
 n?ir njerben J e we shall 
 i^r n;erbet [ f £ you will 
 f!e n^erben ) ^^ they will 
 
 (1 
 
 fei (bu), be (thou). 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 
 feib (i^r), be (you). 
 
 Idioms with fein. 
 
 9ln iucm i|l bie 9iel^e ju tefeu ? Whose turn is it to read ? 
 
 @ic if^ an nur. It is mine. 
 
 SO^iir t|l fe^r fait ; i^m ijl ju toarm. I am very cold ; he is too wamk 
 
 IRir (^ nid)t Xooi)t I do not feel well. 
 
u 
 
 IDIOMS WITH fctn. 
 
 2Ba3 ijl bit ? 
 
 3cl) h)ei§ nld)t tt)ie mir i|i. 
 
 ©et QuUe 2Jlut^eg. 
 
 SUllr ift nlci)t h)of)l ju 2Jlut^e. 
 
 ©g ij^ ifjm (Irnji bamit. 
 
 (^3 ifi ©diabe, bap er feinem (^eci* 
 
 net nidbt getoadbfen ifi. 
 2)ag ^ferb iji mir nid)t feil. 
 3Bem fmb biefe ^leiber ? 
 
 <Stc ijl il^m einen ©utben fd)iilbig. 
 ©ifi bu im ©tanbe eg ju t(}un ? 
 3d) h'ln eg nidU im @tanbe. 
 aBer ifi @dmlb baran, bap er noc^ 
 
 nid)t ait(;efcmmen ifi ? 
 2)u fclbft bifi (Sd)ulb baran. 
 @g ifi ein foldieg @efe^ ttorf;anben. 
 @« ifi if)m barum gu tf)un. 
 2Boi)on ifi bie 9iebe ? 
 25ag ifi mir red)t. 
 @g ifi i^nen lieb. 
 3d) bin bir I^erjlic^ %ut. 
 Saffen @ie eg gut fein. 
 (Se ifi mir fo, aU ob id) eg get;6rt 
 
 t)dtte. 
 5d) ireip ivie bu bifi. 
 (Se fei nun, bap u. f. to. 
 2Bag fein foH, fd)icft fid) hJoT)l. 
 
 3. SBcrben is used as the auxiliary in forming the futures 
 of verbs ; and in this use answers to our auxiliaries, shall and 
 will ; as an independent verb, it signifies, to become, ^^get", 
 grow ; as, 
 
 2)ag aSetter lulrb fait. The weather is becoming (get- 
 
 ting) cold. 
 SBir roerbcn afle alt. We are all growing old. 
 
 aCag ifi OM^ \{)m geworbcn ? What has become of him 1 
 
 3d; biu eg leg geivovbcir. I have got rid of it. 
 
 2)et 9labe toirb fe^r alt. The raven becomes very old. 
 
 (The raven lives to a very great age). 
 
 SBcrbcn is often followed by the dative with „ju", where 
 we use the nominative after become ; the subject of toerben 
 before the dative is often rendered by the objective ; the da- 
 tive by the nominative ; and ircrbcn by ^Ho have^'; as, 
 
 3!)ag 2Baffer unrb j^u dig. The watei becomes ice. 
 
 //SO'leincu arnieu Untert^auen mup My poor subjects must have their 
 bag il;rtge tuerfcen". property. 
 
 What ails you ? 
 
 I don't know what ails me. 
 
 Be of good cheer. 
 
 I do not feel well (mentally). 
 
 He is in earnest about it. 
 
 It is a pity that he is not equal to 
 his antagonist. 
 
 My horse is not for sale. 
 
 To whom do tl ese clothes be- 
 long? 
 
 She owes him a florin. 
 
 Are you able to do it ? 
 
 I am not able to do it. 
 
 Whose fault is it that he has not 
 yet arrived ? 
 
 It is your own fault. 
 
 There is such a law in existence. 
 
 That is his object. 
 
 What is being spoken of? 
 
 I am satisfied with that. 
 
 They are glad of it. 
 
 I love you heartily. 
 
 That's enough of it, leave off. 
 
 It seems to me as though I had 
 heard it. 
 
 I know you (your ways) . 
 
 Supposing now, that, &c. 
 
 Whatever is to be, is proper. 
 
CONJUGATION OF tt) C t b C 11. 8£| 
 
 4. CONJUGATION OF JU C 1 1) C tt. 
 
 INFINITIVE. 
 
 Present. Perfect. 
 
 to'rbcn, to become. gcrtjorben fein, to have become. 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 Present. Perfect. 
 
 toerbenb, becoming. gctoort>en, become. 
 
 INDICATIVE. 
 
 Singular. Plural. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 td) trerbc, I become ; irir tt»ct:ben, we become; 
 
 bu toir^, thou becomest ; \^x ircrbet, you become ; 
 
 -er tvirb, he becomes; jtc irerbcn, they become. 
 
 IMPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 id) trurbe or juarb, I became ; irir rt;iirben, we became ; 
 
 bu irurbejl or toarbfl, thou be- i^r tijurbet, you became ; 
 
 camest ; 
 
 er irurbc or tuatb, he became ; fte iijurben, they became. 
 
 PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 id) Bin ) J I liave ^ g iuir finb ) ^ we have 
 bu bijl > I thou hast > g il;r feib J- g you have 
 cr ijl )% he has ) ^ fie fmb ) % they have y ^ 
 
 PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 ic^ Wax ) S I ^^^ ) S ^^^ if aren ) S we had 
 bu tuarjt > o thouhadst > g i^^; irarct > | you had 
 er wax ) |j he had ) ^ fie toaren ) ^ they had ^ ^ 
 
 FIRST FUTURE TENSE. 
 
 ic^ trerbe J sT I shall \ o trir tuerben J g" we shall 
 bu toirjl; > ^ thou wilt > § i^r trerbet > -§ you will 
 er toirb } § he will ) J fie tuerben ) § they will 
 
 XJ 
 
 SECOND FUTURE TENSE. 
 
 ic^ trerbe ) | ^ I shall j ^ -^ mir irerben j | Ave shall ^ ^ ^ 
 bu toirjt > I J thou wilt > | i i^r if erbet > |iyou will > | i 
 er tiitb ) 1^ he will )^^ fie trcrben 3 |"^they will ) ^ 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 
 luerbc (bu); become (thou). iuetbet (if)x), become (you). 
 
86 E3JERCISES ON toerbCtl, IRREGULAR VERBS, &C. 
 
 Exercise 60» <2lufgabe 60* 
 
 1. liefer SJlann, bet je^t fo arm unb elenb x% iji ein fe^r t:eid)er Ǥanb< 
 irtM'rfev pcwefen. 2. (Stnb @te |e auf jenem f)o(;cn S3erge getuefen ? 3. 2)et 
 ^aifer bofeipl) bet Stoette trar ber @o^n ber ^aiferin SO'larla S^^erefia; er 
 t»ar bet Steblhig fcine^ SSolfeg, abcr nidit feineg ^ofc^. 4. 2Ber trar ber 
 gefdiicftefie Oieiter in bent ^eere beg franjofifdjen ^aiferg ? 6. 2Bann ftnb 
 ©te in <§ami)urg getoefen ? 6. SBie lange fiub @ie in biefem Sanbe ? 
 7. @inb (Ste nie nnjufrtebeu unb traurig gen^efen ? 8. 3Bann \t)erben icir 
 reid) fein ? 9. 2Btr tcerben alt unb alter unb finb eljer am 3iele unfere^ 
 Scbeng, ati? und angenet;m ift. 10. 2Bag n^irb aug bir twerben, irenn bu 
 nldit jietpiger itjirfi? 11. 3d) werbe jieifiger werben, foBalb al^ (L. 63. 2.) 
 id) gefunb werbe. 12. 2)er ift nid)t gut, ber nict)t [ud)t immer bejfer ^n 
 tverben. 13. ?^ran!reid) tourbe im Sa^r eintaufenb ad)t l^unbert unb ad)t 
 unb i^ierjig eine 9te^ublif. 14. @g lt)irb zin fjei^er Sllag toerben, fagte etn 
 alter Jlrieger irenige @tunben \)or ber @dilad)t ju feincm ^ameraben. 
 15. 2)ag $ferb \i3urbe gan§ tottb unb unbdnbig. 16. ^er ^ranfe feufjt 
 auf [einem Sager: „tt)tll es benu nie 2;ag iter ben ?" unb ber 2:aglol;ncr 
 unter bem ©rucfe fctner 5Ir6eit: „Unrb eg benu nid)t Balb 9Zacl)t loerben?" 
 
 17. „<Sol)n, ba ijaft bu meinen @))eer! meinem 5lrm u^irb er ju f(l)tt)er". 
 
 18. 3)ie 3ieil)e ift an 3l}nen, lt»arum lefen @ie nid)t? 
 
 Exercise 61» ^Itfgabc 61. 
 
 1. When were you at your brother's 1 2. Have those people 
 ever been at your house 1 3. Had they been in Berhn before they 
 were in Vienna 1 4. He will be in Magdeburg before you will be 
 in Brunswick. 5. The emperor of Austria was the king of Hun- 
 gary. 6. How long have you been in this city ? 7. They have 
 been rich, but have become very poor. 8. What has become of 
 your friend? 9. The weather is becoming very cold. 10. You 
 can become learned if you will be industrious. 11. The young 
 sailor has become healthy again. 12. The weather is becoming 
 warm and the days are becoming long. 13. The scholars in this 
 school have been very idle, but they are now becoming more in- 
 dustrious. 14. I was obliged to wait so long that I became very 
 tired. 15. The son gets rid of his money faster than his father 
 earned it. 16. How much do I owe you 1 17. Whose turn is it to 
 read? 18. It is your fault if you do not know. 
 
 LESSON XXXIII. §tctxon XXXIII. 
 
 IRREGULAR VERBS, OR VERBS OF THE OLD CONJUGATION. 
 
 1. Irregular verbs are such as do not form their imperfect 
 .ease and past participle according to the rules in L. 27. 
 
 2. The infinitive of these, as of the regular verbs, ends in 
 e n. The imperfect changes the root vow^el ; and the past 
 participle frequently diffo-rs from the infinitive only by the 
 augment g e ; as, 
 
IRREGULAR VERBS OR VERBS OF THE OLD CONJUGATION. 87 
 
 . Infinitive. Imperfect. Past Participle, 
 
 foiumen, to come ; id) !am, I came ; gefommen, come, 
 
 fallen, to fall ; id) fiet, I fell ; gefallen, fallen, 
 
 geten, to give ; id) gab, I gave ; gegcben, given, 
 
 fe^en, to see ; id) faf), I saw ; gefel)en, seen, 
 
 laufen, to run ; id) lief, I ran ; gelaufen, run. 
 
 3. In some, the root vowel is found to be different in each 
 of the three parts ; as, 
 
 gel^en to go ; id) ging, I went ; gegangen, gone. 
 
 f^red)en, to speak ; id) f!ptad), I spoke ; gefprod)en, spoken, 
 
 fingen, to sing ; id) fang, I sang ; gefungeu, sung, 
 
 flpringen, to spring ; id) fprang, I sprang ; geflpvungen, sprung. 
 
 4. In others, the root vowel of the imperfect tense and the 
 second participle is the same ; as, 
 
 flimmen, to climb ; id) flomm, I climbed ; gellommen, climbed. 
 ried)en, to smell ; ic^ rod), I smelled ; gerod)en, smelled. 
 treiben, to drive ; id) trieb, I drove ; getrieben, driven. 
 fd)n)ellen, to swell ; id) fd)»oll, I swelled ; gefd)Wollen, swelled or 
 
 swollen. 
 
 5. Some change the radical vowel, and also add the ter- 
 minations common to regular verbs ; as, 
 
 brtngen, to carry; id) brad)te, I carried; ge6rad)t, carried, 
 
 benfen, to think; id) bad)te, I thought; gcbacl)t thought, 
 
 fcnben, to send ; id) fanbte, I sent ; gefanbt, sent, 
 
 ttjiffen, to know ; id) ivu^te, I knew ; gettJupt, known. 
 
 6. The present tense forms the different persons like the 
 regular verbs, except in the second and third persons singu- 
 lar of about sixty verbs, where the root vowel is changed, or 
 if capable of it, assumes the Umlaut ; as, 
 
 id^ geBe, I give ; id) fatle, I fall ; i^ lefe, I read ; 
 
 bu gibfi, or gtebji, hou bu fdlljl, thou fallest ; bu liefefl, thou read- 
 
 givest ; est ; 
 
 er gibt, or giebt, he er fdUt, he falls ; er lte|^, he reads. 
 
 gives ; 
 
 7. In the imperfect, the second and third persons are re«< 
 gularly formed from the first ; as, 
 
 g e^cn. 
 id) ging, I went ; Xo'xx gingen, we went , 
 
 bu gingjl, thou wentst ; il)r ginget, you went ; 
 er ging, he went ; fie gingen, they went. 
 
 gcBen. 
 id) gab, I gave ; linr gaben, we gave ; 
 
 bu gab]l, thou gavest ; if)r gabet, you gave ; 
 
 er ga-b, he gave ; fte gaben, they gave. 
 
88 EXERCISES ON IRREGULAR VERBS, &C. 
 
 8. For complete alphabetical List of Irregular verbs sec 
 page 178. 
 
 Exercise 62. Jlllfgabe 62. 
 
 1. 2Ber bdcft bag 33rob ? 2. 2)ei: Sclbat birgt fidi, ivell bu hae be- 
 fie^lft. 3. (Ir bidft ha^ 2Batbf)cru. 4. iDer Sauer brtd)t ben c^aiif unb 
 crifdit ben SBeijen. 5. 2)ie <2eete em^fdngt (Sinbrucfc »cn Siupeii. 6. 3)a0 
 ©lite emvfie{;(t fid) fclbft. 7. 2)ev a)iauu fdl)vt auf bem 2Bagen. 8. 2)er 
 ed)nee fdllt. 9. 2)er .^nabe fdiujt bie SSoget. 10. 25er (Sdbat fict}t. 
 11. (Si- ji[ld)t fidi eiueii ^ut 12. 2)er Dd)i fript ha-z ®i\\S unb fduft 
 aBaffcr. 13. 2)ag ^inb ipt S3rob unb tvinft 2)Zt(d). 14. (S^r c\iht mir tag 
 IBudv ii^eldieg mir am bcften gefdllt (L. 50. 2). 15. S)er 2)ad 3 v]idbt 
 fid) cin Sod). 16. Qx ijixit ba^ ^'ferb. 17. 2)er ^ut (}dngt an bem Oio.- 
 (\d. 18. @v Iduft unb Idpt bie anbevn and) laufen. 19. (£ie iieil if)r 
 33ud). 20. Sie mipt (or mitJ'-'O bag ^ud). 21. (tt nimmt mcin ^nd). 
 22. SSavum fd)ilt cr? 23. 2)cr ^unb fdUdft, unb ber :Knabe fd)Idgt bie 
 ilvcmmei. 24. 2)cr ®dinee fdmiiljt, bie ^nugpe fd)nnUt. 25. SBag \id)\t 
 bu ? trie f^ridit er ? 26. 2)ie Siene ftid)t, bcr 2)ieb fticr^U, ber ^ranfe 
 fiirbt. 27. @r trdgt fd)6ne Jtleiber; er trip immer ia6 3iet 28. „@r 
 tritt meine Oteligion in htn (Btanh". 29. 2)ag a3ier oerbirbt. 30. (it 
 yergipt, icag |te fprid)t. 31. Sag ©rag iudd)it. 32. ©ie weip nid)t, 
 tvag jle tuiU. 33. @r tt>trft einen (Slein. 34. 3d) lueip, tvag er mir aeV' 
 fprid)t. 
 
 Exercise 63. ^ttfgabt 63. 
 
 1. I do not know who is throwing the stones. 2. Does she 
 speak German ■? 3. He does not forget what he reads. 4. The 
 stream swells when the snow melts. 5. The tliief steals the shoes 
 that he wears. 6. The bee stings and dies. 7. The soldier is 
 beating the drum. 8. The bird sleeps on the tree. 9. She scolds 
 because he takes her book. 10. The carpenter is measuring the 
 room. 11. The boy runs and lets the dog run too. 12. Who is 
 holding my horse? 13. Where is the cloak hanging ? 14. The 
 man that is braiding hats gives us a book which pleases us. 15. Who 
 is digging this hole"? 16, Why does the soldier fight? 17. What 
 is this boy eating ? 18. What animal eats grass V 19. What does 
 the horse drink V 20. The tree is falling. 21. Who is catching 
 the birds'? 22. How does the soul receive impressions? 23. Who 
 thrashes the wheat and breaks the hemp ? 24. Why dost thou con- 
 ceal thyself? 25. What does he command ? 26. Who is riding 
 on your wagon ? 27. My friend recommends me to you. 
 
 Exercise 64. ^nf^dbt 64. 
 
 1. ®er ^unb bip ben 2)ieb. 2. 2)cr ?lft brad). 3. 2)er ^aufmann be* 
 trog feinen ^nnbcn. 4. (Sr empfal;! mid) einem 2)Zanne, ber mid) fel)r 
 frcunblid) emppng. 5. 3d) blieb ben ganjcn Xac^. 6. @ie ergriffen feine 
 ^dnbe. 7. @ie crfd)racfen, atg cr crfdiien, unb bie furd^tbare ©timme 
 erfd)oll. 8. ©r jiel in ben %Ui^ unb crtranf. 9. ©ie afcn bie 5lc))fet, 
 bie fie jiQl;len. 10. ®ir fut)ren auf ber (Sifenbal;n. 11. (5ie fingen bie 
 SSegel, tt)et(^c au« ben Slcftwu jlcgen. 12. 5)ie ©olbaten foiljtcn nid)< 
 
EXERCISES ON IRREGULAR VERBS, &C. 89 
 
 Ja^fcv, fciibcrn flcf^eu. 13. Seine ^ruber fvaf bag @d)ircrt, \vo bas Q^Iut 
 in @tv6men flofj. 14. (Bx ijcbct uu£S ju gcl)en, abcx ivcil ci5 uiiS Ijier ge- 
 jicl fo (L. 39. 2.) blicbeu wir. 15. (Sv gab mir ba5 ®clb imb giiig. 
 16, (i-v'geiiajj Uiiujfam. 17. ^iBiu ijencfycii gefterii [eijr weiiuj. 18. Ch- 
 geioaiiu me(;r ciL^ id) v>cv(or. 19. (Sv gc^ bcu ^nn in baiJ ©lag. 2-0. ©ii 
 gtidieu iijreii §vcuubcn (L. 50. 2). 21. @tc grubeii ei'uen tiefen ©rabeu. 
 22. CS'c bob fditcii @to(f unb l)ieb luid) mir. 23. (§x Ijk^ \ie fcmmeu, 
 abcx fie fameii iiidit. 24. @i- (}vilf uug, cbvjlcid) er mW nicht fciniite. 
 25. QBtr lafen bag Siut, bag er luig lief;. 26. !Die (gd)Ubfvote ixocb, bcr 
 §.ife lief. 27. @ie lageu aitf il)reu ^ctteii unb Ittten. 28. 3)ie 330^'- 
 \iMditev Icgeii, fie nal^mcii meiiieii ^iBagen unb uauuteii iljii tl)r ®ij3eut()um. 
 29. (Bx pvieg feiue ffiaare uivb xkti) uiig ]k ju faufeii. 30. (Bx ai§ unb 
 fdirieb beii gan.^eii :i;ag. 31. 2)ag M'mb ftaub unb fdn'ie. 32. S^evSdincc 
 fdimclj, bcr Strom fd)Wolt. 33. ©ie tranfcn unb fangen; eiuer fdiwamm 
 uuD ber anbere fanf. 34. @ie fd)lugeu xljn, 'maijxmi) er fd)lief. 35. (Bx 
 rief mid) unb fd)alt it>eit id) fein ^ferb ritt. 36. @ie fd)ieu traurig. 
 37. (Bx fd)ritt l;eraug unb fdilop bie 3^l)iire. 38. @r jlieg auf ben ®erg. 
 39. @ie ftanben, big fie ftarben. 40. (Bx ftritt mil ibnen unb trieb fie aug 
 bem gelbe. 41. @ie tratcn in bag <§aug unb yerfd)ii'>anben. 42. (Bx oerga^, 
 wag er werfprad). 43. (Jr traf bag 3iel. 44. ®g n3ud)g fcl)neU. 45. (5"r 
 ttjufd) ben (Salat. 46. (Bx tinipte, bap id) ben @peet iuarf. 47. (Bx jcg 
 fein @ct)wert unb jtt»ang fie ju gel;en. 
 
 Exercise 65. ^nfjjobf 65. 
 
 1. The branches broke and the boys fell. 2. The dogs bit the 
 boys that stole the apples. 3. The man to whom you recommended 
 me, cheated me. 4. We did not remain long, for they did not re- 
 ceive us kindly. 5. The boy was frightened and seized my hand. 
 6. We called him but he did not appear. 7. Do you ride on the 
 wagon V 8. The soldiers ate bread and drank wine, and their hor- 
 ses ate hay and drank water. 9. Our soldiers fought gallantly, 
 and those of our enemy fled. 10. The birds flew out of the cage 
 but the boys caught them again. 10. Tears flowed from his eyes. 
 11. It did not please us there, and we did not remain long. 12. They 
 commanded us to go to the city, but we did not go, for they gave 
 us no money. 13. Did your friends recover ? 14. We won less 
 than our friends lost. 15. They poured the wine into the glasses. 
 16. They saw the horse and raised their hands. 17. Why were 
 they digging that ditch? 18. I knew him because he resembled 
 his brother who came to us while we were reading the books which 
 you lent us. 19. He struck at them because they drank so much 
 and sang so loud. 20. We crept before we walked. 21. The 
 boys whistled and the dogs ran. 22. We took the books that lay 
 on the table. 23. Did you call him a villain? 24. We knew that 
 they lied. 25. We sat around the table and wrote and they stood 
 arouni the stove. 26. He rode the horse and drove the oxen. 
 27. They praised their horse and advised us to buy it. 28. Why 
 did t'.iey seem so sad ? 29. He scolded me because I slept so 
 long 30. They threw their spears and drew their swords. 31. Did 
 
00 EXERCTSES ON IRREGULAR VERBS* «feC. 
 
 yoa forget what he promised you? 32. Did they hit the mark< 
 i!3. Who washed .he gloves V 34. Did the trees grow rapidly? 
 
 "5. Did they lock the door ? 36. Why did they quarrel with us ? 
 
 \1. The stream swelled because the snow melted. 
 
 Exercise 66. JlufplJC 66. 
 
 1. ®cr <§unbl)at ben ©leb gebiffen. 2. @r ijai ung betrogen. 3. (fc 
 
 )at miv zivciOi^ gebrad)t. 4. @r l[;atte an un^ gebad)t. 5. ^^ajl bu ben 
 
 •JBeljeii gebrcfdien? 6. di i)at m\^ freunblid) em^fangeu, aber Sliemanb 
 ^at ling if)m empfofjien. 7. 3cl) fjabe nie ein fclcbe^ ©efiil}! empfunben. 
 8. ^lOiW \)<xi hk 35erbre^ev ergrlffen. 9. (Sv ^at ben SIpfel gegeffen ; ^at 
 ^r ttn fficgcl gefangen? 10. 3d} t>abe [ie gefnnben; fie ()abe"n gf'^cditen. 
 11. S)er Jpnnb t)at bag i^ieifd) gefreffen. 12. (Sr fjat mir ntct)tg gegeben. 
 13. @g I)atung nid)t gefaUen. 14. 2Sir ()aben nid)tg genoffcn. 15. SBag 
 i^ai er gettJcnnen? 16. 3Ber (iat ben 2Bein in bag ©lag gegcffen ? 17. QBer 
 ^at biefeg Sod) gegraben? 18. (Sr (;at bag ^ftrb getjalten. 19. @r ^at 
 ung ge^olfen. 20. (Sr ^at ung gefannt, 21. @le l)at mir ein 93nd) ges 
 lle^en, unb id) l^abe eg gelefen. 22. 2)ie ^ebetn fjaben auf bem 2;ifd)c ge^^ 
 Icgen. 23. (j*r l)<xi nidit gelogen. 24. Ser SDliiUer ^ai bag ©etreibe ges 
 mefen unb gemal)(en. 25. Olie l)(x^z xi) biefe @efaf;ren gemieben. 26. dt 
 l^atung 2)iebe genannt, ireil xoxx feinc ^iidier genommen ^aben. 27. 2Bas 
 rum l)at er gepftffen ? 28. ®ie I)aben i^ve ai^aaren geprtefen. 29. (Sr 
 fiat jid) (L. 50. 7.) bie 5lugen geriebcn. 30. @r ^^i fte gerufen. 31. ffia^ 
 *nim fiaft bn ung gefrf)clten ? 32. @r l^atte bag @d)af gefdioren. 33. @r 
 ^at ben 93dren gefdioffcn unb gefdmnben. 34. (2ie I)atten ju tange ges 
 fd^lafen. 35. <§aft bu bie SO'leflier gefdiliffcu ? 36. SBIr l)aben bie Sl^iircn 
 gefdjioffen. 37. ^^^i er bag ^rcb gefd)nitten ? 38. 3d) ijaik gcfdn'ieben 
 unb fie t)aben gcfdirieen. 39. (2ie \)<xi eg gefditnoren. 40. W\x ^a^^n 
 \i)\x gefef)en. 41. ^Oii er bag Sieb fd^on gefungen? 42. (Sr \)ai etnc 
 ©tunbe gefeffen. 43. (^r f)at bag ^clj gcfpalteu. 44. ^abcn fte bieSBoKc 
 gcfponnen? 45. 2Bag fte gcfprod)en l)at, f)at if)n geftt)d)en. 46. 5)er 
 aJlann, ber ba gejlanben I^atte, Ijat mcin $ferb ge|^o(}Ien. 47. @ie l)^htxi 
 lange genug gcftritten, tvag t)at er get^an? 48. SBarum l^at er biefen 
 ^utgetmgen? 49. @r !^at bag 3iet getrcffen. 50. <§ail bu nie SBein 
 getrunfen"? 51. 3d) ^abe yergeffen. 52. SBag t;at er »erlcren? 53. (5g 
 ^at i()n oerbroffen. 54. ^ai er ung »erjte^cn ? 55. @r l)ixi bag S^ud) 
 getwoben unb gcti'>afd)en ; Ijai er cinen <Stein getoorfen ? 56. @r (latte einen 
 J^ranj fiir fie gewunben. 57. ^\xik er niditg i^on ber ©adie gctuupt? 
 58. ©ic flatten iljre @d)tr>ertct gejogen. 69. @ie I)aben ung gejtDungen 
 i)kx ju bleiben. 
 
 Exercise 67. ^Ilfgobc 67. 
 
 1 He has beaten the dog that has bitten him. 2. I have often 
 thought of him. 3. Have you recommended this book to us? 
 4. Have you threshed the wheat ? 5. They have always received 
 us kindly. G. Have you ever experienced such a feeling ? 7. The 
 boys have eaten the bread and drank the beer. 8. The dogs have 
 eaten the meat and drank the water. 9. They have caught their 
 horses. 10. What have you found ? 11. Why have the soldiers 
 fought? 12 I have shot a large bird. 13. Have you seen the 
 
USE OF THE AUXILIARIES [) a B C tt AND fciU 91 
 
 books that I have read ? 14. Into which glass have you poured 
 the wine ? 15. Why have they dug this hole ? 16. Who has held 
 my horse ? 17. Have they helped us ? 18. Have my books lain 
 on your table ? 19. Has anybody lied ? 20. W^ho has ground the 
 wheat? 21. Have you measured the cloth? 22. Has he avoided 
 the danger? 23. Have they called him a villain ? 24. Who hag 
 taken my pen ? 25. He has called me but he has not scolded me. 
 26. Who has sharpened your knife ? 27. Have you locked the 
 doors ? 28. Who has cut the bread ? 29. Had you written him 
 a letter? 30. Have you ever sung this song ? 31. Have you sat 
 longer than they have stood ? 32. I have spun the wool and he 
 has split the wood. 33. The bees have stung the horse. 34. Has 
 anybody stolen anything? 35. He had not spoken at all. 36. Why 
 have they quarrelo'^I '^ 37. Who has worn the hat? 38. What have 
 you lost ? 39. Who hnc thrown the stones ? 40. Why have they 
 drawn their swords ? 41. Have you washed the cloth that he has 
 woven? 42. It vexes him that he has lost his money. 43. Have 
 you forgotten what you have promised me ? 44. Why have you 
 slept so long ? 45. Has any one compelled you to go ? 46. Who 
 has whistled ? 47. Have you praised the goods ? 48. Have you ever 
 known such a man? 49. He has written, and they have spoken. 
 
 LESSON XXXIV. f e c t i It XXXIV. 
 
 USE OF THE AUXILIARIES ^Clh^tl AND fcitt. 
 
 1. Ǥatjeu is used as the auxiliary of all transitive, reflexive 
 (L. 43.) and impersonal (L. 44.) verbs, as also of the verbs 
 of mode (L. 81) ; and of all objective verbs that govern the 
 genitive (L. 49.) and dative (L. 50.). Except Begegnen, fol* 
 gen and tocic^en (see 2.). 
 
 2. Intransitive verbs indicating direction from or towards 
 a place or an object, or a change from one condition to 
 another, as also BleiBen, Begcgttett, folgen and tretc^cn, require 
 the auxiliary fcin, which in this use, should of course be 
 rendered by "to have" ; as, 
 
 @inb fie fdion gegangen ? Have (are) they already gone ? 
 
 S)er arme ^nabe ijl gcfaUen. The poor boy has (is) fallen. 
 
 Sjl: er benn nod) nid}t gefommen ? Has (is) he then not yet come ? 
 2)er SSogel t|^ tueg ge^ogen. The bird has (is) flown away. 
 
 @ie finb in ta6 %dh gejogen. They have marched into the field. 
 
 (Sv iji nad) Stmerifa geveift. He has (is) gone (traveled) to 
 
 America. 
 (Jr tcitb in'g <§aug gegangen fein. He will have (he) gone into the 
 
 house. 
 (Bx it)ar nad) ber @tabt geeilt. He had (was) ha stened to the city. 
 
 @ie jinb anf baS 2anb geritten. They have ridden into the 
 
 country. 
 
92 ǤaBen and fcin as auxiliaries. 
 
 3. When the following verbs do not express direction 
 from or towards a place they require the auxiliary t;al>cn ; 
 naiiKjly cllcn, flicj^cn, finfen, jagen, flettcrn, fricc^en, lanben, 
 faufen, quelicn, reifen, reiten, rcnnen, [egeln, fc{;iffen, fcl}luimmcn; 
 fVringcn, ftc^cn, trciben, njanbern ; as, 
 
 SBanim fjaft bu fo gectlt ? Why have you hastened so ? 
 
 ^aft bu nidit [)<i\\it ijeritteii ? Have you not ridden to-day? 
 
 ®te l)ahtM ulcl)t titcl gereijl They have not traveled much. 
 
 Some neuter verbs ; as, liegen, fi^en, fie^cn, are sometimes 
 used with the auxiliary feln; as, 
 ^i[)tx t»ar [eiiie SClad^t nie geflau? His power never had stood 
 
 ben. higher. 
 
 Exercise 68. ^ttfgabt 68. 
 
 1. ®r ift entfcbtafen. 2. @r \^ iin^ entronnen. 3. SBte tange tji er 
 gebtieben ? 4. ©ie finb nac^ ber (Bi<xH gefal)ren. 5. 5)er SOlann ijl ge? 
 fallen. 6. 2)cr SScgcl tji ge^ogen. 7. 25ag aBaffer ijl iiBer l^^ %i\'i> %Zi 
 flcffen. 8. $Der ^kn ijl gelungen. 9. 2)et ^nabe ijl genefen. 10. SSaS 
 Ift gefiteljen? 11. (5^ ifi aug ber @rbe gefrocben. 12. Ser Ǥunb i)l 
 nadi bem 2Balb gelaufen. 13. Sa^ Untevnel;men ijl miflungen. 14. ©a3 
 3Baffer ift au^ bem i^elfen gefloffen. 15. (Sr ijl nad) ber ©tabt geritten. 
 16. (Sr tr»ar in ba^J <§aug gefd)lid)en. 17. (Bx tear itber ben ©raben ge? 
 fprnngen. 18. @ie traren au^ bem <Sd>Iof getreten. 19. 3)er le^te 3^on 
 ttjav yerfd)o((en. 20. 2)er ®aum ijl fefjr fdincU gemadifen. 21. 2)ag 
 ^an^ tvifb gefaUen fein. 22. (5ie hjerben gefommen fetn. 23. (Sr war 
 auf ben 3Jlaft gcflettert. 24. 2)er ^nabe i|l uber ben ^lu^ gefdjmcmmen. 
 25. (5iner n)ar un^ gefclgt, unb ber Stnbcre iuar ung begegnet. 26. !?er 
 ©dinee ijl gefd)moljen unb bie i^liijfe jtnb gefd)n)o((en. 27. 2)a5 Dbfl ift 
 fdmell gereift. 28. 55ic (Solbaten finb in baS %zVb gejogen. 29. @r toar 
 nad) ber ©tabt geeilt. 
 
 Exercise 69. ^ttfpbf 69. 
 
 1. Have you remained long enough? Who has gone to the 
 city ? 3. Do you know what has happened ? 4. The boy has 
 sprung across the ditch. 5. Our plan has not succeeded. 6. The 
 children had hastened into the house. 7. Has the snow melted ? 
 8. The hunters had climbed upon the trees. 9. Our soldiers had 
 fled and the enemy had come into our country. 10. He has ridden 
 (on horseback) to the forest, and she has ridden (in a carriage) to 
 the city. 11. The patient has recovered. 12. Has he fallen 
 asleep ? 13. How have they escaped us ? 14. Our friend has 
 fallen out of the wagon. 15. The young birds have flown out ol 
 the nest. 16. The worms have crawled out of the earth. 17. The 
 horse has run out of the stable. 18. The apples had ripened. 
 19. The water will have flowed into the house. 20 Why have 
 you followed us ? 21. Have you met your friends ? 22. He may 
 already have gone. 
 
USE OF THE INFINITIVE. 93 
 
 LESSON XXXV. Section XXXV. 
 
 INFINITIVE. 
 
 1 . When the infinitive is preceded by an auxiliary or by 
 any one of the following words, the particle 511 is omitted ; 
 
 :^e[§en, "' to bid ; I^elfen, to help; Ic:^ren, to teach ; 
 
 Icrnen, to learn; i)ox^n, to hear; fe:^en, to see; 
 
 fii{;Ien, to feel ; ma^tn, to make ; as, 
 (Sx terut jtngen, unb le^rt mic^ fpte; He learns to sing, and teaches 
 
 len. me to play. 
 
 <Bk f)iepen uu^ ge^en. They told us to go. 
 
 2. After the following verbs the infinitive is best translated 
 by our present participle : 
 
 f af;ren, to ride (in a vehicle) ; f ii^^ren, to conduct ; finben, to find ; 
 reitcn,toride (on horseback); hkxh^n,to remain; i)ahm, to have; 
 Qci)m, to walk ; fjd^m ; -" fein, to be ; as, 
 
 (Sr blieb fiefien unb i^ ging flfd)eu. He continued standing (to stand) 
 
 and I went a fishing (to fish). 
 
 ©titer fdbrt fpajiren, unb ber Stit; One rides (goes riding) in a car- 
 bere reitet fpajtreit-f riage and the other on horse- 
 
 back. 
 
 Sie l)atte etne SSanbu^r int -^aufe She had a clock standing in the 
 ft el) en. house, 
 
 (B§ iff ti}cmx leljen in ©nglanb. It is expensive living in England. 
 
 ^eipt* bag arbeiten ? Do you call that working 1 
 
 3ft er fd[)tafeu gegaugen ? Has he gone (in order) to sleep r 
 
 i. e. to bed"? 
 
 3. The infinitive (usually preceded by the article, or a 
 pronoun) is used as a neuter noun and is rendered by our 
 present participle used substantively ; as, 
 
 2)ag giigen ifl ein Sajler. Lying is a vice. 
 
 ^oxt m'lt bcinem ^iM^ten. Away with your boasting. 
 
 ,,3)u (Sdhivctt an meincr Sinfen ! Thou sword upon my left, what 
 
 tuaS foil bent ()eitre«J S3llnfen?" means thy cheerful gleaming? 
 
 *) »/'^ci9fn" wlien intransitive is rendered by the passive of "tu call", "to 
 name"; or by the substantive "name", with the verb " to be"j as, CV l)Ct6f jlart, 
 ne is "called", (or "named", or his 'name is") Charles. 3Bte l)ei^t baS auf I)eUtfc^? 
 or, njie l)ei|3t ba§ im ^eutfc^en? What is tliat "called" in German 1 
 
 f) ©pajiveu is used chiefly with gc^ctt, fal)reu, rcitcn, and fii^ven, and denotes 
 Aai the action performed is for i;xercise, or pleasure ; as, 
 (Sr vettet ff()l- off, abev ec rettct ntc He rides very often, but he never rides fo: 
 
 fpa^tvcn. pleasure. 
 
 3d) flehf alfe ^Tage f?>auveu. I ^o walking (take a walk) every day, 
 
 ^iv inac^tcii clueu epajiiijaitc. We took (made) a walk. 
 
94 USE OF THE INFINITIVE. 
 
 (Bx ift iiS Savtei'J mube. He is tired of (the) waiting. 
 
 (§t benft nur an (Sffeit uub "Stinfen. He thinks only of eating and 
 
 drinking. 
 
 4. The infinitive (generally without ju) often stands as the 
 subject, or object of a verb ; as, 
 
 (Stevben ift nid)t^, bed) leBen unb To die is nothing, but to live and 
 
 mi)t fet)en, ba0 ift eiu Ungliicf. not see that is a misfortune, 
 
 ^aiibeln ift leici)t, beufeu fcl;n)er. To act is easy, to think difficult. 
 
 5. The infinitive with ju follows the particles anjiatt and 
 o^ne; as, 
 
 Qx fpielt, aiiftatt ju lefen. He plays instead of reading (to 
 
 read). 
 @le finb !ranf, of)ne eg ju ti^iffen. They are sick without knowing it 
 2)u I;inbevft mid), ju fd)reiben. You keep me from writing. 
 
 6. The infinitive active is often used in a passive sense; as, 
 2)tefeg ǤauS ift ju i^ermlet^^en, unb This house is to let, and that 
 
 jeneg ift ju »erfaufen. one is to be sold (to sell). 
 
 i§S ift feine 3t'it ju tjerlteren. There is no time to be lost (tc 
 
 lose). 
 2Bo ift btefeg ^ud^ ju ^aBen ? Where is this book to be had ? 
 
 (Bx la^t einen Ǥut mad)en. He is getting a hat made. 
 
 Wlaw Itep if)n Beftrafcn. They caused him to be punished 
 
 7. Unt before the infinitive signifies "w order^\ but is fre- 
 quently omitted in translating ; as, 
 
 (Sr ift nad) 5Deutfd)Ianb geretft, um He has gone to Germany (in 
 
 bie @)3rad)e ju ternen. order) to learn the language. 
 
 d't toax ju fd}n)ad), um bie StvBeit ju He was too weak to finish the 
 
 i)oUenben. work. 
 
 8. Stiffen often stands in the sense of "to know how", "to 
 be able", before an infinitive ; as, 
 
 dx itjeip ftd) ju l)elfcn. He knows how to help himself. 
 
 Exercise 70. ^ttfflabe 70. 
 
 1. ^eipen ©ie i(;n get)en ober HeilJen? 2. (kincr letjrt mid) franjoftfd) 
 fVrcd)cn, unb bcr aubere lernt cS lefen. 3. 2)ie 9lad)tuiall ivh-b ftdi batb 
 i)6ren (ajfen. 4. S)iefe SWatrcfeu ii^cvben mcrgen cbev iibermcrgen ftfcl}en 
 get}en. 6. 2)er alte S3auer fjat yicl guteu alteu SBein im teller liegen. 
 6. 33cfe()lcn ift Ieid)t, gel)ovd)cn fdnvcv. 7. 3d) liebe bag Scfen, aber' idi 
 t)affe bag (£dn-cibcn. 8. aCir ftnb cureg ^va()Ieng unb ©dnra^eng ()erjlidi 
 mi'ibe. 9. SKeldie Urfadie Ijat ftc traurig ^u feiu ? 10. 3di Ijabe locber 
 Beit nod) Suft fein ©Ingcu ju Ijcven. 11. Seber gute (Sdn'iler treif n?ann 
 bie 9iei()e an it)m ift ju Icfcn. 12. (5ln fo alberncg SO'ldrd^en ift nld)t ju 
 glauben. 13. @ie laffen ifjren !S8cbtcnten if)r Simmer fegen. 14. !Der 
 9lid)ter liep ben 93erbrcdier ing ©cfdngnip \i>crfen. 14. £cbe um gu Icrnen, 
 unb ler^ie um ju teben. 16. @r tocif ju teben unb ftd) bag fieben angene'^m 
 
PARTICIPLES AND IMPERATIVE. 95 
 
 ju ntod^cn. 16. Sie .^tnber [tub fpajtren gefaf)ren, itnb bi S6)uhx ftnb 
 fpajtren gcritten. 17. Gfriil JTifclicn gcgangeat, anjiatt ju fii ren. 18. @ie 
 jlnb in bie @cl)ute gegangeu urn (Siujiifd) ju tevneii. 
 
 Exercise 71. Jlufplie 71 
 
 1. Who taught you to speak German? 2. I le » <ned to speak 
 h in Germany. 3. This stupid boy remained sitting the whole 
 evening. 4. The man had a small table standing beside his bed. 
 5. We shall not have time to see our friends this evening. 6. My 
 mother taught me to sing and my brother teaches me to play. 
 7. When shall you go a fishing, to-morrow, or day after to-mor- 
 row? 8. Why have our friends been to the city without visiting 
 us ? 9. They went to their cousins instead of coming to us. 10. I 
 am tired of his singing. 11. They have books enough but not time 
 to read them. 12. These horses are to be sold. 13. This man 
 has something to say to your friend. 14. The captain is getting a 
 new coat made. 15. The general caused the soldier to be tlirown 
 into prison. 16. This man's conduct is not to be praised. 17. This 
 silly story is not to be believed. 18. Is it not your turn to read? 
 1 9 We must go immediately, there is no time to lose. 
 
 LESSON XXXVl. iicUffli XXXVI. 
 
 participles and imperative. 
 
 1. The present participle goveras the same case as the 
 verb from which it is derived, and always follows its object ; as, 
 2)ie -^onlg fammetnbe fflienc. The honey-gathering bee. 
 2)ein hii) lieOeuber 93ruber. Thy (thee) loving brother. 
 
 2. The present participle is used predicatively only when 
 it rejects its participial character and is used simply as an ad- 
 jective ; as, 
 
 2)te <§i^e iuar brucfenb. The heat was oppressive. 
 
 2)a^ Sieb i[l reijenb. The song is charming. 
 
 3. After the verb fomnten, the second participle is used in 
 some phrases, where in English the first is employed ; as, 
 .^eulenb fommt bcr ©tiirm gefl[ogen. Howling the storm comes fl) ing 
 
 (flown). 
 
 4. The word ge^en, m some phrases with the second par- 
 ticiple of ijerlieren, is not translated ; as, 
 
 2)er SBein ivirb i?erIoven gel^en. The wine will be (lit. "^o") lost 
 
 ^a^ ®elb ift yerloreu gegangen. The money is (gone) lost. 
 
 5. The past participle is sometimes used fs the impera- 
 tive ; as. 
 
96 PARTICIPLES AND IMPERATITE 
 
 D^idit fo laut gefprcdhen. Do not speak so loud. 
 
 ^•leif iij geavbeltct. Labor diligently. 
 
 6. There is a third future participle formed only from tran 
 hitive verbs by adding t) to the infinitive preceded by ^u : it al 
 ways has a passive signification and implies necessity or obli- 
 gation ; as, 
 
 Ch- Ift eiii ju lobenber S)laim. He is a man who should be 
 
 praised. 
 3)ie ju fiivditenbe ©efa^r. The to-be-feared danger. 
 
 2)ai? ju bauenbe ^au^. The house (which is) to be built. 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 
 7. When the second person of the imperative is used, the 
 subject is generally omitted ; when, however, the third is used, 
 the subject is expressed ; as, 
 
 ^arl, bringe mtr beiii ^ui). Charles, bring me your book, 
 
 .^'inber, gel;t in baS ^a\x^. Children, go into the house. 
 
 Jl'art, bringcn @te mir 3t;r SucI). Charles, bring me your book. 
 
 @cl)icfe er bag $fevb morgen. Send the horse to-morrow. 
 
 ©0 fei eg, fagte cr. So be it (so let it be), said he. 
 
 8. The present indicative, and the auxiliary fotten are some 
 times used with the force of the imperative ; as, 
 
 2)u mad}ll inimer Slnftalt imb bi|l Be constantly making prepara- 
 
 niemalg fcrtig. tions and never be ready. 
 
 3fev fdiweigt, big man cud; annift. Keep silence till you are called 
 
 upon. 
 2)u felbfi foUfi eg t^un. Do it yourself. 
 
 S)er Sofjann foH fommeii. Let John come (cause John to 
 
 come). 
 
 9. „3)aburcf), baj" before a finite verb often answers to 
 "by" before a present participle ; as, 
 
 SWan f d^abct end) baburdi, "bOi^ man You are injured hy being praised 
 
 cud) i^u [e^v Icbt. too much. 
 
 Literally, you are thereby injured, that you are too much praised. 
 
 Exercise 72. Jlofgnbc 72. 
 
 1. ^cr bvaufenbe 2Biub trelbt bag fd}\iHaufcube ©diijf burdi ble fdidu* 
 meubeu SffieKeu. 2. 2)ovt fommt ciu2)^auu iu vcUer Jpajl gelaufeu. 3. 1)er 
 olte SITianu fd)rifb mit jitterubev «^aub. 4. ©r reitct gcfdnuiub, unb l;dlt 
 in bem 9lrm bag fcuf^eube jlinb. 5. *2c fei eg. fvvid)t 5l(bred)t init ben* 
 ucrnbem Saut. 6. ai>cinenb ricf bcr ju bemitleibeube alte 3)Zaun : „9Jiein 
 ©ct)u ijl eiu ju beftrafenbor 33evbred)er". 7. ^zx Iddielube (^rfdjUng cr# 
 \vedft bie fdilafenbcu 5i3lumcn. 8. 2)i£ bvcmienbe <^\i\\m fdimitjt bcu gldn* 
 jcubcu (Sd)uce. 9. 3()r U3rubcv i)"^ eiu ju bcucibcubcr ilJienfd;. 10. 2)et 
 fu^ne 2;audier tinrft jid> in bic bvaufenbe %i\\ii). 11. ^Biiuge mtr mclnen 
 SKantel unb meine .§anbfd}ul;e. 12. (£d;icfcn ©Ic 31)ren ^^cbientcn ju 
 
SEPARABLE COMPOUND VERBS. 97 
 
 mir. 13. „Unb feud)enb lag x<&j, ttite eiii (SteiBenber, jertreteit untcr i^tn 
 <§ufe @d)lag." 14. „5)u ubevnimmfl bie fpautfd)en Stegimenter, mad)|l 
 immer Stnftalt unb bifi niemals fertig, unb treiben fte bid), gcgen mid) ju 
 jietju, fo (L. 39. 2.) fagjl bu j[a, unb bleibfi gefef elt |lef)n.'' 
 
 Exercise 73. ^Uf^abt 73 
 
 1. The falling snow covers the fallen tree. 2. The horse comes 
 running, the bird comes flying. 3. Give the trembhng old man a 
 coat. 4. My friend is a very learned man. 5. I hear the singing 
 birds and the bleating sheep. 6. The smiling spring brings us 
 beautiful flowers. 7. So be it, said the king, smiling. 8. He has 
 the weeping child in his arm. 9. The burning sun drives the low- 
 ing cattle into the forest. 10. The foaming wave flies over the 
 trembling ship. 11. The snow melts before the burning sun. 
 12. A standing tree is more beautiful than a fallen one. 13. The 
 hoping husbandman sees with joy the swelling buds. 14. Do not 
 sing so loud. 1.5. Who is the most learned man in Europe? 
 16. These travelers call themselves traveUng artists. 17. He 
 governs them by treating them kindly. 
 
 LESSON XXXVII. ^tction XXXVII. 
 
 COMPOUND VERBS. SEPARABLE. 
 
 1. The particles ab, an, auf, aug, M, ba or bar, eiit, cm^or, 
 fort, gcgcn, ^dm, I;er, ^n, in, mit, nac6, nicber, bor, iceg, ^u, 
 juriicf (and their compounds, L. 38.), are often compounded 
 with verbs ; and as they may stand apart from the verb, they 
 are called separable particles.* 
 
 2. In compound tenses, formed from the infinitive and an 
 auxiliary,* and in subordinate sentences, the particle is placed 
 before the verb ; as, 
 
 (S'r with balb anfcmmen. He will soon arrive. 
 
 SBir muffeu au^ge^cn. We must go out. 
 
 Mann er ben @tein auf^eben? Can he lift up the stone? 
 
 5)u batfll Ijdm ge^en. You are at liberty to go home. 
 
 @te fcUten Hjn nid)t auf^alten. You should not detain him. 
 
 (St mag nid)t einfd)(afen. He does not wish to go to sleep. 
 
 (Sie finb cS, ber mid) auff^dtt. It is you who detain me. 
 
 (Sr ill bofe, ineil @ie au^geficn. He is angry because you go out. 
 
 Bk ill traurig, iweil er bie S31umc She is sad because he broke off 
 
 abbradi. the flower. 
 
 3d) luar t}ier, efie er auf|!anb. I was here before he got up. 
 
 *) In like manner are used with verbs several nouns (sometimes written with a 
 capital and sometimes with a small initial) and adjectives ; as, iaS (Sonctvt wirb StOtt 
 ftnbeu (or flattftnben) ; the concert will take place : er iutrb if)m S;rofe btctcti (or 
 tropieten) ; he win bid him defiance • er xvixh t^tt tobtfcbtagcn ; he will km hin 
 (strike him dead). 
 
98 SEPARABLE COMPOUND VERBS. 
 
 3. ^n of the infinitive* (when used), and the augment g« 
 of the past participle,* are placed between the particle and 
 the vt^rb ; as, 
 
 (3:^ m 3eit aiigjitgeT^m (not jit augge()en). It is time to go out. 
 (iiJ Ift Uuredit il)u aitf^u{)altcii (not ju auf£)alten).Itis wrong to detain hini. 
 (ir l)at mid) aufgeljalten (not ge^auffjalteu). He has detained me. 
 Bit flub aug^egangtu (not geHiu^gangen). They have gone out. 
 
 4. In principal sentences and simple tenses the particle is 
 placed at the end of the sentence ; as, 
 
 -Die ®dfte fcnimen eben art. , The guests are just arriving, 
 i&aritm gel) en ©ie au^ ? Why are you going out ? 
 
 @v brad) tie S3hime ab. He broke off the flower. 
 
 &iiU er hen 33oten auf ? Did he detain the messenger? 
 
 5. When one of these particles is prefixed to a verb net 
 •iccented on the first syllable, gu of the infinitive follows the 
 prefix, and the augment ge is rejected ; as, 
 
 (vv ift ju ftolj e^ aiiJjii^crfennen. He is to proud to acknowledge it. 
 
 ^"r i)at (6 aiuevfannt. He has acknowledged il. 
 
 G. These compounds generally take a signification different 
 from, but often kindred to the components used separately, as, 
 3d) ftefie Tiieinem ^^reunbe bei. I assist (stand by) my friend. 
 
 3d) fte()e bei meiium ^rcuiibe. I stand by (near) my friend. 
 
 (Sr ftcUte fid) mir »cr. He introduced himself to me. 
 
 dx ftellte jid) V)cr mid). He placed himself before me. 
 
 Exercise 74. ^ufgabf 74. 
 
 1. ?icf)men @ie 3()re 93iid)cr hjeg 1 2. ^mn, bcim id) Ijabe fie fd^on 
 tycggcncmmen. 3. ©e^eii 3()re ?^reunbc fjciite aiii ? 4. ?icin, fie fiiib 
 fd^ii anggegangen. 5. ®dueibt ber Jtnabc bcii 53ricf ab ? 6. yiciii, ci 
 f)at i()n f*on geltcrn abgefd)ricben. 7. 5Der ffeif^ige Saner f)at feine (Velb-- 
 fviidite eiiigefammelt, aue«gcbrcfd)en unb aiifgef^>eid)evt. 8. Urn n.^e(d)e 
 Beit gpi)t bie (Bcnwe auf? 9. (Sie ift fd)on aiifgcgaiigen. 10. 2)er 9}Joiib 
 fteigt I)inter bem ©ebirge auf unb^erfudt bie (Srbe mit feiuem fanfteu 
 IMd^te. 11. !Die tabclube 9Ba()r{)eit bc^ ciditen gveuubcg i)1 bag iDieffir 
 beti ^IBunbar^iteg, bag ein eiternbeg ®cfcl)tttiir auffd)neibet; eg fd^affet 
 Sd^mevjen, aber i5um ^etl beg Seibenbcu. 12. ®er 93cgel ifi tfeggeficgcu 
 nub bag ^ferb ift tveggelaufeu. 13. 3d) I)abe meine ^aubfdni{)e ange- 
 ,^ogeu, unb je|t )|ir()e id) uieiue Uebevfd)ube au. 14. 2)ie mfibeu 9fieiter 
 fiiib »cn il}ren abgematteten ^4>ft'^^f'i abgeftiegcn. 15. ©ie fpredicu bie 
 beutfd'.eu SBorter febv gut aug. 16. SUg wir anfingen, bcutfd) ju lerueu, 
 fonntcn tvir'bic 3Bcrtcr nid)t Ieid)t augfpred)en. 
 
 *) Verlia derived from compound nouns, or adjectives, follow the conjupation of 
 simple verlis, i. e fakn the augment, and JU oftlie infinitive, before the entire word; 
 
 as, er i)a\ gcfriil)fliicf t ; he lias hreakfasted -. c8 ifi fd^wer ju ^lub^abcn; it ii 
 difficult to manage cS b»^t geiuettcilcad;lct ; it has lightened. 
 
USE AND FORMATION OF ADVERBS. 99 
 
 Exercise 75. JlufplJe 75 
 
 1. Who has taken away my gloves? 2. Your brotaertook 
 tliem away yesterday. 3. At what time do you go out this evening 1 
 
 4. I shall not go out this evening, I went out this morning. 
 
 5. When will your friends go away? 6. They have already gone 
 away. 7. Can you pronounce these words well? 8. I can 
 pronounce them but not very well. 9. Have you already begun 
 to read German 1 10. No, but I shall begin to-morrow, my friend 
 began yesterday. 11. Does he pronounce well ? 12. Yes, he 
 pronounces very well. 13. Why don't you take away your tablej 
 14. I have not time to take it away. 15. I am copying ]etters for 
 my friend who went away yesterday. 
 
 LESSON XXXVIII. Section XXXVIII. 
 
 ADVERBS. 
 
 -1. 2)a, bort, ^ex, and too, are used with verbs of rest, and 
 with those that indicate action within specified limits; as, 
 ©a i|l ber jla^n, unh hoxt ber ©ee. Here is the boat, and there the 
 
 lake, 
 gier liegt ba^ ^Palpier, too \\t bie Here lies the paper, where is 
 
 2;iute? the ink? 
 
 2. 2)a, bort, t)ier, and too, when combined w4th ^in (thither) 
 and f)n (hither), are used vrhen motion or tendency toward 
 a place is signified ; as, 
 
 (Sx ifi ba unb id) ge^c haljin. He is there and 1 am going there 
 
 (thither). 
 93tet6e f)ter, n twitb Batb l§ierl}er Remain here, he will soon come 
 
 fommen. here (hither). 
 
 2Bo ij^ er, unb too^in ge^t er? Where is he, and where (whither) 
 
 is he going ? 
 
 3. t^ht and ^er* are frequently separated from too, and placed 
 at the end of the sentence ; as, 
 
 2iRo ge'^en @ie fjhi (roo^n get;en ©ie) ? Where (whither) are you going? 
 2Bo fommt er I;er (tco^et fommt er)? Where is he coming from? 
 
 4. ^'m and ^er when compounded with other words, still 
 retain their distinctive meanings (:^tn indicating direction 
 from and :^cr direction towards, the speaker or subject). As, 
 however, we have no words precisely answering to these 
 particles, the force rf I^in and ^tx in compounds, is often lost 
 in translating ; as, 
 
 *) ^tn and ^er are sometimes used with verbs of rest ; I)tn, in the signifi( ation of 
 "past", "gone", and l)er, denoting proximity, as, bet ©Omuiev ifl i)in; the summer 
 iH past: fte fiauben urn ihn ^er ; they stood round about him. 
 
100 USE AND FORMATION OF VERB8. 
 
 Direction from the speaJcer. Direction towards the speaker. 
 
 dr f^rang f inau^.He sprang out. (Jr fpvang {jerau^.He sprang out. 
 @r jiieg ^inaitf. He ascended. (5r ftieg lierauf. He ascended, 
 ^r fteigt f)inab. He descends. (If jletgt I)erab. He descends, 
 (^r ging tjimtnter. He went down. @r fam fierunter. He came down. 
 @r tuberte ju if); He rowed across (Er ruberte ju ung He rowed across 
 
 lien fjinuber. to them. ^eruber. to us. 
 
 ^ie Jltnber licfen ^'m imb ^er. The children ran to and fro. 
 
 5. These compounds after the dative preceded by a pre- 
 position ; or after the accusative, are usually translated by a 
 preposition before the objective ; as, 
 
 Qx flog jum ^enfier Tjinau^. He flew out of the window. 
 
 @le !amen bie Sreppe t}erunter. They came down the stairs. 
 
 6. With ba, ^ier, and too, many prepositions are combined, 
 and the compound thus formed is often substituted for the 
 dative and accusative of pronouns (L. 24, 14. 28, 12.); as, 
 3d) l^aBe i§r S3ud) unb Icfe barin. I have your book and am reading 
 
 in it. 
 @inb @ie bamit jufrieben ? Are you satisfied with it ? 
 
 Siffcu ©ie tvofcon cr [prid;t? Do you know what he is speak- 
 
 ing of? 
 (5i- naf)m meinen %\\6) unb legte He took my table and laid his 
 fcinc 33uct)er barauf. books on it (thereon). 
 
 7. Adverbs are formed by the union of nouns with nouns; 
 nouns with pronouns ; nouns wdth adjectives ; nouns with 
 prepositions ; and prepositions with prepositions ; as, 
 fctuiareiurcife, hordewise (in hordes) ; mcincrfeit^, for my part ; glucfi 
 
 lldierlr»eifc (or glucfUdicr 2Beife)^ fortunately ; firomauf, up stream ; 
 bergab, down hill ; ubcrau^, exceedingly. 
 
 Adverbs are formed from various parts of speech by means 
 of the suffixes lid;, lingg, toarto, S; as, 
 tdgli6, daily ; btinblingg, blindly ; t}immelivdrt^, heavenwards ; fings?, 
 
 suddenly ; xt6.)i&, right (to the right) ; \\\\U, left (to the left) ; 
 
 morgeiie, in the morning ; abcub^, in the evening ; aubetiJ, otherwise. 
 
 Exercise 76, JVufjjabe 7G, 
 
 1. SBo ift %i)x 58vuber ? 2. @r ijl in allien, fciu ?^reunb ifl an* ba. 
 3. Dlcifen (Sie aud) bd)in? 4. ©ntwebcr rcife id) bal)in cbcr er fcmmt 
 ()iev()er. 5. SBo get)cn luifere ^reunbc l^in ? 6. Sie get;en nad) bcm 
 jborfe; foHcn unr and) baljin gef)cn ? 7. 23ir ivcUen fjeutc I}ier blcibcii 
 unb mcrgen bat)in gcl)en. 8. 20cUen (£ic ben S3erg t;inauf geljca? 
 9. ©0 !cmmt it)r tjer unb xoc gci)t \i)x (>in? 10. ©ir fcmmen au^ 
 (£*tvaben unb gct)en nadi ^^renfien. 11. „5)er SD^ann niu0 (L. 31. 11.) 
 t)inau6 (gel)en)^ in'<!! feinblidu' 8eben". 12. SBcbl il)m, pv ift binge-- 
 gangen, iuo lein (£d)nee meljr ijl. 13. ^ev Jlandier tauditiii bag 3}leet 
 
COLLOCATION OF WORDS. 101 
 
 f)mahf urn ^erten ^eraufjufiolen. 14. 93et gtofen (Sturmen jtnb bte 
 ©ctilffe oft in ©efafjr, benn bte SBeUen fd^lagen mit ©eiratt l^erau, ha€ 
 ©d}ijf fd)tcanft l;inuber uiib IjnuUx. 15. S)e3 2Jiorgeng fd^telbt er unb 
 be^ Si&enb«? liefl er. 16. <§iuab, l^tnauf ge^t unfer Sauf. 
 
 Exercise 77. <?lttfgabt 77. 
 
 1. Where are you going? 2. I am going to the village, will 
 you go there too ? 3.1 will go there but not to-day. 4. The boy 
 sprang down into the water. 5. Our friends are in ViiSnna and 
 we shall also go there. 6. Are your cousins coming here this 
 week 1 7. No, for they are already here. 8. We went up the 
 Rhine from Coblenz to Mayence. 9. The carpenter fell down 
 from the roof. 10. The horse ran down the mountain. 11. The 
 boys went up the hill. 12. We must go to the forest, will you go 
 there with us ? 13. No, we must remain where we are. 14. I 
 will go up if you will come down. 
 
 LESSON XXXIX. lection XXXIX. 
 
 COLLOCATION OF WORDS. 
 
 1. When a subordinate sentence is introduced by one of 
 the following words, the same order obtains as in relative sen- 
 tences (L. 28. 3.); namely, aU, Bcbor, U§, ba, bafern, feamit, 
 ba^, bietreir, tfjt, faH^, jc, inbem, infofcrn, naci;bcm, olj and its 
 compounds, feitbcm, ungcacl;tct, lrd(;rcnb, wann, ii^arum, \iodi, 
 tuann, trie, and tvo ; as, 
 
 2Bir iviffen, twarum er e^ getr^an r;at, We know why he has done it, 
 
 unb tt)o er t;ingegangen ifl. and where he has gone. 
 
 @r wattete, Ue ex ftc gefel^eu ^atU. He waited till he had seen them. 
 
 @obatb er bag §6rte. As soon as he heard that. 
 
 2. 2)a, treit, toenn"'^ and );iok are followed by the correlative 
 fo, at the head of a succeeding clause ; as, 
 
 3)a er nidU ju mlr fommen ir»t((, fo As he will not come to me (so) 
 
 ge()e id) ^u iijm. I go to him. 
 
 SSenn er ntdit franf i% fo fommt er. If he is not sick (so) he will come. 
 
 3. When oSglcid;, oBtrot;! or o6fd}Dn introduces a subordi- 
 nate sentence followed by a principal one, the latter is intro- 
 duced by fo — bod;; as, 
 
 Obgletrfi bie Suft unftrt}tbar ijl, fo Although the air is invisible, it 
 ift fie bcdi cin ^or^jer. is nevertheless a substance. 
 
 *) SLiietin is often omitted, and the verb placed l)efore its suhject; as, 
 QBtfi t>U vcict), fo untcvftiltje bte 2h'mfU, Art thou ricli, (so) assist tlie poor, art thou 
 bift bu gelet^rt, fo untevric^te bte Uu= learned, (so) instruct the Igtiorant 
 
 toiffenben. 
 
102 COLLOCATION OF WORDS. 
 
 Some rimes other words are placed between 06, and the 
 word with which it is compounded ; as, 
 Db cr glcid) (or cBgtetcl) cr) mein Although he is my friend. 
 
 Sveunb ift. 
 
 4. Qt6or, ciMn, benn, cnttueber, ober, namticf), fonbern and 
 unb do not change the natural order of the sentence ; as, 
 
 @ie ifl nid)t fd)on, abzx fte ijl lie? She is not beautiful, but she is 
 
 beui5tt?uvbig. amiable. 
 
 (§TC ift |ilei§ig ; allein er lernt ivenig. He is industrious, still he learns 
 
 (but) httle. 
 
 5. When a sentence begins with another word than its subject 
 (except as above specified) the subject usually follows its 
 verb ; as, 
 
 dlk fjaOe trf) fie gemieben itnb fdil^er? Never have I avoided them and 
 lid) \uerbe id) if}ucn gaiij entgef>en. hardly shall I entirely escape 
 
 them. 
 
 JDenii if)n Ijabe id) Beleibigt. For him have I (I have) offended. 
 
 S)iefen 2}laun feniie id), jenen ober This man I know (know I), that 
 I;abe id) nie gefe^en. one however I have (have I) 
 
 never seen. 
 
 3u tange fc^cn I;ajl bu gefd)lnm? Too long already hast thou (thou 
 mert. hast) slumbered. 
 
 Sanger fann id) iiid)t toarten. Longer I can not (can I not) wait. 
 
 9^ur mit bem ^thm toerben unfere Only with life will our sufferings 
 Seibcn auf()6rcn. (our sufferings will) cease. 
 
 2)a|j bicfe (2prad)e »iet fd)lt)ieriger That this language is much more 
 aU bie cnglifdie ifl, Ijahm <Bk difficult than the English, you 
 iroI)t fdion eingefcl;en. have probably already seen. 
 
 5)a* liegt Stjr ^ud). There lies your book (there your 
 
 books lies). 
 
 6. Sometimes a causal conjunction in a leading clause is 
 best omitted in translating ; as, 
 
 (Bx if; bc^fjalb unjufricbcn, Uieil fcin He is (therefore) discontented 
 i^reuiib nid)t l;icr i)f . because his friend is not here. 
 
 7. Adverbs (except Qcnug) precede the adjectives and ad- 
 verbs which they qualify ; as, 
 
 (§S ifl fd^cn jiemlid) fait. It is already pretty cold. 
 
 2)er |)ut i\t grcp gcnug. The hat is large enough. 
 
 * As the same word may be an adverb or a conjunction, it may require the construc- 
 tion of llie relative sentence, or the inversion of subject and verb; as, ba foiTlIllt 3^t 
 glClinb, there comes your friend: ba tl)V SlCUllb fomillt, fo Will icfe ivartcn, as (or 
 since) your friend is cominfr. I will wait: bailllt bill ic^) juftiebcn, with that (there- 
 with) 1 am sati.sned: bamit td^ iiidjt ju ge^eii brauc^c, fle^t cr felb^ in order that 1 
 may not ni^ed to go, he goes himself. 
 
EXERCISES ON COLLOCATION OF WORDS. 103 
 
 8. Adverbs follow the verbs that they qualify (in compound 
 tenses the first auxiliary); those of time preceding those of 
 place ; as, 
 
 (f r ipar gefleru ^ier. He was here yesterday. 
 
 @te fomtneii eft ju un6. They often come to our house. 
 
 (Bx tinxh movgeu f)ier fein. He will be here to-morrow. 
 
 Sdife^e ifjnoft, abererfic^tmid)nie. I see him often but he never 
 
 sees me. 
 
 @rtt)irb biefenSlbenbnad^ber ©tabt He will drive to the city this 
 fal;ren. afternoon. 
 
 , 9. Adverbs of time precede the object (except when it is a 
 personal pronoun) ; while those of manner referring exclu- 
 sively to the verb, commonly follow the object ; as, 
 
 @r madite gej^etn feine Slrbeit fe^r He did his work yesterday very 
 
 fdblec^t badly. 
 
 (Sx Ijat gejlern feine Strbeit fefir He has done his work (yester- 
 
 fdiledit gemad)t. day) very badly. (See L. 26.5). 
 
 Qx Ijat fie {)eute beffer gemad)t. He has done it better to-day. 
 
 Qx ijat mix gej^crn biefe SDcittfjeiluiuj He made this communication to 
 
 fd)riftnd) gemad)t. me yesterday in writing. 
 
 Exercise 78. JVufgabe 78. 
 
 1. ©nblid) jeigtcn bie 33iivger ifjve 2Saffcii,unb fingen an firf) ju scrffjei* 
 bigen. 2. 3di Ijatk il)n gcfel)en, cf)e feine ^reunbe ange!ommen ivaren. 
 3. ffiarten (gie, hi^ id) ben iBrief getefen t)abe. 4. 2Bir njiffen, ba^ ev 
 ubermorgen fcmmen toixh. 6. 3e nie()r ®olt btr gegebeu ^cit, bcfto xmijx 
 fcUft bu h^n Skmen geben. 6. 3e nadibcm man gel^anbelt ^at, unrb mait 
 gliicflid) ober ctenb fein. 7. 3d) mi^ nidit, cb er ba i)i. 8. (geltbem felu 
 aSater tjlev i|^, tft er »tel jufriebener. 9. SBir h^iifen, ivie er ha6 getl)au 
 l)at, unb xoo er ^ingegangen ift. 10. §Iud ©dm^^fen unb ©iinflen entjleljen 
 S^ebel unb Dlegen. if. @te toifen nid^t, waxim id) batS gefagt ^abe. 
 
 12. Side feine ^vdfte tuoHte er fammeln unb jte mit bem ^^einbe »erbinben. 
 
 13. Unfer 'Sdiiff nennt cv einen 9'Jad)en. 14. (2ie finb fvanf, be§f)alb 
 fonnen fie nid)t au^ge^^en. 15. (2ie fonnen nid)t augge()en, ivell fie franf 
 finb. 16. 9Sei( fie fran! finb, fo !onnen fte nidit auggefjen. 17. (Sie finb 
 !vanf unb fonnen bepfjalb nidit auggetjen. 18. (Sx fann be^f)alb nidjt au^ 
 gefjcn, mii er fran! ift. 19. Ueber un^ fef}en tviv ben ^immel unb un* 
 jd()lige Sterne. 
 
 Exercise 79. ^ufgabe 79. 
 
 1. He has written more books than he has bought. 2. They 
 saw me before I saw them. 3. We will wait here till you can go 
 wxth as. 4. You know that I have not seen him. 5. The longer 
 a man lives, the shorter time has he yet to hvo. 6. According as 
 one is idle or industrious, will one be unhappy or contented. 7. I 
 do not know whether he will come or not. 8. 1 have seen him since 1 
 have been here. 9. Do you know how long he remained in the city 1 
 
104 INSEPARABLE COMPOUND VERBS. 
 
 10. No, ] know that he has been there, but I do not know how long 
 he remained. 11. We know him but we do not know where he 
 lives. 12. This boy is sad because his father is sick. 13. Be- 
 cause he has not much money he is discontented. 14. Although 
 he is rich he is nevertheless discontented. 15. I am tired and can, 
 therefore, write no longer. (L. 66.). 
 
 LESSON XL. §tci\on XL. 
 
 COMPOUND VERBS. INSEPARABLE. 
 
 1. The unaccented particles fce, em:p, ent, er, ge, ijer, ger, 
 when prefixed to verbs, reject the augment in the past par- 
 ticiple, and take ju of the infinitive before them ; as, 
 ©r t)at [eiii ^an^ »erfauft. He has sold his house. 
 
 @r Ijat ein -QauS ju »erfaufen. He has a house to sell. 
 
 SBer 'i)Oit biefei3 a}erke(i)eu began; Who has committed this crime ? 
 
 gen 
 
 @r &efat}t ifjnen, (L. 50. 2.) if|ve. He commanded them to illumi- 
 •§dufer ju beleud)ten. nate their houses 
 
 3d) ^abe »erfucl)t, e^ if)m ju erfld- I have tried to explain it to him 
 ten, aber id) glaitbe ntd)t, baf er but I do not believe that he 
 mid) »erjianben l)at. has understood me. 
 
 9ld), id) ^abe euren hammer niir »ets Alas ! I have only increased your 
 gropert. grief. 
 
 SBie fiat man end) enilpfangen ? How were you received ? 
 
 5)a3 'i)at mir nic gef)ort. That has never belonged to me. 
 
 5)u ^ajl ben Spiegel §erbrod)cn. You have broken the looking- 
 glass. 
 
 2. 2)uvc^, Winter, iiber, urn, unter, sjoll, miber, and iriebcr, 
 when accented, are separable, and when unaccented, inse- 
 parable; as, 
 
 (Sx n)ieberl)oPte,^t»ag er ge()6rt ):}atk. He repeated what he had heard. 
 (Sx 'ijclk bag S3nd) ivieber. He brought the book again. 
 
 JDae 2BofTer i|i burd)gelaufen. The water has run through. 
 
 S)a6 ®eriid)t burd)lief bie (Stabt. The report spread through the 
 
 city. 
 (Sx l&at unS ubergefe^t He has conveyed (ferried) us 
 
 over. 
 dx ijat ein S^vauerf^iel an3 bcm He has translated a tragedy from 
 2)eutfd)en uberfe^t. the German. 
 
 3. The particle mij; ii^ some words, takes the accent, and, 
 in the infinitive and past participle, is treated like other se- 
 parable particles ; as, 
 
 Qs tjat niii'petont ; e5 fd^eint mip; It has sounded wrong : it seems 
 gutonen. to sound wrc ng (to mis sound). 
 
SUBJUNCTIVE. 105 
 
 4. In some verbs the augment is used before the prefix 
 irij (but is oftener wholly rejected) ; as, 
 
 (Sx i)at if)tt gemip'(;anbeU (or mipj He has. maltreated (abused) 
 fjano'elt.) him. 
 
 Exercise 80, ^ttfgabe 80, 
 
 1. 3d) I)cjte morgen einen 93rief ju er^alten. 2. Ser arme aJlann l^at 
 fein @etb erl)alten. 3. 3* ^be ba^ SBort uergeffen unb bag papier yer* 
 tcrcn. 4. S)ie 2)eutfd)eu ()aben oiele nii^lidie ^iinjle erfuiiben. 5. SReinc 
 (gctiiUer fjabeu fid) gut betragen. 6. SDZan l;at mtv biefe^ ^ud) empfol)* 
 ten. 7. 3d) t)abe einen SSvief locn einem metner ^reunbe erfjatten, wcrin 
 er feinc 9teife befd)rteben ^at 8. (Siner crtuartet ®clb sen fetnem 93a* 
 ter, unb ber Stnbere »etbient fein @elb. 9. SKir niu^teu ben alten Tlann 
 in bag soccer begraben. 10. 2)er ®auer ijat fcinen SKeijen yeifauft 
 
 11. 3f)r 53rubcr Ijat mid) mipscrftanben, idci fjahz it)m ntd)tg \)erfpvod)en 
 
 12. (Sr r;at fetnen Spiegel jerbrcd)en. 13. Unfere i^reunbe l)aben ung 
 befudit fie »crfud)ten beutfd) ^u fpred)en, aber iriv fcnntcn fte nid^t «er? 
 ftefjen. 14. 3)ag tapfeve Ǥeer I}at ben ^^eiiib yertvteben. 15. (5v t)at 
 fetne ^jitcljt etfuUt unb fetne ^reunbe tjahm U)n bctc{)nt. 16. 2Bag fiir 
 ein ^crbred^en {;aben biefe Scute begangen? 17. @te (}aben einen SWann 
 beraubt unb ermcrbet. 18. 3d) Ijaht bag nod) nid)t er()alten, was bu 
 mir yerfprodicn Ijafi. 19. 2)er .^nabe Ijat felne Jlnopfe polirt, an\tatt fein 
 ^ud) ju fiublven. 
 
 Exercise 81. ^Ufn^l^f 81, 
 
 1. Have you received your money'? 2. No, but I expect it to- 
 morrow. 3. Have you studied this book much ? 4. I have not 
 had much time to study it. 5. Have you understood all that you 
 have studied V 6. I have understood it but I have forgotten a part 
 of it. 7. 1 earn the money that I receive. 8. Somebody has 
 broken my knife. 9. We tried to speak German but they could 
 not understand us. 10. I can recommend this book to you, I have 
 studied it myself. 11. The poor man was obliged to sell his bed. 
 12. This man has committed no crime. 13. Tlie thief has buried 
 the murdered man in the forest. 14. He has robbed his friend. 
 15. Have you sold anything to-day? 16. Yes, I have sold my 
 horse. 17. What have you promised me ? 18. I have not pro- 
 mised you anything. 19. Either you have forgotten, or I have 
 misunderstood you. 20. Do your duty and I will reward you. 
 
 LESSON XLI. ^fctlottXLI. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 1 . The subjunctive is used : 
 
 a. In subordinate sentences to indicate a wish or a re* 
 suit ; in which use it answers to our potential ; as, 
 
106 EXAMPLES OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE AND THE INDICATIVE. 
 
 (Sx cilt, bamit er uidit jii fpdt am He hastens in order that he may 
 
 fomme. not arrive too late. 
 
 3ct;i'at^ebir,ba5bu fJeipigerirevbcfi. I advice you that you (should) 
 
 become more diligent. 
 @f mup fielptg fein, bamit er Uxm. He must be diligent in order thai 
 
 he (may) learn. 
 (i^xe beinen SSater imb bcine TlnU Honor thy father and thymothei 
 ter, bamit bir'^ (bir eg) trotjl gelie that it (may) go well with thee 
 mh bu lange lebeft auf (Srben. and that thou (mayest) live 
 
 long on earth. ""^- 
 
 b. In quoting a statement or an opinion without vouching 
 for its correctness, as also in indirect questions ; in 
 which use it is rendered by the indicative ; as, 
 3(!^ t)oxk, bap er feIn @etb yetloren I heard that he has lost his 
 i)a6c. money. 
 
 Here 1 simply assert that I have heard the report, without 
 knowing, or choosing to express an opinion as to its truth. 
 But if, on the contrary, the indicative is used, the report is 
 assumed to be true ; as, id) I)ortc, t)af er fein ©elb i^crlorcn 
 ^atf (t; a t instead of I) ah c). 
 
 2. In this mode our imperfect <mA pluperfect are frequently 
 translated by the present and perfect; as, 
 
 (Sx fagte, ha^ er !eiu ©elb tjahe, He said that he had (has) no 
 
 (instead oif I)dtte). money. 
 
 Wlan glaubte, er I;alJe ha^ ®elb ge; It was thought he had (has) sto- 
 
 ftoI}len. len the money. 
 
 Examples of the subjunctive and the indicative. 
 
 Subjunctive. Indicative. Indicative. Indicative. 
 
 3c^ t)crte, ia^ er I heard, that he 3d) {)orte, bap er I heard (and 
 
 franf fei. is sick. fvanf i|^. know) that he 
 
 is sick. 
 SDZaufagt, err)al)e Theysayhehas 3* ivcip, ha^ ev I know that he 
 tolet ®elb. much money. V»iel ®clb liat. has much mo- 
 
 ney. 
 SDIan gtaubt, bap It is thought that 2Ramvetp, bap er It is known 
 erfommeutttcrbe. he will come, fcmmcn tr>lrb. that he will 
 
 come. 
 SJleinjl hvif bap id) Thinkest thou SBeipt bu, bap id) Knowest thou 
 belli ^cinb fei ? that I am thy bcin ^cinb bin ? that I am thy 
 enemy ? enemy ? 
 
 3. The subjunctive is often used in the third person with 
 the signification of the imperative ) as, 
 
 (5r iiel)mc feine ©ntfcrnuiuj. He take (let him take) his distance, 
 ©cfegnet fei, xotx bid) fegnet. Gen. 27, 29. 2)eiu 9leid) !omme. Matt. 6, 10 
 
SUBJUNCTIVE OF fciit, l^aBcit AND tuetbeu* 107 
 
 The first person of the plural is sometimes thus used ; as , 
 ®ef)en xo'it m ^izxi ©arten. Let us go into the garden. 
 
 (Thus, gel)eu tuir &c., instead of, i<x^i uu^ in Uw (^iJarteu gcTjeu). 
 
 4. SUBJUNCTIVE OF f e l It, X) a B 6 u AND to tx'D tXi* 
 
 \^ fet 
 
 bu feiejl (or fcijl) 
 
 ev fct 
 
 mx fcicn (or fetu) 
 
 \i)x feiet 
 
 ftc feten (or fein). 
 
 icb njarc 
 
 bu iwcirefi (or »arfl) 
 
 er njdre 
 
 trtv ivctven 
 
 t^r ttjdvet (or tuart) 
 
 fie njdren 
 
 tc^ fet 
 bu feiji 
 cr fet 
 rctv feten 
 tbr feiet 
 jtc feten 
 
 ► ^ei 
 
 tc^ ware 
 bu mdrefl 
 cr mare 
 wix wdrcn 
 i()r njdret 
 fte irdren 
 
 ► Qcwcfen. 
 
 PRESENT TEHSE. 
 
 tc^ ^aBe 
 bu liabefl 
 cr ^abc 
 mx ^ben 
 tfir ^abct 
 fie ^aben. 
 
 IMPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 tc^ t)attc 
 bu :b«ttcfl 
 er pttc 
 wir batten 
 tbr bdttet 
 fic fatten. 
 
 PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 tc^ IjcAt 
 bu ^befl 
 cr babe 
 tvtr ^<x^t\\ 
 tbr f)abet 
 fte t)aben 
 
 y ge^abt. 
 
 PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 td) ^(ittc 
 bu bdttefl 
 er ^dtte 
 ttjir batten 
 tbr bdttet 
 fte fatten 
 
 flel)abt. 
 
 tc^ ttjcrbc 
 bu raerbefl 
 er tverbe 
 njtr tuevbctt 
 tbr iverbet 
 fte werben. 
 
 tc^ roiirbe 
 bu n)urbefl 
 er tviirbc 
 Vi'xx ttjiirbctt 
 tbr ttjiirbet 
 fte ttjurben. 
 
 t(^ fet 
 bu feifl 
 er fet 
 i»tr fiten 
 ibr feiet 
 fie feten 
 
 tc^ njdre 
 bu njcirefl 
 er n^dre 
 tuir wdren 
 tbr wdret 
 fie tvdren 
 
 geworbcn, 
 ^or njorbctt 
 
 I 
 
 gcworbctt, 
 (njorben>. 
 
 tcb it^evbc 
 bu twevbefl 
 tx wcvbe 
 n.nr trerben 
 tbr tverbet 
 fie njciben 
 
 fein. 
 
 FIRST FUTURE TENSE. 
 
 {6) ttierbe 
 bu n^evbefl 
 cr n?erbe 
 wtr iverbcn 
 tbr raerbet 
 ftewcrben 
 
 baben. 
 
 tc^ tt3crbe   
 bu tuerbefl 
 cr njcrbe 
 lutr wcrben 
 tbr iDcvbct 
 fte werben   
 
 wcrbctt. 
 
 iii) njerbc 
 bu werbcfl 
 cr tverbc 
 tt)ir werben 
 tbr werbet 
 fic werbcn 
 
 SECOND FUTURE TENSE. 
 
 tcb tvertc "1 td) ttJcrbe 
 
 bu n^evbefl bu njcrbefl 
 
 getvefen er ivcrbe I gebabt ev wevbe 
 
 fein. nnv njerben f ^aben. wir tt^erben 
 
 tbrtveibet ibr Jvcrbet 
 
 ftc iveilien fie lucrben 
 
 gctoorbttt 
 
 (worben) 
 
 fein. 
 
108 EXERCISES ON THE SUBJUNCTIVE OF REGULAR VERBS. 
 SUBJUNCTIVE OF REGULAR VERBS. 
 
 5» In the present the third person is like the first; the 
 second takes the longer forms (eft and ct, L. 27. 5.) : the im- 
 perfect adds in the first and third persons singular, ete; and in 
 the plural, etctt; in the second singular, ctejl; and in the plural 
 cut. Compare L. 27. 6. & 7. The other tenses are formed 
 by combining the infinitive or past participle with subjunctive 
 forms of:^a6cn, fein and tr c r b e n. 
 
 PRESENT AND IMPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE OF I B C It, 
 
 Present. Imperfect. 
 
 \d) hU, trir loBcn, ic^ lobete, trir loBeten, 
 
 W lokft, \l)x loBet, t)u loBetefi, i^r loBetet, 
 
 er Io6c, jte Ioljcn» er Io6ete, jie lobeten. 
 
 6. In the present and imperfect subjunctive of irregular 
 verbs, thcj^r^^ and third persons are alike, and the second is 
 regularly formed from the first. See List of Irregular Verbs, 
 page 178. 
 
 Exercise 82. ^ufoabf 82. 
 
 1. 3d) tjbxUr i)a^ ev l^iev getrefen, aber id) twuptc nid)t, ob e5 ioa^r fei 
 2. ^aUn <Sie aud) gefjort, id) fei »om 5pferbe gefallen ? 3. 9fiein, id) f^oxtt 
 @ie feien au^ bem aBageii gefaUcn. 4. 9)lein 23i-uber fagt, bap man ©ie 
 gctcbt tjafee. 5. 2)ie grattjofen bel)au))teiL fic feicii bie ®cbilbct|lcn in bei 
 SSelt. 6. 3§re ©d)lt)efter gtaubte, @ic feien in ber ©tabt getuefen ; id) 
 meinte abet, ba§ @ic im 2Balbe gewefen feien. 7. 3)ie ©ngldnber finb ber 
 SJieinung, fie feien bie <§evren beg a)'lccreg. 8. Siefev* Olcifenbe evjdt)U, 
 ba^ er jt«eimal in dlcm unb breimal in 93enebig ge)c*efen fei. 9. (Sx ijo^t, 
 ba| er in ad)t 2:agen in SKien fein \vevbe. 10. 3di glaubc, ha^ mU tSlmi 
 fd)en t)ier auf (Srben iijt @nteg gefiabt l)aben iTjei'ben. 11. (Sr fagte jiwar, 
 er fei franf, aber yiele gtanbcn, ey fei 93evtlellnng yen iijm getuefen. Ii2. 3d) 
 ^orte mit Sebauern, <£ie t;dtten bag 9Zer»enficbcr ge()abt. 13. (Sx fragte 
 mid), ob id) mein ®ud) gelefen J)dtte. 14. (Sr gtaiibt, ev it?erbe nie ivieber 
 gliirflid) fein. 15. (Sx ijat mir ycrfpvcdien, baf ev niovgen ju miv fcmnien 
 Vrevbe. 16. (5"v meinte, id) mod)te eg Icfen, aUx id) !6nnte nid)t. 17. ^an 
 binb' if)tt an bie Sinbe bovt. 18. (Sr fagte, cv muiTe geben. 
 
 Exercise 83. Jlttfjjabe 83. 
 
 1. I hope I shall see them to-morrow. 2. She insists upon it 
 that they are here. 3. He made me believe that he was my friend. 
 4. We heard that you were unwell. 5. Why do you think that he 
 is your enemy ? 6. Because my friends told me that he hates me. 
 7. I have heard that my brother has lost his horse. 8. They say 
 these people are very poor. 9. He says we were in his garden. 
 10. Did you hear that I had found my money? 11. I had not 
 heard that you had lost your money. 12. This man says that he 
 
CONDITIONAL. 
 
 109 
 
 has been in V enna. 13. It is said that tho ship has arrived. 
 14. These people think that we are very rich. 15. A good scholar 
 studies diligently that he may learn rapidly. 16. He thought I 
 could not write. 17. They said that they must have the money. 
 
 LESSON XLII. 
 
 ^tdxon XLII. 
 
 CONDITIONAL. 
 
 1. The conditional mode is employed: 
 
 a. Where a condition is supposed which is regarded as 
 
 doubtful or impossible ; as, 
 Sd) fonntc e^ t^un, tuenn id) 3eit 
 
 ^dtte. 
 (Bx wiirbe eS tf)un, h^euii er an 3^- 
 
 ter (BkUe n)dre. 
 2Jlan !onnte unab^dngiij fein, itjeiin 
 
 man feiiie S3eburfniffe ^dtte. 
 
 I could do it if I had time. 
 
 He would do it if he were in 
 
 your place. 
 One might be independent if one 
 
 had no wants. 
 
 J&kAMPLES OF THE CONDITIONAL AND THE INDICATIVE 
 
 Conditional. 
 3d) f onnte e§ thin, i could do it if i had 
 tuenn id; Stitbcitle. time. 
 
 C-^r tt>iivbe !ommeU, He would come if he 
 ivenn ev biirfte. were at liberty to. 
 
 @te iviilbc bletben, She would remain 
 ivenu fte nid)t ge= if she were not 
 ()en mii^te. obliged to go. 
 
 6r tviirbe e§ (^epvt He would have heard 
 fcaben, wenii er ba it if he had been 
 gewcfen ware. there. 
 
 Indicative. 
 3(^ ^atti 3ett, aber I had time, but I could 
 id^ fonnte cS nid)t not do it. 
 
 tf)Ull. 
 
 (Sr fonnte fommen, He could come, but 
 abix cr wollte nicfet. he would not. 
 
 iSie tVoUte iud)t She would not re- 
 bleibcil, Obgletdjfie main, although she 
 ntd)t fiC^cn mu^tC. was not obliged to go. 
 
 ©r Wnv ba gercefen, He had been there, 
 abcr er bcitte e§ but he had not heard 
 nic^t geU^rt. it. 
 
 2. Instead of the first and second future, the forms of the 
 imperfect and pluperfect subjunctive are often employed ; the 
 word irenn being omitted and the verb placed before its sub- 
 ject (L. 39. Note); as, 
 
 3di ijatk e^ getf^an, u>dre id) ba ge? 
 
 trcfen : instead of, 
 3d) toiitbe e6 getfjan Ijabm, h)enn 
 
 id) ba getoefeu ludre. 
 @r h)dre ba getoefeu, t)dtte er 3eit 
 
 gc^abt : instead of, 
 (Bx tnurbe ba getoefen fein, luenn er 
 
 3eit gcfiabt r)dtte. 
 SSiifte id) tDo er ift, fo ginge i6:j ^u 
 
 it)m : instead of, 
 Senn id) toupte tt30 cr \% fo hjiirbe 
 
 ic^ 5U tf;m ge^en. 
 
 had I been there : 
 it, if I had 
 he had 
 
 I had done it, 
 
 instead of, 
 I would have done 
 
 been there. 
 He had been there, had 
 
 time : instead of. 
 He would have been there if he 
 
 had had time. 
 
 [Here, as seen, our idiom forbids 
 a literal translation] ; 
 If I knew where he is, T would 
 
 go to him. 
 
no 
 
 CONDITIONAL. 
 
 3. Sometirnes the condition is not expressed; as, 
 
 Ǥdtte lib e0 iiur gevoupt! or, 
 
 Had I only known it ! or, 
 
 If I had only known it ! 
 
 I would not have believed it. 
 
 Sienn id) c6 nuv gciru^t Ijatte I 
 3(b l)atk e^ r.idit gcglaubt. 
 
 4. The conditional is often employed: 
 
 b. Interrogatively to express surprise at, or dissent from 
 an assertion; as, 
 
 SBann Ijatk grieblanb (i. e. the 
 dukeof Friedland) imfevg 9iat^^ 
 fceburft ? 
 
 3)u trdvejl fo falfdi getrefcn ? 
 
 ©aftfreunbUd) i)atk ©ngtanb fie 
 emipfangen ? 
 
 When has Friedland needed our 
 advice? (i. e. he has never 
 needed it.) 
 
 You had been so false ? 
 
 England has received her hos- 
 pitably ? (do you say ?) 
 
 5. CONDITIONAL OF feiu ^ah^u AND trerbcn, 
 
 FIRST CONDITIONAL. 
 
 id) tDuvbc 
 ba njiirbeft 
 er tvhibe 
 toiv tviivbeit 
 il)v iwiivbet 
 ftc wiivben 
 
 tc^ iin'ivbe 
 bu anlvbcfl 
 ei" iviirbe 
 mv anivben 
 tl)t uniibet 
 ftc toiirben 
 
 > fein. 
 
 ^akn. 
 
 id) wih'be 
 hu iciirbefl 
 ev luiirbe 
 tvir n>itvben 
 i^r tt)iivbet 
 fie tviirben 
 
 SECOND CONDITIONAL. 
 
 1 
 
 gciuefen 
 feiii. 
 
 ic^ tviirbe 
 bu jviirbefl 
 cf tui'u'bc 
 tuir luiivben 
 ibr tinivbet 
 fie tviivbeu 
 
 
 i^ iriivbe " 
 bu tDiivbefl 
 er tuiirbe 
 wit tviirben 
 t^v n)itrbet 
 ftc wiirben 
 
 \6) ttjurbe 
 bu tviivbefl 
 er tviirbe 
 tuir iDiivbcn 
 t^vtuiirbet 
 fie tt)iirbeu 
 
 werben. 
 
 flettjorbctt 
 
 (woibeu) 
 
 fciu. 
 
 Exercise 84. 
 
 Iliifgobe 84. 
 
 1. S)a^ S3efte, )x>a6 ivir tr^uu fcmiten, tndve, gleid) abjureifen. 2. SBet 
 ^dtte geglaubt, ba^ er un:3 ijerlaffen luitrbe ? 3. (Sr f)dttc e^ geliM^ nidit 
 geti)an, trenn unr i()n giUig ()cl)anbelt T^dtten. 4. ^eiu ycrimuftigcr SWenfd) 
 iriirbe fo gel)anbelt Ijafeen. 5. (Sr fonntc rcdit gut Icben, ivenn cv mi)t fo 
 »crfd)n3eubcrifd) ivdre. 6. 3d) tvurbe gici* ju il)m gii)cn, tv-un id) nur 
 Wu^k. tvo cr ill. 7. @ie unite geti>ip 'oon ber ^Brurfe l)inab g?fvillcn, ivcnu 
 iin-e ^rcunbin fie nid)t gef)a(teu I)dtte. 8. @r un"ivbc cleub fctn, ivcuu cv 
 fc lebeu mitpte tvie id) (L. 26. 7.). 9. 2Benu id) baei geuni^t l)d(tc, fo 
 wdre id} gan§ anber^ yerfat)reu. 10. 3d) uifivbc mit 3f)ncn ge(;cu, tucuu 
 id) iud)t fc Viet ju Ujnn ijatk. 11. S©enu id) iae 33ud) gcfel)en Ijdttc, fo 
 un'irbc id) eg gefauft I)aben. 12. Sir tt^urbcn fd)on fpied)cu fonneu, menu 
 tnir ffei^ig j^ubirt bdtten. 13. 2Benn fie 3cit tjdtten, \inivbcii fie uiitS ge* 
 tvip begleitcn. 14. aBnm id) cuglifd) fonnte, fo nnirbe id) glcid) nad? 
 5lmeviFa auiSiiHiubcrn. 15. 3d) glaube nid)t, bap bu lange bort bicibeii 
 ujuvbeil, u^euu bu au^tvaubcru foiUett. 16. 3d) iviirbe ha$ ^olj faufeu 
 toenu c^ gut tudre. 
 
REFLEXIVE VERBS. 
 
 Ill 
 
 Exercise 85. ^ttfgabe 85. 
 
 1. What would you do with this book if it were yours ? 2. I 
 would study and try to learn the language that it teaches. 3. What 
 would you do if you were rich ? 4, I would travel and study. 
 5. I should he satisfied if I could speak as well as you do. 6. II 
 I had had a good teacher I should have learned much faster. 
 7. Would you sell this house if it were yours 1 8. No, I would 
 live in it. 9. I do not believe you could sell it. 10. If you had 
 called, I should certainly have heard you. 11. You would have 
 money enough if you were only industrious. 12. We could have 
 bought the horses if we had had the money. 13. I would write 
 you a German letter if I could. 14. We should have seen your 
 friends if they had been at home. 15. They would come if they 
 had not so much to do. 
 
 LESSON XLIII. 
 
 §taxon XLIII. 
 
 reflexive verbs. 
 
 1. The number of verbs that are used exclusively as re- 
 flexives, is much larger in German than in English ; as, 
 
 3d) fd)dme mid). 
 
 2Ba^ i)at jid) eretgnet ? 
 
 @ie fe()nt fid) nad) OiuT;e. 
 
 <5)ag <§eer ergab fid). 
 
 3d) untcrfte{)e mid), bag ju tljun. 
 
 @r etetfert fid). 
 
 @r iciberfe^t fid) bem SSefe^I. 
 
 <Sie l^aBen fid) an i§m ijcrgviffen. 
 
 3d) getraue mid^ nid)t ba'^in. 
 
 (Bt crfunbigtc fid) nad) i^nen. 
 
 2Sir fonnen un^ Ijiermit befietfen. 
 
 (Sr W fid) cr^olt. 
 
 (5r befinnt fid). 
 
 ©ie l)aben fid) gnt anfgefiiljrt. 
 
 (Ex befirebt fid), eS jn t§un. 
 
 I am ashamed. 
 
 What has happened 1 
 
 She longs for quiet. 
 
 The army surrendered (itself). 
 
 I venture to do that. 
 
 He is becoming angry. 
 
 He opposes (himself to) the 
 
 command. 
 They have attacked (laid hands 
 
 on) him. 
 I do not venture (trust myselfj 
 
 there. 
 He inquired after them. 
 We can make shift with this. 
 He has recovered. 
 He bethinks himself. 
 They have behaved themselves 
 
 well. 
 He tries (exerts himself) to do it. 
 
 Many other verbs, though not exclusively reflexive, are 
 often used as such; as, 
 
 (£ie btivagen fid) gnt. 
 SBai grcimt i()r cudi ? 
 gic I;aben fid) cntfrf)Icffen. 
 3Jlan follte fid) in bie Umf^dnbe 
 fd^icfen. 
 
 They behave themselves well. 
 Why do you grieve ? 
 They have resolved. 
 One should adapt one's-self to 
 circumstances. 
 
112 REFLEXIVE VERBS. 
 
 (Bx Befinbef ft* iool^r. He is (finds himself) well. 
 
 SKic beftnben (Bk fid) ? How do you do ? (find yourself?). 
 
 2. Verbs are often used reflexively whose corresponding 
 English ones are employed intransitively or passively ; as, 
 JDa^ aSetter ijtUt fid) ouf. The weather is clearing (itself) 
 
 up. 
 3)ie ©olbaten fammetn fid) urn i^; The soldiers assemble (them 
 
 ven ^ii{)rer. selves) around their leader. 
 
 2Btr t)lelten ung in Setlin auf. We stopped (ourselves) in Berhn. 
 
 S)ag Sud) f)at fid) c^efunbeu. The book has been found. 
 
 5)er '^Immel Bebecft fid) mit SolEen. The sky is being covered (cover- 
 ing itself) with clouds. 
 ©oH bcr ^xz'od ftd) Dor unferii 2lu; Shall the outrage be accom- 
 gen ooUenbcn ? plished (accomplish itself) 
 
 before our eyes ? 
 JDcr @nutb Idf t fid) l^oren. The reason is plausible (lets it- 
 
 ^as Idf t fid) fe^en. That looks well (lets itself be 
 
 seen). 
 S)a^ taffe id) mirnid)t jlreimat fagen. I don't wait to be told that twice 
 
 (do not let it be said to me 
 
 twice). 
 
 Exercise 86. ^ttfgabf 86. 
 
 1. Seber gute 33urger unterwirft M ben gereditcn ®efe|cn felncg San^ 
 be^. 2. !Dac? feinblid)e ^eer I;at fidi enblid) cvgeben niiiffcn. 3. 2)te 
 .^raft, mit njcld^er bie SJlugfcli: fid) jufammcnjte()en unb au^be{)nen, if^ 
 fe{)r grof. 4. 9lUe 2)iinfte iinb fDdmpfe, weldie kftdnbig i>cn bcr (5rbe 
 aufftcigen, fammetn fid) in ber 5Ctmofpt)dre, unb inbem fie fidi »erbinben, 
 entf^e^t haxane Otegen, (2d)nee, 9^ebel, SBinb unb jebe anberc SBcvdnberung 
 ber Suft. 6. 3)iejenigen, tueldie fid) felbft Icben, madien fid) fe()r eft Id; 
 dierlid). 6. 2)ic @cf)ne Jlarl^ be^ ®rcf en muf ten fid) in ben SBaffen, im 
 3f{elten unb im ©dnvimmen iiben. 7. iDer ©Idubigc jeigt fid) im Unge; 
 mad) tole ein %de im 3Jiecrc, lucnn bie aJleeve^wcgen um ii)n tcben. 
 8. 2)a0 blaue ©ewolbe, tt>eld)ei? irlr «§immcl ncnnen, ij^ ein uncrmc^lidicr 
 S^iaum, in iveldiem bie (S'vbe, bie Sonne, bcr SWcnb unb unjdl)lige Stevnc 
 fid) bortegen. 9. iDasJ '§eer lagcrte fid) um bie (Stabt unb fcrbevte bic^ 
 felbe auf, fid) ju iibevgcbcn. 10. 3)ie 33uvger glaubtcn, fie Fcnnten fid) 
 liert()cibigcn, unb iveigcvten ftd% fidi bcm ftcljen §einbe ju untertverfen. 
 11. „3m£)ficn ctljob fid) ber 2Jlcnb unb fdjUHimm iuie ein Icid)ter 9iad)en 
 im 2Bieberfd)eine beg 5tbenbroti)g." 12. @r tveigert fid), mit unfi ju 
 gef)en, unb id) frcuc mid), baf er nidit ge()en )riU. 
 
 Exercise 87. Jlttfgobf 87. 
 
 1. My friend has determined to go to France. 2. They are 
 
 ashamed that they have been so idle and inattentive. 3. The 
 
 clouds are gathering, I think it will soon rain. 4. The boy refuses 
 
 to go with us because he wishes to visit one of Hs friends who is 
 
IMPERSONAL VERBS. 113 
 
 iSick. 5. They defended themselves bravely but were finallv 
 obliged to surrender. 6. We should oppose all unjust laws' 
 
 7. I am glad that we can go, and that we have so fine weather 
 
 8. This ccurred while you were stopping in Berlin. 9. One 
 should noi deliberate too long. 10. Everybody should endeavo: 
 to do his duty. 11. The army encamped on a large field not fa? 
 from the city, and summoned the citizens to surrender. 13. We 
 should not praise ourselves. 13, I am glad you have visited my 
 friend ; how does he do ? 14. He is very well, but his brothei 
 and his cousin are not very well. 15. There have been three men 
 here this afternoon who have inquired after you ; one of them said 
 he had determined to remain here until you should return, but he 
 allowed liimself to be persuaded to go with the others. IG. He 
 who can easily adapt himself to circumstances, is to be called 
 fortunate, even if he is poor and deserted, 17. The people have 
 not been able to defend themselves, and have again submitted to 
 their cruel oppressors. 
 
 LESSON XLIV. |-ectionXLIV. 
 
 IMPERSONAL VERBS. 
 
 1. Besides the verbs, e3 bonnert, it thunders : e§ hli^tf it 
 lightens : e^ rcgnct, it rains : e^ f(f;neit, it snows, &c,, which 
 (as in English) .are properly impersonal, many others are 
 used impersonally ; as, 
 
 Q6 fvent midi. 1 am glad {lit. it rejoices me). 
 
 (Se tljnt mil* fel;r letb. I am very sorry. 
 
 (Be gelingt mir, meiiien ^reunb ju I succeed in convincing my 
 
 iiberjeugen. friend, 
 
 ©nblid) gh"icftc e^ if)m. Finally he succeeded. 
 
 @^ l)ungevt unb biirfiet if;n. He is hungry and thirsty. 
 
 @g frtevt uug. We are cold. 
 
 (§^ f)ei^t, er irerbe batb fcmmen. It is said he will come soon, 
 
 ^lev I}eif t eg mit dtt6:}t, ha^ u.f.w. Here it is justly said that, &c. 
 
 5)a6 (;etf t, iveim fie e^ biKi^en. That is (that is to say) if you 
 
 approve it. 
 
 2. In the use of impersonal verbs the nominative eel is 
 sometimes onr.itted, and the accusative or dative placed be- 
 fore the verb ; as, 
 
 W\d) ()ungert, for, e6 Ijuiigert mid). I am hungry, lit. it hungers me. 
 
 9Jlir fc^iriubelt, fiDr, eg fdiiijinbelt mir. I feel dizzy, 
 
 dg efi'lt mid) jebe ©pcife, or mir I loathe all food. 
 
 efelt »or jeber @peife. 
 
 JDem S3ater graiifet'g The father is frightened. 
 
X14 EXERCISES ON IMPERSONAL VERBS 
 
 Similar to this is the phrase mid) biinft, or mid; bciuc^t^y 
 answciring to "methinks". 
 
 3. ®ebm impersonally used, indicates existence in a ge- 
 neral and indefinite manner, and is rendered by "to be"; the 
 object of gcl)en, being used as the subject of "to be"; as, 
 
 (Bi gibt feliic iiio\n\ ot)ne 35ornen. There are no roses without thorns. 
 aBa^ gi&t'«J (gi6t c^) S^eueg ? What is there new ? (what news 
 
 is there ?) 
 2Ba^ gibt'g ? What is the matter ? (what is 
 
 there?) 
 
 4. ^t^m, 0e6red^en and mangcln, are often used impersonally 
 with two datives ; the latter one being preceded by ,,a\\"; as, 
 @s? fet;lt tf)m an aJlutl). He is deficient in courage. 
 
 (Sg mangelt mir an ®elb. I am in want of (I lack) money. 
 
 SBcraii gebridit eg 3f)ucu ? What are you in want of? 
 
 5. Some verbs are used impersonally and reflexively; as, 
 a^ yerfiel^t fid) (or eS yerilel)t [uh Of course (or, as a matter of 
 
 »on felfaft), ba^ \M)i aUe reid) course) not all can be rich. 
 
 fclii fonneit. 
 
 @g i^zhuxi fid) itid)t, fc ju r^anbeln. It is not becoming thus to act. 
 
 @g fd)[dft fid) Q,\\i ^icv. One can sleep well here. 
 
 Exercise 88. Jlufgabc 88. 
 
 1. @g i|^ ir;m eiiblid) gelungcu, feinen i^veunb ju iibcr^eiigen. 2. <^t\xi 
 $lan ij^ gcluiigen, uiib bodi ij^ er unjufvteben. 3. @g fvagt fid), cb wtr 
 morgcn gc()en fbnnen ? 4. (ks^ gef)crt fid), ben Souutcig ju f)eingen. 
 5. (|g fdiicft fidi, dltcre Seutc ^u virfjten. 6. @g cveignet f['d) fettcii, la^ 
 gute, yerftdubige Seute fid) entjweieu. 7. (f ^ tr^ut bem Jlnabeu fef;r leib, 
 ba^ er fo nadjldpig geivefen (ft. 8. (5'g wiirbe midi fei)r fveueit, \i)\\ mie? 
 bevjufei}en. 9. ©iirftet ©ie? 10. 9lein, aber mid) I)ungert iiub friert. 
 11. (kg yerjief)t fid), ta'^ er Ijeutc iiidit fommeu mirb; benii bte ®cge fiiib 
 ju fdiled)t. 12. (S'g trdgt fidi juweileu ju, bap anl;altcnber Oiegeii ble 
 ganje (5rntc yerbivbt. 13. SUif bcr Snfel SO^altagibt eg feine ©dUaugeu; 
 ill (Sarbtnia gibt eg felne SSblfe; in 2)eutfd)lanb gibt eg feinc JlrcfobKe; 
 auf Sglanb gibt eg nid)tg ©iftigeg, aber in ber ganjcn SOBelt ill fcin Dvt, 
 h?o eg feinen 9'ieib gibt. 
 
 Exercise 89. Jlttfgabe 89. 
 
 1. I would be very glad to accompany you home but I am afraid 
 it will rain, do you not see how it lightens, and hear how it thun- 
 ders ? 2. I think it will snow to-morrow, it is questionable wheth- 
 er our friends will be able to come as they have promised. 3. The 
 peasants have finally succeeded in selling their horses. 4. I am 
 very sorry not to have seen them, but it was so cold wliile they were 
 
 * Willi t>aHd)t, biillfr, the dative (instead of accusative) is often used; as, mtt 
 
 bauc^tor fciinft, orc3 bauc^t or biiiift mir. 
 
PASSIVE VERBS. 115 
 
 in the city that I could not go out. 5. It sometimes happens that 
 lazy people are very rich, but never that they are wise, learned, 
 useful or happy. 6. This man is not hungry, but he is very cold. 
 
 7. Of course you will visit us as soon as you can, will you not 1 
 
 8. It is not proper to do that. 9. Is there a better beverage in the 
 world than cold water 1 10. They say they are very sorry that 
 they did not succeed in convincing us that we were wrong. 11. A 
 man who is deficient in courage is not a (L. 52. 11.) good soldier. 
 12. What is the matter, why are all those people running into the 
 house ? 
 
 LESSON XLV. Section XLV. 
 
 PASSIVE VERBS. 
 
 1. The passire is formed by connecting the auxiliary Ujer= 
 ben, with the past participle of the main verb ; as, 
 
 5)a^ ^ferb irirb befd}lagen. The horse is being shod. 
 
 2)ag ^au^ unrb gebaut. The house is being built (or is 
 
 building). 
 2)ic S3ud)er tcetben serfauft. ' The books are being sold (or 
 
 are selling). 
 
 Obs. The past participle in connection with the verb „feltt", 
 denotes that an action is completed ; as, 
 
 2)ag $ferb ift bcfdilagen. The horse is shod. 
 
 2)aS ^axii ill gebaut. The house is built (finished). 
 
 ©ie 93iiclicr finb yerfauft. The books are sold. 
 
 @ie trevben gelcbt werben. You will be praised. 
 
 2. When the past participle of ii^crben is used as an auxi- 
 liary, it rejects the augment gc, and is translated by been, 
 while fein is translated by "io have'' (L. 82. 34.) ; as, 
 
 (Sx ift geloBt irorben. He has been praised. 
 
 5)ie ®fid)et tvaren »erfauft trcrben. The books had been sold. 
 
 ^k 23iicl)er mxt^n yerfauft tuotben The books will have been sold, 
 fein. 
 
 3. Passive verbs are often used impersonally to denote an 
 action or event in progress ; as, 
 
 ©0 irirb gefungen. There is singing (going on, or 
 
 being done). 
 (Be iuuvbe big f^dt in bie ^ad)i gc- The fighting was continued (it 
 fod)ten. was foughtl till late m the 
 
 night. 
 (Be tyurbc i^m you alleu ©eiteu ju From all sides it was run to his 
 
 ^ulfe geeilt. assistance. — Milton, 
 
 ^oxt tt)ir'b alle Xiage getanjt uub ge? There, there is dencing andplay- 
 fpielt. ing every day. 
 
116 
 
 PARADIGM OF A PASSIVE VERB. 
 
 4. PARADIGM OP 
 
 ©elieBt trerben, 
 
 INDICATIVE. 
 
 V3 
 
 ii 
 
 tcb werbe 
 bu tDtrfl 
 er iBtvb 
 wtv roerben 
 tbr iverbet 
 ftc tverben _ 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 I am 
 
 thou art 
 he is 
 we are 
 you are 
 they are 
 
 IMPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 tcb tvuvbe 
 bu luurbefl 
 cr tvnrbe 
 mix anirben 
 tt)r ivuvbet 
 fte irurben _ 
 
 r-^ 
 
 I was 
 thou wast 
 he was 
 we were 
 you were 
 they were 
 
 PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 tc!) Inn 
 m bifl 
 cr ifl 
 wtr ftiib 
 thr fetb 
 fie ftnb 
 
 «2 
 
 I have 
 thou hast 
 he has 
 we have 
 you liave 
 they liave 
 
 PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 i(f) v»av 
 bu njaifl 
 ev war 
 tinr waxiix 
 Ibr n>av(t 
 ftc n^avcu 
 
 «2 
 
 I had 
 
 thou hadst 
 he had 
 we had 
 you had 
 they had 
 
 ^- 
 
 FIRST FUTURE TENSE. 
 
 Id) U'ovbe 
 bu nnvft 
 ix nnvb 
 wix ivevbeu 
 tbr ivcvbet 
 ftc wcrben 
 
 J CO 
 
 I shall 
 tliou wilt 
 he will 
 we shall 
 you will 
 they will 
 
 SECOND FUTURE TENSE. 
 
 tit ivcrbc 
 bu u>trft 
 or an" lb 
 wir ivciben 
 i(n- ivcrbct 
 fte werbcii ^ 
 
 
 I shall 
 ihou wilt 
 he will 
 we shall 
 you will 
 hey will . 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 ic^ juerbe 
 bu tuerbefl 
 er jucvbe 
 trir t»evben 
 il)r iDcrbet 
 jit tvcrbcu _ 
 
 r^ 
 
 id) fct 
 bu fetefl 
 cr fct 
 iinr fcien 
 hx fctct 
 fie feieu 
 
 I may 
 thou mayst 
 he may 
 we may 
 you may 
 they may 
 
 ll 
 
 IMPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 i(f) loiivbc 
 bu n^iirbefl 
 er ttjiirbe 
 mir JDiirbcn 
 i^r miirbet 
 fte Jviirbcn 
 
 I might 
 thou mighLst 
 he might 
 we might 
 you might 
 they might . 
 
 ^5 
 
 PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 >S. 
 
 I may 
 thou mayst 
 he may 
 we may 
 you may 
 they may 
 
 PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 d) unirc 
 bu tinirefl 
 cr ware 
 wir warcn 
 ibr i^circt 
 ftc ivareu 
 
 >-s. 
 
 1 might 
 thou mightst 
 he might 
 we might 
 you might 
 they might _ 
 
 FIRST FUTURE TENSE. 
 
 erbc "I S (if) 
 
 ?r»^efl t " 
 vbe I 2 „ 
 
 J t r, 
 
 id) IV 
 
 bu ivcrbcfl 
 er tverbe 
 unr tvcvbeu 
 ibr uuMbet 
 ft? ivcrbcu 
 
 I shall 
 thou will 
 he will 
 we shall . 
 you will I ■" 
 they will J 
 
 ]| 
 
 SECOND FUTURE TENSE. 
 
 Id) UH-rbe 
 bu u>evbcfl 
 cr n>crbc 
 u>ir u'crbcn 
 ibr luorbet 
 fie iverbcu , 
 
 (if) I shall 
 ., thou wilt 
 .. he will 
 „ we shall 
 „ you will 
 „ they will. 
 
clieBt tocrbcn, to be loved. 
 
 117 
 
 A PASSIVE VERB, 
 to be loved. 
 
 CONDITIONAL. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 IMPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 PIUPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 FIRST FUTURE. 
 
 tc^ tuiirbe 
 bu wiivbefl 
 er iDiirbc 
 iDtr miirben 
 ihx nnivbct 
 fte luiivbeu , 
 
 2 J3 o 
 
 SECOND FUTURE. 
 
 id) ttjiivbc "1 c ^ I 
 
 bu wiivbcfl *-"^ ^^- 
 
 er wiirbe l!§ s s ^ 
 
 xoix ttnirben { "5 ^ go 
 
 ibrwurbet "^S ^ g 
 
 ftc luurbcu J *^ "^ i? 
 
 IMPERAT. 
 
 »o -a 
 
 PRESENT TENSE 
 
 roerbe bu 
 wevbe er 
 mevben wir 
 njerbet tbr 
 werben fte 
 
 IMPERF. TENSE. 
 
 PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 PLUPERF. TENSE. 
 
 FIRST FUTURE. 
 
 SECOND FUTURE, 
 
 INFINITIVE 
 
 PRESENT TENSE 
 
 getiebt iverbeu, 
 to be loved. 
 
 IMPERF. TENSE. 
 
 PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Qe(tebtt»orbcnfeut, 
 
 to have been 
 
 loved. 
 
 PLUPERP. TENSE. 
 
 FIRST FUTURE. 
 
 »erbeu geltcbt 
 ivevben, 
 
 to be about to be 
 loved. 
 
 SECOND FUTURE. 
 
 PARTIC. 
 
 PRESENT. 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 PERFECT. 
 
 geltefct/ 
 
 loved. 
 
 PLUPERP 
 
 1st. FUTURE. 
 
 2d. PC TUBS. 
 
118 SYNTAX OF THE DEFINITE ARTICLE. 
 
 Exercise 90. ^ttfgabc 90. 
 
 1. 2)er Slciplge irirb geaditet uub getoBt, unb ber gaute toirb tteradbtd 
 unb getabelt. 2. S)ie j^eilften ?5elfen luerben »on ben ©emfenidgeru er? 
 flettert. 3. 3)er guiiftige Stugenblicf mxh »on bem ^lugen ergriffen. 4. (5^ 
 tvurbe mefjv ge)>iclt als gearbettet. 6. ®ev (Streit njurbe auf beiben (Sei? 
 ten m'li grojjer ©rbittevinig gefiT^rt. 6. 2)a^ SSerf ifl eiibltd) ycltenbet 
 nun-ben uub unrb bab et[ct)etnen. 7. @nbltd) ij^ eg auggefunbeu iDovben, 
 irer ber 2)leb ift. 8. @g n)irb beremfi ein ernfieg ®erict)t ge{;aUen tverbjr, 
 iiad^bcm aUe 936lfer u^evben ^erfammelt hjorben fein. 9. 2)er O^adibar 
 glaubt, ha^ ber 93ater i>on feinem Minbc getdufdbt ft>erbe. 10- 2)le ®e* 
 fdncbte melbet, ba^ Sircja »cn ben griec()ifd)en ^urj^en gerj^ort toorben fci. 
 11. ©er 2lrme ftagt, baf er gen^altfam fortgefdite^jpt ivorben fet. 12. ®er 
 betrubte 33ater glaubt, fein ©obn irerbe ijon bem erbitterten ^einbe erfdicf^ 
 fen n^orben fein. 13. 3)ic ^^reunbin U^an'vkU, bap hae Hngliirf burdi bie 
 @dmlb beg 9^adibarg I)erbeigefiif)rt tworben iudre. 14. ^rometfjcug tt»ar 
 vcn Supiter an einen ?^elfen gefimiebet morben. 15. S)ftg -^an^ »irb )ion 
 einem fef)r gefd)irften 3Jtann gebaut. 
 
 Exercise 91. ^ttfgabc 91. 
 
 1. Do you know why you have been blamed by your friends ? 
 2. 1 was blamed by them because the letter that has been promised 
 by me had not been written before they arrived here. 3. I hope 
 the enemy will be defeated and driven out of the country. 4. My 
 letter will have been read before yours will have been written. 
 5. We are not often hated by those who are loved by us. 6. The 
 bad will be punished and the good will be Rewarded. 7. Good 
 men are often slandered while they live, and praised and honored 
 after they are dead. 8. The ring of the rich young traveler haa 
 been found by one of his servants. 9. These beautiful baskets 
 are said (L. 31. 4. b.) to have been made by the blind man to whom 
 the flute was sent yesterday. 10. Those indolent boys deserve to 
 be punished*. 11. There has been more done to-day than yester- 
 day. 12. We are often deceived by those who praise us, for we 
 are often praised by flatterers. 13. The hunter says he has been 
 bitten by a bear that had been shot by one of his companions. 
 
 14. Has it not yet been made out by whom the money was stolen ? 
 
 15. Do you know by whom these letters were written ? 16. These 
 people think they have been deceived by us. 
 
 LESSON XLVI. |:fftt0n XLVL 
 
 SYNTAX OF THE DEFINITE ARTICLE. 
 
 1 . The definite article is often used in German, where in 
 II dn slating it is omitted: 
 
 a. Before nouns (in the plural as well as singulai) taken 
 ill a general sense , as, 
 
SYNTAX OF THE DEFINITE ARTICLE. 119 
 
 5)le 9flofe I)eipt bie jlonigin ber The rose is called tae queen of 
 351umen. (the) flowers. 
 
 Sag ^ferb ift eiu iiu^Iidie^ 3:{)lev. The horse is a useful animal. 
 
 3)ie a>[crbe fiiib nu^lkte S:f;ievc. (The) horses are useful animals. 
 
 2)ie i^'ici^eit ift beg i0lenfdicu Ijcd)- (The) freedom is (the) man's 
 fleg ®ut. highest good. 
 
 „Sev Sy/tnnul l^ilft, bie ^olfe mu^ (The) Heaven helps, (the) helJ 
 uiig weidieu I" must yield ! 
 
 b. Before the names of lakes, mountains, days, months, 
 seasons, ranks, bodies or systems of doctrme, the 
 superlative of adjectives, masculine or feminine names 
 of countries, as also before the words ^of, Jtirc(;c, 
 maxtt, miiijU, ®cl;ule, and ^tafet; as, 
 
 ®er 95tfuy ift eiu SJutfan'. (The) Vesuvius is a vo.c*,no. 
 
 iDer ©oniitag in (Suvopa \\i ftl)i* (The) Sunday in Europe is very 
 »erfd)iebcn «on bem Sountag in different from (the) Sunday 
 Slmerifa. in America. 
 
 2)er Mai ijl fd)6ner aU ber SWdrj. (The) May is pleasanter than 
 
 (the) March. 
 JDie meifien @(tern fdiicfeu ifjte M'm^ (The) most parents send their 
 b.'r in bie (Sd)u(e unb in hk Mxd)e. children to (the) school and 
 
 to (the) church. 
 (2tivb ©ieieinbenSditDeijgelccfen? Have you ever been in (the) 
 
 Switzerland ? 
 
 c. Before nouns specifying time, or quantity, where in 
 English the indefinite article is used ; as, 
 
 Sdi fe:^e i^n gtijeimal beg 3at;vg. I see him twice a (the) year. 
 
 (Se t'ojiet fiinf ©rcfdien ha^ ^fnnb. It costs five groshens a (the) 
 
 pound. 
 
 d. In many expressions which mark a change in the 
 condition of a person or thing, and in English require 
 the nominative, or objective after a verb, the dative 
 with juni (or jur) is employed ; as, 
 
 iDtan madite i()n jum Ǥau)3tmann. He was made a captain. 
 Qe ift jum (5prld)n?ort geiucrben. It has become a proverb. 
 
 e. Before the proper names of persons when preceded 
 by an adjective ; before the names of relatives or in- 
 timate friends ; when the name of an author is put 
 for his works, and in the oblique cases of such as do 
 not by inflectional endings, indicate the case ; as, 
 
 <Die fdione <§elena. The beautiful Helen. 
 
 JDer arme ^einvid). (The) poor Henry. 
 
 (Sage bem 3o()ami, er fell !ommen. Tell John, to come nio shall a me;. 
 
 25ie' JBerbannung beg Slriftibeg. The banishment of Aristides. 
 
 <Sie lefeu je^jt bcu -^cvber. They are now reading Herder 
 
120 SYNTAX OF THE DEFINn E ARTICLE. 
 
 /. The definite article (when the sense is not thereby 
 obscured) may be used instead of a possessive pro- 
 noun ; as, 
 Qx Ijat ben Ǥut nod) auf bent .^clpfe. He still has his hat on his head. 
 2Ba^ {;aft tu in ber ^panb ? What have you in your (the) 
 
 hand? 
 When used with Beibe, I)allJ, fo, folc^cr, irle, and ^n, the 
 article comes first; as, 
 2)!e Innben 5)lener blleben einen f)ah Both the servants remained half 
 
 ben Xa(^. a (a half) day. 
 
 ^in unc alter SWann ifi er ? How old a man is he ? 
 
 2. The definite article is omitted before names of the car- 
 dinal points, when motion from or towards them is expressed, 
 as also in a variety of phrases where it is employed in Eng- 
 lish; as, 
 
 3m <Oerb|l: jletjcn bie 33oget 5?on In autumn the birds migrate from 
 DZorben nad) ©uben. the north to the south. 
 
 Ueberbringer btefe^ ill ein i^reunb The bearer of this is a friend of 
 »on mir. mine. 
 
 ©a^ iji nicl)t S?lobe (Sttte) bci iing. That is not the fashion (custom) 
 
 with us (in our country). 
 
 3. In legal reports, the usage of the two languages is 
 similar ; as, 
 
 j^Idger bcI)vinV'>tet, ba^ u. f. \v. Complainant maintains that, &c. 
 
 4. The indefinite article is often omitted before nouns used 
 as the predicate of fein, or trerbcn; as, 
 
 (Bx h)urbe evj^ ©olbat, nad)I)er ^6^ He became first (a) soldier, 
 nig. afterwards (a) king. 
 
 6. The indeclinable bergleid)en (such, such like), may relate 
 
 to nouns of all genders and both numbers, and in any case ; as, 
 
 2!)ergteid)en Sffiein i|l tfieuer. Such wine is dear. 
 
 S^rinfen @ie je bergleid)en ? Do you ever drink the like ? 
 
 Exercise 92. Jlufflabe 92. 
 
 1. 2)ic Strniutf) ifl oft ber yerbiente Mjn ber gauUjeit. 2. Sie ^cf* 
 nung ij^ ber treuejle %xo\ttt ber SOlenfAen. 3. 3m 3uti ij^ ba<S Setter 
 fe()r t)eip. 4. 2)er ^akx ifl am Ǥof, bie 2)'iutter in ber Jlivd;e, ber @of)tt 
 anf ber Uninerfitdt, ber ^ncd)t anf bem TlaxU unb baS J^inb in ber 
 <Sdmte. 5. @age bem 3of)ann, ev foU i^on je^t an iiievmal bie 9Bodie 
 anf ben SD^arft gel)en. 6. (5rfl fegettcn irir nad) Often nnb bann nad) 
 ©iibcn. 7. 3n ^eutfd)Ianb ifl c5 ®itte, ba^ man ben <^nt abnimmt, trenn 
 man ^reunben begegnet. 8. (fin fotdier 3Wann n>urbc ein foldieg 93erbrc? 
 dien geUM^ niAt begef)en. 9. (Sr ift ein jn alter Warn ©clbat jn iverben. 
 10. jlennen @ie ncd) eine fjalbe (Stnnbe ivarten? 11. 2Bie! nennft bu 
 fin fo elenbeg @efd)6^f beincggleid)en ? (L. 25. 4.) 12. 5)er §reie liebt 
 getoo^nlid) ben iVvieben 
 
PROPER AND COMMCN NAMES. 121 
 
 Exercise 93. <3lttf0abe93. 
 
 1. Indolence is an unpardonable vice. 2. To so miserable a 
 ife as this, I would prefer death. 3. This is too large a stove for 
 60 small a room. 4. The eloquence and patriotism of Demosthenes 
 saved his country. 5. March is a very windy unpleasant month, 
 the Germans sometimes call it (Vrutjling^monat, because it is the 
 first month of spring. 6. Why do you wear such a hat ? 7. We go 
 to town three times a year. 8. This cloth cost six florins an ell. 
 9. In France it is the custom for people to take off their hats when 
 a funeral procession passes by. 10. I will wait half a day longer 
 if you will go with me. 12. How long an exercise have you 
 written to-day ? 13. The servant has gone to market to buy 
 beef, eggs, potatoes and the like. 
 
 LESSON XLVII. gtciian XLVII. 
 
 PROPER AND COMMON NAMES. 
 
 1. The proper and common names of places and countries, 
 as also of months, are placed in apposition; as, 
 
 S)ie (Stabt Berlin i|l in bent Mf The city (of) Berlin is in the 
 
 nigreid) ^reu^en. Kingdom (of) Prussia. 
 
 ®ev SJlonat 2)Jai ijl fc^on. The month (of) May is fine. 
 
 2. The date (without a preposition intervening) precedes 
 the name of the month ; as, 
 
 •iBom funften SDlai Bl^ jum t>ter unb From the fifth (of) May till the 
 jwaujigfien Slugujl. twenty-fourth (of) August. 
 
 3. Nouns denoting weight, measure and quantity, stand in 
 the same case as those they limit and (feminines excepted) 
 are not declined ; as, 
 
 S)ret ^aar (see 5.) ^anbfd^ulje. Three pairs (of) gloves. 
 3iDei ^Bfunb ^afee. Two pounds (of) coffee. 
 
 Qt fiat a<i)t @tucf 9Sie^. He has eight head (of) cattle. 
 
 2)ret mm Xni), Three eUs (of) cloth. 
 
 Obs. When the latter noun, however, is qualified by some 
 other word, it is put in the genitive ; as, 
 S)rei ^^funb biefe^ ^affeeg. Three pounds of this coffee. 
 
 3wei 33uct) be^ beften 5papierg. Two quires of the best paper. 
 
 4. Like nouns of weight, &c., (see 3.) is used the word 
 Q(rt (kind or sort) ; as, 
 
 (5r t)at eine neue 2trt ^a^icr. He has a new kind (of) paper. 
 
 Qx fvvid)t »on einer befonbercn Slrt He is speaking of a particular 
 ^unbe. kind (of) dogs. 
 
 5. (Sin ^aoT {literally a pair) often answers to "a few*' 
 and is used undeclined, before nouns in any case ; as, 
 
 6 
 
122 PREPOSITIONS AND ADJECTIVES WITH THE GENITIVE, 
 
 (5r i}at ciii ^viav j^i-cuube hci fid;- He has ^few friends with him 
 {£i- fommt 111 dn ^4>aav Jlai]^!, He is coming in Sifew days. 
 
 6. SJiann, referring to organized bodies of men, retains the 
 singular form; as, 
 
 (Sill Sicgiment i^on taufcub SJlami. A regiment of a thousand men. 
 Exercise 94. ^Ufflttbc 94. 
 
 1. ?(m cvftni 5Jlai wirb tie 5trmee in ble ^taU ikijcn. 2. 2)cr aik 
 ^^ic(i()aiitU'r {)at (juubcvt StficE il3iet) gcfauft. 3. (S'v triiift jeben S)icrcien 
 jUH'l ®la0 Saffer. 4. SScKeii Sie mii- ciu Stiicf S3vcb gebenV 5. 3* 
 aMll 3l)iu'ii JUHM (gtiiff ^leiftri gcben. 6. ai^ir ful)vcii am fiinf uub jwciir 
 jlc^ftcii .'^aiuiar lu-'ii ber (^tait dhw-^cxt ah, nub famcn am aclUjcl)ntcn 
 ^clnuar in bcr Stabt ^Bicmen ai;. 7. ®cv SDZonat ^ifai ift *jiel angenel)* 
 mcv altj bcr Q)icnat i?lpril. 8. 2)ie (Stabt iBtvIin ift bie •g)anptftatt be< 
 JiO:;ivivdcl}e ^^^vcnfuMi. 9. -£)a!^ ift cine ^^lit ^'nuiit, bie id) nic y^efeljen ()abt\ 
 10. (S'i-'l)at jUHM ^4>^i^iv «S»antfiinil)e unb fcdi^ (SUcn ilnd) gcfanft. 11. 1'er 
 ©om in bev ^taht iDiavibcbnvg ift fc()v fri^cn. 12. ©at^ Jloni^veid) (£ad^; 
 feu ift fe[)r ficin. 13. ^'v Ijat nodi ein ircni^ ®elb, benn eiu ^utcv ^^veunb 
 t;at II;m neulicli ciu ^^aar 2;i;aler cjcfdiidl 
 
 Exercise 95. |lufjjal)e 95. 
 
 1. Here is a little piece of paper for you. 2. Our friends live 
 in the city of Vienna. 3. The shoemaker has sent you a pair of 
 shoes. 4. I have bought three barrels of tlour and a hundred 
 pounds of coffee. 5. The kingdom of Prussia is larger than the 
 kingdoms of Saxony and Bavaria. 6. We were in the city ol 
 Dresden in the month o'". Tune. 7. The city of Hamburg is rich and 
 very beautiful. 8. This man says he has a new kind of paper. 
 9. Will you give me a glass of water? 10. Will you not take a 
 glass of wine 1 11. I have already drank a glass of wine. 12. We 
 remained only a few days and did not see much. 13. On the 
 sixteenth of August we were in the city of Cologne. 
 
 LESSON XLVIII. §tcl\o\\ XLVIII. 
 
 PREPOSITIONS AND ADJECTIVES WITH THE GENITIVB. 
 
 1. The following prepositions are construed with the geni- 
 tive; viz, anftatt or fta;t, instead; an^cifjalb. outside, without ; bied? 
 fcit(g), on this side ; i)ali\ Ijalben or I)albcv, on account (of; ; inner.-' 
 I)alb, inside, within ; jcnfcit (ei), on that (the other) side, beyond: 
 fvaft, by virtue of; lang^, along ; laut, according to ; cbevt^alb, above ; 
 tro^. in spite of; urn — iviUcn, for the sake of; ungcad)tct, notwith- 
 standing ; unter()alb, below ; unfcrii. iiuwcit, near, not fir from ; 
 i:ptmittclft, mitteliX by means of; ttermoi^e, by dint of ira^vcub, 
 during ; lucgcn, on account of; jufolge, according to. 
 
PPtEPOSITIONS AND ADJECTIVES WITH THE GENITIVE. 123 
 
 2. ^ro^ and lancjg may be used with the dative; as, 
 ?dng^ bem SBegc (or beg SBege^). Along .he road (the way). 
 %xci^ nieineni @uct)eu (or meineg In spite of my search (seekinfr). 
 
 ©udieug). 
 
 3. Bi^Ms^/ when preceding its noun, requires the genitive; 
 when following it, the dative ; as, 
 
 Sufclge beg ^cvid)tg, or bem ®e; According to the report, 
 tid)t sufolge. 
 
 4. ^alB, ^alber or :^aI13ett, always follows its noun ; unges 
 flc^tet and tregen may precede or folic w it; as, 
 
 Slftevg f^alber. On account of age. 
 
 ^an fcbd^t i^n ttjegen feiiieg j^teipeg He is esteemed on account of 
 unb liebt ii)n feiner S^ugeub wegen. his industry, and loved on 
 
 account of his virtue. 
 
 5. In urn — Iritten the genitive always stands between imi 
 and trillcn; as. 
 
 Urn beg greunbeg toillen. For the friend's sake. 
 
 6." ^alBen, irecjen and iridcn, are often compounded with 
 the genitive case of pronouns, in which use t is substituted 
 for the final r ; and sometimes with the relative pronoun, in 
 which t is added to the genitive ; as, 
 
 SJ?eliiett»egen ; (for my sake) instead of meincm'^egen. 
 
 SfjrehtMneii ; (for your sake) instead of 3()revtTtiUen. 
 
 Um belTenltvUlen ; (for whose sake) instead of urn beffeuwiUen. 
 
 7. ^(nflatt (compounded of art and <^tatt) may be divided* 
 <Btatt taking its original character as a noun ; as, 
 
 9(n feineg Sviiberg ^tatt, or awftatt In his brother's stead, or instead 
 feineg S3vuberg. of his brother. 
 
 8. The following adjectives are construed with and usually 
 f«)llow the genitive : 
 
 bcburftig, in want ; Ben5t()igt, necessitated, in want; ht'con^t, con- 
 scious, aware ; eingebeiif, mindful ; fdl}ig, capable ; frcft, glad ; ge? 
 tndvtig, in expectation, waiting ; geivip, certain, sure; fiiubig, hav- 
 ing- a knowledge, skilled ; Icoig. free, single ; leer, void, empty ; 
 mdditig, powerful, (master of) ; fct)ubig,* guilty ; t(}ei{()aft (ig), par- 
 ticipant, sharing; uberbei'i^ig, tired, disgusted ; serbditUig, suspect- 
 ed, suspicious ; yerluftig, deprived (of) ; iviirDig, worthy, geiual)V, 
 aware ; geivot)ut, accustomed to ; log, free, rid ; miibe, tired, weary ; 
 [att, satiated ; i)cU, full ; xvati), worthy, worth. 
 
 * „3c^ulfcicj fclu," with the accusative answers to ''to owe", "le indebt- 
 ed" ; as, et ift mir j€§ii ©ulteu fdjulcig, he owes me ten florins. 
 
124 EXERCISES ON PREPOSITIONS AND ADJECTIVES. 
 
 2)e^ bRUOd^cn SBinfer^ ungetoo^nt. Unaccustomed to the Gennaa 
 
 winter. 
 2)ie (Srbe i|i soil ber ®\iU btS Jgtxxn, The earth is full of the goodness 
 
 of the Lord. Ps. 33, 5. 
 Bk timrben bcr inneren ^raft jid^ They became conscious of their 
 beujupt. inherent strength. 
 
 9. The last seven adjectives of the above list are more 
 commonly used with the accusative ; as, 
 
 3d) Inn biefen 2ln6Ii(f geiDcI;ut. I am accustomed to this sight. 
 
 iB6 ill eineu ©utben wert(;. It is worth* a florin. 
 
 (Sin Stoxb »cU 5le)3fel. A basket full of apples. 
 
 In this use iooU often takes the ending cr ; as, 
 BcUer ©nabe unb fS^ai)xl}nt Full of grace and truth. 
 
 10. ©oiuif , Iccr and ijoU are often followed by ton, fat;ig by 
 ju, and frof) by iiljcr ; as, 
 
 (Ir i|l ju SlUem fdf)ig. He is capable of anything. 
 
 93oU yon gelnbcn ifi bie 2Belt. Full of foes is the world. 
 
 2)ein ^erj fei nid)t frol^ hbn fein Let not thy heart be glad when 
 Uughldf. he stumbleth (lit. over his 
 
 misfortune). 
 
 Exercise 96. ^ttfgabt 96. 
 
 L 2Beun ta6 5|3fetb fciner ©tcirfe ktruf t tvtdre, fonnte 9iiemanb e^Bdn* 
 bigen. 2. 3di bin ml ®elb fd)ulbig, aber id) bin feine^ S3erbred)cng \dmh 
 big. 3. (Sv iinirbe biefc ?trbcit, beren er gan§ ungetnotjnt ift, utd)t tijuit, 
 irenn er nid)t be^ ©clbeg benbtl)igt tt»dve. 4. ^\t bein 53vuber betuer ^nlh 
 bebiirftig, fo fvvige nidit, ob er berfclbcn triirbig ifl. 5. 9}iand)er 2Jlenfd) 
 tievbringt fein 'ithcn imeingebeiif fciner etnigen 58eftimmung. 6. ^ic met* 
 ften aScrlufte finb eine^ (Svfa^eg fdf)tg. 7. .^ein ©cijiger fann feine^ Se; 
 ben^ frcl) tverben. 8. (Bx ift feiner Uebereilung ge)i>at}r getrcrben. 9. 3d) 
 bin be<? Sebenj^ unb ^ciTfd)ene! nmbe. 10. 2)er ta^fere Zdi ift frei iinb 
 feincg 5lrmc^ mdd)tig. 11. 3nner{)alb bev (Stabt unttl)ete bie ^pefl, unb 
 au^erfjalb berfelben ber ^elnb. 12. Qx Ijai nieinen Ǥnt anftatt beg fei^ 
 nigen gencmnien. 13. SQ)d()venb nieineg 2Uifent()aUg in 2). tvurbe id) be3 
 (gtabtiebend ganj iibevbru§ig. 14. ,^raft felneg Stmteg »crl)aftcte er aUe, 
 bie cr hcS a^erratf)^ ycrbdditig tjicU. 15. Urn feine^ 93aterg 9BiUen blelbt 
 ix In biefer (Etellc, cbgleidi er cinev bcffern im'itbig Ift. 16. „!Der .^cnlg 
 unb bie ^alferln, hc6 Uingen ^aberj^ niube, ertv»eld)ten iljten Ijartcn (Sinn 
 unb nmditen enblid) ?^rlebc". 17. 2)lefer S^ag tvar eg, urn beffcntolUen 
 ix ilrcne unb ichcn bem untrcueu ©lucfe anyertraute. 
 
 Exercise 97. ^ufgabc 97. 
 
 1. We live on the other side of the river not far from the bridge. 
 2. On account of the cold weather we remained at home. 3. He has 
 
 * In referring to llie amount of one's wealth, "worUi" is rendered by ,, 1° e t d) '; an 
 it ifi jebn taufenb ©Ulbeu reic^, be is worth ten thousand florins 
 
VERBS GOVERNING THE GENITIVE. 125 
 
 taken your hat instead of his cap. 4. Those people are destitute 
 of money and in want of help. 5. They are not tired of walking 
 bat tney are not acquainted with the road. 6. This is a labor to 
 which I am entirely unaccustomed, and I do it only because I am 
 in want of money. 7. Men often become guilty of a crime because 
 they owe much money. 8. I am sure of his innocence for I know 
 that he is not capable of such an action. 9. He who is always 
 mindful of his destiny does not become tired of his life. 10. Our 
 friends live on this side of the river below the bridge 11. During 
 our stay in Berlin my friend became master of the language. 
 12. For his friend's sake he remains here although he is tired of 
 city life. 13. He is conscious of his strength, sure of his aim, and 
 certain of his cause. 14. By means of good books and great 
 industry one can learn rapidly. 
 
 LESSON XLIX. ^tciUn XLIX 
 
 VERBS GOVERNING THE GENITIVE. 
 
 1 . The following verbs govern the genitive ; namely, a^s 
 icn, cntrat{;en, ermangedt, gcbenfcn, getrat;ren, I;arren, lac^cn, 
 fpottcn, iraltcn, irarteu, tebiirfen, UQcijxm, Brauc(;m, entBc(;rcn, 
 mt?dl)ncn, genie^en, )^\icQm, fd}onen, uerfcl;len, oergcffen, trat;^ 
 rcn, waijxndjmm. 
 
 The last twelve more frequently govern the accusative: 
 ad}kn, I^arrett and waxtcn are followed by auf ; and lac^cn, 
 f:potten and traltcn, by iibcr with the accusative ; as, 
 3d) bvaud^e nid)t beg ^elnie^, or I do not need (am not in want 
 
 ben ^etm. of) the helmet. 
 
 @ie fpctteu meinet (or liber mtc^). You mock (deride) me. 
 SBir J^arreu betne^ WinM (or, auf We wait thy beck. 
 
 beiiien SBiuf). 
 
 2. Verbs governing the genitive, when used passively, 
 take the impersonal form ; as, 
 
 (SS iuivb metner (or meinec tulrb 1 am mocked. 
 
 L. 44. 2) gefpottet. 
 S)einer it)irb (or c^ ii^irb beuier) You are thought of. 
 
 gebacl)t, 
 
 3. The following reflexives, also, require the genitive after 
 <he accusative (or dative) which they govern; anmni^cn, aiu 
 ncfimcu, Ih^dicucu, fccflciHon or bcf(oi]l(gon, (hnioOch, (nTaad;tigcn, 
 oemctftcrn, Oefd^cibcu, bcftuum, cutauj^crn, ciuHotcii, cntbvcd;cn, 
 tntf^altcu, entfd;lagou, eutfmuen, cr'^armcn, crfred;cn, crtuncrn, 
 txtixl)nm, ertue^ren, freuen, getrojleii; rii(;men, fd;anien, iiBer^cs 
 
126 VERBS GOVERNING THE GENITIVE. 
 
 ben, untcrfangen, untmDinbcn, bcrmeffen, ux\d)m, mXjxcn, mU 
 cjcrn, anmt)crn: cnt(,mltm is often followed by ^ow, erbarmert^ 
 [reucn, fct}dmcn and njimbcrn, by iiber; and bcjinnen and frcuen^ 
 by auf; as, • 
 3d) fdidnie mid) ber dloUe tie id) I shame me of the part I played. 
 
 fvielte. {W. Scott). 
 
 a3ebien' hid) fdinell beiner Tla6^t Avail yourself quickly of your 
 
 power. 
 @r eriiinert* <icl) ber -^Briefe. He remembers tiie letters. 
 
 (S'v wuiibevte fid) iiidit wenig uUx He wondered not a little at my 
 
 mciu (2d)t»abroiuren. swaggering. 
 
 4. The verbs, eg gclujiet (or liiflct), eg jammert, eg reuet, eg 
 lol}nt ftct), also take a genitive after the accusative ; as, 
 
 e^ iamniert mic^ be^ jtinbeg. I pity the child (am grieved on 
 
 account of it). 
 2)u Idffejl bid) beg lUBcl^ teuen. Thou repentest thee of the evil. 
 Q^ lo()nt jid) ber 9JiiU;e iiid)t. It is not worth the trouble. 
 
 (Sg gcliiftct is sometimes followed by nad;; as, 
 2)tid) (L. 44. 2.) geh"iftet nid)t wai) I do not covet the dear (rich) 
 £>em t()eucru Sc(;ii. reward. 
 
 5. The transitive verbs anflagcn, tclc()ren, tcraut^en, '6cfrf)ul= 
 bigcn, cntf)cbcn, cnttc"Digcn, mal)ncu, u6crl)c6cn, i?crtroftcn, iDiir= 
 bigcn, 5ci{)cn, enttnnben, entOlojjen, enttabcn, entfleibcu, entlaffen, 
 entfcl^cn, entti^i3l^nen, logi>red;en, ubcrfiit)vcn, iibcrjeugen, tn= 
 fid;crn, govern the genitive of a thing, and the accusative of 
 a person ; as, 
 
 D^atut Id^t fid) beg @d)Ielerg nid)t Nature permits not herself to be 
 
 iH'vaubeu. robbed of the veil. 
 
 <2ic fUigeu i()it bel 2)ie6flai;lg an. They accuse him of (the) theft. 
 
 Sr tinib beg 2)iebftal)lg angeflagt. He is accused of theft. 
 
 iSx ijiit fid) feineg geiiibeg eiitlaben. He has rid himself of his enemy. 
 
 G. The last eleven are frequently folio wod by uon; mai)s 
 nen, by an; and bertrojlen by auf; as, 
 3d) fii()Ic mid) \)on alter SlotI; ii\U I feel relieved from all distress. 
 
 labeii. 
 SBavum a n feiiier «&ev!unft ©dimad) Why remind him so rudely of the 
 
 fc rau() H)\\ mal)ueu 1 disgrace of his origin 1 
 
 7. Often the genitive of a pronoun under t'le government 
 of a numeral, does not require translation; as, 
 
 * ill i('reriin<j to n thing learnt^d, the worJ bcbalteU, " tu ieep", ^' to retain" 
 answers to our " remember" ; as, ic^ failll bic SBovtci' lltc^t bc^aUeU, I can ool 
 remember the words. 
 
EXERCISES ON VERBS GOVERNING THE GENITIVE. 127 
 
 Gt Tjat »ler ^ceunbe, unb id) l^abe He has four friends, and I have 
 
 \l)Ut nur ^ret, only three, 
 
 3(b f)a6v» mv funf ^fevbe, unb er I have only five horses, and he 
 
 i)at bcieii neuii. has nme (of them). 
 
 Qv Ijat mi fCelu, unb id) Ijabe bef; He has a great deal of wine, and 
 
 feu nur iv.nic^. I have but little (of it). 
 
 2Str Ijabcn (o hex guten ^^reunbe We have so, few good friends 
 
 wenlg. (of the good friends few). 
 
 8. The genitive is often used adverbially ; as, 
 iiimS ^agi-d tranbeltc er u.f.iv. One day he was walking, &c. 
 
 ^c6 Tlcxi^mS lieft ev. In the morning he reads. 
 
 Exercise 98. ^Uf^dbc 98 
 
 (§^ (L. 24. 17.) fcbout bcv Jlrieg and) (L. 63. 5.) uid)t beg ^lubtemS 
 in ber SBiege. 2. 2)er j^raufe lun-ga^ fetner ©dimevjen, ber Ilraucvube 
 fetneg Jlumuievg, tie Strmutf; if)rer (gcrgen, 3. ^Jiandier iUleufdi pf egt 
 fo fcrgfdUt'g feiueg ,^6i:pevd, ba^ er fcinev (£ee(e Faum gcbenft. 4. iji)r 
 furdUct ber (gpfuire ju yerfe(}lcn, bie (Suveg ©eifteg unnbig ill 5. ®ei 
 nit§e beg Sebeng — aber gebcnfe and', beg S^cbeg. 6. 2)ie ^reubni ber 
 @rbe bebiirfen ber Si'irje beg ijeximi iBedifelg ^u ifjrer @il)alti.ng unb 
 93evebhing. 7. 3Cev btg Ungliirflid)en nid;t fdicnt, fontern bcffeU'en fpcts 
 ten fvtnn, ber verbient, bap man audi feiuer ini Ungli'icf ttcrgt-ffe. 8. 3l)reg 
 i^rcunbeg tuartet nod) eiu fdiwcrev itampf. 9. 5)eg ^ouf'jg \x)urbe l;eute 
 gar nidit ervrdfint. 
 
 Exercise 99. ^llf0a(ie 99. 
 
 1. He often thinks of thee but them he has forgotten. 2. Among 
 others he mentioned his cousin. 3. Do not forget the poor, while 
 you are enjoying so many pleasures. 4. He who ridicules the 
 poor shows a bad heart. 5. Never forget the sufferings and 
 sacrifices of those who achieved the freedom which you now 
 enjoy. 6. Your friend does not need your assistance. 7. We 
 should forget our sorrows and remember our joys. 8. Threaten 
 as thou wilt, I laugh at thy threats. 9. The matter was mentioned 
 in my presence. 10. He has taken care of his sick friend. 
 
 Exercise 100. Jlufoabc 100. 
 
 1. @ie erinnern ficf) troI)l (L.67.6 ) ncdi beg juiigeu Sianneg, ber im 
 ?crigen 3al)ve beg OZaubeg angcflagt wax. 2. (Sx wax befdmlbigt eineu 
 cei*en a3ie()()dnb(er auf ber Sanbftra^e fcineg ®c(bcg bevaubt ju ()abei:. 
 3. Wlan fcnnte ii)u jobcdi biefcg 93erbve*eug nidU iibei-fiiijveu. 4. (Sr 
 {jatk fidi bereitg alter ^offuung cincr ^vtifvrcd;ung begcben uiib fidi beg 
 ^jebaufcag cntfdUagen, atg unfdMilbig evfldrt ^u iiierbeu. 5. ©cr 9llcbter 
 febcd) ent{}ob ibn aller ©cvge. 6. 9tadibem cr ben ?hu]cf(agtcu aufgefcr; 
 bcvt batte. guteg y3tntbeg ju fein unb fidi alleg ilnmmevg ^u cutfdilagen, 
 cvflartc er: .Vb bin beu itollen a)lcinung. ba^ man tioKu jnngen S}iann 
 nidu beg 5iaubeg bejiubtigen fann. 7. ©cnu r.id't Scbev, ber fid; beg 
 93ettelng f*dmt unb aller Wlitkl entblopt ift, iuirb ein Diduber. 8. 3d) 
 toii' feineg guteu 53etrageng gefc^n3eigeu, Unn er ijat fidi immer eine3 
 
128 USE AND GOVERJJMENT OF THE DATIVE. 
 
 orbentlicl)en gebenS beflllTen. 9. 3d) ertnnere eud) abn ber ^ijaUn im 
 le^ten ^riegc, beren er fid) mit 9ied)t rii^meii fanu. 10. §reuet eud) fc-U 
 Iter ^reifpred)ung unb h>urbiget i^u enter Sreunbj"diaft. 11. ©pottet fei» 
 ner nid)t hjeil er im ^erfer twar, fonberii erbavmet eud) »ielmel)r feinet 
 unb gebenfet feiner Seiben. 12. Seber, ber feiner Iadit, fd)dme fid) [eineg 
 cigenen Setragen^. 13. StUe Slnwefeuben freuten fid) biefer 0tebe, unb 
 man entlebigte augenblirflid) ben 5lngefd)ulbigten feiner i^effeln. 14. 3d) 
 fann mid) biefer Seute erinnern, aber id) !ann il)re Xiamen nid)t bef)aUen. 
 15. (Sr freute fid) be^ flugen 0iat^3 unb ging ^^inau^ unb begab fid) an 
 bie Strbeit. 
 
 Exercise 101. ^ttfgabf 101. 
 
 1. The old soldier boasts of the deeds that he has performed. 
 2. Do you remember the promise that you gave me? 3. I do not 
 remember that I gave you any promise. 4. Can you remember 
 all the long words that you have found in this book'? .5. Have 
 you accused any one of this crime ? 6. Who has robbed the 
 tra^ eler of his money ? 7. He has been convinced of his error, 
 but convicted of no crime. 8. The tyrant avails himself of his 
 power. 9. An honest man would be ashamed of such an action. 
 10. The enemy has obtained possession (possessed himself) ol 
 the city. 11. Do you remember the old gentleman with whom 
 we traveled from Brunswick to Bremen?' 12. Yes, I still re- 
 member hin . 13. It is difficult for those who have a bad memory 
 to remember the rules of a language. 14. Are you of the opinion 
 that he is guilty of this crime ? 
 
 LESSON L. Sttiitin L. 
 
 USE AND GOVERNMENT OF THE DATIVE. 
 
 1. Verbs of giving, taking away, and the like, govern the 
 dative and accusative ; as, 
 
 (Sx f)at eg mir genomnten unb eg bir He has taken it from me, and 
 
 gegeben. given it to you- 
 
 3Bag 'ijat er S^nen gemac^t? What has he made for you? 
 
 SBir fd)rieben i^r einen S3rief. We wrote (to) her a letter. 
 
 (Sie fci)icfte ung bag @elb. She sent (to) us the money. 
 
 2. Many verbs govern the dative, while the corresponding 
 ones, in English, govern the objective ; as, 
 
 (Sx r^itft mir (not midi) unb id) He helps me, and I thank him. 
 
 banfe i^m (not i^n). 
 
 €eine Tlu^t \ia^t i§m, abev fie jle^t His cap fits him, but it does not 
 
 i^m nid)t gut. become him. 
 
 dx toiU mir nici)t »erjei()en, iaf id) He will not pardon me that I 
 
 i^m toiberfprod^en l^abe have contradicted him. 
 
USE AND GOVERNMExNfT OF THE DATIVE. 129 
 
 9Ba6 fef)tt bem 5Kaniie ? What ails the man 1 
 
 2)ag gefdUt ii)x * uiclit. That does not please her. 
 
 1>. The dative is used with such expressions as, leib, funb, 
 tvei) tl;un, ^^opx [^red^en, SBort I)a(tcn, 311 ^(;eil irerben, &c.; as 
 also with the impersonal verbs, ai)mt, baud;t, biinft, efelt, 
 grauet/ fct;annbelt, and traumt; as, 
 S)ir liat you bicfeu X(;atcn b(cg ge; You have only dreamed of these 
 
 trdumt. deeds. 
 
 SWir grauet, tueiter fcrtjufat)ren. I dread to continue (go farther). 
 
 5)e^ Sebeng ungemifcbte ^^veube Life's unmixed joys were (be- 
 
 \raib fcinem ©terblidien ju 'ilijni. came) the lot of no mortal. 
 SWIr inirb fo ircl)l, mir itih'b fo wl). I feel so well, I feel so ill. 
 Q^ ti)nt mir im ^erjen xocij. It pains me to the heart. 
 
 4. When verbs governing the dative, are used passively, 
 they take the impersonal form ; as, 
 
 ^i}m irirb gcl)clfen unb mir tuivb ge^ He is helped and I am thanked. 
 
 banft. 
 3f)uen wurbe tiMberjlanben. They were resisted (it was re- 
 
 sisted to them). 
 
 Similar to this is the phrase, bem fci \t?ic i^m tvollc, instead 
 of ba§ fei \vk e§ iroUe; be that as it may (will). 
 
 5. Some verbs govern either the dative or accusative ac 
 cording to their signification ; as, 
 
 Set) lief if;m, aber zx l;orte mid) I called to him, but he did nc>' 
 
 nidjt. hear me. 
 
 3d) tief it)n in has Simmer. I called him into the room. 
 
 Qx hat feiii ®elb befcmmen. He has got (obtained) liis money. 
 
 JDiefe (Speife bcfommt mir iiidit. This food does not agree with me. 
 
 6. The dative ohen. precedes the adjectives by which it is 
 governed ; as, 
 
 ®er .^omet ift m\e nid)t iid)tbar. The comet is not visible to us. 
 3)ie <2adie ift i(}m unbcgreifiid). The affair is incomprehensible 
 
 to him. 
 aSag i^n eud) yerf)af t mad)t, madit What makes him hateful to you, 
 il)n mir tocvt^, makes him estimable to me. 
 
 * ©efallen, with its dative, is often the equivalent of the Enghsh verb "•£» like"; 
 ss, biefe^ 3:ucb j^efallt mtr, I hl<e this cloih; liierally. this cloth suits, or pleases ine. 
 
 ©efflUen laffiii = "to submit to"; a?, fte laffeii ftc^ alleS gefalleii; tiiey submit 
 to everything (they let everything; please them). 
 
 The adverb gevu (comparative Heber), fain, gladly, v-=th an appropriate verb, often 
 answers to "«oVi7«-'_\ to be fond of": as, er Vaiirt)t g?ni ; he lilies to smoke (is fond of 
 Bmoking): fle()eu Ste C{ixn iu8 ^b^ater? do you like to go (are you fond of going) 
 
 to the theater? id) |)abe ibii gem; i like him: er moc^te Uebci- ge^en aU bleiben; 
 
 he would rather go than stay. 
 
 6* 
 
130 USE A.ND GOVERNMENT OF THE DATIVE- 
 
 (5 vgpben bent ^rcunbe, or bcm ^rcuu; Devoted to the friend, or to the 
 be evgebcu. friend devoted. 
 
 7. The dative is often employed instead of a possessive pro- 
 noun, or the genitive of a noun ; as, 
 
 (5"udi ivctjiit ein (Sngcl an bev (Seite An angel dwells at your side. 
 
 (titcliut an eurev @eite). 
 5)em itcnig n.>ivb bev linfe 9(vm jer; The king's left arm is shattered. 
 
 fcbmcttevt (beg ^onig^ linfer 5(rm). 
 jteineni 2)lanne fann id) ©attin fein. I can be no man's wife (I can be 
 
 wife to no man). 
 
 y. The dative is sometimes idiomatically employed, where 
 remote reference only is had to the speaker, or to the person 
 addressed ; in which use it is seldom regarded in translat- 
 ing ; as, 
 
 (B^ ftiib @ud) gar trc^tgc Camera- They are right insolent fellows 
 
 ben. (for you). 
 
 ®c(je mlv nidit anf^ d'xi. (Pray) don't go on the ice. 
 
 9, When the dative and accusative are under the govern- 
 ment of the same verb, the accusative, except when it is a 
 personal pronoun, comes last ; as, 
 
 3* gebe it}m bag ^n6. I give him the book. 
 
 3di gebe eg if)m. I give it to him. 
 
 @v fd)icft i()r bie ^ebcr. He sends her the pen. 
 
 (Bx fdiicft fte ifjr. He sends it to her. 
 
 10. The dative with Bei, ton, ^u, answers in various phra- 
 ses, to our possessive, preceded by at, from, of, and to ; as, 
 @r tnotjnt bcl bem (gdineiber. He lives at the tailor's. 
 
 ®el!))i bn ju bcincm 33etter ? Are you going to your cousin's ? 
 
 ©ic fcmmen ebeu »on i(;rem ^veunb. They are just coming from their 
 
 friend's. 
 3jl er ein aScrtnanbter i?on S^ncn ? Is he a relative of yours ? 
 
 For prepositions governing the dative*, and the dative or 
 accusative f, see L. 15. 
 
 Exercise 102. ^Vi^^([\it 102. 
 
 1. 3di banfe 3f}ncn, ba^ (£ie miv geT)cIfcn baben. 2. (Er un'irbe mfr 
 getiM§ fdniben, uhmui er mir bcifommeu fonnte. 3. ©iefer S}wi x,:^'^i mir, 
 abcr ct fte()t mir nidit gnt. 4. QCag fe(;lt 3f)nen nub 3f)rem §rcunbc? 
 5. ©g feljlt mir niditg; ob \i)\\\ etiuag fefjien mag, ireip ict) nidit. 6. 3)et 
 
 * „!Scl)reib mit, naob. niicbft, nebfi, fammt, bei, fcif, t)on, \\\, jinuibcr, enfgegen, 
 anfier, nM, flct§ mitbcm 'Datio nicbcv!" 
 t „"?lii, auf, biiitcv, ncbiit, in, 9[Benn man fraacn faint: uipl;tu? 
 
 ilebei', untcr, uov \\\\^ jiuifc^eu 8:kt bem ^atii> flcf>ii fie \t>, 
 
 ©tebi^ ^t\ bem 5lccufatt»/ 3!)aj5 man nuv faun fraflen: too?   
 
EXERCISES ON THE GOVERNMENT OF THE DATIVE. 131 
 
 StnaU ijat fidi in ben %iuQ,n gcfdinitten. 7. ®aitj Defterreirf) lag bem 
 ebetmiUC;tgcn Uiigarii ju j^ii^en. 8. 5)tefnn eigeufiiinigen 3)leufd)en lit gar 
 md)t ju l)elfeu. 9. ©g tljut miv Icib, bap cr jid) \vci) get()an C;at. 10. Xem 
 .Rionig, lueldier fid) iiber bicfe ^einbfeligfelt beflagte, tuurbe geantiuortet, 
 „ber ^aifer I)abe ber ©clbaten ju yicl : er inujje feinen gutni greunbeit 
 bamit l)d]m." 11. S'liblid) gelaug eg bem SOIIniftcr, bem touig fiber feiu 
 iuat)ve*3 Sntereffc bte 5(ugeu ju cffneii. 12. ffienn in alien Seiten ein 3Jiad); 
 tiger bem anbern feinb irar, fo fagte cr bemfelben ah. 13. Slug alien Dr? 
 ten, bte Ujm ange()6tten, fammeltc biefer maditige ^err hk SJidnner, bie 
 ii)m an(;iiigen. 14, 91ad)bcin fie feinem SScrt^aben beigejlimmt I)atten, 
 t?er^^p[i*teten fie fid% ilnn beijuftef^cn, nnb bent jlriege beijutucfjuen. 
 
 15, <BolA) cin mdd;tiger <§crr luar J^cinrid) ber Some, ^erjcg x>cn 58aiern, 
 tvetd^cm gvcpe Sdnber jugel)crten unb S;anfenbe ten ^riegern geljorditcn. 
 
 16. ^c&) bie Jlrcnc eineg ^aifcvg fdiwebte i()m immer »cr 5lugen. 17. 2)er 
 ^erjcgg()nt gcniigte iljm nid)t. 18. (Bx traute feiner eigenen jlrnft unb 
 trc^te bem >^aifer. 19. 2)er Jlaifcr forberte ibn auf, fid) fetucn 58cfet}len 
 ju fiigen, unb brcljte il)m mit ber Sldit, 20. ^cd) bem -ipcrsoge, ber eiiiem 
 l*ciuen glidi, gaU ir^ebcr 23ernunft, ncd) guter dlati). 21. 3t;m gejtel nur 
 feine cigeue 2)ieinung. unb cr badUe ber i^raft, bie i^m gebrad). 22. (St 
 ii^iberftrebte bem 93crlangen, bem Jlaifer cine @l;re ju criveifen, bie bemfel; 
 ben gebu()rte. 23. 2)er ^aifcr, ber bem -^crscge fdicn feit tanger 3eit ubel 
 trcUte uub if)m, n^egen feincg ©teljeg jiirnte, fam i()m juycr, unb iiberj;og 
 i()n mit .Kricg. 24. 2)er itrieggjug miplaug bem .flaifcr nid)t. 25. 2)er 
 ^erjcg fcnnte ber feinblidien 2}iad)tnidU tt>iberftel;cn uub cvlag bem Jlaifer 
 in ber @d)lad)t. 26. (5r mu§tc nad) ©nglanb fttel)cn luxh nur feine %v 
 milie unb eintge greuubc fotgten iijm. 27. '^kx entfagte er jeber -^cffj 
 nung unb jlud)te bem (Stol^e, aU ber Urfad)c fcinetS @teubg. 
 
 Exercise 103. Jlufjjatit 103. 
 
 1. I will assist him because he has assisted me. 2. Tlireaten 
 me as thou wilt, I defy thee and thy pov/er, 3. His enemies can- 
 not injure him for they cannot get at him. 4. So great an honor 
 is due to no man. 5. This hat fits me but it does not please me. 
 6. Those who flatter you are not true friends. 7. He struggled against 
 the demand but could not resist his powerful enemy. 8. It is not 
 my duty to obey such men as these. 9. Your advice is of no value 
 to him, for he cannot renounce his evil company. 10. Have you 
 met your friends to-day? 11. These children resemble their pa- 
 rents. 12. Do you know what ails these people 1 13. I will not 
 contradict you, though I think you are wrong. 14. Nearly all his 
 adherents remained true to him and followed him into exile. 15. I 
 have written them several letters, but they have not yet answered 
 me. 16. The prince says, the land, the sea, the rivers, and even 
 the m(5n belong to him. 17. My horse has got away froii me and 
 1 have not yet been able to find him. 
 
 Exercise 104, ^Ufjjabc 104. 
 
 1. ©in guteg ilinb ift fctncu (Sltcrn gc()crfa;u uitb baiifbar. 2 2)a« 
 Stauc^en ift beneu fet}r uuangeuet;m bie eg nid;t gewot;nt finb. 3. ^M-'m 
 
132 NUMERALS. 
 
 iji e3 ItcB, ha^ id) bit in biefer @ad)c nii|lid) fein fann. 4. 5)a3 SBettet 
 Jtjar ung gefiern fe^r giiiijiig. abev ^eute iji eg ganj bag @(gentf;eil. 5. ®ut 
 ju iverben ijl bem gviilerjafteu fd)ircr, benu er bleibt getwo^nlid) feincn 
 S'leigungen treu. 6. ©em ^onigreid) ©panien ijl ^ranfreid) iiberlegen. 
 7. 2Bag ifin eud) totbrig mad)t, madit i§n mir tuert§. 8. 3(;r feib 
 biefer ^onigiti nid)t untertf)an. 9. aSieleg, toaS ung ntd)t gefd^tlid) ifi, iji 
 ung bod) fe^r Idftig. 10. 3m S^lange ift er fetnem ^ruber gleicf), im ^^a^ 
 rafter feinem 33ater dt^nlirf). 11. 9fiid)t3 ijl mir fo »er^a^t, alg i^alfd)l)eit 
 unb «§eud)elei. 12. !Du bifl beg Seibeg lebtg, ®ott fei ber <SeeIe gndbig. 
 13. 2)iefeg S3uc^ ij^ mir lieb ; \vn eg j^ie^lt, ber iji eiu iDteb. 14. @g ift 
 mir unyergeflid), vwie fe^r id) bir »erbunben bin. 15. 2)en ©olbaten tt»ar 
 cag Sob ibreg i^ere:^rten ^etb^errn fefjr [d)meid)eH;aft. 16. S5iefer 5luf? 
 ent^lt ijl i^m fail unertrdglid) geioorben. 17. Xa'bd unb Sob finb tem ®e* 
 miit^e beg 5nJenf(i)en, it)ag @turm unb @onnenfd)ein bem 3Sad)gtt;um finb. 
 18, 2)ie (Sfjre folUe bem SJlenf d)en t^^cuerer alg bag Seben fein. 
 
 Exercise 105« JlufflObe 105. 
 
 1. These things may be useful and agreeable to you, but they 
 are very unpleasant to me, and injurious to my friends. 2. Every 
 good man is grateful to his benefactors. 3. This weather is very 
 unfavorable for us. 4. It is very unpleasant to me that I am 
 obliged to remain here so long. 5. Every good citizen is obedient 
 to the just laws of his country. 6. Will this happy country ever 
 ■be subject to a king ? 7. What is more hateful to a good man than 
 hypocrisy? 8. I am much obliged to you that you have been use- 
 ful to my friends in this ftiatter. 9. The soldiers were with blind 
 obedience devoted to their leader. 10. This house is very similar 
 to the one in which you live. 11. No country in the world is su- 
 perior to ours. 12. The few friends that this man has are very 
 dear to him. 13. Many things are burdensome which are not 
 dangerous to us. 14. Those are to be called good, who remain 
 true to their principles. 15. The praise of a good man is very 
 flattering to us. 16. He is gracious to those who are obedient 
 to him. 
 
 LESSON LI. §tct\on LI. 
 
 NUMERALS. 
 
 1. The declension of cin has already been given (L. 9. 
 4. &; 25. 3). Qwd and brci when not accompanied by any 
 word that makes their case evident, are inflected in the ge 
 nitive and dative like adjectives of the old declension ; as, 
 IDic Stugfagc gtueicr 3eugen. The assertion of two witnesses 
 
 3d) ^be eg ;^reien (bici ^erfonen) ] have told it to three (thret 
 
 crjdt|lt. persons). 
 
 Instead of jtrei, jtofcn and jtro sometimes occur: in som* 
 
NUMERALS. 133 
 
 compounds the form jtoic ippears ; as, 3'aiidi(i)t, twiliglit ; 
 3tcietrac{)t, discord. 
 
 2. From bier to jtrolf, inclisive (except fleB en) the cardinal 
 numbers, when not followed by a noun nor referring to one 
 previously expressed, take en in the dative, and c in the other 
 cases ; as. 
 
 3* 'i)aU c0 ^iinfcn (funf 5)}erfcnen) T have told it to five (five per- 
 
 gefagt. sons). 
 
 Qx fdl)it mit ©ect)fen (or fed)3 ^fer- He drives six (six horses). 
 
 ben). 
 
 3. When the cardinal numbers are used substantively, thev 
 are feminine: (except I;unbert and taufenb, which are neu- 
 ter) ; as, 
 
 aBarum nennt i^r bte Sunfe eine Why call ye (the) five a sacred 
 
 fjeiltge 3a:^l ? number V 
 
 Qs toareit i()rer ^unberte. There were hundreds of them. 
 
 4. When :^unbert and taufenb are followed by a noun, the 
 article is omitted ; as, 
 
 @r \)at l^unbert $fcrbe unb taufenb He has (a) hundred horses and 
 @ct)afe. (a) thousand sheep. 
 
 5. From the cardinal numbers and the syllable tel (or jiel) 
 are formed the fractional numbers (except i^al6, half) ; as, 
 g-in ©rittel, a third ; 93ter pnftet, four-fifths ; 
 
 SfJeun 3e(}ntel, nine-tenths; 9^eunjef|n Btttanjtgj^el, nineteen-twentieths. 
 
 6. Ǥalb, (as also ganj) before the neuter names of coun- 
 tries, is not declined ; otherwise it is regularly inflected as 
 an adjective; as, 
 
 ^alb ^ranfreid) iji in §einbe^ ^^anb. Half France is in (the) enemy's 
 
 hand. 
 @anj S)eutfd)tanb tag if)m ju giif en. All Germany lay at his feet. 
 @t f)at einen l^atben 5(^fel. He has half an apple. 
 
 (Bx ijat fetn ganje^ SSetmogen tter* He has lost his whole (entire) 
 Icren. fortune. 
 
 7. In connecting halves with whole numbers, the word 
 f)alh is suflixed to the ordinals ; as, 
 
 ®rtttel)alb, third a half; that is, two wholes and a half =2i. 
 ^kxki^alh, fourth a half; that is, three wholes and a half = 3i, &c. 
 Instead of 5tt)eitel;alb, the form anbert^alb, one and a halfy 
 IS commonly used. 
 
 8. Another class of nouns is formed from the cardinal num» 
 bers, by the addition of er, and ling ; as, 
 
184 NUMERALS. 
 
 (Sin S^M^tincj, a twin; em §lc&tjiger, an octogenarian (a map 
 eighty vears old) ; eiii ©reicr, a coin of the value of three ^pfennlge. 
 
 The former is often applied to wine; as, blti UPb Jtxianjls 
 gcr; wins of the vintage of 1823. 
 
 9. 3^ac^ or faltig suffixed to cardinal numbers answers to 
 " fold" in the same position ; as, 
 
 2)ie ©Infdltlijeu befjutet bcr ^err. The Lord preserveth the simple 
 
 Ps. 116. 6. 
 @o id) Semanb betrogen ^abe, ba^ If I have taken anything from 
 gebe id) Dtevfditig tDi'ebev. any man by false accusation, 
 
 I restore him fourfold. 
 iDle @adie ifi ganj cinfad). The thing is perfectly simj^le. 
 
 C^infdltig is often used in the sense of "silly" (ignorantly 
 simple) ; as, 
 ©eiii ^Betrageix voax i)od)^ eiiifdtttg. His behavior was extremely simple. 
 
 10. (ginmal, jtrehual, anwers to, once, twice: compounded 
 with other cardinal numbers, STial, answers to "times", in 
 the same position; as, 
 
 3di f)abe i()u Dleimal gcfel}cn unb I have seen him four times, and 
 jinelmal gefprtHteii. spoken to him twice. 
 
 9)JaI, when separated from the numeral, is regularly declined 
 
 as a noun ; as, 
 
 3di ijiibc lf;n nuv cin cinjige^ Wlai I have seen him only once (one 
 gefel;en. single time). 
 
 11. ,,(Sn§" suffixed to the ordinals answers to "ly" in the 
 same position; as, 
 
 ^xitkv.e, thirdly ; neunteufS, ninthly, &c. 
 
 12. Sci (an obsolete noun, meaning kind or sort) com- 
 pounded with numerals, is variously translated ; as, 
 
 Qx \vei9 aUevlei (or aUci1;aub) ijxib^ He knows all sorts of pretty 
 
 fdie ^t'fdnditduMi. stories. 
 
 @ie ()abcii eiiieu ©traiip au^ mlm They have a bouquet of many 
 
 lel ^(iimen. kinds of flowers. 
 
 S'^ ill mil- ciucvici, \x\vi ex beuft. It is all one (a matter of indiffer- 
 
 ence) to me what he thinks 
 
 13. The interrogative ordinal, bcr, t>ic, ba^ iiHet>icIfle, (from 
 mt iMcl, how much, how many) is usually rendered "what" 
 or "which"; as, 
 
 3)ev n>icyielfte ift t)cute ? What day of the month is to-day? 
 
 5)en ^uiciMclfteii (jabeii irit bcu.^e ? What date have we to-day? 
 
 ©ag tineyieljtc 2)ial ifl biefe^ ba« Which time is this, the fourth or 
 »ievtc cber bag fiinfte? the fifth? 
 
CARDINAL AND ORDINAL NUMBERS. 
 
 135 
 
 14. CARDINAL AND ORDINAL NUMBEBS. 
 
 Cardinals. 
 
 (Sing (ein, eine, cin) 1. 
 
 l\X)d 2. 
 
 bret 3. 
 
 »ier 4. 
 
 fiiiif 6. 
 
 fe*g 6. 
 
 jleben 7. 
 
 a^t 8. 
 
 neun 9. 
 
 jeljn 10. 
 
 elf 11. 
 
 jtoolf 12. 
 
 breije^n 13. 
 
 ytcqeljn 14. 
 
 fiinfje()it 15. 
 
 fedije{)n 16. 
 
 jtebeuje^n or jieBjel^n 17. 
 
 aditjel)u 18. 
 
 ncuiije^n 19. 
 
 jtvanjig 20. 
 
 cin unb jtoanjlg 21. 
 
 j\ret unb jtoanjig, &c. 22. 
 
 breifig 30. 
 
 ein unb breifig 31. 
 
 jtoei unb bveipig, &c. 32. 
 
 ^ierj^ig 40. 
 
 fiinfjtg 50. 
 
 fcdijig (not fe*gyg) 60. 
 
 jtebenjig or fiebjig 70. 
 
 aditjig 80. 
 
 neui^ig 90. 
 
 r^unbert 100. 
 
 tjunbert unb eing 101. 
 
 I)unbert unb jiDei 102. 
 
 l^uubcrt unb bvei, &c> 103. 
 
 jn?ei I)unbert 200. 
 
 brei£)unbevt 300. 
 
 iaufeub 1000. 
 
 j\rei taufenb 2000. 
 
 brci taufenb 3000. 
 jel^n taufenb 10,000. 
 t;unbert taufenb 100,000. 
 
 Ordinals, 
 
 ber erjie, the first. 
 
 „ iwmk, the second. 
 
 „ bvitte, (not breite), the third. 
 
 „ tt ter tc, the fourth. 
 
 „ finifte, the fifth. 
 
 „ fed)gtc, the sixth. 
 
 „ fiebente, the seventh. 
 
 „ adUe,(not ad)tte), the eighth. 
 
 „ neunte, the ninth. 
 
 „ §e^nte, the tenth. 
 
 „ elfte, the eleventh. 
 
 „ jwolfte, the twelfth. 
 
 „ bveije()ntc, the thirteenth. 
 
 „ toierjetjnte, the fourteenth. 
 
 „ fiinfjefjute, the fifteenth. 
 
 „ fedi^jetinte, the sixteenth. 
 
 „ fieben5e()ntc or ficbjei;nte, 17th. 
 
 „ aditjeljnte, 18th. 
 
 „ neunjef;nte, 19th. 
 
 „ jujanjigjle, 20th. 
 
 „ ein nnh jruanjigite, 2lst. 
 
 „ jvr»ci unb jit)an;5igfte, 22d., &c. 
 
 „ breipigfte, 30th. 
 
 „ ein imb brei§igfte, 31st. 
 
 „ jtuci unb bveipigfte, 32d., «fec. 
 
 „ yievjigfte, 40th. 
 
 „ fiiufjigile, 50th. 
 
 „ fedijigfte, 60th. 
 
 „ fiebenjigfte or fiebjigjle, 70th, 
 
 „ acl)tjigfte, 80th. 
 
 „ neunjitjUe, 90th. 
 
 „ {)unbert|"te, 100th. 
 
 „ I)unbert unb crjle, 101st. 
 
 „ t}unbert unb jtreite, 102d. 
 
 „ l^unbcrt unb britte, 103d., &c. 
 
 „ jweil}unbei-tfte, 200th. 
 
 „ brei()unbcftfte, 300th. 
 
 „ taufenbftf, 1000th. 
 
 „ j\ceitaufcnbfte, 2000th. 
 
 „ bveitaufenbfte, 3000th. 
 
 „ jc^ntaufenbfte, 10,000th. 
 
 „ i^unbevttiiufenbfte, 100,000th 
 
136 filler, ^Inbcr, Sinanbct, S3elbe, &c. 
 
 Exercise 106. S^nf^dht 106. 
 
 1. ©g ftnb taufenb SlZeufcbcn aitf biefem ©d)ife. 2. <§unberte »on 
 ©dnreben, OZorwegern itnb 2)dnen, nnb lliaufeube »on 25cutfcben iranbern 
 nach SImevifa aiig. 3. 3* (^ebe iiidn me()r al^ aiibertljalb X(;aler fur bies 
 fe^ 33ud). 4. (Sieben $ld)l:ei feineg ganjeii Ǥeeveg beftanb au^ (Solbncvu. 
 5. @lnb (Sie ni*t fd)on bveimcil ()iev gclvefeii ? 6. Oiein, bieg ift ba3 
 erfte SJiat, ia^ id) ^ier bin. 7. ©er trleaielfte ift (;eiite ? 8. Wix ijahen 
 fieute ben jtranjigften, nidit xoal)x ? (L. 16. 4.) 9. ^lan fagt, biefcr 
 ©drtner Ijabe allerlei fd)onc 53lumen ju serfaufcn. 10. (Jg i)l mir gaitj 
 einevlei, tt-ia^ er fagt, cber bcnft, ober h)ic er f)anbelt. 11. ©imnal be^ 
 Safjrc^ ge^e id) nai) Sien, unb jweimat nad) SSertin. 12. ^annji bn mic 
 beii Uutei'fd)ieb fagen jtrifdien j\vicfadi imb bc^jpclt? 13. ©rftcinS ijat er 
 93erm6gen, jlvciteng beftlpt er grcf e XaUnk, britten^ ^Cit er einen i)ci)m 
 
 Exercise 107. <3lltfflabf 107. 
 
 I. Thousands of the citizens of the United States are English- 
 men, Frenchmen, Germans and other Europeans. 2. What day 
 of the month is to-day ? 3. What day of the month have we to- 
 day, the ninth or the tenth ? 4. It is all the same to me whether 
 such a man loves or hates, praises or blames me. 5. I have heard 
 that twenty times. 6. He gave them three and a half florins for 
 their book. 7. This is the first time that you have visited us. 
 8. That old peasant says he has a hundred horses and a thousand 
 sheep. 9. All Europe trembled before its irresistible conqueror. 
 
 10. I have to-day for the first time been in the palace of a king. 
 
 11. In the third battle, a third of the whole army fell. 
 
 LESSON LII. gtciion LII. 
 
 5(ner, 5tnbct, ^inanber, S3ctbe, QHte, ©intgcr, 
 
 (gtlicf;er, ©ttrag, (SoetmaS, 3rgcnb, 3eber, 
 
 Seglid^cr, <SoIc(;er, Reiner, ^ein, SSlel. 
 
 1. fitter, when followed by a pronoun, often drops the final 
 syllable ; as, 
 3d) l}abt all meiu ®db unb all meine I have lost all my money and all 
 
 greuube sertoren. my friends. 
 
 a. The neuter singular is often used in the sense of 
 '■^ everything^\ ''^ everybody^'' \ as, 
 
 ^elii SJlenfd) faun SKlcg lertien. No man can learn everything. 
 
 8tUc«,i»aglol)enfann, lobe ben ^erru. Let all that can praise, praise 
 
 the Lord. 
 
 b. Otder, as applied to divisions of time, is used in the 
 plural only and answers to, " every" ; " alV\ in such 
 phrases as, all day^ &c., being expressed by ganj; as, 
 
5tner, 5lnbcr, (Stnanbcr, 95etbc, &c. 137 
 
 Tii) )((}< !f)u aiic S^age. I see him every day, 
 
 (Sr torn nt alle jwei Stunben. He comes every two hours. 
 
 ©ie blieo ben 13011,501 Xa^. She staid all (the whole) day. 
 
 c. Q((Ie, in connection with fieCDC, is, of course, omitted in 
 translating; as, 
 
 3d^ fjabe a((e belbe gejetjen. I have seen (all) both. 
 
 d. 5ille is sometimes equivalent to, " all gone" ; as, 
 ©ptii @elb ift allc. His money is all gone. 
 
 2. Qlnber is often used to signify "nea:i", but never like 
 other, as in the phrase "the other day", to denote indefinite 
 past time ; as, 
 
 2Jlcrgcn gc(}t er nad) 53evltn, unb ben To-morrow he goes to Berlin and 
 aubeni ^ag nad) l^efipjig. the next day to Leipsic. 
 
 3. When the English word "other" implies something ad- 
 ditional, it is translated by the adverb noc{? ; as, 
 
 Sfficlien ©ie nod) etncn SDlantcl l^a? Will you have another cloak 1 
 ben ? (besides this 1) 
 
 SSoUen ©ie einen anbnn Tlanid Will you have another cloak- 
 i}ahcn ? (instead of this ?) 
 
 <§aft bu nid)tg 5lnbereg gef)6vt ? Have you heard nothing else ? 
 
 2)a^ ift etita^ Stnbere^. That is another thing. 
 
 @r get}t, tvenn er anbevg 3eit fjat. He will go, that is, if he has time. 
 
 3d) mnp mid) anber(3\ro erfunbigen. I must inquire elsewhere. 
 
 4. (Sittanber (L. 24. 5) is often compounded with preposi- 
 tions, and used as a (separable) prefix to verbs ; as, 
 
 5Iu6einanbertrei6en; to disper-se. (drive from each other). 
 2lu^einanberge{)en ; to disperse, disunite, part. 
 2)urd)einanbevit)erfen; to mix, scatter confusedly. 
 
 5. 93eibc (both, two), may refer to objects taken sepa- 
 rately; as, 
 
 9Bctd)eg son ben beiben S3ud)ern Which of the two books has he 1 
 l)at er? 
 
 In referring to two things, different in kind, the form of 
 the neuter singular, fjeibe^, is often employed ; as, 
 
 3di f)atte einen SSleiftift xtnb etne I had a pencil and a pen, but I 
 
 Seber, aber id) Ijabi beibeg »ev; have lost both, 
 loren. 
 
 <Sie irven jtc^, benu beibe^ liegt auf You mistake (your-self) for both 
 
 bent i£i[(^. are (each is) lying on the table. 
 
138 ©iniger, ^tiva$, Srgcnb, Scbct, Reiner; &c 
 
 o. ©inigcr ^Atl etlid^fr signify, in the singular, "a Zz^^Zc", 
 '^some^\ and in the plural, ^' a few'\ " 6ome" ;* as, 
 
 @liU(]e bet^auptcn baS ®cgent()cl(. Some maintain the contrary, 
 ©itiicjc Seit barauf fam ev. A little time afterwards he came 
 
 7. ^tlDaS is often used before nouns and adjectives in the 
 sense of " a little" " somewhat" ; as, 
 
 gdnrfVii Sie i()m chvag QBeiit, Send him a little wine. 
 
 iDag ^Better ift ctroa^ falter. The weather is somewhat colder. 
 
 @D ^iXi^a^ signifies " such a thing" ; etira^ ant>ere^, ^'-onothe 
 thing" " something else". 
 
 8. Urgent) marks great indefiniteness, and is generally 
 rendered " any"^ " whatever", " some other" ; as, 
 
 ^enncn ©ie tuqenb ctneit 2Jlenfd)en, Do you know any man (what- 
 
 ber c^ t^un fann ? ever) that can do it ? 
 
 SSenn e^ irgeno mi3glid) ifl. If it is in any way possible. 
 
 9. Se'Dcr and }egltcf;cr are sometimes preceded by the in- 
 definite article (which, of course, is omitted in translating), 
 and are inflected, as is also, folcl;er in like position, according 
 to the mixed declension ; as, 
 
 2)ei- 2;cb eiiic^ jebcn 2Jlenfd)e:i ift The death of every man is 
 
 gtnvip. certain. 
 
 Sag 33eifpiel eine^ fc(d)en SDlanne^ The example of such a man was 
 
 luar eut[d)eibenb. decisive. 
 
 10. Reiner, feinc, feinea, with Ijeiben, answers to the pronoun 
 
 " neither" ; as, 
 
 3cl) (^laiibte, er f)a&e mein S9ud; uni I thought he had my book and 
 bag3l;vigc; abcr er fagte, er t)abe yours, but he said he had 
 h'meS yon beiben. neither (of them). 
 
 11. ^citt is often employed where, in Englisn, the inde- 
 finite article, or the word "any", with a negative is used ; as, 
 
 Qx ift fctii ^'^ranjcfc, m&\t ivaljr? He is not a Frenchman, is he ? 
 (S'v ()at mir ftincii 3?vicf gcfdiricbcn. He has not written me a letter. 
 (St I;at feiiic Sunuibc inel;r. (L. 22. N.) He has no longer any friends. 
 
 12. ^^eiii and cin, like the possessive pronouns, are fre- 
 quently followed by ,,cigcu" (own); as, 
 
 * Some and any lu'fore a noun, except in the signification of " afczo'", or "n little", 
 are not generally tranKlated in ('.eriiiar. ; as, have you some good pets'? ^abcil @ic 
 |UtC Scbevu? I liave some new books ; id) l)abe ucuc 53iid)ei:. 
 
aSiet, Sentg, &c. 139 
 
 (Bt tDo'^nte fvuTjer fn feinem elgeuen He formerly lived in his own 
 .^aufe, |e|,t abcv l)ixt ev fclii et^ne^ house ; but now he has no 
 ^au6. house of his own (no own 
 
 house). 
 <§afi hn cin etgiiesJ ^fcvb ? Have you a horse of your own? 
 
 (an own horse ?) 
 
 13. 3S[cI and irenig, when referring to a quantity, or to a 
 number taken collectively, are not generally inflected, except 
 when preceded by the definite article, or an adjective pro- 
 noun ; as, 
 
 (Sr l)ixt t)iel @elb uub »tcl ^reunbe. He has much money and many 
 
 friends. 
 2)ocl) inel ij^ mir '^etwupt. But much is known to me. 
 
 fDa toar \m\UQ @f;re ju eriuerBen. There was little honor to be 
 
 gained there. 
 (Bv hat fcitt yieleS ®elb unh feme He has lost his much (large 
 mcUn ^reuiibe yevtcven. amount of) money, and his 
 
 many friends. 
 93tet SD'lenfdien trinfcn im\}X aU tue? Many men drink more than a 
 nig S)Zeufd)en. few men. 
 
 14. 33icl and trentg are also declined, when they refer to a 
 number taken as individuals ; also, when referring substan- 
 tively to persons ; and, often, when preceded in the singular 
 by prepositions ; as, 
 
 93iele Slicnfdien tviufen feiuen 5Bein. Many men drink no wine. 
 
 ^cnigc SO'Jcnfcbcn jinb ganj ^ufvteben. Few men are perfectly contented. 
 
 23iele [tub berufeu, aber 2Beutge ftub Many are called, but few are 
 
 augi'tu'dtjlt. chosen. 
 
 15. When declined in the singidar, except as above spe- 
 cified, biel and iucnig have the signification many, or few 
 kinds; as, 
 
 dx trinft yiel SSeht, aBer nidlt loieleu He drinks much wine, but not 
 SBeiii. many kinds of wine. 
 
 2crnc yiet, after nid)t 33ieteg auf ein* Learn much, but not many things 
 mat. at once. 
 
 16. The superlative of bid (meifl) is often preceded by the 
 definite article, or a possessive pronoun ; as, 
 
 £)ie metfien SRenfdien beurtjeitcn (The) most men judge others 
 3lubcre ftvcnger al^ fid) fclbf . more severely than themselves. 
 
 Unfeve meij^en Seiben ftnb bif ^otge The most of our suflferings are 
 unfeier etgenen Seljlev. the consequence of our own 
 
 errors. 
 
140 EXAMPLES ON THE USE OF 51 IX. 
 
 Exercise 108. JVufflabf 108. 
 
 1. (Sx l^eift aiUs ^eiube unb @mi3i3ver, n)ag ni4)t mit i§m ill 2. 33er» 
 fiefjfi bu 5lUe^, wa^ id) bir [age ? 3. aCir alle tuoUen mit btr gef)en. 
 4. (Sx fe^te iin^ ben aUerbcften SBein t)or. 5. S3rtnge mir nod) 5le^fel 
 unb cine anbere Slafd)e Sffiein. 6. 2Bol(eu @ie ^M)n faufen? 7. 3d) 
 Ijahc fduni tueldie gefauft, abet id) triit nod) cinigc faufen. 8. S3eibe^ er> 
 cignctc fid) unb bie fd)limmen i^clgen »on Seibeni fteUten fid; ein. 9. 5)ag 
 aiictter ift fd^on ettr»a6 (or ein ivenig) falter gelrorben. 9. SSer t;dtte fo 
 dV0i\S geglaubt ? 10. Jtennj^ hn irgenb Semanb, ber fo dtoa^ ti)nn ifurbe ? 
 11. (Sin Seber son feincn ^^ueunbcn f)at if)n yerlaffen. 12. @r f)at siel 
 QBein getrunfen unb »iel @elb bafiir au^gegeben. 13. 3)ag »iele @elb, ba^ 
 ex erbte, ^at cv au^gcgebcn fiir htn Bielen SBein, htn tx getrunfen f)at. 
 M. Scrne nid)t auf einmal SSiete^, fonberu yiel. 15. Seben ilag, ben 
 ©ie ju unj? fommeu ttjollen, tooUeu U)ir alie mit 3()nen f^ajiren gef)cn. 
 (L. 35. Note). 
 
 Exercise 109. <?lllfgilbe 109. 
 
 1. This overcoat is too small, take it away and bring me an- 
 other. 2. The weather is so cold that I must have two overcoats, 
 bring me another one. 3. As soon as my money was all gone I 
 had no longer any friends. 4. Which of these carriages shall you 
 buy V 5. I shall not buy either of them, for neither of them pleases 
 me. 6. If you will wait another day we will ail go with you. 
 7. Do you wish to buy anything more ? 8. I have a little money 
 and he lias a great deal. 9. Many of my acquaintances reside in 
 this city. 10. The few friends that he has are more powerful 
 than his many enemies. 11. Who has more enemies and fewer 
 friends, more trouble and less pleasure than the miser ? 12. I un- 
 derstand all that you say and can read all the letters that you have 
 written. 13. I would like to buy a few pears, and a few more 
 apples. 14. To-morrow I shall go to Mannheim, and the nex* 
 day to Mayence. 15. Every book that I have is in this room. 
 16. Do you wish to buy some mc re horses ? 17. The weather is 
 becoming somewhat warmer. 
 
 LESSON LIII. faction LIII. 
 
 51 n, EXAMPLES OF ITS USE. 
 
 X)er 2)Zann ftl^t an bent X\id)e. The man is sitting at the table. 
 
 3)cr 43uiib licgt an bcr Sictk. The dog hes at (is fastened by) 
 
 the chain. 
 (St te()nte fid) an Vk 2Banb. He leaned (himself) against the 
 
 wall. 
 (Ste Ijl an funfjig 3al)re alt. She is about (towards) fifty years 
 
 old. 
 @ic tocrbcn iirc an bir. They are becoming perplexed 
 
 about you. 
 
EXERCISES ON THE USE OF ^Itt. 
 
 141 
 
 ICiiv tiegt gar md)U an bee @a(i)e. 
 
 SDlan Ifennt bcii 33ogel an ben ^ebern. 
 
 @r Itcgt am §teBer barniebcr, unb 
 leibet fet}r an J?o^f»et). 
 
 Scb tt3iU eg an feincr (Statt tf)un. 
 9h*m an §reuben, teid) an ^offnnng. 
 @o i)tel an miv ift, Will id} t(;m fjel^ 
 
 fen. 
 (§S ifi nid)t5 al^ ^ant unb ^nod^en 
 
 an i()m. 
 @ie it>o(;nen in ^ranffurt am Tlain. 
 
 @ie fcf)reiljt an i^ren S3ruber. 
 
 (Sv ift an ben 93ettctilab gefommen. 
 
 3)ic <Sadie i)l an ben S^ag gefommen. 
 
 ©ie ©diulb (iegt nur on i^m. 
 
 dx ^at (Std an 5(Uem, \va^ ev jte^t. 
 
 (5r ijl cben an unb id) bin unten an. 
 
 (Sie ivolinen nebcn an. 
 
 (Bx l}at feine Saave an ben ayiann 
 
 gcbrad)t. 
 SBir \ooUen i[)m an bie Ǥanb get)en. 
 Sin bcv (Sad)e iji nid^tg. 
 
 Sin iDem ifi bie dizii)? ? 
 
 S)ie dhii^e ju lefen ift an mir. 
 
 2)ie Oieil;e lommt morgen an hid). 
 
 Exercise 110. 
 
 1. S)er Jlnabe faf an bem !£ifdie unb fd)rieb einen S3vief an feinen aSet^ 
 ter, ber in §ranffurt an bev Dt>n wdjnt. % „5{rm am 58eutel, fvaitf am 
 '^crjen." 3. 3d) erfannte i()n an ber ©timme. 4. @r f)at e«3 an meiner 
 ©tatt gett)an. 5. 3cl) t)abe fdion ein tjalbe^ 3al)r an biefem 33udie gear? 
 beitet, unb eg fe()lte mir an ©ebutb, Idngcr baran ju arbeiten. 6. „3)a 
 §ing ber 58ed)er an fpi^en Jtcrallen." 7. 2)ie Sadie an unb fiir ftd) bes 
 traditet fdieint nidit uerwerftid) ju fein. 8. (5r erinnerte mid) an mein 
 aSerfpredien. 9. 3ft bie 9{ei()e an mir? 10. 5Ber nid)t ircif, iDann bie 
 3?eif)e an if)m ift ju tefen, ift ein nad)ld^tger ©diiiler. 11. ©ie atetl^e bet 
 bem jl'ranfen ju nnidien, unrb morgen Slbeub an bid) fommen. 13. !I5er 
 ^ut ()dngt an bem 92age(; ber 9legeufd)irm ftefjt an ber 3Sanb. 14. SSon 
 \i%i an loerbe i^ fieipig ftubiren. 16. 3d) bad)te gar nid)t baran, fonft 
 
 I care nothing at all about the 
 matter. 
 
 One knows the bird hy the feath- 
 ers. 
 
 He is lying sick of a fever, ana 
 suffers very much /row head- 
 ache. 
 
 I will do it in his stead. 
 
 Poor in joys, rich in hope. 
 
 As far as in me lies, I will help 
 him. 
 
 There is nothing of him but skin 
 and bones. 
 
 They live in Frankfort on the 
 Maine. 
 
 She is writing to her brother. 
 
 He has become a beggar (come 
 to the beggar's staff j. 
 
 The affair has come to light. 
 
 The fault is (lies) only with him. 
 
 He is disgusted with {at) all thai 
 he sees. 
 
 He is at the head, and I am at 
 the foot. 
 
 They Kve next door, (in the next 
 house). 
 
 He has found a customer. 
 
 We will assist him. 
 
 The affair is of no consequence, 
 
 or., it is unfounded. 
 Whose turn is it ? 
 It is my turn to read. 
 Your turn comes (it comes your 
 
 turn) to-morrow. 
 
 Ilitfpbc 110. 
 
142 
 
 EXAMPLES ON THE USE OF % U f, AND ^ U 0. 
 
 iruvbc i-ii i()m (jffchricbcn I^aben. 16. (Bx fe^te jid; an ben ilifd) unb fing 
 an, eliien S3rief an ben ^auptmann ju fd)veiben. 
 
 Exercise 111. ^ufflobe 111* 
 
 1. Frankfort on the Maine is a larger city than Fiankfort on the 
 Oder. 2. Why do you not read ? it is your turn, is it not ? 3. No, 
 it is my brother's, I always read as soon as my turn comes. 4. He 
 seated himself at a desk which stood against the wall, and began to 
 copy a letter which had been written to him. 6. The young sol- 
 dier wished to suffer in his father's stead. 6. My friend recognized 
 me by my voice. 7. He is rich in joys, although he is poor in 
 purse. 8. More people suffer from headache than from toothache. 
 9. Thousands of people die every year of consumption. 10. There 
 hangs your hat on the bough of a tree. 11. Has it come to light 
 who committed this deed ? 12. I shall take no part in this affair. 
 13. I would have done it if I had thought of it. 14. From this 
 time on I shall be more careful. 
 
 LESSON LIV. 
 
 ffftionLIV. 
 
 Qhtf, and 51 us. examples of their use. 
 
 1. S)ie ^inber finb anf bcmSD^atffe, 
 
 unb ber JDienev ift anf bcr ^ojl. 
 SBavum finb <Bii bofe anf ben 3)?ann ? 
 (ix fleibct fid) auf franjofifd^e Slrt. 
 
 (Se fcjlete anf Ijunbert ©ulben. 
 
 .^onnen <£ic auf \i\\6 irarten 7 
 
 @r ift anf hm\ dia{i)l)an\t cbcr auf 
 
 bem (£dilc^e. 
 5luf biefc ffieifc iretbcn iuir h^enig 
 
 au«vlditen fonnen. 
 2Ble \)d^t bag auf S^eutfd) ? 
 (Bx uui^Tit fdion ein 3a()v int Saiibe 
 
 uiib ift ned) nid)t anf bem Sanbe 
 
 gettjefen. 
 
 JDcr 93ancr ift frficn auf bent ^etbe. 
 2)iefe Scute fmb ftclj auf i(;r @elb. 
 
 3d) tjalk nid)t »iel auf foId)e ficute. 
 
 ©ie gel^en fd)Dn auf ben 93erg. 
 
 (Bs fommf baranf an, wk man e« 
 
 anfdngt. 
 ©r (;at c(J auf 9lbfd)lag beja(;lt. 
 
 The children are at market, and 
 the servant is at the post-office. 
 
 Why are you angry at the man ? 
 
 He dresses (himself) after the 
 French fashion. 
 
 It cost about a hundred florins. 
 
 Can you wait /or us? 
 
 He is in the city-hall (council- 
 house), or in the castle. 
 
 In this way we shall be able to 
 accomplish but little. 
 
 What is that called m German 1 
 
 He has already lived a year in 
 the (this) country, and has not 
 yet been zn the country (out 
 of the city). 
 
 The peasant is already in the field. 
 
 These people are proud o/ their 
 money. 
 
 I do not think much of such 
 people. 
 
 They are already going on the 
 mountain. 
 
 It depends on how one attempts 
 it. 
 
 He has paid it on account 
 
EXERCISES ON THE USE OF 5luf AND Q(u0» 
 
 143 
 
 They charged it to my accouiit. 
 
 Why is the door open ? 
 
 Is he going to market, or to the 
 
 post-office ? 
 She is going to the wedding, and 
 
 he is going to the ball. 
 In order that the world may soon 
 
 forget it. 
 One goes down hill easif" than 
 
 up hill. 
 It is nine o'clock, and he is not 
 
 np yet. 
 Wnat time (what o'clock) is it i 
 It is three o' (of the) clock. 
 Do you suspect him "? 
 
 I know it b]/ experience. 
 I care nothing about the matter 
 For this reason I do not go. 
 These people dire from Berlin. 
 He wrote to \13from Leipsic. 
 What has become of him ? 
 Out of sight, out of mind. 
 It is out (all over) with him. 
 He did it of his own accord. 
 He cried with all his might. 
 Friends often become enemies. 
 He is entirely at a loss what to do. 
 They have run away ; " they axe 
 
 among the missing" 
 She was beside herself. 
 
 JVttfpbe 112. 
 
 1. 3cli fe^fe midi auf cine 23anf unb toaxkU auf ik 33oten, bie idb auf 
 ben ^laxtt, bie $cjl unb ba^ 9iatl)f)aug 0cf(t)icft l)atte. 2. 2Ber auf fetn 
 ®dh i^clj \\t, Ijat gettjofinlicb fcnft nid)t5, tvorauf er ftolj fein fcnnte. 
 
 3. (5r ift bofe auf \mS, tveil n^ir fa^jten, i>a^ irtir nid)t »let auf \l)n Ijalten. 
 
 4. aOIr tverben auf btcfc SBeife gar nidU^ au^rid^tcn fijunen. 6. „3ct) be; 
 ftcfie barauf, ba^ fidi ber Serb cnlferne." 6. 2Biffcn (gie, ^ie biefeS auf 
 2)eutfd) t)ei^t? 7. 2)a3 biirfen @ie ntd^t auf melne ^tedinung fel^cn. 
 8. Srt) qlaubc nldit, ba^ id) laufje lebcn trurbe, u^enn id) auf bem 8aube 
 leben muf te. 9. ^iidit Seber, ber in bem Sanbe wcijnt, trc(;ut aud) auf 
 
 ȣic fe^t.'u eg auf meine 9iied}uung. 
 
 28arum ift bie S,l)uve auf? 
 
 ®i'f)t cr auf hm Maxtt ober auf bie 
 
 ^'cft ? 
 •Ste gefjt auf bie «§odijeit, unb er 
 
 cief)t anf ben 33at(. 
 Sluf bap bie 2Bett e^ balb sergeffe. 
 
 Tlcin geT)t leid)ter Serg ab aU 58erg 
 
 auf. 
 (5g ift ncuu U()r, unb er i]! ncd) nid)t 
 
 auf. 
 2i^icuit'( auf ber U()r ijl eg ?* 
 ©g ift brei auf ber Ui)r.* 
 ^aben ©ie 33erbad)t auf iOn? 
 
 2. 3d) )t^eip eg aug difafjvung. 
 3d) mad)e mir nid)tg aug ber (Sad)e. 
 Shig biefem ®runbc gefte id) nid)t. 
 IDicfe ^mU ftnb aug Serlin. 
 (Sr fdivieb ung »on Seipjig aug. 
 2Bag ift aug if)m geworben ? 
 5hig ben 5lugen, aug bem (Sinne. 
 @g ift aug mit iijm. 
 (Sr t()at eg aug freien (Stiicfen. 
 @r fdirie aug yoKem -^alfe. 
 5tug (^veunben tt»erben eft ^^einbc. 
 @r \reif n^ebcr aug nod) ein. 
 (gie tjaben fid) aug bem (gtaubc ge? 
 
 mad)t. 
 €ie ttJai auper fid). 
 
 Exercise 112. 
 
 * These forms are usually abbreviated by omission of the article and preposition ; 
 as, IVtettiel Ubv ift e5l what time is it? iS ift brei Uhv, it is three o'clock. 
 
 Portions of an hour may be r(!ci<oned from a past hour, or Cfoliovved by auf), from 
 a future one; as. eg ifi etn 33iertel nad) trd, or cS ift etn 2JievteI auf bier; it is a 
 quarter after tiiree. or a quarter on (or towards) four: (S^ fe^Uetll 33teVteI atl (orbil) 
 OCbf, or e§ ftllb brei Btertel nuf nd)t; it lacks a quarter of cipht ; or it is three 
 quarters on (or towards eight). After l)alb, flUf is omitted; as, C8 ffl ^dib ac\}t, it im 
 half past seven. 
 
144 EXAMPLES ON THE USE OF 33 Cl, ^UX^ , ^UX* 
 
 bcm Sanbe. 10. (Sle famen urn Ijalb brei an, unb bltcben bw bvei 33i.'tta 
 aufjc(}n. 11. S)ie ©cunc ift aufgegangen, inib er ift nodi iuci}t aiifc^e; 
 ftanben. 12. 2Barum I;vift bu aSerbacbt auf biefen alien SDZann ? 13. ^ajl 
 bu beine Sfjiive aufgcniad)t ? 14. 3Sag trirb aug biv tuevben, ii^enn bn 
 \\ii)t titelpiiier wtrft? 15. ?Iu0 biefem ©rnnbe ijahe id^ mid) entfdiIojTen, 
 mein S3aterlanb ju serlafTen. 16. 5)ag gelbe ^icbev ift au6 Slmcrifa jn 
 un0 gcfcmmen. 17. 2Jlan fcllte nidit nur bie (gd^e, fcnbcrn audi bic 
 einjelnen Sorter au^iuenbig (erncn. 18. 2)iefer 3mvel:nt)dnblcr i\t ein 
 ^uhe ane <5uinffurt an bcr Ober. 19. aCie oft getjen ©ie anf bae Sau^ 1 
 Exercise 113. Jlnfgab** 113. 
 
 1. I do not think much of a man who is projid of his wealth. 
 2. He still insists upon it that he saw us last evening at the wed- 
 ding. 3. I have never in my life been at a ball. 4. Why are those 
 men angry at you? 5. Do you believe you will be able to accom- 
 plish anything in this way 1 6. It is only a quarter past four, and 
 the peasant is already in the field. 7. We have sent our servants 
 to market and are waiting for them. 8. Do you live in the country 1 
 9 No, but I often go to the country. 10. Do you know what 
 that is called in French 1 11. It is not late, the sun is not up yet. 
 12. All this you can charge to my account. 13. Whom do you 
 suspect ? 14. I do not suspect anybody. 15. These people are 
 from England, and those, from Ameiica. 16. For this reason I 
 shall not go out to-day. 17. They have done it out of fear. 
 18. He was completely beside himself 19. There will be nobody 
 nere but my brothers. 20. Have you learned all those words by 
 neart? 21. Do you know what has become of that man who was 
 nere yesterday ? 22. How do you say in German, " out of sight, 
 out of mind ?" 
 
 LESSON LV §tci\on L\. 
 
 ^ e t, 2) u r d), ?^ u t. — examples of their use. 
 
 1. ©ie fagten, fie flatten fein ®elb They said they had no money 
 
 bet fid). about (with) them. 
 
 ©g iDarcn bei neint S^aufenb. There were about nine thousand 
 
 (Sx fa^te i()n bei bet >§anb. He grasped him iy the hand. 
 
 (Sle bleibt bei xljx^x Slu^fagc. She abides hj her assertion. 
 
 (Bx ft>ar nid)t bei (Sinnen. He was not in his senses. 
 
 (5r n)ar in ber ®d)Iad)t Ui $rag. He was in the battle of (at) 
 
 Prague. 
 a3ei bem Jgau^ \]t ein ©artcn. Near (by) the house is a garden. 
 
 2Bir werbcn bet ifjm einfpred)en. We shall call 07i him. 
 <SS tcurbc hn £eben«|irafe yerboten. It was forbidden on (under) pain 
 
 of death. 
 JDa« ifl nid)t <Sitte bei m\6. That is not (the) custom among 
 
 (with) us. 
 Gr ttjad)tc mit mir bei bcm ^ranf en. He watched with me with the 
 
 sick (man). 
 
EXERCISES ON THE USE OF 95 C t, 2) U t (!^, ^ U X» 14f 
 
 2. 35et, with the dative, often answers to at before the pos 
 sessive ; as, 
 2)er Stiefctiil beim ©dni'^madbcr. 
 
 3)ag CDidbcben \\t bet i()ver Siaiite 
 fDie ^inber wof)neu bei beiii (Scl)miebe. 
 
 33ei is used in the same manner with pronouns ; as 
 
 The boot is at the shoemaker's. 
 
 The girl is at her aunt's. 
 
 The children live at the smith's. 
 
 (5v \]t auf Sefud) bci feiiicm C^eim, 
 abcr er tno^nt nid}t bei ii)m. 
 
 93ci h)em lucljueu @le ? 
 
 (Sr ijl je^t M un6. 
 
 3. (Bie befd)dmen mid) burd) bicfc 
 
 (5-f)re. 
 (5r fdnuamm burd) ben (Strom. 
 (2ie branj^en mitten burd) bie5{tmee. 
 
 2)urd) @elb, ^ffegt man ju fagen, 
 fann man 5lUe0 au^rid)ten. 
 
 3)ag ^ferb ging mtt mtr burd^. 
 ©g foil burdiau^ nidit fo fein. 
 Qs ift buvd)aug unentbcljrlid). 
 
 4. Sic arbcitcn Zaq fiir Sag. 
 3di, fiir meiuen 2;(>eil, liebe fo dvoa^ 
 
 uidit. 
 Qx l)at e6 fur fein Scben gem. 
 <£ic l)at fiir einen ©ulben Sfjec ge? 
 
 fauft. 
 Qx i)alt cd fiir feine q3flid)t. 
 Qx i)idt ii{d)t bafur, htn Sunb ju 
 
 fd^lie^en. 
 Sa^ a)liir)(rab yon ber glut gerafft, 
 
 umwdljt fid) fiir unh fiir. 
 
 Exercise 114, 
 
 He is on a visit at his uncle's, 
 but he does not live with him 
 (at his house). 
 
 With whom {at whose house) do 
 you live ? 
 
 He is now at our house. 
 
 You confuse (embarrass) me by 
 
 this honor. 
 He swam across the stream. 
 They penetrated through the 
 
 midst of the army. 
 With money, one is accustomed 
 
 to say (it is accustomed to be 
 
 said), anything can be done. 
 The horse ran away with me. 
 It shall by no means be so. 
 It is absolutely indispensable. 
 
 They labor day by (after) day. 
 
 I, for my part, do not like such 
 things. 
 
 He is extravagantly fond of it. 
 
 She has bought a florin's worth 
 of tea. 
 
 Pie considers it his duty. 
 
 He was not in favor of conclu- 
 ding the treaty. 
 
 The water wheel seized by the 
 flood revolves unceasingly. 
 
 |lufjjobcll4. 
 
 1. ®ufiat> Stbol^)^ gen^ann mit feinem Seben bk (B<iila6^t bei Sii^en. 
 2.^®ie f oniglidien ©di'loffer bei ^ot^bam ftnb fc^v fd)ijne ©cbdube. 3. 2)er 
 liebenbe Q3ater feine^ ^clfc^, n>ie ber .^bnig ftdi nennt, f(()icft feine ^inber 
 bei 5;anfenben jur ©dUad^tbanf. 4. 2)icfe ©rdueltfjat ift bei l^ellem (Sons 
 nenfdiein gefdie()en. 5. ^ei allcr feiner ^iug()cit ld§t er ftd) pr 2;^or^eit 
 verleiten. 6. (ir geberbet fid), at^ ob er nidit bei ©innen wixxe. 7. 3d) 
 faun 3f)nen nidit fagcn, tv>ie«iel U^r e^ ift, benn id) f)abe feine U^v M mix. 
 8. aScr iit fener 2)lauu. ber je^t bei Sljnen ift ? 9. @r ift ein atter 2Rann, 
 bei bem id) in id^ioi inc^nte. 10. SSiele^, \vaS bei ung fiir -^oftidiFcit 
 ^ilt, gilt h(i ben (Sl)iiiefeu fur ©rcb^eit. 11. 3d) fagc unb bleibc babei, 
 ha^ id) iijn bei unferm ^ladibar g^fc^cn :^abe. 12. 2)u bift unfere 3uWi 
 
140 EXAMPLES ON THE USE OF ©eg en, ©egcnilB r, <kc 
 
 ffir iinb fur. Psalms 90. 1, 3 3. 3* bin ben gaiip iDinrnt bia-di ini 
 Joanii i\eHicbcn. 14. 2)nvdi fciiie ^•aulljcit t)vit cv \ui) in (Sleub ^efii'iqt 
 15. (S'v l)at baei ®.b ijeftoijdMi luib ift biivdn^^jatu^eii. 16. 'i)cr SXoA) l)cii 
 fill- i^wci ©iilDcii jlviiffe ijcLuift. 17. (Sr Ijdlt ce fiir feiue ^flldit. bei [l-'j 
 iiciu (Vrcuiibe ju bldbjii. 
 
 Exercise 115. ^Aufjjnbc 115. 
 
 1. Does your friend live at your house or at your uncles? 
 
 2. This man is very rich, but he never has any monev with him. 
 
 3. The battle of Leipsic freed Germany from French ruxO. 4. What 
 ails the man V he acts as though he were not in his senses. 5. Oelper 
 is a small village near Brunswick. 6. He took me by the hand 
 and called me by name. 7. By my honor said he, I have nevei 
 been at their house 8. Is this the custom in your country :■ 9. The 
 sun shines by day, and the moon by night. 10. With all our pru- 
 dence we are often deceived. 11. Are the strangers still at your 
 house V 12. Did your horse run away with you V 13. Do you 
 consider it your duty to work for your friend V 14. Why do you 
 consider that man your enemy ? 15. He has offended them by 
 his rude behavior. IC. I wish to buy three florins' worth of sugar 
 
 LESSON LVI. Section LVI. 
 
 ® e u n, © c g c n i'l 6 e r, (S n t g c g e n, 5 n. — examples of 
 
 THEIR USE. 
 
 1. Ur fcii^t, cr ()vibe eiiic Slrsnci He says he has a remedy o^am^/ 
 
 ge.^en ^al^ i\clbs %[cbcv. (for) the yellow fever. 
 
 ©jiKu bni (Btrcm fviiui man nld)t Against the stream one can not 
 
 c\\\{ fdviiMinnuMi. swim well. 
 
 2)eli'. ednnevj ift nidUiS gcgcu 'i^iw Your pain is nothing, in compa- 
 
 meinii^iin. rison with mine. 
 
 JDev c|efAiu]ene .^ouij^ univbe i]e9eu The captive king was exchanged 
 
 bvfi (SjnuTviIe aiigi^civedifclt. for three generals. 
 
 @ie u\ivcn \d)x (}o^idi i]t\^eii iiii^. They were very polite to us. 
 
 Sie \\X ijegeii jcljii 'jal)ve alt. She is towards (about) ten years 
 
 old. 
 
 (5r l^ob feinc 5luv}cn geu .^immcl. He raised his eyes towards 
 
 Heaven. 
 
 2. ©cgcuiiOcr usually follows its object, bv.t is sometimes 
 resolved into its component parts, and takes the dative be- 
 tween them ; as, 
 
 3)ie birdie fti'()t bcm (SdUo§e fleiien; The chui '\\ stands opposite to 
 fiber, (or gcvuen bem (Sdilc^e iibcr). the castle. 
 
 3. ©ntgcgni usually denotes motion or direction towards an 
 object; as 
 
C^ntgc^Ctt, 3tt» — exercises, &c. 
 
 147 
 
 (Sic !vimen unS eutgegeu. 
 
 @te jle§en bem g-eiube eittgcgeii. 
 
 3)le i^vud)te relfen uiis? entgegeu. 
 
 4. (Sle toaren im 33egriff abjuveifen. 
 
 (Bx 111 in ber ©cl)ule, unb jic ijl in 
 
 ber ^ivdhe. 
 <Bk l)abeu in 3Soraui5 Bejaljlt. 
 3ii biefem Sanbe luofjneu t>ic(e teidie 
 
 Scute auf (L. 54. 1.) bem Sanbe. 
 iDviiS ift mir ntc in ben ©iun gefcm^ 
 
 men. 
 (Sx ijcit [ic im (Stid) gctviffen. 
 @r ift ing ©ebrdnge gefommen. 
 @ef)en fic iug !j:(;eatev, ing Soucert, 
 
 cber in bie £)per? 
 2)a^ ^inb fprang in bic «0of;c, unb 
 
 Uatfdjk in bie >^dnbc. 
 (Bx i)CLt jie in @ci)u^ gegen un^ gc^ 
 
 ncmmen. 
 (Sr rebetc in (Sinem fort. 
 
 3!)u biil'in ber Ic^fcn ^dt nidit mcT;v 
 
 fo offeu gegen mtdi xok fi-ii()cr. 
 2Bir wierben in ben erfien S^agen ab- 
 
 reifcn. 
 SSarum f)a|l bu if)n in 93erbadit ? 
 2)ijfer ®ecf fagt, jcue*3 Sraueujim; 
 
 mer l^abc fid) in i()n werliebt. 
 @r bvang in ben Jlonig fid) ju er* 
 
 !ldren. 
 (5^ tf)ut mir leib, 5t)re ^iitfe in 5tn? 
 
 fprud) nel;meu ju miiffen. 
 
 Exercise 116. 
 
 They came toiuards (to meet) us. 
 They march against (to meet) 
 
 the enemy. 
 The fruits are ripening to meet 
 
 us, {i. e. our wants). 
 
 They were about to start (on the 
 point of starting) . 
 
 He is at school and she is a1 
 church. 
 
 They have paid in advance. 
 
 In this country a great many rich 
 people live in the country. 
 
 That never came into my mind. 
 
 He has left them in the lurch. 
 
 He has got into difficulty. 
 
 Are you going to the theater, i j 
 
 the concert, or to the opera ? 
 The child sprang up and clapped 
 
 its hands. 
 He has protected them (taken 
 
 them in protection) against us. 
 He spok^ incessantly {in one 
 
 strain). 
 You are, of late, not so frank 
 
 towards me as formerly. 
 We shall depart within a few 
 
 days. 
 Why do you suspect him ? 
 This coxcomb says, that lady 
 
 has fallen in love with him. 
 He besought the king to explain 
 
 (declare) himself. 
 I am sorry to be obhged to claim 
 
 your assistance. 
 
 ^ufflabc 116. 
 
 1. 9l(g bie Jliubev uusS fafjen, eitten fie un^ cntgcgcn. 2. (&ie Umrfen 
 fid) bem anriidfenben ^^cinbe cntgegen, unb jctgten i()n balb in bie (^(ndit. 
 
 3. „©ann fanufi bu ci)\\t ?5utdit unb ©rau'n bem Xo'b entgegcnge()en.'' 
 
 4. S)iefer Sdiuter ift ein gegen ^ebermann I)ofiidier Rw^U. 5. (S"r ift 
 ^war nidit fef)v grc^, aber gegen bid) ift er ein Sftiefc. 6. SBenn bu bid) 
 enti'diloffen l;aft, gegen beinen jtiniig ju fed^ton, fo ()abe idi nidirg bagegen 
 ju f.igen. 7. ®egen biefe ^rauf()cit gibt c<S feine ?(i'viei. 8. 5l(^ vo\x ^vl^ 
 ber rieinen .^apelle famen. bie fcem @ri)lc^e gegenuber \id)i, fieg \\\\^ cine 
 ©taubivclfe entgcgen. 9. QKieiS 336fe, un'td^e^^ ^vf)iliV''P ber Swcite gegen 
 bIc .^cuigin w\\ (Suglaub befd}(c§, tt>ar 9fiad)e, bie er bafiir nabm, bap fte 
 feine pvcteftantifdicn Uuterttjaiien in ®d^u0 gcgcn il)u gencmmen i)<i\tt. 
 10. 3d) bin in ber le^tcn 3eit fo fel;r bcfd)dftigt gewefen, bap id) weber in$ 
 
148 
 
 EXAMPLES ON THE USE OF fSfl it, ^ a (i). 
 
 (Concert nod) In ble Oper I}abe gel^en Fonnen. 1 1. 3jl „id:) |a6e i^n in 
 ^crbad)t", gleiclibfbeutenb mit: „icl) fjabe SSerbadbt anf if)n?" 
 Exercise 117. Jlufgobf 117. 
 
 1. Those soldiers whom we saw at the concert were very polite 
 to us, but very rude to the strangers. 2, He who fights against 
 his fatherland is a traitor, but there are kings and emperors in 
 Europe again&t whom a citizen may fight without being a traitor. 
 3. Why do you not go to school ? 4. I have been at school, but 
 it is out. 5. I was on the point of going to the opera as it began 
 to rain. 6. Why do you suspect him of having committed this 
 crime "? 7. The hotel in which we stopped stands opposite the 
 church. 8. As soon as we saw them we went to meet them. 
 9. For this disease there is no remedy. 10. This man has for the 
 last few days been very rude to his friends, and seems deaf to all 
 their exhortations to become otherwise. 11. If you wish to go 
 with your friends to the concert or the opera I have no objection 
 to it. 
 
 LESSON LVII. ^ecttnn LVII. 
 
 Win, dlad), EXAMPLES OF THEIR USE. 
 
 1. 3d} geT}e mit i()m, tt^ic getjen mit 
 ber crftcn ®c{ei^en{)eit. 
 
 (Sincr feiner 2)lltfdiuler jing mit. 
 
 @r tt>iU e0 mit i(;m aufnef)men. 
 
 JDag gef)t nidit ju mit red)ten iDlngen. 
 
 @ie madit aik 5Kcben mit. 
 
 2Jiit ntditen. 
 
 (i^ fteijt nidit gnt mit il)ncn. 
 
 aJlan fagt, unb mit dlci)t, bap ii.f.tD. 
 
 2)iituiitcc ift ec ein ivenig gvoO. 
 
 2. (Bx ill ber erfte nadi mir. 
 <£ie fd)icften nad) bem Slrjtc. 
 
 SlKe fd)cffen nadi bemfclbcn SScgel. 
 
 ©ag Sduff ift nari) X'aiijig befiimmt. 
 
 @i- j^eidMiet nad) bcv 9]atur. 
 
 3* [picle nidU nadi dlckii. 
 
 Qs ijt nad) fdnem ^^U\\\. 
 
 iDiefcg ift nadi meiiiem ®efd)madf. 
 
 (£ie ftnb nad) 9lmcriFa gcreijt. 
 
 *>i>ir ffgolten nad) Dften. 
 
 IDag gU^ifcl) fdMnccft nad) 3»iebcln 
 
 Kadj unb nad) vcvfd)n)anb ti. 
 
 I am going with him ; we go by 
 
 the first opportunity. 
 One of his fellow scholars went 
 
 along (with him). 
 He will try it with him (does 
 
 not fear him). 
 There is witchcraft (something 
 
 supernatural) about it. 
 She follows all the fashions. 
 By no means. Not so. 
 It goes badly with them. 
 It is said, and justly, that, &c. 
 Besides (moreover) he is a little 
 
 rude. 
 He is the first after me. 
 They sent after (for) the physi- 
 cian. 
 All shot at the same bird. 
 The ship is bound for Danzig. 
 He draws /rwn nature. 
 I do not play bi/ note. 
 It is after (according to) his plan. 
 This is according to my taste. 
 They have gone to America. 
 We sailed towards the east. 
 The meat tastes of onions. 
 By degrees (little by little) it 
 
 disappeared. 
 
EXAMPLES OX THE USE OF Df) , DljXlt, (Selt, 149 
 
 ^ad) frequently follows its object; as, 
 JDev 3?efdu-cibiuig iiad) mup eg fctjr According to the description, it 
 
 fd}on feln. must be very beautiful.- 
 
 3di fennc il;n nuv bem Seamen nadi. I know him only bi/ name. 
 Sl'leiner SJichuing iiad) fiat er red)t. In (according to) my opinion he 
 
 is right. 
 
 3. 0iacl; ^aufc (or ^au0), after verbs of motion, answers to 
 " home" in like position ; as, 
 
 @le gef>en jc^t iiadi <§aufe. They are now going home. 
 
 Exercise 118. <3lttfflal)f 118. 
 
 1. -JZad) bem %alW (^axt{)ag^c6 gtng baiJ romifdie Oleid) fciner 5tufI6fitng 
 immer mdjx eiifgcgeu. 2. 2}ieiu i^^^funb gebenft in ben evlteu Za^en eiiie 
 deife iiadi Oftiubteit anjutreteu. 3. (S6 mag fein, ba^ ber died gans 
 nad) ber iicuefteu 2)?obe tft, aber er ift burdiaug nid}t nad) meiiiem ©es 
 fd)inacf. 4. (i"g HHiL l)cute SO^orgen eiii Ǥevr Ijier, ber nad) 3f)nen fragtc. 
 5- ^^ahc id) benn Uiivcdit, ba^ id) nad) meiner eigenen Uebevjeugnng 
 tjanbte ? 6. (Scbalb eg im SviibUng anfdngt luarrn ju wcrben, jiiegen bie 
 tvilbcn ©dnfe nad) 9^crbcn. 7. 3d) fdiicfte nad) bem ^^irjte, aber bcv Q3ctc 
 fam UMeber nad) <Oaufe gnriirf, ci)m ii)n gefnnben ju t)aben. 8. g^n^^tMi 
 (gie nidit nad) ^ckn ? 9. DIadifcem er fcincn 58vicf gelefcn fjatte, eilte er 
 nad) ber (gtabt. 10. ©icfcg aBajTer fd)mecft nad) (Sifen. 
 
 Exercise 119. ^nfgabc 119. 
 
 1. Shall you go home this afternoon? 2. No, I shall go to the 
 city, and my friend will go to the village. 3. Is this cloak accord- 
 ing to your taste or shall I show you another'? 4. Have you sent 
 for a physician '? 5. I shall go home after I have visited m< 
 friends. 6. We were at your house this morning and asked for yon 
 and were told that you had gone to the woods. 7. A few minute** 
 after six o'clock the servant came home without having found tbi 
 physician for which we had sent. 8. According to your de- 
 scription the country to which you are going must be almost « 
 paradise. 9. It has gradually decreased until it has become verj 
 small. 10. Why did the old sailor strike at you with his crutch^ 
 11 Those who judge a man by his exterior, often mistake. 
 
 LESSON LVIII. Section LVIII. 
 
 £) b , D f) u c , (S c i t. — ex.\mples of their use. 
 
 1. CO (as a preposition) is mainly used in poetry, with the 
 dative, sometimes with the genitive; as, 
 „Cb bem 5Ulav' {;tiig cine y)hittcr Over (or above) the altar hung 
 
 (i)ct eg." a picture of li.e virgin, 
 
 ©ntrfiftct ftnb' idi fic eb bcin ucuen I hud them provoked at the new 
 
 [JJi-gt;; cut'. government, 
 
 5t)v fell? luniinmbcft cb beg fcltfa^ You are surpri.-ed at the strajige 
 
 men ®evat()g. (curious) implement. 
 
150 EXERCISES AND EXAMPLES ON THE USE OF O 6 , &C. 
 
 2. As a conj miction, olj answers to whether, if, though; as, 
 
 (Bx ]ui)i axi^i aB cb cv fi\iiif univc. 
 3* ^t>eip nid^t, cb cv fommt cber 
 
 nidit. 
 Ob er (L. 39. 3.) ijfei* velc^ i|l, fo 
 
 ift ix lc6:i ntrtit vjeaditet 
 
 3. £)()iic S^'^cifel tvirb cv fcmmcn. 
 Ofme ©ic trdre id) oevlcvcn gewcfeu. 
 
 „Unb recjct cf;n' (Siibc 
 
 2)ie fieipti^en ^dnbe/' 
 3di l)abc cl)nc bie^ (or c'^nebtcg) 
 
 cine angcucl)mc DiadividU evljalteu. 
 @^ ift cl;ue^iii fd^cii fait genug I;icr. 
 
 4. (gcit feineS 93atcvg 2!obe tvcf;nt 
 ev bci fcincm D(}cim. 
 
 <£cit jencm %(xo,^ Ijabe id) ifju iud)t 
 
 gcfc()cn. 
 @v ift fcit eincm 3al)vc fvau!. 
 ©fit UHiuii ift ev I;iev ? 
 
 He looks as though he were sick. 
 I do not know whether he is 
 
 coming or not. 
 Ahhough he is rich, nevertheless, 
 
 he is n3t respected. 
 
 Without doubt he will come. 
 But for you I should have been 
 
 lost. 
 
 And ceaselessly moves 
 
 The industrious hands. 
 I have besides this recei\ ed (an) 
 
 agreeable (piece of) news. 
 It is already cold enough here 
 
 without that. 
 Since his fathers death he lives 
 
 with his uncle. 
 Since that day I have not seen 
 
 him 
 He (is) has been s ck for a year. 
 How long (since ivhen) has he 
 
 been here? 
 I have not seen him for (since) 
 
 a year. 
 
 Tnt T)abc \i)\\ fcit eincm Scitjve nid)t 
 9cff()cn. 
 
 (Scit is sometimes used adverbially ; as, 
 Scit nnr tOL \iHivcn. Since we were there. 
 
 Generally, however, bcm is suffixed to it; as, 
 Scilbem id) i(}n faf; u. \.\\\ Since I saw him, &c. 
 
 Exercise 120. ^ufflaiJf 120. 
 
 1. „3Bie cin (S'ngelebilb cb einev S'cbtcngvnft Idpt £)bevcn fid) jc^t auf 
 eincm 2lUUfdicn fclien." 2. 3d) mcdUc iviffcn, eb cr jnrucffcmmcn >K'[x'i>. 
 
 3. JlOavnm fe{)cn (2ie mi* fc diuiftlidi an, aU cb Sic mid) bcbancrten? 
 
 4. 3d) fii()lc mifl) nidit unglftcflid), cbgleid) id) fo arm unb vevlaf[cn bin. 
 6. CK^lcidi bic Snft unfid^tbav '\\i, fo ift fic bod) cin Jlovpcr. 6. @r ()at 
 H bcnnod) gct()an, cbi^lcid) ba^ ^ixh^i bagcgen nmr. 7. Db id) fd)ou 
 ivanbevf im jiiiftcvm %i)^\, fnrd^tc id) fein Uiuih^cf. ^f. 23, 4. 8. <5eit 
 bcv ?lbvcife mcincv S^cvivanbten ffi()Ie id) mid) fcf)v cinfam, cbgleid) id) 
 )?icle ^rcnnbc l)iev Hh^. 9. (geitbem cv tcid) gcwovben ift, fd)cint ev \r>c* 
 nigcv ;;nfviebcn ju fein aid ivdfjvcnb ev arm \i>ar. 10. @v ijl fd)ou feit 
 t>lcv 2i>cd)en fvanf. 
 
 Exercise 121. Jlofplic 121. 
 
 1. Do you know whether they have been here since our arrival? 
 2. Althouah they have been here since I arrived I liave not seen 
 tliem. 3. I have not seen them, although they have been here 
 siuce my arrival, 4. Since they have become industrious they 
 
EXAMPLES ON THE USE OF U C 6 C t- 
 
 151 
 
 are much more contented than while they were so idle. 5. I 
 have lived for five years in this house. 6, These; immigrants 
 look as though they were very poor. 7. For three days past I have 
 not lelt well. 8. I recognized him although I had not seen him 
 for mo;e than five years. 9. It is all the same to me whether you 
 go or stay. 
 
 LESSON LIX 
 
 I'fftloii LIX. 
 
 U C tj e r. EXAMPLES OF ITS USE. 
 
 <Sdn 3inimcr ift fiber bnn mrinicien. 
 5)ac( g,ci}t iibcv mciiien Jpcvijcut (col- 
 
 lo(^uial). 
 Sie ghicieu iiber bie 93vri(fe. 
 
 2)a^ gcljt i'l&er 2JJcufd)cu SSevmcgen. 
 
 2I?iv veif'tcii iioct (gtvapuvt^. 
 Ueber biefcii ^m\U (}at ev iicd) uidit 
 
 cntfdii^bcu. 
 .^cute liber ad't ^ao^t rcijl cr ah. 
 Tlan ijat lijn fiber ber Xljat cri3vljifen. 
 (gie fiub uber Saiib Qegaugeii. 
 
 ©r flacit fiba- feine Stvmuif). 
 
 ,,(Bt i}cb feine ^lucjen aiif fiber feiiie 
 
 3fuicicv."(8 6. 20). 
 (2ie biiebeii fiber dlcicht auf ber 
 
 etra^e. 
 JJafTet tie (Sciuie iiidU iiber euvcm 
 
 3cviie unteri^el^eii. 
 Ueber btefer laiii]wcinv|eu 9lebe fdjUef 
 
 er eiit. 
 "^d} f;cibe fiber btefe Sad'.e gcfdu'icben. 
 ©ie 3ufviebeid}eit ge()t fiber ben 
 
 9^eidU()itm. 
 Qx i)[clt ftdi fiber iing auf. 
 ®ctt ift libcvaK gegcniudrdcj. 
 
 Uc6or sometimes follows its object ; as, 
 
 ©cu (iLMnmev iiber ivcljnt er auf bem During the summer (the sum- 
 Saiibe. mer over) ho lives in the coun- 
 
 try. 
 
 Exercise 122. ^ufj]flbc 122. 
 
 1. 5tl3 \mx iiber bic ©viirfe (\h\c\en, fa()en iinr gerabe fiber un^ cinen 
 Suftballon. 2. 5)er gaule fiivbt fiber feineu aiMiiifdien; benn feine ^C^dnbe 
 trcUeu nidit^ tljun. 3. ^i^crbeii Sic fiber ^pambiirg cber 33vemeu wad) 
 
 His room is above (over) mine. 
 
 That is (goes) above (beyond) 
 my comprehension. 
 
 They went across (over) the 
 Itidge. 
 
 That (goes) is beyond human 
 power. 
 
 We went by ivay of Strasburg. 
 
 Concerning (upon) this point he 
 has not yet decided. 
 
 A week from to-day he departs. 
 
 He has been caught in the act. 
 
 They have walked z;2/othe coun- 
 try. 
 
 He complains of his poverty. 
 
 He lifted up his eyes on his dis- 
 ciples. 
 
 They remained over night in the 
 street. 
 
 Let not the sun go down upon 
 your wrath. 
 
 Under (during) this tedious 
 speech he fell asleep. 
 
 I have written tipon this subject. 
 
 Contentment is better than 
 (goes beyond) wealth. 
 
 He found fault ?^-i7A(ridiculed)us. 
 
 God is everywhere present. 
 
152 
 
 EXAMPLES ON THE USE OF U m. 
 
 dnglanb reifen? 4. Qx \]i gewi^ nid)t itber je^n 5af)re alt. 6. 2>t 
 ©efaubte I)ielt eine lange ^zhi uber bie ^flid)ten, bie ber ^Burger fei?iem 
 S3aterlanbe fd)ulblg ift." 6. @ie twvir uber biefc Slntwort gai^ oerk^en. 
 7. @^ ge^t nid)tg iiber bie Ciu^e ber ^eele iinb \ia^ S3e»u^tfdn, feiiif 
 ©diulbigfelt get^an ju ^aben. 8. Man i)dU nid)t oiet auf einen, Ux fict) 
 ubev jebe ^leinlgfeit auffjdtt. 9. «^eute fiber olerjefjn S;age toerben ton 
 uber Berlin nad) grauffurt an ber Ober abreifen. 10. 2)eu aBiirter ubet 
 toc^nen tt?ir in ber <Btatt 1 1. 2)ie 0let[euben ubernad)teteit in brr ©tabt. 
 
 Exercise 123. ^ufgnbf 123. 
 
 1. Two weeks from to-day we start by way of Harburgfor Ham- 
 burg. 2. Those who drink wine and beer ; or those who smoke 
 should never complain of their poverty. 3. We were over three 
 months on the ship. 4. Have you ever meditated much on this 
 question? 5. If you ridicule others, others will ridicale you. 
 
 6. One went over the bridge and the other swam across the river. 
 
 7. They are very angry at your conduct. 8. We staid over night 
 in the city of Carlsruhe. 9. This kind of wine one finds every- 
 where. 10. That is entirely beyond my strength. 
 
 LESSON LX. 
 
 gtciion LX. 
 
 Urn. 
 
 EXAMPLES OF ITS USE. 
 
 @ie gingen urn bie 'Btaht l^ernm. 
 <5ie ftanben wm il)n ^ernm. 
 SBaS Wiffen <Sie iim bie @adje? 
 
 3* ttjei^ nic^tg barum. 
 
 SBir hjerben urn jnjei U^r fommen. 
 
 93on 93raunfci)tt3eig nad) ^Jofen uber 
 
 Seipjig unb S)re5ben ju reifen, iji 
 
 ttiet (fe{)r) urn. 
 ©3 [^ urn jnjei %n^ ju lang. 
 2)er 93aum ifi umgcfaUen. 
 ©ie laufen urn bie 2Bette. 
 
 @0 tf)ut niir Wirflid) leib urn il;n. 
 Urn StKeg in ber 3BeU t(;ue e3 nid)t. 
 Um meinettritten brauc^t ed ni^t ju 
 
 gefd)et;en. 
 SSerbiene id) biefeS um bid) ? 
 @r fiel feinem 33ater um i>m ^ali. 
 2)ic 3eit ifl fcfjon um. 
 Jfflie tcurbc e3 al^bann um mcin 
 
 a3erfprcd)en |iel)en ? 
 Um fo bejfer fiir nn&. 
 Qt ifl JU ungliirflid), um nid)t be; 
 
 bauert gu toerben. 
 
 They went around the city. 
 
 They stood round about him. 
 
 What do you know about the 
 affair ? 
 
 I know nothing about it. 
 
 Whe shall come at two o'clock. 
 
 To go from Brunswick to Posen 
 by way of Leipsic and Dres- 
 den, is a ^reat way around. 
 
 It is too long by two feet. 
 
 The tree has fallen down. 
 
 They are running for a (the) 
 wager. 
 
 I am really sorry for him. 
 
 For all (in) the world do it not. 
 
 It needs not be done/<>r my sake 
 (on my account.) 
 
 Do I deserve this /r>7m you? 
 
 He fell upon his father's neck. 
 
 The time is already up. 
 
 How would it then stand (be) 
 ivith my promise 1 
 
 So much the better for us. 
 
 He is too unfortunate not to ba 
 pitied. 
 
EXAMPLES ON THE USE OF UntCt, ^OU, '-8or» 153 
 
 Itm SSm^ebung. Set) bitte (Sie urn Your pardon ! I beg your pnr 
 
 93ev^eii)ui!C5. don. 
 
 3cb fc()e i(}u cinen ^agum ben aubcvn. I see him every other day. 
 (S"r fprict)t, wie eg iljin umsS J^evj ift. He speaks as he thinks (as it is 
 
 about his heart). 
 
 Uni often marks a loss or privation ; as, 
 
 £)ai^ Scbiff ging iintev, iinb bieganjc The ship went down, and the 
 iPiviiiufitaft fain iim (or uin^ Se;; whole crew perished. 
 hen). 
 
 2)te 3*()crf)ett tringt mdjx 2)Zenfdicn Folly destroys more men than 
 urn ali^ bic 9(rbeit. labor (does). 
 
 Exercise 124. Jlnfflabf 124. 
 
 I. (Sic fameii in^ Simmer, tro tvir urn ben S^ifct fapcii, imb fe^tcn fid) 
 urn ben Dfen. 2. Urn beinetanUen nnr i^at er ha6 getf^an ; yerbieut er 
 alfo cine folite Seljanbhing urn bict)? (»on bir ?) 3. Um fcit^ lU)r gcl}t 
 bie (Sonne nnter, urn neun gc(}t ber SJlcnb anf. 4. Bergangene Socl)e 
 fani ber 2U-^t attc Xa^e jn mir, je^t aber fomnit er eincn 2:ag nm ben am 
 bevn. 5. (E"r glaubte, man n.ui(Uc iljn um fcin ®elb bvingen, be^t)alb vief 
 ev um -§iilfe. 6. @v ift nm fiinf %\i)U alter aU fte. 7. S)cr ^iiabe jxct 
 feinem 93ater um ben ^aU uiib bat i(}u um 93ev5ei()nng. 8. ''^liaii t()ut 
 man nidbt um ®e(b. 9. iiiaufeube 'i:>cn ben fi-anjoftfcl)en Sclbatcn !amen 
 anf bem S^lficfjug an«5 9tu|5lanb nm. 10. Jlonige bringen eft etucn S)icu; 
 fcbcn nm felne ^vei(;eit. fogar nm feiu Scben, uhmI er fo fpvicbt, \vk c^ il)m 
 umj? -^cvj ill. 11. !l)ev (Sngd hei Ǥevvn lagcvt fidi nm bie l}cr, bic t[)u 
 fiirditen. 12. Um fonft ndtjer tc fid^ itilli) mtit fcincv 5lrmce anf cincn ^Ivi^ 
 ncneiifd)u^ \vdt bent Sagev be^ ^onigj^, um i()m eine Sd^tadU anjubieten; 
 ©nftay, um bie ^dlfte fdnrdd^ev aU ili(h), ycrmieb fie mit ffieii3t}cit; fein 
 Sager ivar gu feft, um bem ^einbe einen gcwaltfamcn Stngriff ju cvlauben. 
 
 Exercise 125. <?laf|]abe 125. 
 
 1. At what time will you come to me ? 2. Shall we go around 
 ihe field or through the woods '? 3. He is older by five years than 
 his cousin. 4. As we were sitting around the table we heard 
 some one call for help. 5. You can see them only every other 
 day. 0. We shall be obliged to start at three o'clock, for we must 
 go a great way around. 7. For his sake they will remain liere 
 till this evening. 8. The time that we were to remain here is out. 
 9. If you can come at nine o'clock, so much the better. 10. In 
 this battle more than three thousand men perished. 11. Tiiey 
 deprived him of his money and his watch. 
 
 LESSON LXI. ffctiDit LXI. 
 
 U It t c r, 93 n, 33 o r. — examples of their use, 
 
 1. 3d)redineSienntcrmeinc5vcunbe. I reckon you rtwoTz^ my friends. 
 Unter anbcrn gefrf)-af| and) biefpg. Among other things, tliis too, 
 
 happened 
 7^^ 
 
154 EXAMPLES ON THE USE OF U It t e t, S5 H, 93 t. 
 
 (5i; ift untcv bev 3lrkU eiiu^cfdiLifen. 
 
 (Sv |a§ untcv miv am 3lifdi. 
 
 (gie ift iiiiter bicfnn Oianieii befamit. 
 
 .^cnim iiur iiie iuieber unter bie 9lu* 
 
 <]Cll. 
 
 ©ag 58udi itl unter ber ?|5rcffe. 
 ■)Zuv untev bicfcr 33ebmgung Will er 
 
 eg t()un. 
 (Sx ij^ untev bic (£oIbatcn gcgangen. 
 
 5)ev ba tvanbctt mitten untev ben fie# 
 ben Scuditcvn. Rev. 2. 1. 
 
 (5^ ift unnuS^Iidi, alle jlopfe unter 
 cinen J^ut ju brnu]pn. 
 
 (5v hilt C£( niir untev iner Slugen gc^ 
 
 (S'g Itegt 5(((cg unter cinanbcv. 
 
 2. ©d nnivbe »cn einem 23linben gc* 
 fdu* etuMi. 
 
 ©ie leben yon if)ver Shbeit unb er 
 
 iHMi fcinen (S'infi'uiften- 
 3ft er cin ^^reunb V'cn 3()nen? 
 (Sv t()at eg yen freien "Stucfcn. 
 
 @g ging gut won Statten. 
 
 3. 5Blr fd)u^ten ifju yor ifjuen. 
 
 3)ag <Sdiiff liegt ycr 5Cnfer. 
 
 ®ie travcn ycr ,trtel 3Bcdien l;iev. 
 
 (2ie tveinteu ycv ^reubc. 
 
 (£c und id) mic^ nid)t ycr bir ycr? 
 
 bergen. 
 (5'r fd^ojj ben 33drcn ycr i^n ^cv*f. 
 €ie I}aben ben 33crtl)eil ycr mtr. 
 ©r tvar faft aujjer fidi ycr Bern. 
 
 (§S tvirb balb ycr fid) gcl;en. 
 
 Exercise 126. 
 
 He has fallen asleep at the work. 
 
 He sat Z^e/ozy me at the table. 
 
 She is known by (under) this 
 name. 
 
 Never come before my eyes 
 again. 
 
 The book is in (the) press. 
 
 Only on this condition will he 
 do it. 
 
 He has become a soldier, (gone 
 among the soldiers). 
 
 Who walketh in the midst of the 
 seven golden candlesticks. 
 
 It is impossible to make all men 
 think alike. 
 
 He has told it to me in confi- 
 dence (beneath four eyes). 
 
 Everything is lying in confu- 
 sion. 
 
 It was written bij a blind man. 
 
 They live by (from) their labor 
 and he upon, his income. 
 
 Is he a friend of yours 1 
 
 He did it voluntarily (of his own 
 accord). 
 
 It went off (succeeded) well. 
 
 We protected him against (from) 
 
 them. 
 The ship lies at anchor. 
 They were here two weeks ago. 
 They wept /or joy. 
 Then will I not hide myself from 
 
 thee. (Job 13,20.). 
 He shot the bear in the head. 
 You have the advantage of me. 
 He was almost beside himself 
 
 loiih rage. 
 It will soon take place. 
 
 ^Ufpbf 126. 
 
 1. 2Bir fa§en auf ^aufcu urn einen '^i^A^ unter bem 33aumc in bem 
 ©arten. 2. 5* glaube, bag 5Bcfte, UHig bu unter biefen Uniftdnben tbun 
 fcnnteft, )ydre, unter bie <&clbaten j^u gcf)en. 3. "Cm^ benn feiner unter ung, 
 ber biefe (Sdmiadi vdd^e? 4. Tsd^ fenne ibn nidit, weniyiUiMig nidit unter 
 bicfem OJamcn. 5. T^er ©aft bat ben ^il'ivtb um eine Untcrreb^'.ng nnret 
 yiev 9(ugen. 6. !Dag U3ud) i«t fd^cn unter ber ^rcffe, unb lyirb in ben er-- 
 ftcn Hagen erfd)eincn. 7. SJleine ^aarc fmb unter jsreubcu grau getr^cr.- 
 
EXAMPLES ON THE USE OF 3 U, 155 
 
 ben, U^c\U ber bau!&are ®x:l3, aU cv nut:r bcm (gdjattni bcr 33aumc fag, 
 bie er abS Siingliiui iiepf^aii^t t)vitte. 8. 2)Jitteii ii:'.t?i- 33eviiniutctcii uub 
 S^ebteu irarf er fitdf iiiebcv unb bdete. 9. 5lUe fiber adUjcfjii iinb itiitct 
 iMervfl mit^teu iiutcr bie ©olbateu cjeljen. 10. 2)u I)aft eiiieii c^rcfjeii 33er; 
 tlieil ycv mir. 11. 5)iefe ^eiite 0<-it"? iiii f^iH^u ycr fimf 3al}reii in Slhuidjeii 
 fenneii gclerut. 12. 5)er Jlaifer fiiiete vcr bem ^evjcg unb bat \i)i\ urn 
 Selftanb. 13. „-6err", faijte ber 33aucr, „3f)r mnjjt fdjnetler Iciufen, wenii 
 ^i)x ijcr bem gvo|cu i2dnueben.'Jloiiu] autn-ei§t." 14. 2:i(li) brannte yor 
 Uiu^ebulb, bie'SdMna* feiner O^iebcrtage bnrdi einen cjldnjenben (Siej] aui^- 
 juUM'dien. 15. 9JZcin fcmmt yon eincm Drt, \Dorauf, unb ai\6 einem Drt, 
 ivcrin man fid) bifiiibet. 
 
 Exercise V27, aufpbc 127. 
 
 I. Among the inhabitants of this village are some who are very 
 rich. 2. The ship is already under sail. 3. On these terms, and 
 on no others, I will assist you. 4. Do not forget that this is to re- 
 main a secret between us. 5. What did that man tell you with 
 whom you were sitting under the tree 1 6. What w^ould you do 
 under such circumstances? 7. It is beneath the dignity of any 
 man thus to act. 8. The youngest is not under twenty, and the 
 oldest is not over fifty years old. 9. That is much below the 
 value of the book, I can not sell it under five florins. 10. Is the 
 new history of Germany already in press? 11. The strangers sat 
 below us at the table. 12. One year ago we were among our 
 friends and our ship was lying at anchor in the harbor. 13. I shall 
 see you again before your departure. 14. The soldiers almost 
 perished from thirst and fatigue. 15. We were in Munich a few 
 days ago. 
 
 LESSON LXII. |:cction LXII. 
 
 3 U. EXAMPLES OF ITS USE. 
 
 I. (Sr fcmmt immevjur vcdjten 3cit. He always comes at the right 
 
 time. 
 „3d) UnU bir juv (Scitc fttfjcu." I will aid thee, (stand at thy 
 
 side). 
 (Ss ftctjt 3[)nen ^UkS, was id) i}<\bc, All that I have, is at your ser- 
 
 i^u 2) i en ft en. vice. 
 
 Ste fi':ten ju ^.lufniben. They fell bij thousands. 
 
 21'ie ift er j^u biefem @c(be (]c-f cmmcn ? How did he come />i/ this money 1 
 JReifeu 8iejn ai^ajfer cter jn Svinbe? Do you travel bi/ water or Oj/ 
 
 land ? 
 Sd) i)abe it}U {)eiite jum cvften State I have seen him to-day for the 
 
 gcfetien. first lime. 
 
 Qfv fanft Ji'udi ^u einem 9?ccfe. He is buying cloth for a coat. 
 
 3uni Sweiteu fcUt i(;v miv beved)ueu For the second (secondly) j/ou 
 
156 
 
 EXAMPLES ON THE USE OF 3 ^' 
 
 unb fagcn, trie Balb 16) 511 Dtcffe 
 bie SBett mag umjagen. 
 
 @r reif t ju §u^e, id) ju ^ferbe. 
 
 (5r jog iT)n gitr SSeranttvortung. 
 C^c ftcUte ii)u pr Stebe. 
 2Biv ()aben 2lbra()am jum S3ater. 
 3)ag gereicbt if)m juv (l^re. 
 3c() viifc ii)n jum 3engeii an. 
 2)ad fvinn j^um Seweife bienen. 
 ®ir ju ©efviUen tt)iii ic^ eg ttjun. 
 
 3d) m6d)te get^en, aBer eg ijl ju fatt. 
 
 5)u :^ai! if)!! jum ^einbe gemad)t. 
 ^lan i)at bid) jum 58eften. 
 
 (Si- Bat feine ©efunbl^eit gu ©vunbe 
 
 geriditet. 
 <Sie IjaUn eg enblic^ ju <Stanbe ge^ 
 
 hxad}t 
 JDie Ǥaare ftanben i^m ju 93erge. 
 3d) BciBe i()u nie ju ®ejid)te befom? 
 
 men. 
 @r fonnte oor 2ad)eu faum ju 
 
 9(t(;em fcmmen. 
 ©g fam i^m fet)r ju ©tatten. 
 (§x iDiU jur 5tber lajTen. 
 (Bx pit bag Seine ju 0latl). 
 
 2Bir logirteu im SBirtfjgtjaufe jum 
 
 5{bler. 
 3cl) fcnnte nid)t p SBorte fcmmen. 
 Sfiarum ij^ bie Stjiire jii ? 
 (5r ging auf fie jii. 
 3Biv fegclten nad) <Siiben 311. 
 25ag i|l n)irflid) jum toll njcrben. 
 
 shall calculate and tell me how 
 
 soon I can ride (chase) round 
 
 the world on horseback. 
 He travels on foot, I on horse 
 
 back. 
 He called him to account. 
 He demanded an expHnation. 
 We have Abraham to our father. 
 That redounds to his honor. 
 I call him to witness. 
 That may serve as (for) a proof. 
 For your sake (to please you) I 
 
 will do it. 
 I would like to go, but it is too 
 
 cold. 
 You have made an enemy of him. 
 They are making a laughing 
 
 stock of you. 
 He has destroyed his health. 
 
 They have finally brought it 
 
 about. 
 His hair stood on end. 
 I have never got a sight of him. 
 
 He could scarcely catch (come 
 to) breath for laughing. 
 
 It was very fortunate for him. 
 
 He wishes to be bled. 
 
 He takes care of his own (what 
 he has). 
 
 We stopped at the Eagle Hotel. 
 
 I could not make myself heard. 
 
 Why is the door shut ? 
 
 He went up to them. 
 
 We sailed towards the south. 
 
 That . is really enough to make 
 
 one mad. 
 He profited by the circumstance. 
 There is some witchcraft 
 about it. 
 
 2. The dative with ju after verbs of motion (like Bei with 
 those of rest) often answers to our possessive preceded by 
 "io"; as, 
 (Bx gel)t JU bem ®d)u^mari;er. He is going to the shoemaker's 
 
 3u is used in the same manner with pronouns ; as, 
 (Jc fommt oft gu uug. He often comes to us (i. e. to our house). 
 
 (Bx niad)tc fi* ben Umj^anb ju QfJn^e, 
 ^ci$ gel)t nid)t mit rediten !Dingen ju 
 
EXAMPLES ON THE USE OF -^ ^6 C r, QI U C i It, QH §♦ li 
 
 3 ^n Ǥaufe, after verbs of rest, answers to "aif home" ; . i, 
 (Sc bl'ieb ben gaiijen %(x<^ jii ^aufe. He remained all day at home 
 Exercise 128. c|l«fOtt^e 128. 
 
 1. ^twk ^um erfienmat in biefer SBodie bift bn jnr xz6)k\\ 3ett gefom* 
 men. 2. Sd) teife lieber ju SSafer aU ju Sanbe, unb ju ^ferbe al^ ju 
 ^n§. 3. Bur 3eit ber ^reujji'ige I)ervf^teu ganj anbere @itten unb 
 ©ebviiudie alg ju unferer 3eit. 4. 3Bte ift ein fo armev ^<x\m ju fo sie* 
 lent ®e(be gcfcmmen ? 5. 2Bte »let ^^ud) 6raud)e id) ju etnem QRantel ? 
 
 6. 2ltg id) bie 2;f>iire jumad^te, fprang ber 5)ieb jum i^eniler filnau^. 
 
 7. 2)ir gereidit e^ jur @()re, i^m pr ^d)anbe. 8. 3d) m6d)te gem ju 
 meincn ^veunben ge^en, aber ber 2Beg iji ju tt»eitunb ^Oi^ Setter ju frf)Ied)t. 
 9. @cbatb er mid) fa^, fam er auf mid) ju. 10. (Sr ift nod) nid)t ju «^aufe, 
 aber er njirb hai'i) nad) Ǥaufe fommen. 11. SO^an gefit gu einem ^reunbe, 
 unb Wihi bei einem i^reunbe; man ge(}t nad) ^aufe unb hU\hi gu ^$avi\z. 
 
 Exercise 129» JlufgallC 129, 
 
 1. Shall you remain at home, or go to your friend's to-day? 2. 1 
 would rather travel on foot than on horseback. 3. He was your 
 true friend and you have made a bitter enemy of him. 4. The boy 
 threw the ball out of the window. 5. How came you by all this 
 money ? 6. The tailor who came to our house yesterday, has been 
 buying cloth for a coat and a vest. 7. The Europeans emigrate 
 by thousands to America and Australia. 8. I will come to your 
 house to-morrow if I have not too much to do at home and the 
 weather is not too cold. 9. To have acted thus, redounds to his 
 honor. 10. I have, to-day, for the first time seen your friend who 
 was in Paris at the time of the revolution. 11. The boy thinks he 
 has already worked too long, and that it is time to go to bed. 
 
 LESSON LXIII. StiiUxi LXIII. 
 
 mtx, ^rirein, %U, QHfo, 5(uc^. — examples of 
 
 THEIR USE. 
 
 1. (Sr !ann e^ i\)\\n, h)i(( er aber? He can do it, will he though ? 
 S)er ^onig aber yerjief; i{)m. The Idng however pardoned him 
 Unb aber fd}o^ ein (Straljl ^cxcA. And again a ray shot down. 
 S3ei ber (Sad)e ifl ein abet There is a but (difficulty) in the 
 
 matter. 
 
 2. Sfliemanb aU er fann e^ tt;un. Nobody but him (than he) can 
 
 do it. 
 <Bk finb »iel reid)er aU h)ir. They are much richer than we. 
 
 (Sr Uttdt Iteber, aU ba^ er arbeitet. He begs rather than to work. 
 3d) erfenne feinen S?lenfd)en aU mei? I acknowledge no human being 
 
 nen <§errn. as my master. 
 
 @ie \\i eben fo liebea^tourbig aU She is just as amiable as beauti 
 
 fc^on. ful. 
 
158 EXAMPLES OX THE USE OF 5( I 5 , 51 I f , 5luct). 
 
 5U«3 cr ha6 l)cxie ftanh ev aitf. As (when) he heard that, hs 
 
 got up. 
 Sr fommt fc bvilb aU er fviiin. He comes as soon as he can. 
 
 3. After fo, aU is often omitted, and must be supplied in 
 translating ; as, 
 
 ^r lief fo fibneU ev fonnte. He ran as fast as he could. 
 
 <Bo balb er mid) faf;, fvim er auf mid) As soon as he saw me, he came 
 ju. up to me. 
 
 4. 3d) mu6tc alfo l)anbeln. I was obliged so to act. 
 ^d) barf bid) alfo enrtarteu? I may expect you the7i? 
 
 (5v (jat r^ vei-fpvoduMi, atfo nut^ er He has promised it, hence (there- 
 e^ tljun. fore) he must do it. 
 
 5. "Ji^enben Sie fidi \ihc6 S)ia( an Apply to me every time, Aou'^i'^r 
 inidi, fc eft cd and) fciit mag. often it may be. 
 
 Sft niid) itid^t^ babei ju geiinauen, Eve?i if there is nothing to be 
 fc unll id; eo bed) t(;uu. gained by it, I will never- 
 
 theless do it. 
 jffitdft bit aiiA) gcf)en ? Will you go too ? 
 
 2Biift bit abcr audi l)alten, wag bu But will you perform too (keep), 
 
 vcrfprcd^eu Ijvift? what you have promised? 
 
 (5r fpielt nicbl, aud) fingt cr uid}t. He does not play, nor does he 
 
 sing. 
 3di and) nidit. Nor I either. 
 
 Exercise 130. .Slufpbf 130. 
 
 1 . (Bx \)atk incle j^ffunbe aBcr in ber dlctl). in bcr cr fidi jc^t bcfanb, 
 bVicb i()m Otiemaub aU ciii alter ^nedit gctvcu, 2. Siebcr a(tJ bap er jum 
 a^crrdtber tinivbe, licp er fidi auf bie graiifamfte 2Beifc umbringen. 3. (St 
 fagte, er luerbc fc balb aU mcglidi ;;urucffcmmen. 4. (Be lange S3Zariniij 
 lian Icbte, gencffcn ftc einer ticUfcmmeiien 2)ulbung and) in i(;rer iieucn 
 ©eftalt, itnter feinem DIadifol.ier aber duberte ft'di bie Scene. 5. @r 
 felbft ift (gdnilb baran, fann alfo nid)t flagen. 6. (5r ift nidit allciii cin 
 grower, fcnbevn aiid^ cin guter SDianu. 7. 9Sie alfo and) bcr (Sxich} fein 
 mcd'te, fo (ianb cii glcid) fdUimm urn bie ffievbi'iiibeten. 8. (SrUMllcjJ 
 nidit (inm, nub id) and) nidit. 9. 9Ber cr and) fein mag, ober tvaii er 
 and) fagen mag, id) fitvd)tc mid) nid)t vcr il)m. 10. 5)er beflagt fid) nidU 
 feinesJ Unyerftanbci? nub feiner Umuijfentjcit, ivcnn er nur fiel)t, i>a^ fciu 
 9kd)bar and) uid)t yicl faun. 
 
 Exercise 131. ^uffiabf 131. 
 
 He is a true friend but he is poor and has nothing but good 
 advice to give you. 2. Shall you go to the city alone ? 3. A 
 man who is guilty of no crime should recognize no human being 
 as liis master. 4. As soon as we had read your books we sent 
 the n back to you. 5. Rather than to become a slave he died. 
 
 6. I regard him as a true friend whatever you may say of him. 
 
 7. Even if he is your enemy you can nevertheless say nothing 
 against him. 8. If thou hast a true friend thou art not poor, how- 
 
EXAMPLES ON THE USE OF 35 a I b^ '^ XS, 2) a. 
 
 159 
 
 ever great thy poverty may be. 9. However bad he may be, he 
 is still a man, and we as Christians must help him. 10. It is your 
 wish, then, that they should remain here. 11. He who loves no- 
 thing but the beautiful becomes a spendthrift and he who loves 
 nothing but the useful is in danger of becoming a miser. 
 
 LESSON LXIV. 
 
 1. (Sic UH'vben balb Ijin fein. 
 (Sv ift balb jiifviebeii Qtikiit 
 Set) itjdve balb gefaUen. 
 
 ©alb ifl er fro!;, balb tvauvig. 
 
 2. (§x ivirb bid ubcrmorgen bleibeu. 
 
 3n ndit U6 ^djn !lagen foil cd fevttg 
 
 fclu. 
 3di bcgtcitcte if^ii bis? SBcvliu unb 
 
 blieb bid Oftcvn. 
 Q3t!S tvcl;iu finb fie gcfat;reu? 
 
 (3Bie \mt ftnb (Sie gefcibtcn?) 
 
 ffctton LXIV. 
 
 — EXAMPLES OF THEIR USE. 
 
 They will soon be here. 
 
 He is easily (soon) satisfied. 
 
 I almost fell (was on the point 
 of falling). 
 
 Sometimes he is glad, sometimes 
 sad. 
 
 He will remain till day after 
 to-morrow. 
 
 In (from) eight to ten days it 
 shall be ready. 
 
 I accompanied him as far as Ber- 
 lin, and remained till Easter. 
 
 How far (as far as to what 
 place) did you ride '? 
 
 ( How far did you ride *?) 
 
 a. Before nouns, bi§ is usually followed by a preposition, 
 which is generally omitted in translating ; as. 
 
 Sleibe hi^ jum yibcnb. 
 
 Qx ftieg bid auf bic (joAf^e (S^i|e 
 
 bed iiBevged. 
 2Bir gingpu bid nai) 2)redben. 
 ©ie iievfclgteii iijn bid iibev bie ®ven? 
 
 jcn. 
 9Ille bid auf <Sie jtiib jufviebcn. 
 @r ift fa ft bid jum ^^a()ufiuu eittjiirft. 
 
 ffiir tvevbcu feiKCit ^vicbcii Ijabcii, 
 el)ev, aid bid unv tt»erbcu bcnyt'iub 
 gefdilagen Ijabeu. 
 
 3. 2)aiiccti ailed lag in njcitcr^etu', 
 ba r^atteft bu (Sntfcblit^ unb a^httt); 
 unb je^t, ba ber (Svfelg gefid)cvt 
 ift, ba fdngft bu an ju jageu. 
 
 !ta er franf \\t, fo gcl}t cr nidit. 
 Unb ba fap cr eined iDicrjeud. 
 2Bie! ij^erfd^onba? 
 
 Remain till (to the) evening. 
 
 He asceflded up to (as far as] the 
 highest point of the mountain. 
 
 We went as far as Dresden. 
 
 They followed him (as far as) 
 across the borders. 
 
 All except you are satisfied. 
 
 He is delighted almost to de- 
 lirium. 
 
 We shall have no peace (soonei 
 than) till we shall have de- 
 feated the enemy. 
 
 As (when) all yet lay in the (far) 
 distance (then) thou hadst de- 
 termination and courage — 
 and now, that the result is 
 secured ( now) thou beginncsl 
 to despair. 
 
 As he is sick he does not go. 
 
 And there he sat one morning. 
 
 How ! is he already here I 
 
160 EXAMPLES ON THE USE OF 2) a, T) a^. EXERCISES, AC. 
 
 'Cr, After a relative ba is frequently omitted in translating ; as, 
 5>cr ba ift, bev ba wax, iinb ber ba Which is, and which was, and 
 felii luivb. which is to come. 
 
 4. 2Bir \rijTen, baf er fcmmt. _, We know that he is corning. 
 
 2Bie lauge ift eg, bap <Sle i(;n gcfp; How long (is it) since you have 
 
 |eu ^aben. seen him? 
 
 Sd^rciib bap er ha blleb. While {that) he remained there. 
 
 Exercise 132. ^ufgabf 132. 
 
 1. ©uftau ?tbctpf)- an ber (S^i^e eincv fiegreidien 5trmee, ^dtfe 'ocn 
 Seipi^icj big ^vac], SDien unb ^prepbuvg loenii^ SBiberftanb gefiiuben. 
 2. Ueb' tmmer itreue inib Ole&Itcbfeit big an bein fiil;teg ®rab. unb tocicbe 
 tt'iuen i^inger breit i)on @otteg SGBegen ab. 3. 2)ie ganje (Sbene ijon Sfu 
 ^en big an ben glcpgraben n^ar niit SSertrunbeten, niit ©terbenben, mil 
 Scbten bebecft. 4. 3)ag 5rof)locfen n^ar oljne ©renjen, bie ^reube an bem 
 neuen ^cnig ging big gur Slnbetung. 5. ®raf XiUr) fclgtc bem linfen 
 lifer beg SBeferftromg, wnb bemdci)tigte fidi alter ^^a^e big SJZinben. 
 6. SaUenftein fam cbcn aug Ungarn jurncf, big lucbin cr bem ©rafen 
 SDIanngfelb gefclgt n?ar, ctine aber feine 93ereinigung mit ^etl^cln ©abcrn 
 yer(}inbern ju fcnnen. 7. (Seine (jrlprejfungen waren big jum Unertrdg? 
 lidien gegangen. 8. 2)a id) nidit auf bem 2)Zavfte getrefen bin, fo ii^eip 
 id) ni*t, cb er ia toax ober nidit. 9. 2)u fpridift mcin Urt^eil aug, ba 
 bu mid) trofteft. 10. ®a i()v bie ^Ifiat gefd^etjen liept, xoaxt ii)x nid)t il)X 
 felbfi. 11. 3)enn u>er ba hittd, ber empfdngt; unb n?er ba fudiet, ber 
 ftubct; unb tocx \ia aufb^jft, bem \Dirb aufgetf)an. 2)Zatt(). 7, 8. 12. ds 
 fcUte fein S^ag ttevgef)en ba man nidit etn?ag 9'lii|»Iid)eg tf)ne. 13. ©g mag 
 fein, bap er big jnm jel}nten 2)Zai I;ier blcibeniuirb. 
 
 Exercise 133. <2lnf()abe 133. 
 
 1. We were in the city yesterday, and as the weather was bad 
 we remained there till this morning. 2. If you will remain here 
 till I can answer the letter that I have just received I will go with 
 you as far as Meissen. 3. In three to four weeks you will have 
 read as far as the three hundredth page. 4. I shall not get up 
 from this table until I shall have written two more letters. 5. The 
 water was so deep where we rode through the river, that it came 
 up to the saddles. 6. How far will you go with us, if we remain 
 here till to-morrow ? 7. We will go as far as your uncle's with 
 you. 8. We had gone as far as the village, and as it began to rain 
 we were obliged to remain till three o'clock. 9. All except him 
 are perfectly satisfied. 10. Since you wish it, I will remain here 
 till you return. 11. They only went as far as the bridge. 
 12. Thinking you had already seen our books we did not send 
 y^ou any. 
 
EXAMPLES ON THE USE Of 2) a H H, JDctin, 2) C^, &C. 161 
 
 LESSON LXV. 
 
 I'cction LXV. 
 
 2)ann, 5)enn, 5) o cf), (SB en, (S^e, Srft, ^twa, (Bav, 
 3 miner, 3 a, 3 e* — examples of their use.. 
 
 First, one cares for one's self, 
 
 1. (§x\i fcrgt man fur jid}, iann fur 
 Slnbere. 
 
 (5v fcnimt bann iinb ivann ju un^. 
 
 2. 3d^ faint ifjn iild}t tabein, beun 
 icb weip, bap er c^ gut meinte. 
 
 Sa^ ift benu bag ? 
 
 2Bag tiaft bu bcnu tinebcr scr? 
 
 3di fdid^e iljn ()of}er al^ Setb^crr, 
 
 benn al^ (gtaat^maun. 
 (5r UMrb fommeu, eg fct bcnu, bap er 
 
 frauf ift. 
 
 (St irirb eg ui*t tf)un, pg fei beun, 
 ba§ <Sie mit ifjm fpredien. 
 
 3. Oh ex gtcidi iintpte, ba§ id) aUeiu 
 feiu tvciite, fo blicb er bed). 
 
 3* bat iijii, ju ijeOen, bed) er ivcHtc 
 
 uidU. 
 3d) med)te bod) unffen, tt>o er \% 
 
 2)ag ift bed) fcmifd) (fettfam). 
 ^ecl) ift cr and) flciu, fe ift er uid^t 
 faui ju trc^igem, ftcljem Sefel)le. 
 
 @ef)en ^ie bedi mit ung. 
 £), bap id) bed) bei cud) tuare. 
 
 and then, for others. 
 He comes, now and then, to our 
 house. 
 
 I can not blame him, fc 1 1 know 
 
 that he meant it well. 
 Why? what is that? 
 Well ! what are you at again ? 
 I esteem him more highly as a 
 
 general, than as a statesman. 
 He will come unless (be it then, 
 
 — if he does not, — that) he is 
 
 sick. 
 He will not do it, unless you 
 
 speak to him. 
 
 Although he knew I wished to 
 be alone, he, nevertheless re- 
 mained. 
 
 I besought him to go, but he 
 would not. 
 
 I should really like to know 
 where he is. 
 
 That is curious (comical) though. 
 
 But though (even if) he is small, 
 he is not idle in (giving) 
 proud haughty commands. 
 
 Do go with us. 
 
 O, that I were only with you ! 
 
 a. 3)dc^ is sometimes used as a gentle contradiction ; as, 
 
 @ie ()akn mir uidU gefd)rieben. 
 2)cd) I or D bed) ! 
 
 4. (£ic jiugt Q^m fo gut, irte er. 
 ©v I)at eg fo eben gcttjau. 
 Qben fo foil eg 5lnberu ergefjeu. 
 
 (SUn barum eitte er fo fel)r. 
 
 6, 3cli irerbe (£ie fer}en, eT)<; <Bk ah' 
 
 reifcn. 
 3e ef)ev je liebcr. 
 3d) mod)te e(/er |levben. 
 
 You have not written to me. 
 O, yes, I have. 
 
 She sings just as well as he. 
 
 He has just done it. 
 
 Even so shall it be done to 
 others. 
 
 For that very reason he has- 
 tened so. 
 
 I will see you before 1 depart. 
 The sooner the better (lh« 
 
 rather) . 
 I would soorer (rather) die. 
 
162 
 
 EXAMPLES OX THE USE OF ® a t, 3 C, &C. 
 
 @r ill djn ju Bebaucvn, aU ju be? 
 iieiben. 
 
 6. (S"vft tiH'Ute er e^ t(}ini, baiiii be- 
 fanii er fid) ah:x aufcev^. 
 
 <gle 1)1 evft brclgef}u Saf)ve alt. 
 SBir werbeii cvft movgeii abrcifi;n. 
 •I)anu evft gebe id) e^ juviicf. 
 
 He is rather to be pitied than to 
 be envied. 
 
 At first he was going to do it 
 (but) then he decided other- 
 wise. 
 
 She is only thirteen years old. 
 
 We shall not start till to-morrow. 
 
 Not till then will I return it. 
 
 7. (S6 finb cttra adit aSccben, ba^ 
 
 idi bvi wax. 
 3Benu >^t\va ciu fctdiev vicrf)aubeu ill. 
 
 It is about eight weeks since I 
 
 was there. 
 If (perchance) such a one is in 
 
 existence. 
 
 8. @ar as an adjective, answers to "done", "finished"; as, 
 2)ag Svcb ift gav. The bread is done (thoroughly 
 
 baked). 
 ^ag Scbcr ijl gar. The leather is thoroughly tanned. 
 
 5» As an adverb, c^ax, before the word nic^t, answers to "a^ 
 a/Z"; and in other positions, to "?;ery", "ever", ^^ extreme- 
 ly ^\ 6fC.; as, 
 
 (Sr ift gar iitdit bier getrefen. 
 (£ie ift gar ju ftclj. 
 ^'v fpvict)t gar juyerfiditlidi. 
 (Su ift nidit gar ju crbenttid). 
 
 (53 ifl fd^dblid% wciin nid)t gav gc; 
 fa!)rlidi. 
 
 9. (Sr ift immer fr6t)Iid). 
 
 ©r wirb tl)iui, n^ag id) mir immer 
 
 yevlangcii mag. 
 Sie ift nodi immer unjjufriebcn. 
 Sie \uevbeu immer ficljcr. 
 
 10. !Denu bcr Z\x% tjl nafje, ja besJ 
 ^ervii S:ag ill iiaf). 
 
 3d) \)ahz Sic |a langc nidit gcfebcn. 
 
 ?Idi, gutcv ^ang 53cubir, ba^ ifl ja 
 
 vedU (gdmbc. 
 ®cf)en (£ie |a iiidit. 
 53lei&cii (Eie ja ju <Oaufe. 
 
 11. ^aben (Sie if;n jc gcfcf)en? 
 ^sdi ()abe bidi {e unb je gelicbt. 
 ^k gingnt [t j)r»ci unb jivei. 
 
 Pie has not been here at all. 
 
 She is entirely too proud. 
 
 He speaks very confidently. 
 
 He is not very (entirely too) re- 
 gular. 
 
 It is injurious, if not even dan- 
 gerous. 
 
 He is always cheerful. 
 
 He will do whatever I may re- 
 quire. 
 
 She is still (ever) discontented. 
 
 Thoy are getting prouder and 
 prouder. 
 
 For the day is near, even the 
 day of the Lord is near. 
 
 (Why ! ) I have not seen you for 
 a long time. 
 
 Alas, good Hans Bendix, that is 
 (indeed) really a pity. 
 
 Do not, by any means, go. 
 
 Remain, by all means, at home. 
 
 Have you ever seen him ? 
 I have always loved thee. 
 They went b}- two and two (two 
 by two). 
 
EXAMPLES ON THE USE OF 9^ l Cl) t. 163 
 
 5D11 Fannj^ eg tijun cber laffen, je You can do it or leave it, ac- 
 nvidjbcm eg bir gut i)iuift. cording as it seems good to 
 
 you. 
 3e Idiigev (jlev, je fpdtcv bovt. The longer here, the later there. 
 
 Exercise 134. ^ufgabc 134. 
 
 1. ®te ivirb bic %c\te benu fid) nemien, hk \mx ha baiicu ? 2. Tuii 
 n^cdte gevii ben Siebevmann evretten ; bcit eu ift vein umncv]lidv i()v ]d}t 
 felbft. 3. 2)cm OZdcbften itiup man I;elfen; eg fvinu ung ?U(eu ©leidiig \a 
 beijeipien. 4. (£o I}crc benu uub adit' aiif nieiiie Oicbe ! benn, UMg bid> 
 jjvcjjU', jief), bag irupt' id) Idngft. 5. (2ie wevbcn enblid) bod) «cu feU-ft er^ 
 miibeii, wmm fie bie Saube nitjii] hUihm \d}\\. 6. 3)u tilt (jelnniben. — 3a, 
 Uiu^h'iffltdjer, bu feift'g ; bed) nicht burd) ifficvt uub ©dnvuv. 7. ©cnn big an 
 biefe lelptc ©rdnje felbft belebter @dicpfuiuv wo bcr ftavvc iBcbcii aufliovl 
 jii (^ebeu, raubt ber a3cv]<e @ei^. 8. 3)em ".taifev felbft ycriafltcii unr i^a 
 i)c\]am, ha er bag Dicd^'t i^u ©unj^ ber ^faffen hc<i. 9. DK^leidi fte erft 
 fuiif,^el)n %\iy:c alt ift, fo faiui fie bed) f*cii englifd), fvanjcfifd) iinb ita? 
 lieiiifdi. 10. (Sv wivh er|l mcrgeii fommeu fcuiien. 11. 91lditg warcu 
 jc^t aiU feine sergangenen Siege, ba i(;m ber einjige cntging, bcr jeiieu 
 alien erft bie ^rcne auffe^en folUe. 
 
 Exercise 135. ^tif^abt 135. 
 
 1. First, came the general, then the colonel. 2, We must wait 
 tor them, for we have promised to do it. 3. You are rich, and heaUhy, 
 why then are you so discontented ? 4. He is greater as a states- 
 man than as a soldier. 5. They are very rich but yet they are not 
 contented. 6. He is very poor, and yet he seems to be perfectly 
 contented. 7. The longer we live the shorter time have we still 
 to live, and according as our actions have been good or bad will 
 our future hfe be happy or miserable 8. Do not by any means 
 trust those who flatter you. 9. Do let me go with you. 10. We 
 shall not go until this afternoon. 11. If you should come to the 
 cAy again do not by any means fail to visit us. 12. I must respect 
 him, for he is a good man, but I am angry at him because he pun- 
 ished me. 
 
 LESSON LXVI. ^fctirJit LXVI. 
 
 fflidji, 0Zocf;, S^uti, (Bd)on, (So. 
 
 1. (Bx tl)ut oft, wag er nidit fell. He often does what he should 
 
 not. 
 (5r iijnt nid)t oft, wa^ er foil. He does not often do what he 
 
 should. 
 (Sx tfjut oft nidit, ti^ag er foil. He often does not do what he 
 
 should. 
 3di fann nid^t Idnger warten. I can wait no (not) longer. 
 
 2lMe unglucflid) Hi nid)t ber SKenfd) How unfortunate is (not) tho 
 of)ue -Ocfnung ! man without hope ! 
 
104 EXAMPLES ON THE USE OP SRtcfet, 0ZOC^, 01 C n, &C. 
 
 a. ^\(i)\ (as also It'm) sometimes occurs with negative word* 
 and is not translated ; as, 
 
 S^M [i)x nid)t3 ©Igene^ ni*t ? Have you (not) nothing of youi 
 
 own ? 
 Unb nivgenb^ fein S)auf. And nowhere (no) any gratitude. 
 
 SBasJ ()liibert mid), baf ic^ e5 md)t What hinders me from (not) doing 
 
 t(;ue? it? 
 
 2. 5)a3 ijl nod) bejfer al^ bag an? That is still better than the other 
 
 berc. 
 3d) faun tDebcr lefcn nod) fd)rei6en. 
 3d} faun ja nid)t (efen, nod) red)nen 
 
 uiib fdivelben. 
 9lod) @tanb, nod) 5tlter ivarb ge; 
 
 fd)ont. 
 3Bfrben \Dir in 2)eutfditanb beflegt, 
 
 fo ift e^ albann nod) 3cit curen 
 
 ^lati 5u befolijeu. 
 
 b. Used with negative words, nod} precedes them ; as, 
 
 I can neither read nor write. 
 (But) I can not read, nor ciphei 
 
 nor write. 
 Nor rank nor age was spared. 
 
 If we are conquered in Germany 
 then there will yet be time to 
 follow your plan. 
 
 3di t)abe if)n nod) nid)t gefcljcn. 
 (giiib @ie nod) nie ba geivefen? 
 
 c. 0ioc() often marks addition, 
 3.); as, 
 
 9l:0men <Bk nod) cinen SO'lantet. 
 (S"c l)at nod) cinmat fo m'el alsJ id). 
 (Siiu-jeu (£i: ci5 nodi einmat. 
 2)iau fei nod) fo vovfid)!!^, man fcljlet 
 bod). 
 
 3. S3on nun an )ri(( id) ficipig fein. 
 IJiun ! U'»ae( fcijlt fd)on ivicbcr. 
 
 aBt"lc{)en @iitfdiln§ nnn jte fajlten, fo 
 l;atte cr fciiien 3wecf erveid)t. 
 
 4. <2ie |inb \A\c\\ angefommen. 
 @v luirb fd)on fommen. 
 
 !Damit bin id) fdion jnfrieben. 
 2)a«S fann Id) fd)ou ancsfiiiben. 
 
 5. Saviim f\)n\ten (2ie fo fd)nc(l? 
 3di fpved'f iiid^t fo fduicll une ^ie. 
 ^v fomint, fobalb cv faun. 
 
 So ei;i U3ncb ()abi* id> nie i^'f^'bcn. 
 @o I ift er I'duMi aiu^'fommeu V 
 @v l)at fo ijaiij nuredU nid't. 
 S"0 vjel)t il)m nut fo fo (colloquial). 
 
 I have not yet (yet not) seen him 
 Have you never yet been there 1 
 
 increase or intensity (L. 52. 
 
 Take another cloak. 
 He has twice as much as 1 have. 
 Sing it again. 
 
 Let one be never so careful one 
 errs notwithstanding. 
 
 From now on I will be diligent. 
 
 Well ! what is the matter again 
 already ? 
 
 Whatever resolution they adopt- 
 ed, he had accomplished his 
 purpose. 
 
 They have already arrived. 
 He will certainly come (or come 
 
 in time). 
 With that I am perfectly satisfied. 
 That I can easily find out. 
 
 Why do you cpeak so fast ? 
 1 do not speak as fast as you do. 
 He is coming as soon as he can. 
 ►Such a book I have never seen. 
 Indeed! has he aheady arrived^ 
 He is not altogether wrong. 
 He gets along only so so. 
 
EXAMPLES ON THE USE OF ^OUJIaND Uttt* 165 
 
 <So if;r fctciben trerbet an ineir.fr If ye continue in my word, then 
 9tebe, fo feib ifjr meiue ted}(e:i are ye my disciples indeed. 
 Sungev. John 8, 31. 
 
 9Jlitt [o balb wax bcv ^^lau entwor* No sooner was the plan drawn 
 feu, al^ er feiiien 9)Zar)cl) antrat. up, than he set out upon hi^ 
 
 march. 
 
 Urn fo befl'er fur un^. So much the better for us. 
 
 Exercise 136. ,?lufjJQbe 136. 
 
 1. 55le ©vbtlviateu 9fiuboI)}()g, fo aufefintid) iu audi uuiven, befauben fid) 
 in ciner Sa^e, bk ben 9fiegeuteu iu bic duperfte 5Bevlej-}en{)eit fe^te. 2. (£o 
 eft unb iu fo bvol;cnber ^^radie aud) bie ©tdube il)ve iCovftelluugeu er? 
 neueiteu, er fcel^arrtc auf ber erfteu ©rftdrung. 3. ^BoUtu (£ie mic ben 
 ©efalleu t()u.u, ba^ Sieb uodi eiumal ju nn^nx ? 4. 3d) I)abe ll)u uodi nidil 
 gefe(}cu, bnxn er ift uod) uie ^ier gewefeu. 5. @r ift ucdi eiumal fo alt aU 
 idi. 6. 2)eu 5}erbvedier nnrb bie vevbieute Strafe fduMi ercllcu. 7. @o 
 bu ©ereditigfeit vom <!^immel (joffeft, fo erjcig' fie uue. 8. 33iingcu (Sic 
 mir uodi ciueu SJiautel ; eiuer ift uict;t i}^nnci,. 9. fringe mir ciucu au^; 
 bcru 2)lantel, birfer i|^ ju buuu. 10. fDafj eiu beutfdier ^ieidiefiirft fo 
 ctwasS you eiuem fdwebifdieu (Sbelmauu begei)rte, tuirb mau nie ijergeffen. 
 11. 5)er D^eibifd^e ift fdiou jufriebeu mit feiuer 5lrmut(;, weuu er uur fie(;t, 
 ba^ ftiu Dlddifter uid)t reid) luirb. 
 
 ^ Exercise 137. Jlufortbc 137. 
 
 I. Are your brother and your cousin still here ? 2. Neither my 
 brother nor my cousin is here, nor have they been here. 3. Have 
 you not yet become acquainted with those officers ? 4. Have you 
 then never yet seen a better painting than this? 5. Who has ever 
 heard such a thing ? 6. Will you do us the favor to play that piece 
 again V 7, This man is at least twice as old. as the other one. 
 8. I will take another pair of gloves, these are too heavy. 9 The 
 weather is so cold that I will take another cloak, I do not believe 
 one will be enough. 10. He has not much courage, if he submits 
 to such a thing as that. 
 
 LESSON LXVII. fectioitLXVII. 
 
 <©onji, Unb, SSierteic^t, Sie, 93}o:^L 
 
 1. 2Bag fcnfi fjaft bu get^ort, unb What else have you heard, and 
 
 mn fonfl gefeljeu ? whom else (have you) seen? 
 
 5* l}abe fouft nid^t^ gel)6rt. I have heard nothing else, 
 
 ^iitc bid) bay or, fouft njirjl bu fd)toer Be on your guard against it, other- 
 Icibeu. wise you will suffer severely. 
 
 3d)fouuteivo'^t,Wennid)fonflh3of(fe. I could, perhaps, that is, if I 
 
 would. 
 @on|l njar te gauj auber^. Formerly it was entirely other- 
 
 wise. 
 
166 EXAMPLES ON THE USE OF SSlcIIci^t, 2Bic, SOSot;!. 
 
 2. Unb tt>dr'^ metn eigner 93ruber, 
 e^ fanii iildU fcin. 
 
 3. @r tinrb v-;eUcidbt iicd) !ommen. 
 2BoUni @ie ijlelleidit mitgel)eu? 
 
 4. 3Bifj'*'^<Sieyiel(eicl;th)tcalt erijl? 
 ©c fpridit ganj n.ne er beiift. 
 
 <2te ift ebcn [o fieipig u>ie er. 
 2Ste er gelt'bt ()atte, fc ftarb er. 
 
 Even if it were my own brother, 
 
 it can not be. 
 He will perhaps come yet. 
 Will you (perhaps) go with us 1 
 
 Do you know how old he is? 
 He speaks just as he thinks. 
 She is just as industrious as he 
 As he had lived, so he died. 
 
 5. 2Btc is often followed by a subject with a verb understood 
 where the English word corresponding to the subject, stands 
 in the objective after "like"; as. 
 
 (5r f}anbelt i»ie eiu 2BaI;njinnlgev. 
 @g glanjt wie ®clb. 
 
 ©cerate^ Uuijk aU Sungting \vk 
 eiiie dio^c, Ii:f)rte al^ Wlann ttJi'e 
 eiii (S'ngel, unb ftarb aU ®rei^ 
 tuie cin 5i3erbred}er. 
 
 6. 2Bann tnirb er it)ol)l fommen ? 
 2Bo{)l Idpt bcr spfeil fid) aug bcm 
 
 «^evjeii jle()en. 
 2)a6 faun wo(;l tt>a^r feiit. 
 Jloniien (Sie mir ivot)l fagen, tuo er 
 
 iro()ut? 
 3a n)ol)l! ha6 fann idi. 
 SCa^ !onnte id) \VQl)i [onjl fagen ? 
 
 He acts (as) like a maniac. 
 
 It glitters like gold (as gold 
 glitters). 
 
 Socrates bloomed as (a) youth, 
 like a rose, (as arose blooms), 
 taught when he was a man, 
 like an angel, and died when 
 he was an old man like a cri- 
 minal (as a criminal dies). 
 
 When will he probably come ? 
 The arrow may indeed be drawn 
 
 out of the heart. 
 That may perhaps be true. 
 Can you (perhaps) tell me where 
 
 he lives ? 
 Yes indeed, that I can. 
 What else then could I say ? 
 
 Exercise 138. ^nf^dbt 138, 
 
 1. ©iefeg i|l mein ganjer 9flciditf)um, fcni^ f)aU id) gar iiiiHe. 2. 3)1 
 iiid)t [oiift Semanb Ui 3l)rem v^errn D{)eim ? 3. ©ciift erfrcutc niidi fo 
 etmaei, jc^t aber i)l e^ mir gleidigiiUig. 4. «&aben ®ie inclleic()t eiu ^aar 
 (L. 47.) Xl)aler, bie @ie mir auf eiuige ^iage Icifjcu fouutcu ? 5. 5Bie 
 faun man aufrid)tig fein, tvcunmau uidU fpricf)t wie mau benft? *6. Wic 
 ber 5iiifang fo baiS (fubc, cbcr, wie mau (6 anfdugt, fo (rcibt mau ci. 
 
 7. 2)t)rt Icbt eiu ©aflfrcuub mir, ber iibcr bicfc Bciteu beuft tvie id\ 
 
 8. Unb fo flie()eu uufre 3:agc, wie bie Cuelle, raftlo^ ()iu! 9. @ud) 
 h'lftet'^ ivel)l irie SBabiugtcu ju cubeu ? 10. Qe fiub woljl {)uubert Sabre 
 bcr, ba Ifbte I)ier cin 3)lauu, ber burd) gefd)dftigeu 93er!el)r yiel ^^ah' nub 
 ®ut geuMun. 
 
 Exercise 139. ^ttfgabf 139. 
 
 1. Have you anything else to say to me? 2. They were 
 formerly much more contented than now. 3. You must come to 
 me, otherwise I shall not visit you. 4. He who is proud of his 
 birth, generally has nothing else of which he could be proud. 
 
USE OF THE WORDS ^nx, ?sxav AND (^rauteiit. 167 
 
 6. Ho talks like a wise man, but he acts like a fool. 6. When 
 shall we probably see you again ? 7. Perhaps we .-:hall be here 
 again next week. 8. His cousin is just as old and just as rich 
 as he. 9. How do you know how old or how rich they are V 
 10. With you, but with nobody else, he speaks as he thinks. 
 
 LESSON LXYIII. §tcUo\\ LXVIII. 
 
 1. The words ^err, Strait and S^rdulcin, placed before proper 
 names, answer to Mr., Mrs., and Miss. In address, when 
 the name is omitted, J^crr and <yrauletn, preceded by the 
 possessive pronoun, answer in the singular to Sir, Miss, and 
 in the plural to Gentlemen, Ladies. The form of address 
 to married ladies, when the name is omitted, is, in the singu- 
 lar, 2)^tbam' ; in the plural, ^^iiu 2)auien. 
 
 2. These words are also placed before designations of 
 relationship (when the reference is not to one's own relatives), 
 and the first two, before titles ; as, 3f)r ^§crr SSatcr, your 
 father ; 3t)re B'rau 2)Jutter, your mother ; [cine 5rau (Bd;irofter, 
 his (married) sister ; feine 5'fiiuletn (5d)tufftcr, his (unmarried) 
 sister ; bie Ǥerren Dbcrften, the colonels ; bie t^rau ^rajit)cu= 
 tin, the president's wife. 
 
 Set) ijabt i)enU <§erru 9^. , ^xan ^. I have to day seen Mr. N., Mrs. 
 
 uiib ^rdiitein ^. c\(\d)m. N. and Miss. N. 
 
 ©uteii S)2Ln\]en, mciii •iQnx, \vk be; Good morning Sir, how is your 
 
 finbet jich ^t)r .^err 93ateL- ? father V 
 
 3()r <§evv (5)eniaf)t unb 3f)ve ?^rdn; Your husband and your daughter 
 
 leiii ^od)ter fiiib bei 3ljvcm Jperrn are at your uncle's. 
 
 £)()cim. 
 
 ©uteii 2(benb,m£ln j^rdiitcin, trie be; Good evening Miss, how are 
 
 fiiibeu ftch 3t)te %vau abutter unb your mother and your sisters ? 
 
 3f)ve grduleiit ©ctm^efterii? 
 
 3)ev -Oerr ©efaiibte uiib felsie j^rau The ambassador and his lady 
 
 @ema()liii wareix gefteni 9lbeub were at the Concert last even- 
 
 im (Scuccvte. ing. 
 
 jtouneu (2le mir fac^en, \vo ber ^evr Can you tell me where Mr 
 
 ©ecvetdr S. wc()nt? Secretary L. resides V 
 
 3d) babe 3bve ^erieii 53 ruber unb I have seen your brothers and 
 
 3()re grdutein ©cbwefteru gcfe()en. your sisters, 
 
 ©uten 3lbenb meine ^evren, trie be; Good evening Gentlemen, bow 
 
 fiubcn <Bk ftd) ? do you do ? 
 
 3)1 ber "^erv ^rofeJTcr ju .§aufe ? Is thf. professor at home ? 
 
DIALOGUES 
 
 WITH REFERENCE TO GRAMMATICAL FORMS. 
 
 ®utcu 2)icr9en ! (Sd)on fo frul; auf ? 
 
 SBic gct)t e« 3f|iieu ? 2Sic fcefiabeu 
 
 fie iicti ? 
 @ai^ uic()l, bem 6immol fei 2>anf ! 
 SSelch' fofltidieg QBctter! 
 2)}clc()' till I}enlictier Xao,. 
 ©og ajlcvijeug ift eg ehvd^ !uf)(. 
 3di bin beg 3Jiitta{]g immer ju ^aufe. 
 2)eiS 5lbenbg geijt fie gett>otjnlid) in 
 
 ©efellfdiaft. 
 (Sr Vflfflte nieinen SSater beg 3Jlonj 
 
 (agg ju bcfud^en. 
 3fl er nadi >^aufe jurfidfgefetjrt ? 
 (£ie tt»ot)nt in unferm «Jpaiife. 
 JDiefe >^aufer foUen yevfauft werben. 
 3n adcu ^dufevu trurben 9flacl}fud); 
 
 ungen ant^eftedt. 
 Unfeve 93dter xcaxm rndpiger aU \mx. 
 
 fSiik, reid)eu (Sie mir jenen Seller. 
 
 ©iefc Seller |inb rein. 
 
 2Bag {)at bie SDlagb mit ben anbern 
 
 Sellprn c^enividit ? 
 JDieg ift fdioneg 58rcb. 
 Saffen ©ie einige 33rcbe l;olen. 
 ©g liegt Guf bem (£tut)le. 
 (Sinb Die nenen @tiil)le fdicn bejat)U ? 
 5awol)l, unb bie Sifdic cbenfallg. 
 2Bann geljen ©ie ju ^dWi 
 ®en,tcl)nlidi urn l)alb elf. 
 Si^ bag S3ett f*on gcma*t ? 
 ^ier finb jwei 33etten, \T)eld)cg \ucllen 
 
 (5ie? 
 93leiue U^r i|l abgclaufen. 
 ^ie Uljren gct)en alle unriditig. 
 ®(Un (Sie mir bie iUleffer bcvt. 
 JDiefeg 9)le{fer i|i nidU jn gebraudieu. 
 ®ie mi^trauen etnanbev. 
 QCir t)aben eg iljnen gefagt. 
 <Sie \)at uug gcwarnt. 
 
 Good morning ! Are you up so 
 
 early? 
 How are you? How ioyoudo? 
 
 Quite well, thank heaven ! 
 What delightful weather ! 
 What a fine day. 
 In the morning it is rather cool. 
 At noon I am always at home. 
 In the evening she usually goes 
 
 to a party. 
 He used to visit my father on 
 
 Mondays. 
 Is he returned home 1 
 She lives at our house. 
 These houses are to be sold. 
 Researches were made in every 
 
 house. 
 Our fathers were more temperate 
 
 than we are. 
 Hand me that plate, if you 
 
 please. 
 These plates are clean. 
 What has the maid done with the 
 
 other plates ^ 
 This is excellent bread. 
 Send for some loaves (rolls). 
 It is lying on the chair. 
 Are the new chairs paid for ? 
 Yes : and the tables likewise. 
 When do you go to bed ? 
 Usually at half past ten. 
 Is the bed made ? 
 Here are two beds, which will 
 
 you have 1 
 My watch is run down. 
 All the clocks go wrong. 
 Give me the knives yonder. 
 This knife is useless. 
 They district each oth«y. 
 We told th«>.ii so. 
 She warnea' oj. 
 
 168 
 
DIALOGUES WITH REFERENCE TO GilAMMATICAL FORMS. 
 
 169 
 
 (Ste (ee) ijl jiemlid) gerdumig. 
 
 ©tfdtlt fie (eg) S^uen ? 
 
 SSem gefiovt biefe (blefeS) ? 
 
 Unferer Soufine. 
 
 @t fiat fein ^fcrb ijerfauft. 
 
 2)lit bem nieinigen bin id) nicit)t ju^ 
 
 frieben. 
 2)er (bie, ta^) f einige tcdre beflfec ge# 
 
 tuefen. 
 3Bag ^abcn @ie (jie) mit ben 3^ru 
 
 gen (tf;rigen) gemac^t ? 
 2Bef[en @d)retbfeber ^at jte ge? 
 
 brau(i)t ? 
 Sle meinige : fDarum lei^cn @ie mtr 
 
 bie S^rige. 
 2)ie @urigen (plur.) finb ben feinigen 
 
 ttorjujieljen. 
 2Bo ift ber (bie, bag) unfrtgc ? 
 2Beip jie, ttietct)en S3anb toir genoms 
 
 men fiaben ? 
 ^reilid) tweip fte e«. 
 3d) modite benjenigcn l^aben, h)etd)en 
 
 (ben) er nid)t brandit. 
 (Sel)en <Bie, lueld)' cin fd)onc3 5Pferb. 
 2Beid}eg meinen <Sie, ben S3raunen 
 
 ober ben @d)immel? 
 iDagjenige (bag),tr»eld)eg gefattelt iji. 
 iDerjenlge, n?eld)er efir(t% ijl (i»er 
 
 e^rlid) tfi). 
 3Ber eg and) fein mod)te. 
 5luf twen ijl bie 2Ba^l gefatlen? 
 2(uf weffen 93efel;l njurbe er fejlges 
 
 nontmen ? 
 3n <^initd)t beffen, ioag hjir ijorge^ 
 
 brad)t f;aben. 
 !Dag, iuag er fagt, ifi ntd^t ol^ne 
 
 ®runb. 
 2sem, \vai er bel^auptete, fe^fe man 
 
 93ieleg entgegen . 
 ^ennen ©ie jenen SJlann bort? 
 2)iefem bin i6:j oft begegnet 
 3eue ^xaxi ift bie ©djweilet: metneg 
 
 ^angteirt^eg. 
 (Sx fiat beren ^^tnei. 
 Sener ^nabe ijt fef;r j!eiptg. 
 5tuf jener @eite 
 iSJeben <s6k niir biejenige^mittoelc^er 
 
 <^ii fertig ftnb. 
 8 
 
 Is this your room? 
 
 It is pretty spacious. 
 
 Do you like it ? 
 
 To whom does this one belong ? 
 
 To our cousin. 
 
 He has sold his horse. 
 
 I am not satisfied with mine. 
 
 His would have been better. 
 
 What have you (they) done with 
 
 yours (theirs)? 
 Whose pen has she used ? 
 
 Mine. So lend me yours. 
 
 Yours are preferable to his. 
 
 Where is ours ? 
 
 Does she know which volume 
 
 we have taken ? 
 To be sure she does. 
 I should like to have the one 
 
 he does not want. 
 Look, what a beautiful horse. 
 Which do you mean, the brown 
 
 one or the grey ? 
 The one that is saddled 
 He that is honest. 
 
 Whoever it might be. 
 
 Who has been chosen 1 
 
 At whose order was he arrested? 
 
 With respect to what we hrve 
 
 urged. 
 What he says, is not witixout 
 
 reason. 
 To what he affirmed, much was 
 
 opposed. 
 Do you know that man yonder ? 
 I have often met this one. 
 That woman is my landlord's 
 
 sister. 
 He has two (of them). 
 That boy is very diUgent. 
 On that side (page, hand). 
 Give me the one you have done 
 
 with (have finished). 
 
no 
 
 DIALOGUES WITH REFERENCE 
 
 ^ai er benjcniqeit (ben) gefauft, wch 
 
 dhenid) auafucbte? 
 ij^teieut^e, tueldie man fiir tie ^lugjie 
 
 I;dU. 
 2)111 benjenigen (benen) t»iU id) nid)t3 
 
 ju fdiaffen r;aben. 
 ©a^ fann 3f)nen Sebermann fagen. 
 3di fte^e ju jeber Beit ju 3()ten 
 
 S)ienften. 
 Sebeg 2)lal, tuenn et !cmmt. 
 3Sie V)iele SJ^ale ift feiue @vit»artung 
 
 getdn[cf)t wcrben ? 
 (Sine anbere 3eit todre mir gclegener 
 
 gewefcn. 
 (gdiicfen @ie mir bie anberen 33fi*er. 
 aSvi^ umK er mit hm aubevn madien ? 
 Seber Stnbere touvbe iljm gcl)clfen 
 
 ©vi^ anbere ^ferb ift Derfauftn^orben. 
 (Seine anberen ^reunbe finb berfeU 
 
 ben SJlcinung. 
 (S6 fmb biefelben Scute. 
 3d) bin bemfelben SDlannc begegnet. 
 (Se ift baffelbe. 
 !Die SSevfammtung fxnbet in bemfcl? 
 
 ben ©aale ftatt. 
 (Bx ging buret) biefetbe Xijux. 
 (Bx ift ber JBruber bef[en, ber nci6:) 
 
 Slmerifa ging. 
 .Dag (5'igentt)um Derer, bie it)re 3lb; 
 
 gaben bejat)lt t)atten, inurbe ge* 
 
 fdicnt. 
 !Dergleidien ?^dlte gibt eg iMcle. 
 @in (5'reignip ber 5trt fcmmt nur 
 
 fel ten »er. 
 Qs gibt nur @incu gall. 
 
 33ieleg yen bem, h»ag er fagte. 
 aOie \)icl bin id;) 3t)neu fdintbig ? 
 2)lan fiagte nad) ber SJleinung mkx 
 
 Seute. 
 SWit wieyielcn ^ferbcn rcif'te er ah ? 
 
 (Seine yielcn 3'iat()gcber fonntcn fcin 
 
 S3erberbcn nidU abwenben. 
 aCie mU SDiale fagten ©ie '? 
 a)land)nial. 
 9)laud)ct t)at fid) getdufd)t gefe{)en. 
 
 Has he bought the one I chose 1 
 
 She who is thought to bo the 
 
 cleverest. 
 I will have nothing to do with 
 
 those. 
 Any one can tell you that. 
 I am always at your service. 
 
 Every time he comes. 
 
 How many times has he been 
 
 disappointed 1 
 Some other time would have 
 
 suited me better. 
 Send me the other books. 
 What will he do with the others 1 
 Any other person would have 
 
 aided him. 
 The other horse has been sold. 
 His other friends are of the same 
 
 opinion. 
 They are the same people. 
 I met the same man. 
 It is the same thing. 
 The meeting takes place in the 
 
 very same hall. 
 He went through the same door. 
 He is the brother of him that 
 
 went to America. 
 The property of those who had 
 
 paid their taxes, was spared. 
 
 There are many such instances. 
 Such an event occurs but rarely. 
 
 There is but one instance 
 
 (case). 
 Much of what he said. 
 How much do I owe you ? 
 The opinions of many persona 
 
 were consulted. 
 With how many horses did he 
 
 set out ? 
 His numerous advisers could not 
 
 avert his ruin. 
 How many times did you say? 
 Many a time. 
 Many a one hes been disaj^ 
 
 pointed 
 
TO GRAMMATICAL FORMS. 
 
 171 
 
 SDlandhe 53tuini: Uhijt utifjefe^eu. 
 
 SKan fpricbt »on ^riebeiu 
 
 SOfJan ijat fettbem ntcl)t^ ton il;m ge^ 
 
 ^ort. 
 Tlan faun nid)t jtoei ^erren bienen. 
 SD^an tceif nict)t, n)cm man trauen 
 
 foil. 
 3Benn man f^rid^t fo tac^en fie. 
 28a^ toill man me^r ? 
 (5r Ijat ehoa^ (einigeg) ®elb geerbt. 
 ©eftern berietl; fie fid) mit einigen 
 
 ^reunben. 
 de mav »or einiger 3eit. 
 ■§dttc id) nur einige ^cfnung i^n 
 
 tt)ieberjufel;en. 
 fURit etnigem §lei§ unb einiger 93e; 
 
 t)arrlid)feit it»irb ce i^m gelingen. 
 ©ie fagten irgenb it\x>ae. 
 aSerf^jrid) nie ettwa^, toa^ iu nid)t 
 
 crfiillen fannjl. 
 ©te gab bem ^Bettter dtoaS 93rob. 
 S)a^ tDoUte id) tt)ol)C ^w^-nn id) etwa^ 
 
 aSar irgenb Semanb ba ? 
 
 a3eibe >§dufer irurben nieberge? 
 
 brannt. 
 SSir Seibe finb »on einem Sitter. 
 3ene 53ciben finb biefen 33eiben Bor# 
 
 jujietjen. 
 ©eine beiben SSriiber finb auf ber 
 
 Unioerfitdt. 
 SOBetdier Don SSeiben iji ber ijerjldn- 
 
 bigfie ? 
 (Sine won meinen beiben ©d^ltjejlern 
 
 Wixb m\6 rufen laffen. 
 2Ba^ er aud^ fagen mod)te, toax urns 
 
 fonft. 
 3Beldie^ SBnd) ©ie and) meinen. 
 3d) bin mit 5lllem jnfrieben. 
 ^[[k feini' Slu^fiditen finb »ernid)tet. 
 9lUen feinen S3eftrebungen jum Sivc^e. 
 SlUer 5lugen loaren anf ii)n gerid)tet. 
 
 (Sr i)at SiUeg, voae er branc^t. 
 
 5c^ fef}e if)n alle Jlage. 
 
 ©ie modite alle 2BoAe, ja, allt 5lbenbe 
 
 ing ©dianfpicl gcl)en. 
 3Bir alle mellen auf ha^ £anb ge^en. 
 
 Many a flower blooms unseen. 
 
 Peace is spoken of. 
 
 He has not been heard of since. 
 
 One cannot serve two masters. 
 
 One does not know whom to 
 trust. 
 
 When one speaks, they laugh. 
 
 What more can one expect 1 
 
 He has inherited some money. 
 
 Yesterday she consulted some 
 friends. 
 
 Tt was some time ago. 
 
 Had I but some hopes of seeing 
 him again. 
 
 With a little diligence and per- 
 severance he will succeed. 
 
 They said something or other. 
 
 Never promise what you are un- 
 able to perform. 
 
 She gave the beggar some bread 
 
 I would, if I had any. 
 
 Was any one there ? 
 
 Both houses were burnt down. 
 
 Both of use are of the same age. 
 
 Those two are preferable to these 
 two. 
 
 His two brothers are at the uni- 
 versity. 
 
 Which of the two is the most 
 sensible ? 
 
 One of my two sisters will have 
 us called. 
 
 Whatsoever he said, was in 
 vain. 
 
 Whichever book you mean. 
 
 I am satisfied with every thing. 
 
 All his prospects are destroyed 
 
 In spite of all his endeavors. 
 
 The eyes of all present were di- 
 rected to him. 
 
 He has all he needs. 
 
 I see him every day. 
 
 She would Hke to go to the play 
 every week, nay, every evening. 
 
 We are all of us going into the 
 country 
 
172 
 
 DIALOGUES WITH REFERENCE 
 
 Tlan muf yor aften ©ingeit ein reU 
 neg ©eirilfeu ju bea'ialjveu fudjen. 
 
 SKeljrcre ©cf)ijfe finb angetcmmen. 
 ©efterii brad}te id) ben 5l6enb mit 
 
 ineljreren §reunben ju. 
 Oliemanb tceip iua^ batau^ getwor? 
 
 ben ift. 
 @^ irar Oilenianb gegentt^drtlg. 
 ^at feiner »on ben SDtdunevn ben 
 
 SOlutf) ge{)abt, i{)n ju ergrcifen? 
 ^6 n>ar gav feine ^offnnng baju 
 
 »cr{}anben. 
 ^abcn (£le @elb Bel jid)? 3)enn id) 
 
 I;abe feing. 
 (5r h)iU jleinen (D^iemanb) gefpro; 
 
 dien Ifiaben. 
 (Sie gef)en mit S^iemanb (^einem) 
 
 al^ mit itjxcn 33evn:»anbten um. 
 (Be gibt feinevlei SBaaven, bie bort 
 
 nid)t ju t)aben tt»dren. 
 (5r Ijdt ^Bietevlei mitgebradit 
 
 3d) {)abe mand)crlei anjufd;afen. 
 
 5)a^ i|l mir einertei, [age id) Sfjnen. 
 
 1)a^ ift \a ju ivenig. 
 
 (S^ ift ntdit treniger aU man ge^ 
 
 tnofjulid) bejat}lt. 
 aJJan mup fid; mit SSenigem be? 
 
 gniigcn. 
 aSenige Seute twerbcn it)m ©tauben 
 
 fd)enten. 
 aSie tvenig lie^ id) mir »on einem 
 
 feld)en ©liirfe trdnmen. 
 Sie fommt immer bann, tnenn man 
 
 jie am tr^enigiten ertrartet. 
 Sein QfJadibav ij^ njL^()U)abenb ; id) 
 
 giaube ee wenigj^eng. 
 (2ie n^aren e^, ber mid) barauf auf-- 
 
 merffam mad)te. 
 (Sie ivaven eg, bie unS ju (linterge? 
 
 t)en fud^ten. 
 Qe ift fe()r ju ^o^tw, bap er fid) 
 
 nidit irrt. 
 (Bs ]Ui)c\\ einigc S3dumc am SBcge. 
 
 ^6 lourbe M getanjt. 
 
 We must endeavor above aL 
 things to keep a ckar con- 
 science. 
 
 Several ships have arrived. 
 
 Yesterday 1 passed the evening 
 with several friends. 
 
 No one knows what became 
 of it. 
 
 No one was present. 
 
 Had none of the men courage 
 enough to seize him ? 
 
 There were no hopes at all of it. 
 
 Have you any money about you? 
 
 For I have none. 
 He says he has spoken with 
 
 no one. 
 They associate with none but 
 
 their relations. 
 There are no goods of any kind, 
 
 which are not to be had there. 
 He has brought a variety of 
 
 things with him. 
 I must procure several different 
 
 articles. 
 That is all the same to me, I 
 
 tell you. 
 Why, that is too little. 
 It is not less than is usually 
 
 paid. 
 We ought to be content with a 
 
 little. 
 Few persons will credit him. 
 
 How little did I dream of such 
 
 a happiness. 
 She always comes when she is 
 
 least expected. 
 His neighbor is opulent ; at least 
 
 I believe so. 
 It was you that pointed it out 
 
 to me. 
 It was they who strove to de- 
 ceive us. 
 It is much to be hoped that he 
 
 is not mistaken. 
 There are some trees standing 
 
 by the road-side. 
 There was much dancing. 
 
TO GRAMMATICAL FORMS. 
 
 U3 
 
 di gifet mefirere Strten. 
 
 Qe ^nben fid) uur ivenige Seute bcijii 
 
 geneigt. 
 @^ ragf etu 2;{}urm au^ bem SBatbe 
 
 @r fagte e^, aBer id) giaiibe e^ faum. 
 
 3d) will eg, aber fie ivolteu eg uid)t. 
 
 Su fo feni alg eg ung betvifft. 
 
 (Sg gtbt nur cineu %ail, 
 
 2Bag gibt eg ? 
 
 (Sg tvareu yiele (Sd)iffe in h^n <§a* 
 
 fen etiigetaufen. 
 ©iub (Ste eg ? 
 3d) bin eg. 
 3u bebauern toar eg, baf eg fo iue^ 
 
 nig ju tl)un gab. 
 @g fanben fid) S3iete ju reciter 3eit 
 
 ein. 
 0Cie »iel T)aben @ie bafitr gegeben ? 
 ©ie trurbe uminllig bariibec. 
 ilBag l)at 3l}r (Sompagnon babei ge^ 
 
 wonnen ? 
 iDabuvd) tjojfe ic^ meinen ©egner ju 
 
 befdnftigen. 
 3d) ^abe nid)t baran gebadit. 
 2)aju fommt nod), bap fie fein 9Jlip? 
 
 fallen erregte. 
 S)ayor bel)iite ung ber <§lmmel! 
 9llg wix fo fprad)en, fam ev baju. 
 
 (5g gab einlge gute barunter. 
 
 ^,\6 yevfie'^en <Sic barunter ? 
 
 ©ie n.Mffen !aum, \va6 fie bamit ma^ 
 
 d)en fclien. 
 IDamit jog ev ben ^ut unb ging fort. 
 
 eic tfjat eU fefbil. 
 
 IReljmcn ©ie fid) in 9td)t, fonft iuer; 
 
 ben @ie fid) @d)aben tl)un. 
 ©ie irren fid) fel)r, tuenn @ie glau^ 
 
 ben, bai id) mid) »or if)nen fiirdite. 
 ©er 93cget befreite fid) »on ber 
 
 (gdilinge. 
 @ie Ijaben jid) yon fciner 9'led)tfd)afs 
 
 fcnl)cit uberjeugt. 
 ©cin S3ruber i)at fid^ amyerbeu 
 
 laffen. 
 
 There are several kinds. 
 
 But few people are inclined to it. 
 
 A tower rises from the forest. 
 
 He said so, but I hardly believe it. 
 
 I will, but they will not. 
 
 As far as regards us. 
 
 There is but one instance. 
 
 What's the matter ? 
 
 Many vessels had entered the 
 
 harbor. 
 Is it you ? 
 It is I. 
 It was to be regretted that there 
 
 was so little to do. 
 Many persons arrived in time. 
 
 Ho much did you give for it ? 
 She grew angry about it. 
 What has your partner gained 
 
 in it? 
 By this means I hope to pacify 
 
 my opponent. 
 I did not think of it. 
 Besides that, she excited his 
 
 displeasure. 
 Heaven defend us from it ! 
 While we were talking, he 
 
 joined us. 
 There were some good ones 
 
 amongst them. 
 What do you understand by it ? 
 They hardly know what to do 
 
 with it (them). 
 With that he raised his hat and 
 
 went away. 
 She did it herself. 
 Take care or you will hi .rt your- 
 self. 
 They are much mistaken if they 
 
 think I fear them. 
 The bird freed itself from the 
 
 springe. 
 They have satisfied themselves 
 
 of his probity. 
 His brother has enlisted. 
 
174 
 
 DIALOGUES WITH REFERENCE 
 
 2Bcnn irf) nilc^ iiidit irre, fo ^abe id) 
 
 iljn irgenbiro getrcffen. 
 ©ie hat fid) »er(}eirat^et. 
 .9Btt i^aben un^ entfd}Icfycn, feine 
 
 ^ebiitgungen anjune(}men. 
 ^aft 5)u !5)lr tie ©adie ubcrtegt ? 
 Sd) umU mir em paat (Stiefet be? 
 
 fie((en. 
 man tdufdit fid) fe^r km, 
 SD^an fann fid) »cn feiner Sefiiir? 
 
 jung !eine SSorf^ellung madien. 
 ^^x ^aU (Sud) »om @d)eine tdit; 
 
 fdien laffen. 
 2)er 93ruber unb bie @d)ttteflet: lieben 
 
 einanber jdrtlid). 
 <Sie famen einanber gu ^iitfe. 
 
 ©ie n?agen e6 nid)t einanber ju 
 
 tranen. 
 Sfi 3 em an b ba? 
 3d) fef)e OHemanb. 
 <5eute mcrgen ifl Semanb »otgefoms 
 
 men. 
 3ebevmann iil bation iibetgengt. 
 ^a6 ^attt Sebermann »or^erfe^en 
 
 fonnen. 
 (5in guter Dflame ifl beffer al^ 0teid); 
 
 tl) timer. 
 @r evfreut fid) eineS gropen S3er; 
 
 niogcng. 
 3)u ttiobnfl in einem angenel;men 
 
 @tabtt()eite. 
 (Sic ^at fid) einen griinen <Sd)tefer 
 
 gefauft. 
 @in avtigeg jlinb mac^t feinen ^U 
 
 tern ^reube. 
 2)er Sntjalt be3 erflen 93anbcg mip; 
 
 fddt mir. 
 SWit bcr s.-flen ©elegenTjeit. 
 (fr bat feinen tvcnen «g)nnb \)ertorcn. 
 T^ie arme ffiaife ifl fc(;r jn bemit; 
 
 Iciben. 
 @ie ijat im tjorigen 3af)re gefdirie? 
 
 ben. 
 (§x fa§ am Of en tinb lag. 
 <Bk vcif'tcn am in-rgangcnen (Srei; 
 
 U\c^ ah. 
 3td) lag fdion j^n ^cik (im ^dk). 
 Of^ h)dre am JBefien \v>ix gingen Ijin. 
 
 Ifl am not mistaken, I have met 
 
 with him somewhere. 
 She has got married. 
 We have determined to accept 
 
 his terms. 
 Have you reflected on the matter? 
 I intend to order myself a pair 
 
 of boots. 
 We easily deceive ourselves. 
 His consternation is not to be 
 
 imagined. 
 You have suffered yourselves to 
 
 be deceived by appearances. 
 The brother and sister are very 
 
 fond of each other. 
 They came to each other's as- 
 sistance. 
 They dare not trust one another. 
 
 Is any one there ? 
 
 I see nobody. 
 
 Some one has called this morn- 
 ing. 
 
 Every body is convinced of it. 
 
 Any one might have foreseen 
 that. 
 
 A good name is better than 
 riches. 
 
 He enjoys a large fortune. 
 
 You live in a pleasant part of 
 
 the town. 
 She has bought a green veil. 
 
 A good child gladdens the heart . 
 
 of its parents. 
 I don't hke the contents of the 
 
 first volume. 
 With the first opportunity. 
 Pie has lost his faithful dog. 
 The poor orphan is greatly to be 
 
 pitied. 
 She wrote last year. 
 
 He sat reading near the stove* 
 They set out on Friday last. 
 
 I already lay in bed. 
 We had better go there. 
 
TO GRAMMATICAL FORMS. 
 
 175 
 
 SDet (Sd)u|e |laub bid)t am S3aume. 
 
 3ll er im Ǥaufe ? 
 
 Sie traten in bag ^aug. 
 
 v5r f)at ling (jeftevu §um le^ten TlaU 
 
 6e[ud]t. 
 3um gro^en geibtocfen feiucr3?J utter. 
 I)cr .^iiabe gcl)t fru^ jur (Sct)ute (in 
 
 bie @d)ule). 
 Untevm 3)lonbe t|l nid)tg Bejidnbig. 
 
 a^lovgeii icill fie jur (in bie) Jtivd^c 
 
 gel)en. 
 2)ie @elbaten ftanben untevm ®e* 
 
 n? eft re. 
 3f)r felb faj^ ntc ju Ǥaufe. 
 l^apt ung uad^ «&aufe gefjcn. 
 2)iein ^ruber ftet;t &eini erfien dle^ 
 
 giment. 
 2Ser wiirbe fo fjanbeln, ber nur ixt 
 
 genb (Stjrgtfuf)! l)at 
 ^at er 3I)retn>egen hen aSertoeia be- 
 
 fcnnnen ? 
 Sfiein, uufertincgen. 
 Sfjretn^egen mag id) feinen UntDitten 
 
 uid)t erregen. 
 @ie tfjaten eg meinettwegen (um .met; 
 
 netwiUen). 
 3dj bin bereit if^rettoitlen Silted §u 
 
 erbulben. 
 9Jleinetwegen mogen fte e^ tterfud)en. 
 3d) bin Si^nen fel)r serbunben. 
 (Sage mtr wo 2)u bij^. 
 @r ift mein befter ^reunb. 
 Sie ifl bei il)xm aSerivanbten. 
 2Bir fiub ganj anbercr 2tnfid)t. 
 
 (S^ut; 3r)rfeibalfoentfd)IoiTeu? 
 
 aBo finb fie ju finben ? 
 
 3di ttjar ^u Ǥaufe. 
 
 ©u utarft gu uoreltig. 
 
 5Ber n^eif, ujd er war. 
 
 5Str waren bariiber ganj erfrcut. 
 
 5()r waret audi eingelaben. 
 
 <Sie waren mit itjrem Soofe unju- 
 
 friebeu. 
 3d) werbe fruf) auf fein. 
 "Du wirft fte gewif auf i^re^ DnhU 
 
 ^tu^t jtuben. 
 
 The marksman stood close to 
 
 the tree. 
 Is he in the house ? 
 They entered the house. 
 Yesterday he visited us for the 
 
 last time. 
 To the great regret of his mother. 
 The boy goes early to school. 
 
 There's nothing constant undei 
 
 the moon. 
 To-morrow she will go to church 
 
 The soldiers were under arms. 
 
 You are scarcely ever at home 
 
 Let us go home. 
 
 My brother is in the first legi- 
 ment. 
 
 Who that has any feeling of 
 honor would act thus ? 
 
 Did he receive the rebuke on 
 your account ? 
 
 No, on our account. 
 
 I am not going to incur his dis- 
 pleasure on their account. 
 
 They did it for my sake. 
 
 For her sake I am ready to suffer 
 
 any thing. 
 They may try it for all I care. 
 I am much obhged to you. 
 Tell me where you are. 
 He is my best friend. 
 She is with her relations. 
 We are of quite a different 
 
 opinion. 
 Well, you are determined then? 
 Where are they to be found ? 
 I was at home. 
 Thou wert too hasty. 
 Who knows where ho ^vas. 
 We were overjoyed at it. 
 You were invited too. 
 They were dissatisfied with 
 
 their lot. 
 I shall be up early. 
 Ihou wilt certainly find her in 
 
 her uncle's room. 
 
176 
 
 DIALOGUES WITH REFERENCE 
 
 IClan toeif nic^t, tcami er t;ier fein 
 
 irirb. 
 3Bir tuerben evfreut fein, (Sie ju fel;en. 
 3^r toerbet abtoefenb fein, lt»enn tt)ir 
 
 fommen. 
 iSic iwerben fd)on ba»on benad^ric^; 
 
 tigt fein. 
 3d) bin lange !van! geioefen. 
 ^Dubiji in ^ranfrei^ gettjefen, You 
 
 id) ^ore. 
 @r ifl eine 3eit tang bamit befd)af' 
 
 tigt geti?efen. 
 SBif finb auf bent Sanbe gcUjefen. 
 Sd) I;offe, i>a^ 3fjr red)t flei^ig ge; 
 
 toefen feib. 
 ©tnb fie nid^t bei it)rem SSetter jum 
 
 S3efud) getocfen ? 
 3ci^ tear mtr einige S^age bort getue^ 
 
 fen. 
 SBir iraren auf S^ieifen genjefen, aU 
 
 h)ir bie 9'iad)vtct)t er^ieUen. 
 SBenn @ie h^ieber ba ftnb, trerbe id) 
 
 bei S^rem S3ruber geirefen fein. 
 (Seien @ie fo gutig, mir ju fagen, an 
 
 icen id) mid) ju ivenben ()abe. 
 Sflun gut, er fei jur red)ten 3eit l;ier. 
 
 (Sei bod) nid)t fo unaufmerffani. 
 
 ©ie fagten, er fei franf. 
 
 Senn id) twiiptc, ba^ er nod) nid)t 
 
 tuieber genefen tv>dre. 
 SOfJan »crmut()et, ba^ er in ad)t 3^a? 
 
 gen l^ier fein toerbe. 
 ©laubt man, bap er oft bort getoefcn 
 
 fei? 
 @te fagte mir gerabeju, ta^ id) ju 
 
 offentierjig getvefen tndre. 
 3d) iDurbe bamit jufrieben fein. 
 SBiirbc ein Stnbercr fo unbiUig ge* 
 
 hjefen fein ? 
 (Sic tDdre ju gliicftid) gemefen. 
 @r :^at an fte gefdirieben. 
 Sffiir i^atten fel)r yiele 3)iu^cmit ir;m. 
 
 3d) twerbe l)offentnd) v»iet SSergniigen 
 
 t)aben. 
 Gr tt)irb fd^hjere ^flid)teu l^abcn. 
 SBIr toerbcn ivenig gu t^un ^aben. 
 
 It is not known when he will b« 
 
 here. 
 We shall be glad to see yon. 
 You will be absent when wa 
 
 come. 
 They will be already informed 
 
 of it. 
 I have been long ill. 
 Thou hast been in France, I am 
 
 told. 
 He has been occupied with it 
 
 for some time. 
 We have been in the country. 
 I hope you have been very di- 
 ligent. 
 Have they not been visiting their 
 
 cousin ? 
 I had been there but for a few 
 
 days. 
 We had been travelling, when 
 
 we received the intelligence. 
 By the time you return I shall 
 
 have been at your brother's. 
 Be so kind as to tell me whom 
 
 to apply to. 
 Well then let him be here in the 
 
 right time. 
 Don't be so inattentive. 
 They said he was ill. 
 If I knew he was not yet re- 
 covered. 
 It is supposed he will be here in 
 
 a week's time. 
 Is he thought to have been there 
 
 often? 
 She told me plainly that I had 
 
 been too candid. 
 I should be satisfied with it. 
 Would any one else have been 
 
 so unreasonable ? 
 She would have been too happy. 
 He has written to them. 
 We had a great deal of trouble 
 
 with him. 
 I shall have much pleasure, I 
 
 hope. 
 He will have severe duties. 
 We shall have little to do 
 
TO GRAMMA.TICAL FORMS. 
 
 177 
 
 gragen <Ste, oB fie morgen ®efel(? 
 
 fdiaft tiabcu ir*evi:en. 
 @ie \)at nod) feinen %i)te gefiaBt. 
 2)a fie feiiie ^uft g^fjaOt Ijatteu, in^ 
 
 (Sct)aufplel ju gcjen. 
 3e^t tulrb ec feiu:n SBillen ge'^abt 
 
 2)Zan befiauptete (eei twurbe be(}aup; 
 
 tet), baS id) i{;u jum 9Zad)fDlger 
 
 {|aben raixrbe. 
 Sie n>ui'beii ii)n geru jum Scorer ge? 
 
 ^abt f)aben (fie tjdtteu ii)n gefu 
 
 jum Sel)rer geijabt). 
 aBir glaubten, er I;abc an feinen 
 
 3Bot)ltf)dtev gefd)rieben. 
 Sebeimann meint, cr fjabe Unved)t 
 
 ge()abt. 
 SQBdren \mx nid)t gctoefen, fo Ijdtten 
 
 fie einen bofen Unfalt geljabt. 
 3d) I)dtte ii)n getvarnt (id) ix^iirbe i()n 
 
 gewarnt l)aben), iwdre e^ notljig 
 
 gewefen. 
 fatten fie fid; bod) nur 3eit genom* 
 
 men. 
 3!)a^ <Sd)iff luirb morgen anfommen. 
 5)ie Ueberfaljvt irirb eine ftiirmifd)e 
 
 fein (or irerben). 
 @etne ©d)nlbner iuoUen il)n nid)t be? 
 
 fviebigen. 
 2)lan fagt, ba^ fie fid) »er{)eirat§en 
 
 tuirb. 
 5)er aSerbved)eirtt)oUte nid)t gej^e[)en 
 3d) toerbe mid) bemiit)en, 3t)r ^ev? 
 
 traucn jn »erbienen. 
 3n adit S^agen tcerben w'lx bie ©iitev 
 
 em^jfangen. 
 ®ag -^au^ h)irb je^t gebaut. 
 2)ie ^tottc tcurbe bamals? an^ge? 
 
 tiiftet. 
 2)ie Sanbftvaf en werben balb au^- 
 
 gebeffert tvevben (fein). 
 3ft mein 93rief rid)tig abgegeben 
 
 trorben ? 
 lyiod) niemalg »ar 3emanb fo t)inter' 
 
 gangen trorben. 
 31 ie 3eugen foUen anfgeforbert )uor? 
 
 ben fein^ ijor @erid)t ju erfd)einen. 
 
 Enquire whether they will have 
 
 company to-morrow. 
 She has not had any tea yet. 
 As they had not had a mind to go 
 
 to the play. 
 By this time he will have had his 
 
 will. 
 It was asserted, that I should 
 
 have him for a successor. 
 
 They would gladly have had him 
 as a teacher. 
 
 We thought he had written to his 
 
 benefactor. 
 Every one thinks he was in the 
 
 wrong. 
 But for us they would have met 
 
 with a sad accident. 
 t would have warned him, had 
 
 it been necessary. 
 
 Had they but taken time. 
 
 The ship will arrive to-morrow. 
 The passage will be a rough one. 
 
 His debtors will not satisfy him. 
 
 They say, she is going to be 
 married. 
 
 The criminal would not confess. 
 
 I shall endeavor, to merit your 
 confidence. 
 
 We shall receive the goods in a 
 week's time. 
 
 The house is now building. 
 
 The fleet was fitting out at that 
 time. 
 
 The roads are soon to be re- 
 paired (will soon be). 
 
 Has my letter been properly de- 
 livered ? 
 
 Never had any one been so 
 taken in. 
 
 The witnesses are said to have 
 been summoned to appear De- 
 fore the court. 
 
8. ALPHABETICaI. list OF IRREGULAR VERBS 
 
 Note that in the following list many compound forms are not set 
 in its simple form* 
 
 INFINITIVE. 
 
 PRESENT INDICATIVE. 
 
 IMP. INDIC. 
 
 83 a cf e U a) to bake, 
 
 ic6 batfe, bu barffl, er IMt, 
 
 icfe buf 
 
 SSebiligen h), to bargain, 
 
 id) bcbitige, jc. 
 
 icb bebung 
 
 SBcbiiifen, lo need, 
 
 i4) bebar'f, iviv beburfen, k. 
 
 id) bfbuifte 
 
 S3ffet)leU, to command. 
 
 id) befeble ,bu befie^(ft,ec befte^U, 
 
 id) bcfabl 
 
 ©efleigen U"tc^)c), to attend to, 
 
 ic^ beflfi^e, 2c. 
 
 ic^ beflig 
 
 SBefliiuieit d), to begin, 
 
 id) begiinie, jc. 
 
 id) begaun 
 
 83ei9cn, to bite, 
 
 id) bet^e, bu betgefl, er \iim, 
 
 id)bi^ 
 
 ^^eflemmen e), to grieve, 
 
 id) beflemme, jc. 
 
 id) bcflemmtc 
 
 ©evrteii, to conceal, 
 
 ic^ bcrnc* fc" bii'gfl, er birgt, 
 
 ic| bavg 
 
 83ei-ftc», to burst, 
 
 ic^ berfte, 2c. 
 
 icft borft or barjl 
 
 ^cftiinen (ftd)), to think of, 
 
 ic^ beftiinc, ic. 
 
 id) befann 
 
 SBeftfeen, to possess. 
 
 id) befi^e, k. 
 
 \d) befa$ 
 
 93tflU(3en, to deceive, 
 
 (cb betviige, k. 
 
 id) betrog 
 
 33ewei^en /), to induce, move, 
 
 icfe bewege, :c. 
 
 id) bewog 
 
 ©tegeil, to bend. 
 
 id) biege, jc. 
 
 ic^ bog 
 
 33tf ten g), to offer, to bid, 
 
 ic^ bifte, It. 
 
 tci bot' 
 
 S3inbfU, to bind, 
 
 ic^ btnbc, 2C. 
 
 ic^ banb 
 
 33ttten, to entreat, to beg, 
 
 ic^ bitte, K. 
 
 i(^ bflt 
 
 S3laffn, to blow. 
 
 id) blafe, bu blcifefl, er m% 
 
 id) blieS 
 
 83(eiben, to remain. 
 
 xScf bleibe, JC. 
 
 id) blieb 
 
 ©letd)en a), to fade, 
 
 i(* bleif^f, ic. 
 
 td) bltd) 
 
 SBrateu, to roast, 
 
 id) brate, bu bratefi or bratfl, er 
 bratct or brcit. 
 
 id) brtct 
 
 Svec^en, to break, 
 
 [<fy breeze, "t^w bric^fi, er bric^t, 
 
 id) brndb 
 
 83remieti /), to bum, 
 
 id) bveniie, 2C. 
 
 ic^ bvaunte 
 
 Scingen. to brinar. 
 
 id) bringe, :c. 
 
 id) brad)te 
 
 3)enf en, to think, 
 
 id) beufe, jc. 
 
 id) bad)tc 
 
 !Dtngcn k), to bargain. 
 
 ic^ binge, :c. 
 
 icft bung 
 
 3)re|"c^en, to thresh. 
 
 id; bvefc^e, bu brifd)e{i, er brif^t. 
 
 id) brafc^ or 
 
 brofd) 
 id) brving 
 
 5)vtngen /). to press, to urge, 
 
 i&) bvinge, k. 
 
 2)urfen, to be able. 
 
 icb bavf, bu brtrffi ; n.nr biivfen,2C. 
 
 ic^ burfte 
 
 © m J) f a n 8 e n, to receive, 
 
 id) empfangc, bu cnipfangft^jc. 
 i(^ empfebie, t\x empfiebl)t, k. 
 
 icfc empftug 
 
 ©mpfet)len, to recommend. 
 
 ic^ enipfa^l 
 
 (SmpfttlbeU; to feel. 
 
 id) empfiube, ic. 
 
 id) cmpfaub 
 
 ©iitriunen, to escape, 
 
 icb entrinne, k. 
 
 id) entrann 
 
 (§lUfd)lafen, to fail asleep. 
 
 id) enttd)lafe, k. 
 
 id) cntfd^lief 
 
 (5:ntfvred)en, to answer, 
 
 id) eutfpred)e, k. 
 
 id) entfprad) 
 
 ©rbleic^eii wi), to turn pale, 
 
 id) cvblcic^e, Jc 
 
 id) erblic^ 
 
 ©rfviereti, to freeze, 
 
 id) crfrievc, ic 
 
 icfe evfror 
 
 ©vgvctfcn, to seize, to catch. 
 
 id) crgreifc, Jc. 
 
 id) ergriff 
 
 (5rfiefen 71), to select. 
 
 id) erfiefe, k. 
 
 id) cvfief'te 
 
 Cfifiihren 0), to choose, 
 
 ic^ erfubve (erfiive), Jc. 
 
 id) evfot)r, (erfov 
 
 ^■rlL>fd)en p), to extinguish. 
 
 
 
 Grfailfcn, to be drowned, 
 
 id) erfaufc, bn erfiiufefl, er erfauft 
 
 id) erfoff 
 
 (lifd)allen, loresoimd, 
 
 id) eifd)allc, ic. 
 
 id) eifd)oU 
 
 ©rfd)etneil, to appear. 
 
 id) errd)eine, ic. 
 
 \d) cvfc^ieit 
 
 ©rfc^rerfeily), to be frightened. 
 
 id) eifd)recfe, bu erfc^rtrffi, k. 
 
 i(^ erfd)raf 
 
 ©rtrinlen, to be drowned, 
 
 id? ertrinfe, jc. 
 
 id) erlratif 
 
 178 
 
OR VERBS OF THE OLD CONJUGATION. 
 
 down. In such case, the student has only to look for the verb 
 
 IMP. SUBJ. 
 
 IMPERATIVE, j 
 
 PARTICIPLE. 
 
 REMARKS. 
 
 id) biifc 
 
 bacfe 
 
 gebacfen. 
 
 a) Regular when active; as, ft 
 
 tct) bcbiin^e 
 
 bfbiiige 
 
 beMiiigeu 
 
 badte ^vob ; ^aS sBvob biif. 
 
 id) bcbiiittc 
 id) btfoble 
 
 
 bcMivft. 
 
 b) Regular when it means, to add 
 
 beftc^l 
 
 befoblfU. 
 
 a condition, to modify. -53e5 
 
 id) befiiffe 
 
 bef(ci9 
 
 bcfltffeu. 
 
 btltgt, conditional, is regular. 
 
 id^ beiv'iiiuc 
 
 berttnne 
 
 bcgoinieii. 
 
 c) ^eflei^igeu (fid)), to apply 
 
 id) bufe 
 
 bet^ or bdjge 
 
 gebiffen. 
 
 one's self, is regular. 
 
 tc^ bcflcmmete 
 
 beflcmme 
 
 beflommcn. 
 
 d) In tlie Imperf. subj. bcgcUlie 
 
 tc^ bdv^e 
 
 birg 
 
 geboi-gcu. 
 gebovfteu. 
 
 is also used. 
 
 tc^ bdvite 
 
 berfte or bivft 
 
 e) U3cflemnit is not frequently 
 
 id) befdiuic 
 
 beftiiiie 
 
 befonneii. 
 
 used, and is employed, only 
 
 id) befd§e 
 
 befitse 
 
 befeffeu. 
 
 in the sense of compressed. 
 
 id) betvoge 
 
 betviigc 
 
 betvpgeu. 
 
 
 id? betuSfle 
 
 bewegc 
 
 betuogeu. 
 
 /) Irregular when it means, to 
 
 id) boge 
 
 biege 
 
 gebogen. 
 
 induce; regular when it 
 
 tcl) bote 
 
 btetc 
 
 geboten. 
 
 means, to move a bodij or af- 
 
 id) bdnbe 
 
 binbe 
 
 gebmibcn. 
 
 fect the sensibilities. 
 
 tct) bate 
 
 bttte 
 
 gebfteu. 
 
 g) '^CUtft and beilt, in the pre- 
 
 id) bhefe 
 
 blafe 
 
 geblafcn. 
 
 sent, are poetical. 
 
 ut btifbe 
 
 bleibeor bleib 
 
 gebiieben. 
 
 
 id) bliitc 
 
 bleicfee 
 
 geblicfcen. 
 
 h) 33lcic^cn, to bleach in the 
 
 id) bitete 
 
 bvate 
 
 gebraleii. 
 
 sun, active, is regular. 
 
 id) brdc^e 
 
 htid) 
 
 gebvoc^eu. 
 
 
 id) brennete 
 
 bienne 
 
 gebrannt. 
 
 i) Often regular when active: 
 
 tc^ brdvi)te 
 
 bringe 
 
 gebrad)t. 
 
 3d) brennte ^olj, toni 
 
 id) bdc^tc 
 
 beiifc 
 
 gebact)t. 
 
 e« beffec brauute al9 
 
 ict) biinge 
 
 biiiQC 
 
 gebuugen. 
 
 Xovf. 
 
 i^brdfc^eor 
 
 brtjc^ 
 
 gebiofdjeu. 
 
 k) 2)tngte is sometimes used in 
 
 briifc^c 
 
 
 
 the imperfect, in the sense of 
 
 id) brdnge 
 
 bvinge . 
 
 gebnuigcn. 
 
 to hire. 
 
 ic^ biivfte 
 
 
 gebmft. 
 
 /) For brang, bVUUg was for- 
 
 id) empftnoc 
 
 empfange 
 
 empfaugen. 
 
 merly in use. 
 
 ,d) empfiJble 
 
 em})ftebl 
 
 empfobleit. 
 
 
 )d) cmpfdnbe 
 
 einvftnbe 
 
 empfunbcn. 
 
 
 id) entvdtinc 
 
 entviniie 
 
 eiitvoniien. 
 
 
 id) cntfd)licfe 
 
 cntfd)lafe,«ittf(^i"f 
 
 entfd)Iafen. 
 
 
 id) entfprdc^e 
 
 entfpri4) 
 
 entfprod)en. 
 
 
 id) evblid)e 
 
 erbtei4)e 
 
 evbl;d)fn. 
 
 m) From blet(t)en, to whiten, ai 
 
 id) erfvove 
 
 evfrifvc 
 
 cvfvDven. 
 
 in tlie sun, which is regular. 
 
 id) evgriffe 
 
 ergretfc or crgrcif 
 
 cvgriffen. 
 
 
 id) ertiefete 
 
 crflefc 
 
 erfofcu. 
 
 n^ Used mostly in poetry. 
 
 tc^eifu^ve{ttture) 
 
 evfii{)ve, (crfiire) 
 
 CrfO^Ven (crtcren). 
 
 o] This verb is seldom ussd. 
 p) Like »evl6f(^cn and au8« 
 
 id) ei-fpffe 
 
 erfaufc 
 
 eifoffen. 
 
 lofc^eil, irregular only when 
 
 id) evfd)0lle 
 
 evfc|)afle 
 
 ei"fd)ollcn. 
 
 intransitive. ^i3fd)eu is al- 
 
 id) evfd)iene 
 
 crfd)etne 
 
 cvfd)itnfn. 
 
 ways transitive and regular. 
 
 i^ crfcfercife 
 iti} txtv'dnU 
 
 ci-fd)ri(f 
 
 evfcfevocfcit. 
 
 q) Irregular as intransitive, but 
 
 ertrinfc 
 
 ertnmfen. 
 
 regular when transitive. 
 
 179 
 
180 
 
 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS 
 
 INFINITIVE. 
 
 PRESENT INDICATIVE. 
 
 IMP. INDIC. 
 
 ©riOiigen r), to consider, 
 
 tc^ ertrcifle, jc. 
 
 id) ernjog 
 
 (Sffcn, to eat, 
 
 tcfe effe, bu iffefl, cr tffet or ijjt. 
 
 ic^a^ 
 
 Salens) (obsolete,) to catch, 
 
 \<i) fat)e, bu fa^efl, er fa^ct. 
 
 — 
 
 ^a^ren t), to drive a carriage, 
 
 tc^ fa'f)rc, bu fiifirft, er fafirt 
 
 i(^ fubr 
 
 fallen, to fall, 
 
 ic^ fallc, bu fallfl, ec faUt 
 
 ic^ftet 
 
 ?5aUen, «), to fold, 
 
 t4 falte K. 
 
 ic^ faltete 
 
 f^angen, »), to catch, 
 
 ic^ fange, 't>\\ fdngjl, er fangt 
 
 tc^ fing 
 
 gec^'ten, to fight, 
 
 ic6 fcc^te, bu ftc^tji, er ftc^t 
 
 icb foc^t 
 
 ^tnben, to find. 
 
 i4) finbe, «. 
 
 id) fanb 
 
 Slcc^ten, to twist, 
 
 ic^ fledjte, bu flt^tfl, er flt^t 
 
 ic^ floc^t 
 
 gUegcn m), to fly, 
 
 [^ fitege, bu flieflft; er fliegt 
 
 id) flog 
 
 %\\i\)tu x), to flee, 
 
 ic^ flietje, «. 
 
 ic^flo^ 
 
 Slte^cn y), to flow, 
 
 id) fftege, k. 
 
 ic^flo^ 
 
 SraAen, to ask. 
 
 i^ fraqe, bu frcigfl, er fragt 
 
 id) frug 
 
 Sreffen, to devour, 
 
 id) fi-effc, bu friffefi or fri^t 
 
 i(^ fra? 
 
 Srieveil, to freeee. 
 
 {{^ friere, ic. 
 
 ic^ fror 
 
 ® ci I) V e It 2), to ferment, 
 
 id) ga^ve, k. 
 
 [^ gobi 
 
 ©ebaren, to bring forth, 
 
 icfe gebiire/ bu gebarfl (gebierfl) 
 er flebiirt (^ebicrt) 
 
 id) gcbar 
 
 ©ebcn a), to give, 
 
 ic^ gebe, bu gibfl, er ^\ki 
 
 ic^gaB 
 
 ©ebieten b), to command. 
 
 x6) gebiete, k. 
 
 i(^ gebof. 
 
 ®ebcif)en c), to prosper, 
 
 ic^ gebeibe, ic. 
 
 id) gebie^ 
 
 ©efallen, to please, 
 
 tc^ gefaUe, bu gefaUfl, er gcfaUt 
 
 id) gefiel 
 
 ®ef)en d), to go, 
 
 ic^ gebe, ic. 
 
 ic^ ging 
 
 ©elingeii, to succeed, 
 
 e« geltngt 
 
 c« gelaug 
 
 ©clteu c), to be worth, valid. 
 
 tcb gelte, bu gtltfl, er gilt 
 
 iit gait 
 
 ©cnefen, to recover, 
 
 icb genefe, n. 
 
 icb gcnag 
 
 @enlc§en/), to enjoy. 
 
 ic^ gente^e, jc 
 
 id) genog 
 
 ©erat^en, to hit upon. 
 
 icb gerat^c, bu gerat^fl, er gerati) 
 
 id) gcriet^ 
 
 ©efc^e^en, to happen. 
 
 cs gefc^ic^t 
 
 eg gefc^a^, ge* 
 fd)abc 
 
 ©eWinncn, to gain, to win. 
 
 t^ gcminne, jc. 
 
 tc^ gemontt 
 
 ©iegen g), to pour, 
 
 tc^ giepe, »c. 
 
 ic^go^ 
 
 OletC^cn A), to resemble, 
 
 tc^ gleic^e, k. 
 
 ic^ fllit^ 
 
 ©lettcn 1), to glide. 
 
 {^ gleite, jc. 
 
 t(^ gittt 
 
 ©Itmmen k), to shine, 
 
 ic^ gltmmc, jc. 
 
 i^ glomm 
 
 ©raben, to dig, 
 
 id) grabe, bu griibfl, er grcibjl 
 
 i(^ grub 
 
 ©reifen, to seize, 
 
 [6:1 gveife, ic. 
 
 id) griff 
 \&i batte 
 
 >6a ben /), to have, 
 
 id) babe, bu b«ft. er^at 
 
 .paltcn, to hold. 
 
 ic^ brtltc, bu biiltjl. cr f)alt 
 
 id) fctdt 
 
 ^auflcn m), to hang, 
 
 [^ ()auae, bu pngfl, er ^angt 
 
 tc^ ^titg 
 
OR VERBS OF THE OLD CONJUGATION. 
 
 Igl 
 
 IMP. SUBJ. 
 
 CMPERAT17E. 
 
 PARTICIPLE. 
 
 REMARKS. 
 
 i6) ertvoge 
 
 enynge 
 
 erroogen. 
 gegcffeu. 
 
 r) Oftener used regularly. 
 
 tc^ d§e 
 
 t^ 
 
 
 ' — 
 
 fa^c 
 
 gefa^en. 
 
 s) Poetical rarely used : and in 
 the imperfect not at all. 
 
 tc^ fii^te 
 
 fa^re 
 
 gefn^ven. 
 
 t) Compounds of fabteu are 
 
 icto fiele 
 
 falle 
 
 gefaUen. 
 
 irregular, except tviUfabven. 
 
 tc^ faltetc 
 
 falte 
 
 gefalten. 
 
 u) Irreg. only in participle, for 
 which gefaltet is often used. 
 
 tc^ ftngc 
 
 fflnge 
 
 gefangeu. 
 
 v) The forms ftettg and ftetigc 
 
 ic^ f54)te 
 
 ftci)t 
 
 gcfoc^ten. 
 
 are absolete. So also cm= 
 
 td) fdnbe 
 
 ftnbc 
 
 gefunbeu. 
 
 Vfteng and cm))ftcHgc. 
 
 tc^ floc^tc 
 
 fli*t 
 
 gcfloc^teii. 
 
 
 i* floge 
 
 fliegc 
 
 geflogen. 
 
 w) «5Ieugfl and fleugt present 
 and fleug in the imperative- 
 are used only in poetry. 
 
 tc^ fl5:^e 
 
 flie^e or flie^ 
 
 gefTo^en. 
 
 x) ^leuc^fl, fleuc^t and flcuc^, 
 poeticaJ. 
 
 y) Slcu^eft, ffeuft and flcu^. 
 
 t* PBffe 
 
 ffiefc 
 
 geffoffcn. 
 gefi-agt. 
 
 tcfe fviigf 
 
 frage 
 frif 
 
 poetical. 
 
 tc^ frd§e 
 
 gcfreffen. 
 
 
 tc6 fiove 
 
 fvierc 
 
 gefroven. 
 
 
 ic^ go^ve 
 
 gcibre 
 
 gego^rcn. 
 gcboren. 
 
 z) Sometimes regular, gci^rte. 
 
 ;c^ gebdre (gc* 
 
 bbre) 
 t^ gdbe 
 
 gebiive (gebtcr) 
 
 
 gib 
 
 gcgeben. 
 
 a) Some writers prefer gtcbj}. 
 
 
 
 
 giebt,gtebtogibft,gibt,gib. 
 b) ©cbeutfl, gebeut, poetical. 
 
 td) gebotc, 
 
 gebietc 
 
 geboten. 
 
 ic^gcbte^c 
 
 gebeib 
 
 gebiebcn. 
 
 c) ©ebiegcn is but a strength- 
 
 id) geftele 
 
 gefaUc 
 
 gcfaUcn. 
 
 ened adj. form of past part. 
 
 td) gtngc 
 
 gebe or ge^ 
 
 gegangen. 
 
 d) @ ieug for gilig is antiquated. 
 
 e8 geldiigc 
 
 geltngc 
 
 geluiigen. 
 
 
 id) gdltc 
 
 gilt 
 
 gcgolten. 
 
 e) Formerly golt, goltc, were 
 
 tcb geuafc 
 
 gcnefe 
 
 gehcfen. 
 
 used in imp. indie, and subj. 
 
 id) genoffe 
 
 geniegc 
 
 genoffcn. 
 
 /) ©enenfejt, gcneu^t, and 
 
 tc^ geviet&c 
 
 geratbe 
 
 geratbcn. 
 
 imperative gciieu^, poetical, 
 
 e« gefc^a^c 
 
 gcfc^e^e 
 
 gcfcfee^cn. 
 
 seldom used. 
 
 tci& getoanne (gc= 
 
 gewiune 
 
 getDonncn. 
 
 
 ttjonnc) 
 
 
 
 
 tc^ goffe 
 
 giefc 
 
 gegoffcn. 
 
 g) ©eil^efl, gCU^t and impe- 
 rative geu^. See geuic^crt; 
 
 t4) Qli^t 
 
 glclc^e 
 
 gegli4)cn. 
 
 a) Regular as active, to com- 
 pare,&c. 93evglei4)en, though 
 
 active, is irregular. 
 
 td) glittc 
 
 gleitc 
 
 geglittett. 
 
 i) ©cletten and begleikn are 
 
 not derived from gUitCll, but 
 from leiten, hence regular. 
 
 :c^ glommt 
 
 glimme 
 
 gegloinmen. 
 
 k) Now more frequently regular. 
 
 fc^ griibc 
 
 gvttbe 
 
 gegvnbeit. 
 
 
 ^d) flvijfc 
 td) bdttc 
 
 gvetfe 
 babe 
 
 gegviffen. 
 
 
 ge^abf. 
 
 I) .g>anb^aben is regular. 
 
 'd) Ineltt 
 
 l)(ilti^ 
 
 gebalten. 
 
 
 i(^ ^tngc 
 
 ^ange 
 
 ge^angjn. 
 
 m) .^i^^fl' ^teitgc are old forms, 
 This verb must not be mis- 
 taken for pngen, to suspend 
 which is active and regular 
 
182 
 
 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF IRREGUI^AR VERBS 
 
 INFINITIVE. 
 
 tnueu n), to hew, 
 cben, to heave, 
 ^^CtOen, to be named, 
 ^elfen, to help. 
 ^Ctf en o), to chide, 
 ^eiinen, to know, 
 Jtltcben, to cleave, 
 .^limmeit p), to climb, 
 ,^lilic;eil, to sound, 
 Jtneifeit, or 
 ^iieipen 9), to pinch, 
 Jtommeii, to come, 
 
 ^onneit, to be able, 
 J^rtec^eu r), to creep, 
 
 Jliil)ven s), to choose, 
 S a b e u , to load, 
 
 ?affcn t). to let, 
 
 Saufcrt, to run, 
 'iLixim u), to suffer, 
 ^et^eil, to lend, 
 Sefcil, to read, 
 ^icgen, to lie down, 
 iJiiiien, to lie, 
 2)ia ^leil u), to grinj, 
 
 9}?eifceii, to avoid, 
 aJJcIfcn w), to milk, 
 
 aJZeffeu, to measure, 
 
 3J?i^faHen, to displease, 
 
 9Wi6(tngen, to go amiss, 
 
 2Jiogen, to be able, 
 SJJuffett, to be obliged, 
 
 9^ e ^ m e n , to take, 
 
 S^flinen, to name, 
 $ f c t f e n , to whistle, 
 5|.?Pfflen i), to cherish, 
 $veifen, to praise. 
 
 Due lien y), to gush, 
 9{ (i ^ C n 2), to avenge, 
 9fiatf)cn to advise, 
 ^ictbcn, to rub, 
 9fici§cn, to tear, 
 Stetten a), to ride 
 
 PRESENT INDICATIVE. 
 
 icfe fcauc, :c. 
 
 tc^ t)cbe, jc. 
 
 id) t)etBe, bu feel^efl, er Ui^t 
 
 id) belfe, bu t)ilfti, ec f)ilft 
 
 ic^ fetfe, }c. 
 
 i(i) fenne, jc 
 
 id) fltebe, jc, 
 
 id) flintme, ic. 
 
 icfe flinge, :c. 
 
 lit) hieifc, or fneive, k. 
 
 i^ fcinme, bit fommft, ev Eommt, 
 
 or bu fiMiimft, er fommt 
 id) fann. bu taiinft, er Jaun 
 id) fmd)t, JC. 
 
 id) h\i)u, JC. 
 
 ic^ Irtbc, bu labefl or labfl, cr la= 
 
 bet or Kibt 
 id) laffe, bu laffefl, er laffet (In^t) 
 id) laufe, bu liiufft, er liiuft 
 id) Icibe, ic. 
 ic^ lei^e, jc. 
 
 id) lefe, bu licrcfi, er Itefet (lie^t) 
 id) liei^e, k. 
 id) Uige, :c. 
 id) mat)lc, bu mat)[cfl (maf)!)!), 
 
 er mat)lt (mat)lt) 
 iit meibe, ic. 
 id) melfe, bu ntelffl or mtlffl, er 
 
 melft or milft. 
 id) meffe, bu mtffefi, er miffet or 
 
 mi§t 
 ic^ mi^faHe, h\i mi^fdUfl, er mip 
 
 fallt. 
 e8 nii^Iingt. 
 id) maij, bu magfl, tc. 'mix m6= 
 
 gen, ic. 
 id) mu6, bu mn^t, er iuu{5, wtr 
 
 miiffeu, t^r miiffet, or mii^t, u. 
 id) ncl)me, bu ntmmfl, er ntmmt 
 id) nennc, k. 
 id) vfeife, tc. 
 id) vflcfle, ,c. 
 id) pxiiU, »c. 
 
 id) iyuelle, on qutCtfl, er quiHt 
 id) rad)e, »«. 
 
 id) rat^e, bu rat^fl, cr rat^ 
 icft reibe »«• 
 id) reifje, »c. 
 ic^ rcite, »c. 
 
 IMP. INDIC. 
 
 tc^ ^ieb 
 
 tc^ bobort)ut> 
 
 id) |ie§ 
 
 id) fiff 
 id) faimte 
 icfe flob 
 id) flomm 
 id) Hang 
 ic^fuijf orfnij)! 
 
 ic^ fant 
 
 id) fonntc 
 ic^ froc^ 
 
 id) Fobr 
 icb lub 
 
 i(^ Itf9 
 id) lief 
 id) lift 
 tcb lic^ 
 id) las 
 ic6 lag 
 icb bg 
 id) mal)lte 
 (nui()l) 
 id) niieD 
 id) niolC 
 
 ic§ ma^ 
 
 ic^ miifiel 
 
 eg miifang 
 id) mo4>te 
 
 tc& mu^te 
 
 id) nabm 
 ic^ nnnnte 
 
 id) m 
 
 id) pflpg 
 id) VvteS 
 id) (luoll 
 id) racftre (ro^ 
 id) rieto 
 id) rieb 
 id) ri5 
 ic^ rift 
 
OR VERBS OF THE OLD CONJUGATION 
 
 183 
 
 ) iP. SUBJ. 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 
 PARTICIPLE. 
 
 REMARKS. 
 
 id) i)iehz 
 
 bauc or han 
 
 ge^auen. 
 
 n) ■igaxik (regular) is used when 
 
 tc^ bobc 
 
 bebc 
 
 geboben. 
 
 cutting wood, carving stone, (J-c. 
 
 id) Me^c 
 
 bet§e or ^etfi 
 
 ge$et§en. 
 
 are meant. 
 
 tdj^iilfcor^alfe 
 
 t)itf 
 
 gefiolfeu. 
 
 
 <* JIffc 
 
 fetfe or !eif 
 
 geftffen. 
 
 o) This verb is sometimes used 
 
 id) fennetc 
 
 fcnnc 
 
 gefannt. 
 
 as a regular verb. 
 
 tc^ fl5be 
 
 fitcbc 
 
 getlobcn. 
 
 
 i(^ flomme 
 
 flimme 
 
 geflommen. 
 
 p) Sometimes regular, f limmte. 
 
 idi flaufle 
 
 fltnc^c 
 
 geflungen. 
 
 
 tc6 tntflfc or 
 
 fneife or Imipt 
 
 gefniffeit or gc^ 
 
 q) Jfnet^te, gefneipt is more 
 
 Intppc 
 
 
 ftiippen. 
 
 frequently used. 
 
 ic^ fame 
 
 fomm 
 
 gefommen. 
 
 
 tcfc fonnte 
 
 
 gefonnt. 
 
 
 id) txbd)t 
 
 fricc^c or fried^ 
 
 gefrod)en. 
 
 r) ^reud)fl, freu^t freu(^, 
 obsolete. Only poetically used. 
 
 idi U^vt 
 
 fitbrc 
 
 ge!o^ren. 
 
 s) Jlubrett is antiquated, WCil^s 
 
 t($ Uibc 
 
 labc 
 
 gelabeit. 
 
 I en having taken its place. 
 
 tci Ite^c 
 
 laffe or Ia§ 
 
 gelafTen. 
 
 t) 93eran(a|ifen is regular. 
 
 tdj liefe 
 
 laufc or lauf 
 
 gelaufen. 
 
 
 idi litte 
 
 Icibc 
 
 gelttten. 
 
 m) SSerleibeti/ to disgust, is re 
 
 t^ Ite^c 
 
 lei^c 
 
 gettet)eu. 
 
 gular. 
 
 id) Idfe 
 
 lies 
 
 gelefen. 
 
 
 tc^ Icige 
 
 liege 
 
 gc(egen. 
 
 
 id) lofle 
 
 (Jige 
 
 gclogen. 
 
 
 idi mahUtt 
 
 ma^Ie 
 
 gema^Ien. 
 
 v) Except past part. gcma'^Ien, 
 
 (mub(c) 
 
 
 
 no irregular form is in use. 
 
 1^ miebc 
 
 metbe 
 
 gemieben. 
 
 
 id) molfc 
 
 melfe 
 
 gemolfen. 
 
 w) Sometimes regular. SKtlffl, 
 &c., rarely used. 
 
 id) miipc 
 
 mifi 
 
 gemefTen. 
 
 
 td^ mifftele 
 
 mi^faUe 
 
 mi^faHen. 
 
 
 tc^ nii^fange 
 
 mi^Iinge 
 
 mifiTungen. 
 
 
 tc^ m5d)tc 
 
 — 
 
 gemocfet. 
 
 
 t^ mii^tc 
 
 — 
 
 gemufit. 
 
 
 id) nci^mc 
 
 nimm 
 
 genommcn. 
 
 
 ic^ nennelc 
 
 ncnne 
 
 genonut. 
 
 
 id) pfiffc 
 
 pfeife or ^feif 
 
 ge^ftffcn. 
 
 x) Signifying to wait on, or H 
 
 id) vflogc 
 
 Pflegc 
 pretfe 
 
 gepflogen. 
 
 accustomed, it is regular. 
 
 id) prterc 
 
 gepriefen. 
 
 y) Ouellen, to swelljs regular. 
 
 id) auollc 
 
 ciuefle 
 
 gcguoHen. 
 
 z) The irregular form is no long- 
 
 id) rad)te (roc^c) 
 
 xadit 
 
 gercidJt (geroc^.,,). 
 
 er used. Where it occurs in 
 
 i(fe itetbc 
 
 ratbe 
 
 geratben. 
 
 former writers it must not be 
 
 t(^ viebc 
 
 retbc 
 
 gerieben. 
 
 confounded with the same 
 
 id) riffc 
 
 rei9e 
 
 geriffen. 
 
 forms from riec^cn. 
 
 ic^ ritte 
 
 veite 
 
 gevitten. 
 
 a Sm'eiten, to ride to, like all 
 compounds of reiteil, is irre- 
 gular ; but bereiten, to make 
 ready, from berett, ready, is 
 regular, like all derivatives. 
 
184 
 
 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS 
 
 INFINPTIVE. 
 
 PRESENT INDICATIVE. 
 
 IMP. INDIC. 
 
 fRmmn i), to run, 
 
 Ic^ rcnnc, jc. 
 
 
 id) rannte or 
 reiintc 
 
 0tiec^en, to smei; 
 
 icfe rtcdbe, :c. 
 
 
 it^rocb 
 
 Sttngen, to wrestle. 
 
 id) rtnge, jc. 
 
 
 id) rang 
 
 9fiinnen, to run (of fluids), 
 
 idi rtniie, jc. 
 
 
 tc^ rann 
 
 9iufeu c), to call, 
 
 i(^ rufe, JC. 
 
 
 id) t;tef 
 
 © a I J e n d), to salt. 
 
 i^ fafje, K. 
 
 
 id) faljte 
 
 ©aufen, to drink, to tipple, 
 
 ic^ faufc, ^n fiiuffl, cr fauft. 
 
 ©augcn e), to suck, 
 
 i^ frtugc, JC. 
 
 
 it^ foa 
 
 (Sc^affen/), to create, 
 
 t^ fc^affc, JC. 
 
 
 tc^ f*uf 
 
 ©(^etbcn g), to separate, 
 
 tc^ fc5cibe,jc. 
 
 
 t(^ fcbt'cb 
 
 ©C^eilien, to appear, 
 
 tc$ fc^ctne, JC. 
 
 
 tc^ fctiien 
 
 ©c^elteu, to scold, 
 
 i(^ fc^elte, bu fc^ilfl/ tx 
 
 fc^tlt 
 
 id) fc^alt (f*oIlJ 
 
 ©C^ercn, to shear, 
 
 tc6 fd)cre, JC. 
 
 
 id) ft^or 
 
 <Bci)kbtn, to shove, 
 
 id) fd)lebe, jc. 
 
 
 ic^ f4)ob 
 
 ©c^ie^eii, to fhoot, 
 
 ic^ fd)tc9e,- JC. 
 
 
 Id) fcfeo^ 
 
 ©cbinben, to flay, 
 
 ic^ fd)tnbe, jc. 
 
 
 ic^ fc^uub 
 
 ©c^lafen, to sleep. 
 
 id) f*lafe, bu f^taffl, cr fc^Icift | 
 
 i(t fiDIief 
 
 (fccfclagettA), to beat, 
 
 id) fd)lnae, bu fc^liigjl, 
 
 erfc^lcigt 
 
 id) fd)luq 
 
 (&ci)let(^en, to sneak, 
 
 ic^ fc^leic^e, jc. 
 
 
 ic^ fd;lici) 
 
 ©(tleifcu i), to sharpen, 
 
 id) fd){etfe, jc. 
 
 
 i* fdilif 
 
 (gcblei^eii, to slit, 
 
 id) fd)lei^e, jc. 
 
 
 id) fd)lig 
 
 Sd) lief en, to slip, 
 
 ic^ fd)liefe, ic. 
 
 
 id) fd)loff 
 
 ©cblte^en, to shut, 
 
 id) fd)lle6e, Jc 
 
 
 id) fd)(i)^ 
 
 ©c^Unaen, to siing, 
 
 id) fd)\ii\(\t. JC. 
 
 
 id) fd)lang 
 ic^ fd)iiuf 
 
 ©djmctfffii, to fling, 
 
 id) fd)mei^e, :c. 
 
 
 ©c^meljen A), to melt. 
 
 id) fd)melje, bu f(^melicfl(fcftmil= 
 Heft), pv fci)melit (fdjniilisU 
 
 if^ fcf)moIS 
 
 @d)naubcn, to snort, 
 
 ic^ fd)iuf be or fcfenaubc 
 
 
 ic6 fcbnoB 
 
 @d)neiben, to cut. 
 
 id) fd)ncibc, it- 
 
 
 icfe fd)nttt 
 
 ©c^rauben i), to screw 
 
 id) fc^taubc, JC. 
 
 
 id) fcferaubte 
 (fd)i-ob) 
 
 ©d)retben, to write. 
 
 id) fc^veibc, ic 
 
 
 id) fd)rteb 
 
 ©c^rclen, to cry, 
 
 id) fd)iete, Jc. 
 
 
 icb fd)dc 
 
 ©C^rcitcn, to stride. 
 
 id) fd)reite, Jc. 
 
 
 id) fd)ritt 
 
 ©C^VOten, to bruise, to gnaw, 
 
 id) fc^rote, ic. 
 
 
 id) f4)votete 
 
 ©d)TOarcu w), to suppurate. 
 
 id) fd)njiive, jc. 
 
 
 tcft fd)tt)or 
 
 ©djiveiflcn, to be silent, 
 Sc^weUeii n). to swell, 
 
 id^ fd)iueii^c. Jc. 
 
 
 id) fdiwiea 
 ic^ [(^wolT 
 
 id) fd)UH>lIc, bu fc^wiUfl, cii 
 
 
 fd)willt. 
 
 
 
 ©diwimmen, to Bwim, 
 
 id) fd)roiinmc, jc. 
 
 
 id) id)wamm 
 
 ©^Willben, to vanish. 
 
 ic^ ((^jtuiube, JC. 
 
 
 i^ fc^wanb 
 
OR VERBS OF THE OLD CONJUGATION. 
 
 185 
 
 IMP. SUBJ. IMPERATIVE. PARTICIPLE. 
 
 tc^ reunetc 
 
 venue 
 
 gevaiint or 0e= 
 vetmr. 
 
 iff) roc^e 
 
 ried)c or rtec^ 
 
 geroc^en. 
 
 tc^ range 
 
 i-tnge 
 
 geruiigen. 
 
 i(b ratiued'onre) 
 
 rimie 
 
 geroiuien. 
 
 tc^ riefc 
 
 rufe 
 
 gevufen. 
 
 t(^ fafjete 
 
 falje 
 
 gefdjen. 
 
 id) fbffe 
 
 faufe 
 
 aefoffen. 
 
 t* foge 
 
 fauge 
 
 gefogcn. 
 
 tc^ fc^iife 
 
 fc^affe 
 
 gcf^affen. 
 
 id) fciiebe 
 
 fc&eibe 
 
 gefc^iebcn. 
 
 vd) fd)tcnc 
 
 fd)et:ie 
 
 gcfd)teiicu. 
 
 tc^ fcftiiltc 
 
 \d)\[t 
 
 gefc^oltcii. 
 
 (fcfciJltc) 
 
 
 
 t^ fit ore 
 
 fd)ne or f^ier 
 
 gefd)oren. 
 
 icb fct)bbe 
 
 ftttcbe 
 
 gefc^obeu. 
 
 id) ftbffe 
 
 |d)te^c 
 
 gefc^offen. 
 
 i(t fit ii life 
 
 fd)tubc 
 
 gefcbuufeii. 
 
 let) f(tltefe 
 
 fd)lafc 
 
 gefd)lofen. 
 
 id) fd)liti3e 
 
 fd)lage 
 
 gefd)(agen. 
 
 ic^ fdjliite 
 
 fd)lcid)c 
 
 gc[itltd;en. 
 
 i* fcfeliffe 
 
 fd)(eife or fcblcif 
 
 gefd)Iiffen. 
 
 id) fd)ltffe 
 
 fctlei^e 
 
 gefAUffen. 
 
 tc^ fdjloffe 
 
 fd)liofe 
 
 gefd)loffen. 
 
 id) fd)lbffe 
 
 fd)(ie§e 
 
 gefd)loffen. 
 
 tc^ fd)lange 
 
 fd)linge 
 
 gefd)luugen. 
 
 id) fd)miffc 
 
 fd)met§e 
 
 gcfd)miffen. 
 
 tc^ fc^molje 
 
 fd)mifj or 
 fc^melj 
 fd)iiaubc 
 
 gefc^niotjen. 
 
 td) fdjnobc 
 
 gefc&noben. 
 
 id) f*nitte 
 
 fd)iie{bc 
 
 geicbuttten. 
 
 icb fdn-aubete 
 
 fc^vaube 
 
 gefctraubt. 
 
 (Utrbbe) 
 
 
 (gefd)roben). 
 
 id) fcbriebe 
 
 fttreibe 
 
 gefd)vteben. 
 
 id) fcfeviee 
 
 fd)vcte 
 
 gefcbrtccen. 
 
 id) fdjritte 
 
 fcbrette 
 
 qefd)rttten. 
 
 tc^ fc^votete 
 
 fc^rote 
 
 gefc^votcn. 
 
 id) fd)tvbvc 
 
 fc^wciye 
 
 gefcfewpvcn. 
 
 idi fd)tuiege 
 
 frbmctgc 
 
 ge>"d)mtegen. 
 gefd;n)ouen. 
 
 id) fc^iuoile 
 
 fcfeiinll or 
 
 fd)tr»eUe 
 
 fd)n)imme 
 
 ic^ f<^tvammc 
 
 gcfcftwommen. 
 
 id) fc^wdnbe 
 
 f^mii:bc 
 
 gefc^iuunben. 
 
 REMARKS. 
 
 b) O^ennte and gevennt, seidoiu 
 
 used. 
 
 c) Regular in some writers, but 
 improperly so. 
 
 d) Irregular only in the parti- 
 ciple, and in that when used 
 adjectively ; as, gefilljeiie i^i- 
 fdje; ev t)atfiEe gefaljt. 
 
 e) ©ciugft and faugt are not 
 supported by good usage, but 
 faugen, to suckle, is regular. 
 
 /) In the signification of to pro- 
 cure, to get. it is regular, as 
 also flUfc^affcn, to purchase, 
 to buy; abf4>affen, to part 
 with, to dismiss. 
 
 0-) The active verb f(^eibeiV to 
 part, divide, is regular 
 
 A) 9?atbfd)Iagen and berat^« 
 
 fc^lagen, to consult, are re- 
 gular. 
 ) Regular in all other significa- 
 tions, as, to demolish, or ta 
 draff. 
 
 k) As an active verb it is regular. 
 
 I) Commonly regular, fc^raubtC, 
 gefctraubt. 
 
 Regular now except in the par- 
 ticiple, and this is frequently 
 gefd)votet. 
 
 m) >5(tn)ierfi :c. in the present 
 is provincial. 
 
 tt) Regular, when active. 
 
186 
 
 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS 
 
 INFINITIVE. 
 
 (S^njtngen o), to swing, 
 
 Sc^tvoren, to swear, 
 
 ©e^en, tosee, 
 ^eitt, to be, 
 <Senl)Clt, to send, 
 
 (Sieben p), to boil, 
 Singett, to sing, 
 Stilfcil, to sink, 
 i&iniieii, to tliink, to muse, 
 
 ®t^cn, to sit, 
 go Hen, to be obliged, 
 (5v>alteil q), to split, 
 Spetcu, to spir, 
 (£ptuneii, to spin, 
 
 ^pUimi. to split, 
 
 Ifepvrc^cn, to speak. 
 ©prteSfH r), to sprorn, 
 iSprtngeti, to spring, 
 (Steepen, to sting, to prick, 
 ©recfen s), to stick, 
 (fcte^en, to stand, 
 
 ©te^Ifti, to steal, 
 
 (Steven, ascend, 
 (Stevben, to die, 
 
 ©tlcben t), to fly (as dust), 
 'Bttnfen, to stink, 
 3tO|3Cn, to push, 
 Strett^en, to stroke, 
 (fetieiten, to contend, 
 X\)\xn. to do, 
 iliragcn, to bear, 
 Jlrcfreu, to hit, 
 2;vftbcu, to drive, 
 JTrcten, to tread, 
 J^ricfcn, to drop, to trickle, 
 JTlillfcn, to drink, 
 S^n'if^eit, to deceive, 
 iU r b c V g e n, to conceal, 
 5Berbiefen, to forbide, 
 U^ei-bletbeil, to remain. 
 5l<ei'blctcfeen, to grow pale, 
 ^-Ueiberbcn u), ko perish, 
 
 ajerbrtogenu), to offend. 
 !l>enjeffnt, to brget, 
 JBcil)ei)lcu, to conceal, 
 
 83crltercn, to loose, 
 
 PRESENT INDICATIVE. 
 
 id) fcftiviiige, k. 
 
 itij fefie, iu. fte^fl, tv fte^t 
 id) bin, ic. 
 tc^ fenbe, jc. 
 
 id) ftebc, ic. 
 id) ftnge, ic. 
 Ic^ ftnfe, :c. 
 id) ftiiiie, K. 
 
 id) fifee, :c. 
 
 ic^ foil, bu follfl, cr foU 
 
 id) fpalte, k. 
 
 id) fpcic, K. 
 
 id) fvimie, k. 
 
 i(fy fplet»j?, «. 
 
 id) fpied)f, bu fpvidjfi, er fpxid)t 
 
 id) fprie§e, »c. 
 
 id) fpvinge, k. 
 
 id)fttd)e, bu fttci)fl, ev fitci)t, 
 
 id) ftecfe, k. 
 
 id^ ftet)e, ic 
 
 id) fief)Ic, bu ftte^lfl, er fiie^U 
 
 id) floige, jc. 
 
 id) fterbe, bu jlirbfl, er flirbt 
 
 id) flicbe, ic. 
 
 ic^ fttnfe, JC. 
 
 id) ftoiie, bu flof ejl, er ppt 
 
 i^ ftveicte, Jc 
 
 id) ftveite, Jc. 
 
 id) thne, bu t^ufl, er tW 
 
 id) traqe, bit trciqfl, er M^t 
 
 id) treffc, bu trip, cr trifft 
 
 id) tveibe, Jc 
 
 id) tvetc, bu trtttfl, cr tritt 
 
 id) tricfe, jc 
 
 id) tvi nfe, Jc 
 
 id) triiac, bu tvii^^. cr friiflt 
 
 id) ijevberge, bu tjcrbirgfi, Jc 
 
 id) ocrbietc, jc. 
 
 id) »erblcibe, Jc. 
 
 i(^ uerbletd)c, jc 
 
 id) ocvberbe, bu bcrbtvb^ tc. 
 
 ce feerbvic^f, Jc» 
 
 id) iH'irtcffe, bu ucrfliffefl, Jc 
 
 id) i>evl)e^lc, Jc 
 
 id) »erltere, «• 
 
 IMP. INDIC. 
 
 id) fc^mang oi 
 
 fc^amug 
 
 id) fc^roor or 
 
 fc^iuur 
 
 i* fvi^ 
 
 ic^ war, K. 
 
 id) faiibtc and 
 
 feiibete 
 
 id) fott 
 
 id) fang 
 
 ifb fanf 
 
 id) faun 
 
 id) m 
 
 \d) f elite 
 
 id) fualtctc 
 
 id) f^ne 
 
 id? fpann 
 
 id) fplie9 or fi>lt^ 
 
 id) fpiac^ 
 
 icb fpiog 
 
 id) fpraug 
 
 id) ftacf) 
 
 ic& ftccf tc or flaf 
 
 ir|) ftanb (flunb) 
 
 id) fial)I 
 
 t* flieg 
 id) flarb 
 
 id) floB 
 
 id) ftan! 
 
 id) flieS 
 
 icb ftric^ 
 
 id) ftritt 
 
 ic^ tbat 
 
 id) trug 
 
 id) traf 
 
 t(^ trieb 
 
 id) tvat 
 
 id) tvpff 
 
 id) tranE 
 
 id) trog 
 
 id) uerbarg 
 
 id) sjcvbot 
 
 id) tierblteb 
 
 id) tjerbli<^ 
 
 ic^ verbarb 
 
 fS ycrbro^ 
 
 id) oergag 
 
 i(^ ocrl)e^(te 
 
 id) »erIor 
 
OR VERBS OF THE OLD CONJUGATION. 
 
 187 
 
 IMP. SUBJ. 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 
 PARTICIPLE. 
 
 REMARKS. 
 
 i(^ fc^iumig^ 
 
 fc^juinge 
 
 gefcfetvungen. 
 
 o) (Sc^tintng is less in use than 
 fc^ipaiig. 
 
 Id) fc^wore or 
 
 fc^moic 
 
 gcfc^iroren. 
 
 
 fd)ruiivc 
 
 
 
 
 id) fat)c 
 
 fte§c 
 
 gcfe^en. 
 
 
 id} ivcire 
 
 f«i 
 
 gewcfen. 
 
 
 id) feubcte 
 
 feube 
 
 flefoubt and 
 Qefenbet. 
 
 
 \d) foftc 
 
 fttbc 
 
 gefotten. 
 
 p) When active it is mostly re- 
 
 id) fa ngc 
 
 tnac 
 tiife 
 
 gefuitgen. 
 gefunten. 
 
 gular. 
 
 id) ffinfc 
 
 
 i4) fcinne 
 
 ftniie 
 
 gefoiuien. 
 
 
 (finme) 
 
 
 
 
 idi faBc 
 
 m 
 
 gefeffen. 
 
 
 id) follte 
 
 
 gefollt. 
 
 
 id) fpaltcfe 
 
 fvaltc 
 
 gi-fpalten. 
 
 q) Irregular only in the parti- 
 
 id) fpifc 
 
 fpetc 
 
 gcfplccn. 
 
 ciple, and this is sometimes 
 
 ic^ fpciunc 
 
 fpiune 
 
 gefpomien. 
 
 gefpaltet wlien the verb la 
 
 (fP^niie) 
 
 
 
 active. 
 
 id) fvliffe 
 
 fpki^c 
 
 gcfvtiffcn. 
 
 
 ic^ fprad)c 
 
 fprid) 
 
 gefprcdjen. 
 
 
 idb fprijffe 
 
 fpiie^c 
 
 gefproffen. 
 
 r) This must not be confounded 
 
 id) fvrdngc 
 
 tprinac 
 
 gefpruiigen. 
 
 (in the imperfect) with the 
 
 id) ftad)c 
 
 fttd) 
 
 gei!od)en. 
 
 regular verb fproffeu. 
 
 icb fiecf te or ilafe 
 
 ftccfc 
 
 geftedt. 
 
 s) This verb is commonly regu- 
 
 id) fl'^nbe 
 
 (fli'tnbe) 
 
 ic^ ftiible 
 
 ftefee 
 
 geflvinben. 
 
 lar ; when active, always so. 
 
 i^ie^l 
 
 gcflo^Icn. 
 
 
 (fiot)lc) 
 
 
 
 
 i(ft fiieqc 
 
 fleige 
 
 gefliegcn. 
 
 
 ic^ llavbe 
 (llitrbe) 
 id) jtobe 
 
 ftivb 
 
 gefiorbcn. 
 
 
 jliebc 
 
 gefloben. 
 
 t) So 3crfltebctt, to be tcalteni 
 
 i(^ ftanfe 
 
 flinfc 
 
 geftuufen. 
 
 as dust. 
 
 id) ftiefe 
 
 i^ofec 
 
 gefio^cn. 
 
 
 id) ftri4)e 
 
 fiieic^e 
 
 gcftric^en. 
 
 
 td) ftritte 
 
 flveitc 
 
 gcftvittcn. 
 
 
 ic^ tbcitc 
 
 tbue 
 
 getban. 
 
 
 t* triifle 
 
 trflflc 
 
 getraaftt. 
 getroffen. 
 
 
 icfe trafe 
 
 triff 
 
 
 id) tvtcbe 
 
 treibc 
 
 gctriebett. 
 
 
 id) trcite 
 
 tvitt 
 
 getreten. 
 
 
 id) tvoffe 
 
 tricfor tvicfc 
 
 getroffen. 
 
 
 id) tvanfc 
 
 trinfe 
 
 gctvunfett. 
 
 
 {* tvofle 
 
 tvitflc 
 
 getvogeii. 
 
 
 ic^ tterbcirge 
 
 »erbirg 
 
 werbovgctt. 
 
 
 id) DevbiUe 
 
 »erbie'te 
 
 tJcvboteu. 
 
 
 id) oerbliebe 
 
 »erbletbe 
 
 yerbliebcn. 
 
 
 ic^ »erb!id)e 
 
 oevblei4)e 
 
 »evblid)eH. 
 
 
 ic^ tJcrbiirbc 
 
 pcrbivb 
 
 berborben. 
 
 u) SScrbcrbeit, to destroy (ac- 
 
 (ttcvbiivbe) 
 
 
 
 tive), is regular. 
 
 e8 verbvpffe 
 
 »erbvtepc 
 
 oerbrcffen. 
 
 v) 33erbrcu^t. ac, nearly obsoi 
 
 td) oevflagc 
 
 oergi^ 
 
 vergcffen. 
 
 lete. 
 
 i6) »er|e^Icte 
 
 oer§e^lc 
 
 »evt)eb(t or bcr- 
 ^o^len. 
 
 
 i(^ »erI6re 
 
 oetliere 
 
 »ei-Iot;en. 
 
 
188 
 
 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS 
 
 INFINITIVE. 
 
 PRESENT INDICATIVE. 
 
 IMP. INDIC. 
 
 Serlofi^en, to extinguish, 
 
 9Serr(f)onen w), to die away, 
 iBerfcfeiiniiben, to disappear, 
 5Benuivren, to perplex. 
 
 i^) verlofd^e, bu oerlofc^eflor »erj 
 Itf4)efi, cr »evl6fc^t or uxlifd)t 
 id) \}nid)(i\k, k. 
 tc^ oerfcbiuinbe, Jc. 
 id) cenuirve, k. 
 
 tc^ ccrlofd? 
 
 id) ccrfcfeoH 
 ict) oerfciroanb 
 id; »ern)irrtf 
 
 SSerjeiben, to pardon, 
 QLBar^f en, to grow, 
 SLiiiigeu oriiilegenz), to weigh, 
 
 id) »evjei{)c, jc. 
 
 id) wad)f(, bu rocic^fcfl, cr »a^fl 
 
 id) raciije or lutegc, «. 
 
 id) bcrjtc^ 
 tc^ wud)i 
 id) luog 
 
 SBafc^en y), to wash, 
 
 id) xoa\d)t, tc 
 
 i^ roufd^ 
 
 gSebeU z), to weave, 
 
 tc^ luebe, «. 
 
 tc^ topfe 
 
 aSelcbeil a), to yield, 
 SBetfeti, to show, 
 2Bcubeii b), to turn, 
 
 SSerBen, to sue for, 
 5Bevbeil, to become, 
 
 aSeiferv to throw, 
 
 tcf) welcfee, K. 
 id) iuetfe, jc. 
 
 id) iuerbe, bu nstrbfl, cr trirbt 
 id) mcrbe, bu twiifl, cr wtrb 
 id) Jverfe, bu «)iif)% cr wirft 
 
 •d) tt){(^ 
 i(^ tvicS 
 ic^ wcnbcte ei 
 
 twanbtc 
 id) xoaxh 
 see L. 32. 4. 
 
 id) juarf 
 
 SBtMben/ to wind, 
 
 9BijT?n/ to know. 
 OLBolleu, to will, 
 ^ f t ^ C n, to accuse of, 
 Bte^eu c)» to draw, 
 aipingCU, to force, 
 
 id) iwtnbe, Jc 
 
 id) wd^, bu ivieigt, cr tvctjj 
 
 id) will, t^\i mli\t, cr mil 
 
 id) geibc, k. 
 
 id) jicbe, K. 
 
 ic^ itviujic, «. 
 
 tc^ wanb 
 icfe wufite 
 id) tt)oU(c 
 ici) iic^ 
 
OR VERBS OF THE OLD CONJUGATION. 
 
 189 
 
 IMP. SUBJ. 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 
 PARTICIPLE. 
 
 REMARKS. 
 
 \^ ocrlijfc^c 
 
 »evl6f^e or »ers 
 
 Itf* 
 ver>d)aEe 
 
 »erIof(^cn. 
 
 
 tcb oevfcfeollc 
 
 yerfdiollen. 
 
 w) But little used, except in tha 
 
 tc^ verfcbiDaube 
 
 ocrfd)n)inbc 
 
 »erfcbwunben. 
 
 imperfect and participle. 
 
 id) »ertvtivte 
 
 ueviuirre 
 
 Uermirrt or »ev= 
 wovren. 
 
 
 id) ver^iflje 
 
 berjei^e 
 
 uevjieben. 
 
 
 id) wu6)ft 
 
 wac^ifc 
 
 fleiuac^fen. 
 
 
 tcfe njoije 
 
 ivcige or atege 
 
 (jeivogcn. 
 
 z) 2B5gCtt is active, and has 
 ttjcige in the imperf. subj.: 
 tt)ifgen is neuter, and has 
 
 
 
 
 twtegc. SSiegen, to rock; is 
 regular. 
 y) aiinfc^ejl and Wcifcfet are also 
 
 id) tuiif^e 
 
 njaf^c 
 
 (jehjafc^en. 
 
 
 
 
 used. 
 
 icfc tvoDe 
 
 mtbt 
 
 gcwobcn. 
 
 z) Regular except in poetry, oi 
 when used figuratively. 
 
 id) n3id)c 
 
 n>et^e 
 
 Qcwicben. 
 
 a) SBeic^tH/ to soften, to molify. 
 
 td) miefe 
 
 iiH-tfc 
 
 flettjiefen. 
 
 is regular. 
 
 it;^ ivenbetc 
 
 njcut)e 
 
 geweubet or gcs 
 
 b) Regular when active. 
 
 
 
 waubt. 
 
 " 
 
 id) luiirbe 
 
 wtrb 
 
 gewoibeii. 
 
 
 id) wiirbe 
 
 JVCVbC 
 
 gcn)Dvben.L.45.2. 
 
 
 ic^ wcivfc 
 
 ivivf 
 
 gcujotfen. 
 
 
 (nnivfc) 
 
 
 
 
 i6) w'dnH 
 
 wiube 
 
 gcttjunben. 
 
 
 id) \m\\}tt 
 
 wiffc 
 
 gerouft. 
 
 
 id) woUte 
 
 moUc 
 
 gewoUt. 
 
 
 tc^ jie^c 
 
 jeibe 
 
 gejiebcn. 
 
 
 td5 ibge 
 
 Jtebe 
 
 gejogen. 
 
 c)3e«^fl K., artiquacJ, cuid 
 
 i(^ iwange 
 
 jroinge 
 
 gcsnjuugen. 
 
 used only in poutiy. 
 
VOCABULARY 
 
 FOR THE EXERCISEa 
 
 
 
 ABBREVIATIONS. 
 
 adj. 
 
 adjective. 
 
 pi. 
 
 plural. 
 
 adv. 
 
 adverb. 
 
 pre. 
 
 preposition. 
 
 art. 
 
 article. 
 
 pm. 
 
 pronoun. 
 
 c. 
 
 conjunction. 
 
 V. a. 
 
 active verb. 
 
 conip. 
 
 comparative. 
 
 V. a. ($• n. 
 
 active & neuter vert. 
 
 f- 
 
 feminine gender 
 
 V. aux. 
 
 auxiliary verb. 
 
 imp. 
 
 imperfect tense. 
 
 V. imp. 
 
 impersonal verb. 
 
 int. 
 
 interjection. 
 
 V. ir. 
 
 irregular verb. 
 
 vu 
 
 masculine gender. 
 
 V. n. 
 
 neuter verb. 
 
 n. 
 
 neuter gender. 
 
 V. r. 
 
 reflexive verb. 
 
 P- 
 
 participle. 
 
 
 
 21. 
 
 Stal, m. -eg, pi. -e, eel. 
 
 9l'benb, m. -6, pi. -e, evening; 
 eve ; v^^est ; — xoti), n. — rotf^e,/. 
 evening-red, evening-sky. 
 
 Sl'benbg, adv. in the evening. 
 
 51'ber, conj. but, however, L. 63. 
 
 eib'fafjrcn, see fa(}ren, P. 180; v. n. 
 ir. to set off, set out, depart. 
 
 2(6'matten, v. a. to harass, weary. 
 
 5lb'iiel)meu, v. a. 6f n. ir. to take 
 off, take down ; pluck ; per- 
 ceive, diminish, decrease, de- 
 cline ; see netjinen P. 182. 
 
 Sib'ceife,/. departure. 
 
 Slb'reifeu, v. ii. to depart, set out. 
 
 Slb'fai^en, v. a. (Sf n. to counter- 
 mand; refuse, resign; renounce. 
 
 Slb'fclicit, m. -eg, abomination, 
 aversion, detestation. 
 
 Slb'tcln-eibi'u, v. a. see fdireibcn 
 P. 184, to copy, transcribe. 
 
 Slb'iteicieii, v. n. ir. to descend, 
 dismount, put up. P. 186. 
 
 5?lb'aHMclien, v. n. ir. to deviate ; 
 digress ; vary, depart. P. 188. 
 
 9MU, see L. 51. 14 
 
 Stcbt, f. care, attention ; ban, 
 
 outlawry; — (jaben, to attend to ; 
 
 in — iie^meii, to take care of; 
 
 fid) in — net)mcii, to be on one's 
 
 guard, to be cautious 
 
 ^ti)t, adj. genuine, authentic. 
 
 5tct)t'bar, adj. respectable, esti- 
 mable. 
 
 9ld)'tel, n. -g, pi.-, eighth. L. 51.5. 
 
 9ld)'ten, v. a. to regard, attend to ; 
 value, deem, esteem ; take for 
 
 9(d)t'jef)n,L.5l. 14., eighteen. 
 
 5(dit'je^nte, eighteenth. 
 
 ^ih'kx, m. -g, pi. — , eagle. 
 
 5lb'clp^, m. Adolphus. 
 
 Stpfe, m. -n, pi. -u, monkey, ape. 
 
 5te(;n'Iid), adj. like, similar. 
 
 9l'l)orn, m. -eg, maple. 
 
 Stl'bern, adj. silly, foolish. 
 
 9ll'brcd)t, proper name. 
 
 Sllleiu', adv. alone, only. L. 63. 
 
 2aacr, all, L. 52. 
 
 Stl'Ierlel, L. 51. 7. 
 
 9l(g, conj. than, but, when, as, 
 like ; except, besides ; namely. 
 
 ?U'ic, adv. thus, so, in this man- 
 ner, so far; consequentlv, 
 therefore. L. 63. 
 
 Silt, adj. old, ancient, aged. 
 
 9lel'tern, pi. parents. 
 
 9lm'bc§, m. -eg, pi. -e, anvil. 
 
 Stmc'rifa, n. America. 
 
 Stmcvifa'ner, m. American. 
 
 9lmt n. -eg, pi. 9lemter, charge, 
 office ; employment, business 
 
 Slmt'mann, -eg, pi. — mduiifr, mar 
 gistrate, bailiff 
 
5Ctt 
 
 5ruf 
 
 191 
 
 Sill, pre. at, on, by, to, unto, with, 
 up, about, against. L. 53. 
 
 ?lu'betung,/. -,pl. -en, adoration. 
 
 Sliv'fcieten, v. a. ir. to offer, proffer. 
 
 5lu''ber, (ber, bie, ba^ Slubere), adj. 
 second ; other. L. 52. 
 
 SIcn'bern, v. a. to alter, change. 
 
 9(ubprt()alb', adj. one and a half. 
 
 5lu'fanc| m. -eg, pi. — fange, be- 
 ginning, element, origin. 
 
 '^(ii'fangcit, V. a. ir. df n. to begin, 
 do, act; open. Seefangen,P.180. 
 
 5ln'gel)6ven, v. n. to belong. 
 
 5ln'gel}diig, adj. belonging to ; re- 
 lated to ; 5lnget;orige, relatives, 
 relations. 
 
 5tu^geflagte, m. -n, pi. -n, accused. 
 
 §lu'gene()m, adj. agreeable, plea- 
 sant. 
 
 2(n'gefcbulbtgte, see StngeHagte. 
 
 Stu'griff, m. -e^, pi. -e, attack. 
 
 StenglVlid), adj. anxious. 
 
 3lu'l)aUeiib, adj. constant. 
 
 5lu'(}angeu, v. n. ir. to be at- 
 tached to, adhere to. P. 180. 
 
 §In'()diigeii, v. a. to hang on ; to 
 adjoin, join ; v. r.fig. to attach 
 one's self to. 
 
 Stn'llagen, v. a. to accuse. 
 
 Sln'flopfen, v. a. to fasten by beat- 
 ing ; V. n. to knock. 
 
 9(n'fcmmen, v. n. ir. to arrive, e^ 
 fommt aiif @ie an, it depends 
 upon you. P. 182. 
 
 Stn'mutfj, /. pleasantness, grace. 
 
 5(n'rii(f en, v. a. Sf n. to bring near; 
 approach. 
 
 5lu'fel}eii, V. a. ir. to look at. 
 
 5lu'fe()nlicb, adj. considerable, im- 
 portant, of consequence. 
 
 Stu'ftatt,/. -, pi. -en, preparation, 
 institution ; Stuj^alten or 5lnftalt 
 madien, to make preparations, 
 to prepare. 
 
 Stnftatt', pre. instead of, in lieu. 
 
 Sln'ftrengeub, toilsome. 
 
 ^tn'tveten, v. a. ir. to enter upon; 
 set out. P. 186. 
 
 5lttt'wort//. -,pl. -en, answer 
 
 5(:it'ivorten, v. a. to answer. 
 
 Sln'i»ertvancn, v. a. to entrust to, 
 confide to. 
 
 9tn'i»efenb, adj. present. 
 
 Sin- jietjen, v. a. ir. to draw, put 
 on, attract ; interest. P. 188. 
 
 5(p'fet, m. -g, pi. Slepfel, apple. 
 
 2lprtl', m. -g, April. 
 
 2tra'bev, ra. Arab. 
 
 5lr'beit,/. -, pi. -en, work, labor. 
 
 Slr'beiten, v. n. to work, labor. 
 
 5trm, adj. poor, indigent. 
 
 9lrm, m. -eg, pi. -e, arm. 
 
 Stimee',/. -,pl. -n, army. 
 
 Slc'mntl),/. -, poverty, want. 
 
 ^ixt,f.-,pl. -en, species, kind, 
 nature ; quality ; propriety. 
 
 Slvjcnei'./. -, pi. -en, medicine. 
 
 5lrjt, m. -eg, pi. Slerjte, physician 
 doctor. 
 
 5llX m. ^6,pl. 2tcjle, bough, branch. 
 
 9(tincfpl)d're, /. atmosphere 
 
 5lucb, conj. also, too, even. L. 63. 
 
 5iuf, pre. on, upon; in, at, to, 
 up ; — einmal, at once, all at 
 once; - ba^, in order that.L.54. 
 
 3tuf'cntt)alt, m. stay ; delay. 
 
 Sluf'fcrbern, v. a. to summon, chal- 
 lenge ; ask, invite. 
 
 9tuf'get)en, v. n. to rise ; open. See 
 ge^en, P. 180. 
 
 S(uf'()alten, v. a. ir. to stop, hin- 
 der, delay ; support ; v. r. ir. 
 to stay, abide, sojourn; to dwell 
 upon ; iid) iiber — , to find fauh 
 with, criticize. 
 
 5tuf'()oren, v. n. to cease, end. 
 
 2tuf'lofnng,/. -,jo/.-en, dissolution. 
 
 Slnf madben, v. a. to open, v. r. 
 to get up, arise ; set out. 
 
 5tnf' merffam, adj. attentive. 
 
 9luf'rid)f(g, adj. candid, genuine. 
 
 5tuf'fcbneiben, v. a. ir. to cut up, 
 cut open. P. 184. 
 
 Stuf'fe^en, v. a. to set up, put up» 
 put down in writing. 
 
 Sluf fpeict)ern, v a. to store up. 
 
192 
 
 5rrt 
 
 S5c5 
 
 9tuf'{iel;en, v. a. ir. to arise, 
 
 get up. 
 Stuf'jteigen, v. n. ir. to mount, 
 
 ascend, rise. 
 Sluf tf;iui, V. a. ir. to open. 
 2(u'9e, n. -g, jpZ. -n, eye ; bud ; 
 — nhlxd,m. twinkling; moment; 
 — nblidflld), instantaneous; in- 
 stantly. 
 §(ug, pre. out, out of, from, of; 
 by ; on, upon ; in ; adv. over, 
 out, at an end, finished. L. 54. 
 ^\\xi'bxt[Xin,v. a. to spread, extend. 
 %ui'Ui)\m\, V. a. <Sf r. to stretch, 
 
 extend, expand. 
 5lug'fcrefdien, v. a. See brefdien, 
 
 P. 178. to thrash out. 
 Stue'finben, v. a. See fiuben, P. 180. 
 
 to find out. 
 Stue'gcben, v. a. ir. to give out, 
 
 distribute ; disburse, spend. 
 9(u0'9ebreitet adj. extensive. 
 V(ue!'ge{)en, V. n. See geljen P. 180., 
 to go out ; go abroad ; proceed. 
 ^Jluoadiibev, m. -^, pi. -, foreigner. 
 Siue'lcfdieit, v. a. to extinguish, 
 
 quench ; expunge, efface. 
 
 5lu0'reipen, v. a. ir. to pull out, 
 
 to tear out, to draw out ; v. 
 
 n. ir. to be torn, to tear, to 
 
 burst ; to run away. 
 
 9tu6'rid)tcit, v. a. to do, perform. 
 
 §tu0'fd)tt)ei[en, v. n. to deviate, to 
 
 digress. 
 Slu'pen, adv out, on the outside, 
 
 without, abroad ; 
 5tu'per, pre. <5f conj. out of, with- 
 out ; besides, beside ; except, 
 unless, save. 
 5iu'^cr()alb, pre. <^ adv. abroad, 
 
 without, out of, beyond. 
 ?teu'perft, adj. utmost, extreme, 
 
 exceeding, last. 
 Slu<^'|>rcd)en, v. a. df n. ir. to pro- 
 nounce, utter ; express. 
 9(ug'jr»anberu, v. n. to emigrate. 
 S(u.g'uienbt(^, adj. outej:, outward, 
 
 exterior; a<fy. by heart. 
 ^xt, /. — , pi. ^ixU. axe, hatchet 
 
 35. 
 
 Sa'blngtcn, m. Babington. 
 ©a'cfen,?;.^. tobake; dry. P. 178. 
 S3d'cfet, m. -6. pi. — , baker. 
 53ai'er, m. -n, Bavarian, 
 ©ai'erii, n. Bavaria 
 S3alb, adv. soon, early, nearly. 
 SaU, m. -e^, pi mUe, ball. 
 93a(lon' m. -g, pi. -6, balloon. 
 Sanb' n. -e<?, pi. 53duber, ribbon, 
 
 string, {pi. ^dnbe) volume. 
 53dii'bigeii, v. a. to tame, break. 
 maixt,/. pi, 'MnU, bench, seat. 
 Sidr, m. -en, pi. -en, bear. 
 23au'en, v. a- to b. ild, raise ; Jig. 
 
 auf etiien — , to rely upon one. 
 ©au^er, m. -e {-n),pl. -n, peasant. 
 Saum, m. -c^, pi. ^dume, tree. 
 S3dum'd)en, di?n. of iBanm. 
 ^e'dicr, m. -g, pi. — , cup, goblet 
 33ebau'eru, v- a. to pity, regret. 
 33ebe(f'en, v. a. to cover, shelter. 
 53ebicn'te, m. -ii, pi n, servant, 
 ©cbur'fen, v. n. ir. to need, want. 
 
 See biirfen, P. 178. 
 ©ebiivf tig, adj. wanting, destitute. 
 53efe()U, m. -eef, pi -o, command. 
 23efcl)'ieu, v. a. P. 178; to command, 
 ^ejxii'beu, V. a. ir- to find ; think ; 
 
 -, V. r. ir. to be ; loie — (Sie jic^ ? 
 
 how do you do? 
 ^efiei'^igen, v. r. to study, en- 
 deavor diligently* 
 ©efiei'pen, v. r. to be studious of, 
 
 to study. 
 S3efiiPfcu, see Bcfleipen, P. 178. 
 JBege'ben, v. r. ir. to betake ; fid) 
 
 feineg JKeditg — , to forego one's 
 
 right. 
 53ege/^en, v. a. see gel^eu P. 180., 
 
 to commit, celebrate. 
 93eae^'ren; v. a. to desire, demand, 
 ^^ujlei'tcu, V. a. to accompany. 
 JBeglei'ter, m. -^, pi — , attendant, 
 JBcgra'ben, v. a. ir. to bury. 
 5i3el}al'ten, v. a. see i;alten, P.180. 
 
 to keep, retain. 
 ^e(;au'beln, v. a to treat, manage. 
 
35cf 
 
 f8U 
 
 193 
 
 iBefjanb'lung, /. management. 
 
 *Be()ai:'ren, v. n. to continue, per- 
 sist, insist, persevere. 
 
 •5Sel)aup'tcii, v. a. to affirm; main- 
 tain ; pretend. 
 
 Q3ci, pre. at, near, beside, by, on, 
 upon, to, in; L. 55. 
 
 9^eKDe, adj. both. L. 52. 5. 
 
 JBel'fcmmeu, v. n. ir. to get at. 
 
 93ei'fptcl, n. -e^, pL -e, example, 
 instance ; pattern ; jum — , for 
 example, for instance. 
 
 ©ci'^eii, V. a. P. 178. to bite. 
 
 S3ci'ftanb, m. -eg, assistance. 
 
 93ei'rtef)cn, v. n. ir. to assist. 
 
 Q3ei'|timmen, v. n. to agree with, 
 assent to. 
 
 ©ei'iDoljnen, v. n. to be present 
 at, to assist. 
 
 Q3ef(a'cjen, v. a. to commiserate, 
 lament ; fid) — , to complain, 
 
 S3elebt', adj, animated, living. 
 
 93e(c()'neu, v. a. to reward. 
 
 S3cmdd/tii.]en, v. r. to seize, take 
 possession of ; usurp. 
 
 S3enHt'leiben, v. a. to commise- 
 rate, pity. 
 
 93eiuM'beii, v. a. to envy. 
 
 S8en6't()i9t, in need, in want. 
 
 93erau'beii, v. a. to rob, plunder. 
 
 ?Berciti5', adv. already. 
 
 ©erg, m. -ci3, pi. -e, mountain. 
 
 ^er'^en, v. a. to save ; to conceal. 
 P. 178. 
 
 93evli'u, n. Berlin. 
 
 Q3cfdidf' tigen, v. a. to employ, busy. 
 
 ©efd^lie'pcn, v. a. ir. to determine. 
 
 IBefdirei'bcn, v. a. ir. to describe. 
 
 SSefdiuKDJgcn, v. a. to accuse. 
 
 93efi'^en, v. a. ir. to possess. 
 
 Q3tf'icv, see L. 22. 3. 
 
 ©eftdu'big,ac?;'. constant; durable. 
 
 ^e'fte, bcr, ble, bag, arfj. best. L.22. 
 
 Q3efte'f)en, t;. a. 6f n. ir. to suffer; 
 to be; endure; consist of; 
 insist upon. 
 
 93eftel'len, v. a. to order, appoint. 
 
 SBefthn'muug, /. — , pi. -en, deter- 
 mination; destination; destiny- 
 9 
 
 93cjira'fen, v, a. to punish. 
 
 93efud)', m.-e6,pl. -e, visit; fie- 
 quenting, company. 
 
 S5e[u'd:)en, t. a. to visit, see; fre- 
 quent ; to go to see. 
 
 S3e'ten, v. n. to say a prayer, 
 to pray. 
 
 93ct^etn @abor, Betheln Gabor, 
 proper name. 
 
 S3etiad)'ten, v. a. to look upon , 
 contemplate ; consider. 
 
 ^Betra'gen, v. a. ir. to amount t© , 
 V. r. ir. to behave one's self. 
 
 93etvfibt', adj. afflicted, sad. 
 
 S3etrii'gcn, v. a. P. 178. to cheat, 
 deceive. 
 
 ^zii, n. -eg, pi. -en, bed 
 
 S3et'teln, v. n. to beg, ask alms. 
 
 S3eu'tel, m. -g, pi. — , bag, purse. 
 
 ffieioe'gen, v. a. to move ; excite. 
 
 S3ewupt', adj. known; conscious 
 of; — fcin, n. consciousness; 
 
 Sejid/tigen, v. a. to charge, ac- 
 cuse, convict. 
 
 Sejiid)'tigen, see bejiditlgen. 
 
 93i'bei-, m. -g, pi. — , beaver. 
 
 S3le'ber, adj. upright, honest, 
 brave ; — maun, m. man of in- 
 tegrity; gentleman. 
 
 SSie'gen, v. a. ir. P. 178. to bend, 
 bow, curve ; decline. 
 
 S3ie'ne,/. — ,pl. -n, bee. 
 
 93ler, n. -eg, -g, pi. -e, beer. 
 
 S3il'ben, v. a. to form ; cultivate, 
 civilize, improve. 
 
 SIn'ben, v. a. to bind, tie. P. 178. 
 
 93in'nen, pre. within. 
 
 S3lr'ne,/. — , pi. -n, pear. 
 
 9!3ig, adv. <Sf conj. till. L. 64. 2. 
 
 Q3it'ten,t;. a. to beg, pray, request, 
 entreat, invite. P. 178. 
 
 93tt'ter, adj. bitter ; sharp. 
 
 ^lanf, «<;?;■. blank, bright, polished. 
 
 931a'fen v a. to blow. P. 178. 
 
 93lau, adj. blue ; -, n. -eg, blue. 
 
 Sled), n. -eg, pi -e, tin. 
 
 Stei, n. — , -eg, lead. 
 
 93tei'|lift, m. -eg, pi -e, pencil. 
 
194 
 
 (S^i 
 
 2)au 
 
 IBIci'Oeit, V. n. P. 178. to remain; 
 continue; perish. 
 
 53U'i em, adj. leaden, of lead. 
 
 S3Unb, adj. blind. 
 
 53lu'me, f. — , pi. -n, flower. 
 
 23liimM}eii. L. 18. 
 
 ^liit, n. -ei3, blood. 
 
 5i3o'tpn, m. -^, pi. S5oben, ground, 
 soil ; bottom ; loft, garret. 
 
 93i?l)nie, m. -u, pi. -u, Bohemian. 
 
 ^c'fe, adj. <5f adv. bad, ill, wick- 
 ed ; hurtful ; angry ; sore. 
 
 336 fetriclU, m. -c^, pi. -n, villain. 
 
 23o't;', m. -n, pi -n, messenger. 
 
 536tt'dun",y. ~^, pi. — , cooper. 
 
 SSrviuMicn, v. a. to want, need ; use. 
 
 53iMii'ov, m. -'i,pl. — , brewer. 
 
 53vau'i>n. v. n. to rush, roar ; buzz. 
 
 ^Vviy, adj. brave, honest. 
 
 93re'(()en, v. a. P. 178, to break. 
 
 33ifit, adj. broad ; large, wide. 
 
 Sremeii, n. Bremen. 
 
 S3vni'iien, v. a. 6f n. ir. P. 178, 
 to burn ; scorch, parch; distil; 
 cauterize ; brand. 
 
 53ve'ffl}e,/. — , pi. -n, breach, gap. 
 
 ^xtii, n. -c^, pi. -ev, board. 
 
 33ricf, m. -zi, pi. -e, letter ; -Vaster, 
 L. 18. 
 
 53iin'i]cn, v. a. P. 178. to bring, 
 carry, convey ; bear ; vin fid) — , 
 to acquire, get possession. 
 
 53veb, n. -00, pi. -i\ bread, loaf. 
 
 53iii'(fe,/. — , pi. -n, bridge. 
 
 53ru'ber, m. -^.pl. ^rfibcv, brother. 
 
 33nV^crliuMl, {dim. o/'^rubcv). 
 
 53viift. /. — . pi. ibvfifte, breast. 
 
 S3niftuabil./. breastpin. 
 
 55ud\ n. -ii, pi *-budH'r, book ; 
 quir« ; — hdiiblov, m. book-sel- 
 ler , stationer. 
 
 iBfidi'lfiii, 1.. IS. 
 
 U3uv'ijcr, m. -^, pi. — , citizen, 
 
 Ciartlja'i^o, n. Carthage. 
 (Sljaraf'tcr, in. -(?, pi. -to've, cha- 
 racter. 
 tStjiue'fe, III. -n, Chinese. 
 
 G^i'cevc, Cicero. 
 
 Concert', n. -e^, pi. -e. concert* 
 
 (Soufine,/. pi. -en, (ousin. 
 
 ^. 
 
 5)vi, adv. 4" conj. there, present 
 then, at that time ; when, as , 
 while, because, since. 
 
 2)abin', adv. by that, thereby, 
 therewith, thereat, near it, pre- 
 sent. L. 24. 14. & 38. 6. 
 
 !Dadi, n. -e^, -5, pi. Sdd^ev, roof. 
 
 ®ad^^, m. -fcjJ, pi. -fe, badger. 
 
 2)afiU', adv. for it, for that, in- 
 stead of that. 
 
 5)ai:ie'v"!i'u, adv. <Sf conj. against 
 this, for it, to it, in compa- 
 rison : in return, in exchange. 
 
 !i)al)cr', adv. Sf adj. thence, from 
 thence, hence, out of that ; 
 therefore. 
 
 5)a[)in', adv. thither, there, away, 
 down ; gone, past. 
 
 5)a'me,/ — , pi. -w, lady. 
 
 2)dne, m. -u, Dane. 
 
 5)amil', adv. 4* conj. therewith 
 with it (this, that), by it, b} 
 that, in order. 
 
 ©ampf' m. -c^,;?/. !DdmVfe, steam, 
 vapor, smoke, fume ; — boot, m. 
 steam-boat, steamer. 
 
 ;Dauf'bar, adj. thankful, grateful. 
 
 JDau'ffii, V. a. 4- n. to thank. 
 
 IDami, adv. then ; thereupon. 
 
 2)atar.', adv. thereon, thereat, on 
 it. at it, by it, near it ; iial)e — , 
 hard by, close to ; ii luH]t nirfjt^ 
 — , it is no matter. 
 
 iDavanf. adv. thereon, thereupon, 
 on that, on it, upon it, at that, 
 to that, it, after that. 
 
 2)aiane', adv. thereout, out 0/ 
 that, therefrom, thence, from 
 this, of thi.s. 
 
 ;2)aiiii', adv. therein, in that, in 
 this, in it, wherein. 
 
 5)a§, conj. that ; — nidit, lest. 
 
 S>au'cni, V n. to last, continue , 
 V. a. i!^ imp. to grievu, regret 
 
2)ur 
 
 mt 
 
 195 
 
 ©e'cfen, v. a. to cover, screen. 
 
 3)e'gen, m. -£!, jil. — , sword. 
 
 2)e'mutf), /. — , humility, meek- 
 ness. 
 
 JDen'feii, v. a. 4" n. P. 178. to ima- 
 gine, fancy ; think. 
 
 2)enn, conj. for, then ; than ; e^ 
 fei — ba^, unless, if, provided. 
 
 JDen'ncd), conj. yet, nevertheless. 
 
 ^iQ'ijalb, adv. therefore, for this 
 reason, on that account. 
 
 5>epfcntK-ilbeii, L. 48. 6. 
 
 ©c'flo, adv. the ; — bcffer, the bet- 
 ter ; so much the better. 
 
 2)eiitf*, adj. German. L. 23. b. 
 
 2)eutfcblanb, n. Germany. 
 
 SDIamaiit, m. -6, pi. -en, diamond. 
 
 2)icf, adj. thick, big, large, stout. 
 
 2)lc6, m. -e^, pi. -c, thief 
 
 SDie'iier, m. -^, pi. — , servant. 
 
 2)cit, conj. yet, however, never- 
 theless ; but. L. 65. 
 
 2)oldi, m. -e^, jo/. -e, dagger. 
 
 2)cm, m. -e^, /?/. -e, dome, cu- 
 pola ; cathedral. 
 
 iDonaii,/. Danube. 
 
 ©cn'uevu, t?. n. to thunder. 
 
 JDo^j'pflt adj. double, twofold ; 
 adv. doubly, twice. 
 
 2)ovf, n. -e^, pi. 2)6ifcr, village. 
 
 S)ort ac?y. there, yonder ; l^oii — 
 au6, from thence, thence ; — l}cx, 
 from yonder, thence. 
 
 iDrei, see L. 51. 14. ; — mat, adv. 
 three times. L. 51. 10. 
 
 ©ve'fdien, v. a. P. 178, to thrash. 
 
 2)rit'teng, L. 51. 11. 
 
 2)ro'[)cii v. n. to threat, threaten, 
 menace. 
 
 S)rucf, m. -eg, jjI. -e, pressure. 
 
 5)itf tenb, 3)uf'tig, adj. vaporous, 
 fragrant. 
 
 !Diil'iMntc|, f. — , toleration, tole- 
 rance. 
 
 ©umm, adj. dull, stupid. 
 
 5)unn, adj. thin,* slender. 
 
 S)iuift, m. -c^. pi. 3)uiifte, vapor, 
 steam. 
 
 ^ux6^,pre. through ; by means of. 
 
 IDurd^aiis?', adv. throughout, en- 
 tirely. 
 
 2)urct;\iet)cn, see 9ef)eu, P. 180, to 
 go through ; run away ; pass. 
 
 T)ui'fen, L. 31. & P. 178. 
 
 2)ur'ften, fDiirftcii, v. n. <5f imp. to 
 thirst, be thirsty. L. 44. 2. 
 
 ©ui-'ftitj, adj. thirsty ; eager. 
 
 5)u'^enb, n. (-es), -&,pl. -e, dozen. 
 
 ®. 
 
 @'6eu, adj. Sf adv. even, level, 
 plain ; even, just, exactly, prfr- 
 cisely. 
 
 (S'beiie,/. — ,pl. -11, plain. 
 
 @'bel, adj. Sj- adv. noble, precious; 
 — maun, m. nobleman ; — im'is 
 ii)\iy,, adj. noble, magnanimous. 
 
 @'I)e, adv. before. 
 
 (S'l)er, adv. sooner, rather. 
 
 (Sl}'i'c,/. — , pi. -n, honor. 
 
 @^v'lidi, adj. honest, faithful. 
 
 @i'*e,/. — , pi. -11, oak. 
 
 (5id3'()cvndieii, n. -i,pl. tt, squirrel. 
 
 (Si'geu. adj. own ; self, proper, pe- 
 culiar ; singular, strange ; ac- 
 curate ; — iuniig. adj. capri- 
 cious, wilful, obstinate. 
 
 ©i'i]eiil}eit, f.-,pl. -en, pecuHarity. 
 
 @i'v3Ciifdiaft,/. — , pi. -en, quality. 
 
 ©i'cjentljum, n. -eg, property. 
 
 ©i'leii, V. n. to hasten, hurry. 
 
 ®in. cincr, cine,eincg, eiiig. L. 25. 3. 
 
 (Sfi'brucf, m. -eg, pi. -bviicfe, im- 
 pression. 
 
 ©i'neilei, L. 51. 12. 
 
 ©i'nii^er, (Si'nige, (Sinicjeg, L. 52. 
 
 (Sii'/mal, diurnal', time, L. 51. 10. 
 
 (5'iii'fam, adj. solitary, lonely. 
 
 (5'in'ramniehi, v. a. to gather. 
 
 ©iu'ftellen, v. a. to suspend ; stop ; 
 V. r.\o appear. 
 
 (Sin'tradit,/ unanimity ; harmony. 
 
 (S'iu'jelii, adj. single ; isolated. 
 
 @ig, n. -fee, ice ; ice-cream. 
 
 ®i'feu, n. -g, iron; — bal)ii,/. rail- 
 road. 
 
 ©i'telfeit,/. — , vanity, conc«it. 
 
 (Si'tevu, V. 11. to fester. 
 
196 
 
 (SrB 
 
 @rf 
 
 @'leiib, adj. miserable, wretched. 
 6(cvf)anl',"m. -en, ;?/.-en, elephant. 
 
 mnzxw, f. ?lettpni. 
 
 dmpfan'cjen, v. a. P. 178. to re- 
 ceive, take, accept. 
 
 (imi}fc^nen, v. a. P. 178, to re- 
 commend. 
 
 ©mpfiii'ccu, V. a. P. 178, to feel, 
 perceive ; experience. 
 
 ©mpc'rcv, m. -^, pi. — , rebel. 
 
 (Sii'be, n. -^, pi. -n, end; aim. 
 
 (Su'bcH, V. a. <5f n. to end, finish. 
 
 (Snb'Iidi, adv. at last, finally. 
 
 (Sno, or (Sn'<\c, adj. narrow, tight. 
 
 (Sn'k}el m. -^, pi. -, angel ; — ^bib, 
 n. figure or image of an angel. 
 
 (5"n^'(duber, m. Englishman. 
 
 (Sn^'Ufdi, adj. EngHsh. 
 
 (Suc^'ianb, n. England. 
 
 (Su'Kl, m. -^, pi. — , grandson. 
 
 (^n'felin, /, granddaughter. 
 
 ©ntblopt', adj. destitute, deprived. 
 
 dn'k,/. — , pi. -n, duck. 
 
 '^-.t^cr^nen, i;. a, to remove. 
 
 iS'jdcje'qen, against, opposite. L,55. 
 
 @nK^e'i)cu, v. n. ir. to escape. 
 
 (Entbe'ben, v. a ir. to exempt from. 
 
 (S'ntlc'bigeii, v. a. to release. 
 
 ©ntriu'iien, see vinnen, P. 186, to 
 run away, escape. 
 
 (Siitfa'qcn, r . w. to renounce, resign. 
 
 eutfitivVfeii, see fclUafeu, P. 186, 
 to fall asleep ; fig. to expire. 
 
 (Sntf'tla'cjeii, v. r. ir. to get rid of, 
 divest. 
 
 @ntfdilii'Ben, see fcblie^en, P. 186, 
 to resolve, determine. 
 
 ©utfte'l)cu, to arise, originate. 
 
 ©ntire'ber, conj. either. 
 
 (S'nf^uH'i'iMi, V. a. to disunite, set 
 at variance w.r. to quarrel. 
 
 (5rbv"ii'meii, v. r. to pity, have 
 mercy. 
 
 (Sr'ben, v. a. to inherit ; — , v. n. 
 to devolve by inheritance. 
 
 (Srblt'teiu, v. a. to exasperate. 
 
 ©rbit teruiig,/. animosity. 
 
 (SrB'jlaat, m. -es?, pi. -en, heredi 
 tary state. 
 
 @r't)e,/. — ,pl. -It, earth, ground. 
 
 ^ueii^'iien, v. r. to happen, chance. 
 
 (Svci'Icn, V. a. to overtake, befall. 
 
 (Srftu'ben, v. a. ir. to invent. 
 
 (Srfofg', m. -z^,pl. -e, result, issue 
 
 (Srfveii'en, v. a. to gladden ; enjoy 
 
 (Srfut'len, v. a. to fill ; do, fulfil. 
 
 ©rge'ben, v. r. ir. to surrender, 
 submit ; — , adj. devoted, ad- 
 dicted, given. 
 
 (Sr^vei'fen, v. a., (see greifcn, P. 
 180), to seize, catch. 
 
 (Erl)al'ten, v. a. <5f n. ir. to keep, 
 maintain, save ; receive, get. 
 
 (5'rl)al'tuug, /. preservation. 
 
 @rl}c'beu, v. a. ir. to raise ; levy ; 
 — , V. r. ir. to rise, rebel. 
 
 ©rin'iiern, v. a.Xo remind ; — , v. 
 r. to remember, recollect. 
 
 ©rfen'neu, v. a. ir. to perceive ; 
 distinguish ; recognise. 
 
 (Etfld'ipu, V. a. to explain, inter- 
 pret ; define, declare. 
 
 ©rtld'nuig,/. — , pi. -en, explana- 
 tion, interpretation; declaration. 
 
 (Srflet'tern, v. a., (5 ifUm'men, v. a. 
 ir. to chmb, climb up. 
 
 (Srlau'ben, v. a. to permit, allow. 
 
 (Srlic'gcn, v. n. ir. to succumb, be 
 subdued, sink under. 
 
 ©rmcv'bcn, v. a. to murder. 
 
 (Srmii^ben, v. a. <Sfn. to tire, weary. 
 
 ^rncu'en, v. a. to renew, renovate. 
 
 ©rneuern, f. @viienen. 
 
 @rnft, (SmtVIjaft, adj. earnest, se- 
 rious, grave, stern. 
 
 (Eru'te,/. — ,pl. -n, harvest, crop. 
 
 @vV>vcf'fnng,/. -, pi. -en, extortion. 
 
 (Jvret'tcn, v. a. to save, rescue. 
 
 (Srfa^, m. -ii, compensation, 
 amends, restitution. 
 
 ©ifdiat'len, v. n. (see fdiallen), to 
 sound ; spread. 
 
 (Sv|M)ci'iien, v. n. to appear. 
 
 (SvfdMt'Oen, V. a. ir to shoot. 
 
 ©ifd^rc'cfcn, v. a. to frigluen ; v, n 
 P. 160, to be frightened. 
 
8fc« 
 
 8for 
 
 197 
 
 S'rfl, adj. Sf adv. first ; prime ; at 
 first; before; only; not till. L.GO. 
 
 (Si'fteng, adv. L. 51. 11. 
 
 (Srtvln'fcu, (see triiifen), to be 
 drowned. 
 
 S"vn?dl)'nen, v. a. to mention. 
 
 (5'niHii'ten, v. a. to expect, await. 
 
 CSrire'cfcn, v. a. to awaken, rouse. 
 
 (Srwi'i'dien, v. a. to soften. 
 
 ©vwei'jen, v. a. ir. to show, evince ; 
 do, render. 
 
 @vjd()'leu, V. a. to narrate, tell. 
 
 (Srjei'^cn, v. a. to do ; confer. 
 
 (B\'m, V. a. 4* n. P. 180, to eat. 
 
 @pfig, m. -eg, -^, vinegar. 
 
 (St'iuaS, pron. something, L. 52. 
 
 (Sn'icf. — , pi. -u, owl. 
 
 @urc'pa, n. Europe. 
 
 ©iircpd'er, m. European. 
 
 d'm^, adj. eternal, everlasting. 
 
 (^d'()ig, adj, able, apt, fit, capable. 
 
 Safj'vcii, V. a. P. ISO, to drive, 
 
 carry, convey ; v. n. ir. to 
 
 <.ve quickly, run, start, rush ; 
 
 go in a carriage; to sail, 
 
 riavigate. 
 
 9iCi{{, m. -eg, pi. — , gd«e, fall. 
 
 gal'len, v. n. P. 180, to fall ; de- 
 cline ; fail. 
 
 galfcb'()cit,/. — ,pl. -en, falsehood. 
 
 gaiui'lle,/ — , pi. -n, family. 
 
 gan'oseu, v. a. P. 180, to catcb, 
 take, seize. 
 
 ga9. n. -ffeg, pi i^dffcr, cask, bar- 
 rel, tub, vessel. 
 
 ^aft, adv. almost, nearly, about. 
 
 %a\d, adj. putrid, lazy, idle. 
 
 t^auUjeit,/. — , laziness, idleness. 
 
 ^ebruar', m. -g, (pi. -e), February. 
 
 gcd^ncn, P. 180, to fight, to fence. 
 
 ^i'iQX, f. — , pi. -n, feather; j)en; 
 spring. 
 
 (^e'gen, v. a. to sweep ; cleanse. 
 
 gct)'len, V. n. to fail, miss; err, 
 mistake ; to be wanting, want, 
 to be deficient ; wa^ fcl)lt 3l;> 
 ncu ? what ails you ? 
 
 ^cVter, m. -S, pi — , fault, error. 
 
 §ein, adj. fine, delicate ; pretty, 
 
 geiitb'lldi, adj. hostile, inimical. 
 
 '^m\t)'\d'[o,h\t,f.-,pl. -en, hostility. 
 
 gelt), w. -eg, pi. -er, field, plain; 
 — frud)t, /. produce of the 
 fields ; — Ijcrr, m. commander- 
 in-chief, general, captain. 
 
 %ds, m. -\i\\e,pl -fen; gel'fcn, m. 
 -g, pi — , rock, cliff. 
 
 gcn'ftev, n. -g, pi — , window. 
 
 %exftiq,adj. ready; done; practised. 
 
 gef'fcl, f. — , pi -w, fetter, chain. 
 
 gcpfeln, V. a. to fetter, shackle, 
 chain; captivate. 
 
 %Q\i, adj. Sfadv. fast, fixed, firm. 
 
 ge'ile,/. -,pl. -n, fortress, prison. 
 
 ?Veu'er, n. -g, pi — , fire. 
 
 gic'ber, n. -g, pi — , fever. 
 
 gin'ben, v.a. P. 180, to find; think; 
 @tatt — , to take place. 
 
 gin'gcv, m. -g, pi — , finger. 
 
 gin'fter, adj. dark, gloomy ; sad. 
 
 ?5i'fd)en, v. a. to fish. 
 
 gla'fdie,/. — , pi -n, flask, bottle. 
 
 %k6.)'k\\, V. a. P. 180, to braid. 
 
 ^(cifdi, n. -eg, flesh ; meat. 
 
 S'leip, m. -eg, diligence, industry j 
 mit — , intentionally. 
 
 glel'^li], adj. dihgent, assiduous. 
 
 glie'gen, v.n.'P. 180, to fly ; l;od) 
 — , to soar- 
 
 Stie'()cn, P. 180, to flee, shun. 
 
 gUe'pen, v, n. P. 180, to flow, run. 
 
 <5le§'gvaBen, m. canal. 
 
 glct'te,/. —rpl -n, fleet. 
 
 ^lu'd^en, V. n. to curse, imprecate. 
 
 g(u§, m. -ffeg, pi ^ixi^i, river, 
 stream; -pfevb, n. hippopotamus. 
 
 %\\xi, 5lut(), /. — , pi -en, flood ; 
 deluge, inundation ; tide. 
 
 golge, /. — , pi. -, sequel, se- 
 quence, consequence. 
 
 Sclgen, V. w., to follow, to suc- 
 ceed, obey. 
 
 ^•olg'Ud), adv. consequently. 
 
 yyortcrn, v. a. to promote. 
 
 §ov'bei*n, to demand, i\sk • re- 
 quirs; summon. 
 
198 
 
 ^VLX 
 
 ®Cf 
 
 f^crclle. f. — , pi -n, trout 
 
 j^ort'fctjlewc", V. a. to drag away. 
 
 ivra'i.]cn, v- a. c^ n. to ask, ques- 
 tion, interrogate. 
 
 j^vaiif'furt, n. Frankfort. 
 
 granf^reid), n France. 
 
 gva V.^ofc, m. -n, Frenchman. 
 
 graii^o'fifd), adj. French. 
 
 %xa\h f. — , /)/. -en, woman ; wife ; 
 lady, madam, mistress. 
 
 ^vdiiaoin, n. -t,pL — , Miss, L. 68. 
 
 ^rci, adj. free, exempt; disen- 
 gaged ; vacant, independent ; 
 open, pubhc. 
 
 ^rci^ebij]. adj. liberal, generous ; 
 — 1>redMint^./. acquittal. 
 
 ?^rt>i'()cit, /. liberty, freedom. 
 
 ^repfcii, V. a. P. 180, to eat ; de- 
 vour ; corrode. 
 
 j^rcu'be,/ — , pi. -n, jcy, pleasure. 
 
 ^reii'eu, v. r. fiber etiras?, aitf ctroa^, 
 to rejoice in, to be glad ; e3 
 frcuct mid) fe(}r, I am very glad. 
 
 ^reunb, m. -H, pi. -e, friend. 
 
 ^reuii'bin, /. -, pL -iien. L. 18. 
 
 j^reunb'ltdi, adj. friendly, affable. 
 
 i^reunb'fdiaft,/-,;?/.-en, friendship. 
 
 §rie'be, m. -ii^, ("^vte'tcn, m. -0), 
 peace. 
 
 S'ricMidi, adj. peaceful, peaceable. 
 
 gvle'ren, v. n. df imp, ir. to freeze, 
 to be chilled ; e^ ffievt mid), I 
 am cold. 
 
 %xci}. adj. glad, joyful, joyous. 
 
 {Srolj'lodfen, v. n. to exult, shout. 
 
 ^vudit,/ -. pi. %xM}ic, fruit ; corn. 
 
 i^-nV()cr, formerly. 
 
 i^rul)'Uiu^, m. -cei, pi. -e, spring. 
 
 (\iuii^, m. -K^, pi S'udife, fox. 
 
 ^i'l ^eii, V. a to join, to unite ; v. r. 
 to accommodate one's self to, 
 to submit. 
 
 giibrni, v. a. to carry, convey; 
 lead, guide, manage, wear. 
 
 %\\\\. see L. 51. 14. 
 
 guv, pre. for ; instead of; — uub 
 — , for ever and ever. L. 55. 
 
 (^iudit, / -, fear. 
 
 guvd)t'bav, adj. fearful, dreadful. 
 
 i^iirdb'tcn, v. to fear, to be afraid, 
 V. r. to be afraid of. 
 
 (^urd)t'fam, adj. timid, timorcvis. 
 
 giirft, w. -en, pi -en, prince. 
 
 %\\%. m. -eg, pi gufje, foot ; bot- 
 tom, base ; standard. 
 
 Sut'tern, v. a. <^ n. to line, feed. 
 
 ©. 
 
 ©a'Be,/ -, pi -w. gift ; alms, cha- 
 rity ; dose ; talent, faculty. 
 
 ®a'bel,/. -, pi -w, fork. 
 
 ©alt, f. ©elten. 
 
 @ang,/ -, pi ®aufe, goose. 
 
 ®an^, whole, all, entire, tc tal ; 
 full, perfect, complete ; quite. 
 
 ®ar, L. 05. 
 
 ©aftcn, m. -€, pi ©drten, garden. 
 
 ©drt'uer, m. -g, pi. -, gardener. 
 
 ©all, m. -eg, pi. ©dfte, guest; 
 -frennb, m. guest ; host ; -inal)l, 
 n. banquet, entertainment. 
 
 ©cbdii'bc, n. -g, pi -, building. 
 
 ©e'ben, P. 180, to give ; confer. 
 
 ©ebei'ben, v. r. to make gestures ; 
 behave. 
 
 ©ebie'tcu, V. a. (see biiten), to com- 
 mand, to order. 
 
 ©eble ter, m.-g, pi. -, ruler, master. 
 
 ©ebir'ge, n. -ef, pi. -, chain ol 
 mountains, mountains, pi. 
 
 ©ebct', n. -eg, pi. -c, command- 
 ment, precept, order; offer. 
 
 ©cbraiid)', m. -eg, pi — bvdudie, 
 use, custom, usage, practice. 
 
 ©ebve'rf}en, v. n. djf imp. ir. to be 
 wanting, be in want of, want. 
 
 ©ebul)'rcn, v. n. cj- r. to be due, 
 belong to ; be fit, become. 
 
 ©ebau'fe, 771. -ug, ;;/. -n, thought, 
 idea, notion, meaning; purpose. 
 
 ©ebcn'feu, v. n. ir. to think of, 
 remember, mention, intend. 
 
 ©ebnlb',/.-, patience, indulgence. 
 
 ©ebul lijv adj. patient, indulgent. 
 
 ®c'\sx{)\:,f. -, ;;/. -en, danger. 
 
 ©efdl)v'l;di, adj. dangerous. 
 
 ©efal'lcn, (see fviUeuj, to please ; 
 m. -g, liking, pleasure ; favor. 
 
er 
 
 ore 
 
 199 
 
 ©cfdnc^'i.i^. n. -ffe^, pL -ffe, prison. 
 
 ®cfiU}i', n.-({^,pL-e, feeling, touch, 
 sensation ; sensibility, 
 
 ®i'<.]i:n pre. towards, to; against ; 
 for ; about, near ; -tl)cil, n. con- 
 trary; -iihiwpre. opposite. L.56. 
 
 ©t^'^cuc*,/. -, region, country. 
 
 ©v'ljejt, P. 180, to go, walk, fare, 
 be ; \me gel)t ce ? how are you V 
 e^ (\c\)t mix lvc()l, I am w^ell ; 
 ber iBtiib <\ci}t, the wind blows. 
 
 ®cf}Ln'dieu, v. n. to obey. 
 
 ®t'l)c'rtMi, V. n. to belong. 
 
 ®el)tn'iv-im, adj. obeuient, dutiful ; 
 m. -^, obedience, duty. 
 
 ®eift, m. -ci^, pi. -ev, ghost, spi- 
 rit ; soul ; genius. 
 
 (^t\\, m. -ti, avarice. 
 
 ©ei'ji^, adj. avaricious, covetous. 
 
 ®iib, adj. yellow. 
 
 @clb, n. -es, pi. -cv, money, coin ; 
 — bcutcl, m. money purse. 
 
 (S}dc()vi', adj. learned, skilled. 
 
 ©eliii'v^cn, P.180, to succeed. L.44. 
 
 ©eiacii, P. 180. to be of value. 
 
 ©diVftcii, V. n. 4" imp. to desire, 
 long for, lust after, covet. 
 
 ©undp', adj. dfadc. conformable, 
 suitable, according to. 
 
 ©em'fe, /. -, pi. -n, chamois ; 
 — iiid;]ev, m. chamois-hunter. 
 
 ©cmiitt)'', n. -t^.pl. -ev, mind, soul, 
 heart, nature. 
 
 ©CHc'fen, P. 180, to recover. 
 
 ©niic'peii, P. 182, v. a. ir. to en- 
 joy, taste, eat, drink. 
 
 ©iMui.V, adv. sufficient, enough. 
 
 ©cnii'i^en, v. n. to suffice, be 
 enough, satisfy, content. 
 
 ®ei\i'i)e, adj- straight, right, di- 
 rect; upright, plain, honest 
 
 ©ei'bev, 771. -S, pi. -, tanner. 
 
 @erecl)t', adj. just, righteous. 
 
 ©cvedi'tigfeit,/. -.justice. 
 
 @creiMicn, v- n. to tend ; redound. 
 
 ©cvidit, n. -C(?, pi. -e, tribunal; 
 court of justice; sentence ; dish- 
 
 ©ei'ii, adv. willingly, gladly, 
 cheerfully, with pleasure. 
 
 ®cx'\te,f. -. barley. 
 ©cfan'cte, m.-w.pl-w, ambassador, 
 ©cfcl'di'tiij, adj. busy; active, 
 ©cfitc'iicii, P. 182, to happen. 
 
 chance ; to be done 
 ®efdiicl)'te,/. -.pi. -it, history, sto- 
 ry; — fdueibcv, m. historian, 
 ©cfdiicfl', adj. fit, apt, skilful, 
 ©cfd^mact', m. -CsS, taste. 
 ®efdl^^pf^ n. -e^, pi. -e, creature. 
 ©efduiu'i'ijcn, V. n. ir. to pass over 
 
 in silence- 
 ©t'fdMinii', n. -i6,pl. -e, sore, ulcer. 
 ®i'ff^'. n. -i^S, pi. -e, law, decree, 
 ©oftcilt',/. -rpl. -en, figure, form 
 ©e'ftcvn, adv. yesterday ; — \xi\l), 
 
 yesterday morning ; — Slbcub, 
 
 last evening, 
 ©eiunb', adj. sound, healthy. 
 ®ctvci'^e, n. -(^, corn, grain. 
 ®ctrcu', adj. faithful, loyal, trusty. 
 ®cum1;i', adj. perceiving ; — U'>ei>- 
 
 ten, to see, perceive, 
 ©eivalt'./. -7-pi. -en. power, force. 
 ©civaU'fam, adj. violent, forcible, 
 ©ewin'ncn, P. 182, to win, earn. 
 ©eiiMp', adj. certain, sure ; fixed. 
 ®eivlpi"eu. n. ~6, conscience. 
 ®eivol)n'Ildi, adj. usual, common 
 ®e\ticl}ni',adj. used, accustomed. 
 ®eivcKbe, n. -^, pi. -, vault, arch. 
 ®en.>uvj', n. -c^, pi. -t, spice; aro- 
 
 matics. 
 ® ie'peu, P. 182, to pour; spill; cast. 
 ®if' tig .a^y.poisonous, venomous. 
 ©Idn'jcn, V. 11. to glitter, shine. 
 ®ldu'jenb, adj. bright, glittering. 
 ®(v-i^, n. -feg, pi. ®ldfei-, glass. 
 @(a'fcr, m. -s3, pi. -, glazier. 
 ©Ivitt, adj. smooth, even, plain. 
 ®Iai/beu, V. a. to believe ; think 
 ®(du'bigc, m. <Sj f. beUever. 
 ®leidi, adj. ^ adv. like,' alike; 
 
 equal; level, plain; straight, 
 
 just, immediately, presently; 
 
 — be^cnteuD, adj. synonymous; 
 
 -villtig, or i^leidH]iiltig, adj, equi   
 
 valent, indifferent. 
 
200 
 
 ®\xt 
 
 «&el 
 
 ®Iei'd)en, P. 182, to equal, equa- 
 lize, level ; resemble. 
 
 ®Iucf', n. -e«, luck, fortune. 
 
 ©lurf'jict), adj. happy, fortunate. 
 
 ©ud'bi^, adj. gracious, merciful. 
 
 @olb, n. -e3, gold. 
 
 ®ol'ben,ac?;'.golden, made of gold. 
 
 @ott m. -z^,pl. ©otter, God. 
 
 ©ot'tin,/. -, pi. -nen, goddess. 
 
 ®XQh, n. -eg, pi. ©rdber, grave, 
 tomb, sepulchre. 
 
 ©ra'ben, m. -^, pi. ©rdbeu, ditch, 
 trench; canal. 
 
 ©ra'ben, P. 182, to dig ; cut. 
 
 ®raf, m. -en, pi. -en, earl, count. 
 
 ©rdn'je, jc., f. Ovenje jc. 
 
 ©rag, n. -feg, pi. ©rdfer, grass. 
 
 ©rau, adj. gray, grizzled. 
 
 ©rdu'el, m. -e, pi. -, horror, 
 — ti)at,f. atrocious action. 
 
 ©rau^cn, v. n. to turn gray; dawn; 
 V. imp. to have a horror, dread, 
 to be afraid of ; n. -o, horror, 
 abhorrence, terror. 
 
 ©rau'fam, «c?;'. cruel, barbarous. 
 
 ®relg, adj. gray, hoary ; m. -feg, 
 pi. -fe, an old man. 
 
 ©ren'ge,/. -, pi. -n, limit, border. 
 
 ©ren'jenlog, adj. boundless. 
 
 ©riect)e, m. -n, Greek. 
 
 ©rled)ifct), adj. Grecian, Greek. 
 
 ®rob, adj. coarse ; clumsy, gross, 
 rude; — fd)mieb, m. blacksmith. 
 
 ®rob't)elf,/. -, {pi. -en), coarse- 
 ness, roughness, rudeness. 
 
 @rof, adj. great, large, vast, 
 huge ; high, tall ; eminent, 
 grand; — »atcr,wi. grandfather. 
 
 ®run, adj. green, verdant ; fresh. 
 
 ®runb, m. -ee,pl. ©runbe, ground, 
 bottom ; foundation, reason. 
 
 ©ul'ben, m. -6, pi. -, florin. 
 
 ©unfi,/. -, favor, grace, kind- 
 ness, affection; permission; 
 pi. -en, ju — en, in favor of. 
 
 ®un*jlig, favorable, propitious. 
 
 ©u'ftay, m. Gustavus. 
 
 ®ut, adj. <5f adv. good, well, suf- 
 ficiently ; good-natured, kind; 
 
 n. eg, pi. ®uter, good ; posse* 
 sion, estate, commodity. 
 ®u'tig, adj. kmd, benevolent. 
 
 ^. 
 
 Ǥaar, n. -eg, pi. c, hair ; wool. 
 
 <^a'be, /. property, goods, effects 
 
 •^a'ben, v. L. 26, to have, possess. 
 
 ^a'bld)t, m. -eg, pi. -e, hawk. 
 
 •§a'ber, m. -g, quarrel, brawl. 
 
 •^a'fer, m. -g, oat, oats. 
 
 ^alb, adj. half. 
 
 .^dlf'te,/. -, pL -n, half, moiety. 
 
 «&alg, m, -feg, pi. ^dlfe, neck; 
 throat. 
 
 '^al'ten, P. 180, to hold ; keep ; 
 support ; contain ; stop; main- 
 tain; manage; value, deem, es- 
 timate, think ; celebrate, treat. 
 
 ^am'burg, n. Hamburg. 
 
 <&anb,/.-,;j/.^dnbc, hand; — fd^uf^, 
 m. glove, gauntlet. 
 
 »§an'fcel, m. -g, pi. «&dnbel, com 
 merce, trade, traffic; bargain; 
 business, affair, action. 
 
 •Jpan'tehi, v. n. to act ; trade, deal. 
 
 "^anb^verfer, m. -^,pl.-, mechanic. 
 
 •5anf, m. -eg, hemp. 
 
 »^anno'iH% Hanover. 
 
 •^an'gcn, P. 182, to hang, dangle. 
 
 •J^du'ijen, to hang, suspend. 
 
 •&arl, adj. hard; severe, rigorous. 
 
 •^a'fe, 771. -n, pi. -n, hare. 
 
 ^apfen, v. a. to hate. 
 
 •&df 'lidb, adj. ugly, wicked. 
 
 ^aft,/. -, haste. 
 
 tJpan'en, v. a. P. 182, to hew, cut, 
 strike. 
 
 <§aupt, n. -eg, pi. -^du^ter, head; 
 chief; — niann, m. captain ; 
 — ftabt,/. capital, metropolis. 
 
 .^aug, n. -feg, pi. J^dufer. house ; 
 household, family ; — tl;ier, n, 
 domestic animal. 
 
 ^dng'dien, L. 18. 
 
 «&e*ben, P. 182, to lift, elevate. 
 
 •^cer, n. -eg, pi. -e, army. 
 
 '^cll, adj. healed; sound, unhurt; 
 n. -eg, welfare, health. 
 
«Oin 
 
 3ta 
 
 201 
 
 ^ci'ligen^ v. f . to hallow. 
 
 -ijpcin'vicli, 771. Henry. 
 
 ^i\^, adj. hot, ardent, torrid. 
 
 Jpoi'0.ii, V. a. 4" w- P- 182, to call, 
 bid ; enjoin ; to be called, be 
 said ; mean, signify ; be con- 
 sidered ; C3 f)eii5f, it is said, 
 they say ; ba^s I;eipt, that is to 
 say, that is ; tnic (jeipcu (gie? 
 what is your name ? 
 
 •^el'fen, P. 182, to help, assist. 
 
 4)cll, adj. clear, bright, plain. 
 
 4pev, adv. hither, hitherward.L.38. 
 
 ^^craii, adv. on, near, near to; up, 
 upwards. Ij. 38. 
 
 Ǥeiaiif', adv. up, upwards. 
 
 ^cvaue', adv. out. 
 
 ^ixh, Jpcr'be, arfy.harsh,sour,bitter. 
 
 J&crbci'futjven, v. a. to lead near; 
 bring on. 
 
 ^evbft, m. -e^, pi. -e, autumn; 
 harvest. 
 
 <&et'hnimu'u, v. n ir. to come here 
 or hither, approach ; to proceed. 
 
 «^ecv, m. -en, ;;/. -m, master; gen- 
 tleman ; lord ; sir. 
 
 <§evi'|clu'n, V. n. to rule, reign, 
 govern, prevail, 
 
 ^^evi'i bev, adv. over, across. L.38. 
 
 t^evuu'tcv, adv. down. L. 38. 
 
 Jperj, n.-z\\i,pl.-n\. heart; courage. 
 
 •^ei'^eg, m. -et% pi. -e, duke. 
 
 J^ei'jci]0l)ut, m. -c^, ducal hat. 
 
 .&eucl}elei', /. -, hypocrisy. 
 
 ^mi, «C>eu'te, adv. to-day, this 
 day; — ju ilage, now-a-days. 
 
 «^te'bfu, see (}aueii, P. 182. 
 
 «&ier, adv. here ; in this world ; 
 — (jer, adv. hither, here. 
 
 ^\\'U,f. -, pi. -n. aid, help, suc- 
 cor, assistance, relief. 
 
 ^ilf'lc^, adj. helpless. 
 
 ^Im'mel, m. -i, pi. -, heaven, hea- 
 vens, pi.., sky; zone, climate. 
 
 ^in, adv. thither, away, gone.h 38 
 
 ^iiuib', adv. down, down there 
 (f. l)oruutev, l)imiuter). L. 38. 
 
 iQ'mOM]' , adv . up, up there. L. 38. 
 
 <^inaug', adv. out, out there. 
 
 <^tn'geT)cn, v. n. ir. to go to; pass. 
 
 .^tu'ter, pre. & adv. behind, after, 
 back, backwards ; — fiube, /. 
 back-room ; — tl)cil, n. hind- 
 part ; stern. 
 
 •i^iuii'bcr, adv. over, across, be- 
 yond. L. 38. 
 
 .^c'bel m. -6, pi. -, plane. 
 
 J^cdi, adj. high, lofty; sublime. 
 
 ^c], m. -z^,pl. J^ofe, yard, court- 
 yard ; farm ; manor, court. 
 
 ^ef'fen, v. a. to hope, expect. 
 
 <^cff' luuuj,/. -, pi. -en, hope, ex- 
 pectation. 
 
 •^ci'lidi, adj. polite. 
 
 'i^cf'littfeit, /. -. pi. -en, courte- 
 ousness, civility; politeness. 
 
 •^cl'ldnber, m. Dutchman. 
 
 •^el;^, n. -cc, /j/.-^ctjer wood; timber. 
 
 •^c'ren, v. a. 4" n. to hear, give ear. 
 
 ^iibfdi, adj. 4" adv. pretty, fair. 
 
 4?nf' m. -e^, pi. -e, hoof. 
 
 4?u'viel, m. -i, pi -, hillock, hill. 
 
 S^\\i)\\, n. -ti.pl. '^iUjner, fowl. 
 
 ^^i'lffo, f. J^llfe. 
 
 Ji)ulpIo(?, see t)ilf(cg. 
 
 JpiicjelM^en, L. 18. 
 
 Jpunb, m. -ii. pi. -e, dog. 
 
 J^un'tert, see L. 51. 14. 
 
 Ji)iina5Mien, L. 18. 
 
 «^un\3erig, adj. hungry. 
 
 J^uu'^cvu, V. n. <Sf imp. to hunger 
 to be hungry ; starve. L. 42. 
 
 <^ut, m. -ci, pi. <^ute, hat, bonnet 
 
 Ǥl)d'ne, /. -, pi. -n, hyena. 
 
 3 (33ocaI). 
 3m, L. 15. 4. 
 
 Sni'mer, adv. always, ever. 
 3n, pre. into, in ; at, within, to, 
 
 of. L- 56. 
 Snbem', while, when, because, 
 
 since. 
 3n'nerl)alb, pre. within. 
 Sn'fcl,/. -, pi. -n, island, isle. 
 3nteveffant^ adj. interesting. 
 Sntcvei'fe, n. -es pi- -", hiieresU 
 Selanb, n. -c^, Iceland. 
 Stalle'nifd), adj. Italian 
 
202 
 
 Stan 
 
 Stxa 
 
 3 .(Sonfonant), 
 3a, adu- yes, ay, yea ; L. 65. 
 Sa'j^en, v. a. ^ n. to chase, hunt ; 
 
 ill bie g-ludit — , to put to flight. 
 Sd'^ev, m. -!^, pi. -, hunter. 
 3al)i% n. -Ci?, pi. -c, year. 
 3v"il/ice',^''i^/. season. 
 Sauuar', m. -i, January. 
 3e, adv. ever, always ; — nad)bem, 
 
 according as. 
 Se'bevmaun, every body. 
 Sebod/, how^ever, nevertheless 
 Si'^ig- adj. present, now. 
 3i'|t adv. now, at present. 
 3cdi, n. -I'kJ, pi. -e, yoke ; bow 
 3c(}aun', m. John. 
 Scfep^, m. Joseph. 
 ^w'^iiz. m. -n, pi -w, jew, 
 Su'ijcub, /* youtn. 
 Su'ii, Su'liut^, m. -, July. 
 3uiu], adj. young; new, recent. 
 3uiu]liiig, m- -eg, pi. -e, youth, lad. 
 3u'piter, Jupiter. 
 Su'wele,/-, pi. -w, jewel; -nt;diib; 
 
 ler, m. jeweller. 
 
 itaf'fcp, m. -(?, coffee. 
 
 Jlai'fer, m. -^, pi. -, emperor. 
 
 Jtai'fevin,/. -, pi -iieii, empress. 
 
 ^.\[h, n. -eg, pi jldlber, calf. 
 
 Malt, adj. cold, chill, frigid. 
 
 .Jtameel', n. -eg, pi -e, camel. 
 
 .K\iinc^ab, m. -eii, comrade . 
 
 ^amm, m. -eg, pi Maxmm, comb. 
 
 Jlampf, m. -zi,pl. jldm))fe, combat. 
 
 JlaninMien, n. -g, pi. -, rabbit. 
 
 M(x\v\n,f. -r pi. -11, can, jug. 
 
 Jtauc^ie, /. -, pi. ~\\, cannon ; 
 — nfduip, m. — iifdni^weite, /. 
 cannon-shot. 
 
 Man'i,d.f. -, pi. -ii, pulpit, chair. 
 
 Jlapell'e or gapelle/ chapel. 
 
 JTail, 771. Charles. 
 
 ild'i'e, m. -g, pi -, cheese. 
 
 ita'lje,/. ^, pi -n, cat. 
 
 5tau feu, v. a. to buy, purchase 
 
 Jlauf maiui, m. -eg, pi -Icute, mer- 
 chant. 
 
 itaum, adv. scarce, scarcely. 
 
 ^ci'dkii, V. n. to pant, gasp. 
 
 Md'k.f. -,pl -11, trowel. 
 
 .S:cl'lev, m. -g, pi -, cellar, cave, 
 
 ^eii/nen, v. a. P. 182, to know, be 
 acquainted with : — leriien, to 
 become acquainted with. 
 
 jlei'fei-, m. prison, dungeon. 
 
 Rci'te,f. -,pl -11, chain. 
 
 ,Keu'd)eu, f. Jteidien. 
 
 ,Kiiib, n. -eg, pi -ev, child; mfanl. 
 
 Jliub'lciu, dim. o/Jtinb. 
 
 Jlii'cbe,/. -,pl. -11, church. 
 
 Jlh'fdK,/. -,pl -11, cherry. 
 
 ,ftip|"eii, n. cushion, pillow. 
 
 ■Kla'gcu, V. n. to complain, lai »ent. 
 
 ,^ieib, n. -rg, pi -n, garment, 
 dress, garb, gown. 
 
 ^Itiii, adj. little, small, trifling. 
 
 mtJwi^Uxi.f. -,pl.m, trifle. 
 
 Jllet'tein, v. n. to climb, scramble, 
 
 ^hig, adj. prudent, ingenious, 
 wise, judicious, skilful. 
 
 .KUtg'ijcif, /. -, prudence, judi- 
 ciousness, wit, wisdom. 
 
 Jtua'be, m. -ii, ;;/. -n, boy, lad. 
 
 ^ndb'd)en, L. 18. 
 
 .fluedit m.-eg, jo/.-e, servant, slave. 
 
 i^iiie'en, Jlni'eii, v. n. to kneel. 
 
 jliicpf, m. -eg, pi. ^iiopfe, button. 
 
 Jliiog'pe,/. -, pi -n, bud, eye. 
 
 ilodi, m. -eg, f)l. ,Kdd)e, cook. 
 
 .Kef fer, m. -g, pi -, coffer, trunk. 
 
 Mciji, m. -eg, cabbage. 
 
 Jlol)'(e,/. -. ;;/. -ii, charcoal; coaL 
 
 Jtcm'mcn, P. 182, to come; get to, 
 arrive at. 
 
 ilo'iiig, m. -cg,^/.-e, king ; — vcid), 
 n. kingdom. 
 
 Jlo'iiigiii,/. -, pi -lien, queen. 
 
 Atc^iujUd), adj. royal, kingly. 
 
 Jieu'nen, L. 31. 
 
 .itoval'U',/. -, pi -11, coral. 
 
 i^lcih, m. -eg, pi ilovbe, basket 
 
 Jioib'dHMi, L. 18. 
 
 Stoxw, w.-eg, pi .itoriier, grain; cora 
 
 vK'ei'pcr, m. -es, pi -, body. 
 
 Jtraft, /. -, 2 1 .«:vdftc, strength, 
 force, vigor, faculty, power. 
 
S^an 
 
 Sie 
 
 203 
 
 jlraft, pre. by virtue of, L. 48. 
 
 ^vaiif, adj. sick, ill, diseased. 
 
 v^rviu!'l)eit, /. -, j:l. -en, disease, 
 illness. 
 
 itiaiij, m. -c^, fl. Jlrcin^e, garland, 
 wreath; crown, circle, society. 
 
 Jtia'^cu, V. a. 4" n. to scratch. 
 
 .Kvcn^, 71. -i'5, pi. -c, cross, cruci- 
 fix; — ,^iui, m. crusade. 
 
 ,^rie/ci)en, P. 182, to creep, crawl. 
 
 .^Tricfl, m. -c^, pi. -c, war. 
 
 ^lie'vjev, m. -^, pi. -, warrior. 
 
 Jti-ici]o'^ni}, m. campaign. 
 
 .^vcfcbil' n. -iS, j:L -e, crocodile. 
 
 ^uc'iie,/. -, ^7.-11, crown, coro- 
 net ; head; top (of a tree). 
 
 ^iVd)e,/, -, jl. -w, kitchen. 
 
 ^\\{){, adj. cool, fresh; cold. 
 
 .^ul)n, adj. bold, hardy, dauntless. 
 
 .^um'mcv, m. -^, sorrow, grief. 
 
 Jtun'be, /. -, pi. -11, knowledge, 
 information ; news, notice ; m. 
 -u, il. -11, customer. 
 
 Jluiift, /. -, pi. M\\\\U, art, arti- 
 fice ; skill. 
 
 ^iiiifl'ler, m. -S, pi. -, artist. 
 
 Sa'cbcln, v. n. to smile. 
 £M'ilieii, V. n. to laugh, smile. 
 ^d'clHnlid), adj. ridiculous. 
 Sadi^, m. -fct^, pi. -fe, salmon. 
 Sa'ije,/. -, pi. -u, situation, site , 
 
 position; attitude, 
 ga'j^er, n. -5, pi. -, couch, bed ; 
 
 camp, 
 ^a'gcru, v. a. to lay down ; store ; 
 
 encamp ; to lie down. 
 £vnl}ni, adj. lame ; halt, halting, 
 fiamm, n. -eg, pi. ^animev, lamb. 
 £cimmM)cu, dim. o/8amm. L. 18. 
 gaiu'vc/. -, jo/. -n, lamp. 
 Saiib, n. -ci5, jo/. Sdubev (Saube), 
 
 land ; ground,, soil ; country ; 
 
 — ftva|ie,y! high-road, highway. 
 ?anc|, adj. long, tall ; during ; 
 
 -mutt)./, long-sufferance; -wei; 
 
 lig, ^(/j. tedious, tiresome, 
 ^an ge, adv. long, a long while. 
 
 San^'fani, adj. slow, dull, heavy. 
 
 Sdiigft, ado. long ago, long since. 
 
 l^ai'ieit, L. 31. & P. 182. 
 
 ^aft, f. -, pi. -en, load, burden ; 
 — tl;iev, n. beast of burden. 
 
 2a'fta-t)aft, adj. vicious, wicked. 
 
 SdTtivi, adj. burdensome, trouble- 
 some. 
 
 Saiif, m. -oi3, pi. Sdiife, run. course. 
 
 Sau'fni, P. 182, to run. 
 
 I'aiit, m. -it), pL -e, sound, tone. 
 
 Sc'beii, V. n. to live ; n. -6, life ; 
 vivacity. 
 
 Si'bev, n. -^, pi. -, leather. 
 
 So'Dcvii. adj. leathern. 
 
 Cc'bivj, adj. empty, void, vacant ; 
 free, unmarried. 
 
 2t 'v^cn, V. a. to lay, to put, to place. 
 
 2d}i^cid), adj. instructive. 
 
 Sct)'reu, V. a.Xo teach, instruct. 
 
 Stiy'fcv, m. -i, pi. -, teacher, in- 
 structor, professor, master. 
 
 2e()i'liiuv772. -es?, f/.-e, apprentice 
 
 Sdb, m. -c»?, pi. -ix, body. 
 
 !^eid}t adj. light ; easy ; fickle. 
 
 £eib, adj. sorrowful, troublesome ; 
 e^ ijt niir — , c>3 tl;iit mir — , I 
 am sorry for it. 
 
 Sei'bcii, P. 182, to suffer, endure, 
 bear, tolerate ; — iiu\]ni, to 
 like ; n. -i, pi. -e, suffering ; 
 misfortune. 
 
 ScKI)en, V. a. P. 182, to lend. 
 
 i^civrjivj, n. Leipsic. 
 
 Sei'cl)e,/. -, pi. -n, lark ; larch-tree. 
 
 Sei'iteii, V. a. Sf n. to learn ; feu; 
 lieu — , to become acquainted 
 with ; au^weiibuj — , to learn by 
 heart. 
 
 Sc'feii, V. a. 4" n. P. 182, to read ; 
 gather, 
 
 Sc^t, adj. last, ultimate, final. 
 
 iH'udi'tcr, m. -^. pi. -, candlestick, 
 
 ^^^cu'te, pi. people, persons. 
 
 Std't, adj. light, clear, bright ; s. 
 light, candle. 
 
 Sicb, ac?y. dear, beloved ; pleasing; 
 meiiie l*icbe, my dear ; ciS ift 
 miv >— , I am glad, 
 
204 
 
 '.an 
 
 mit 
 
 fiicBe,/. -, love, affection. 
 
 Cle'ben, v. a. c$- n. to love. 
 
 £le'6er, adv. rather, sooner, better. 
 
 Sieb'llng, m. -e5, pi. -e, favorite, 
 darling. 
 
 Steb, n. -^S, pi. -ev, song, air. 
 
 8tc'gen, P. 182, to lie ; be situated. 
 
 £i'lte,/. -,pl. -n, lily. 
 
 Sin'be,y. -, pi. -u, linden-tree. 
 
 i*in!, adj. left ; left-handed. 
 
 Sob, w.-e^, praise ; commendation. 
 
 So'ben, r. a. to praise, commend. 
 
 So*, n. -e^, p/. needier, hole. 
 
 £of;n, m. 4- n. -eg, ;?/. 8o^nc, re- 
 ward, wages, pi hire ; pay, sa- 
 lary. 
 
 Sorb, m. lord. 
 
 So'we m. -n, joZ. -n, lion. 
 
 Suft,/. -, pZ. Sufte; air ; breeze ; 
 atmosphere. 
 
 Suffballoii, m. air-balloon. 
 
 Sii'gen, P. 182, to lie, tell a lie. 
 
 Suft, /. -, pi. Siifte, pleasure, joy, 
 enjoyment, delight; inclination, 
 fancy, desire. 
 
 SiVften, f. ©emften. L. 44. 4. 
 
 Sii'^en, n. Lutzen. 
 
 Wl. 
 
 SJla'dien, v. a. to make, do, fabri- 
 cate, produce ; represent ; iva^ 
 — <Sie I how do you do 1 how 
 are you ? 
 
 2Jiad)t,/.-, pi. 3Jld*te, might, force. 
 
 2)idcl)'tic|, adj. mighty, powerful ; 
 ciner @v^ci*c — feiu to be mas- 
 ter of a language. 
 
 Syiab'iten, n. -?, pi. -, maiden, girl. 
 
 2)iaiibeburg, n. Magdeburg. 
 
 SDZa'qer, adj meager, lean ; dry. 
 
 3«at)'len, P. 182,togrind. 
 
 Tlal)\* rfien, n. -(?, pi. -, tale, legend. 
 
 SJlai, m. -eg. May. 
 
 3)Zat, n.-eg, pl.-(, time, bout L. 51. 
 
 2Ra'Ier, m. -^, pi -, painter. 
 
 mdta, Malta. 
 
 SOlan, one, they, people. L..30 3. 
 
 2Jlau'd)er, aDiau'd)e, !i)ian'd)e<5, pre. 
 many a, many a one ; SKanc^e, 
 
 pi many, some, several ; Tlant 
 <i)i6, many things. 
 
 SJlan'bel, /. -, pi. -n, almond. 
 
 SJlann, m. -eei, pi ilJldnner, man; 
 husband. 
 
 SKann^'fetb, m. Mansfield. 
 
 maw'td, m. -g, pi. ^ixntd, cloak. 
 
 SDZavia, Maria, Mary. 
 
 TlaxH, m. -e^, pi. SDidrfte, market, 
 mart, market-place. 
 
 SWd'pig, ac?;. moderate, temperate. 
 
 Sdafl, m. -eg, ;)Z. -en, mast. 
 
 S^latro'fe, m. -n, jpZ. -n, sailor. 
 
 SJlau'rer, m. -i, pi -, mason. 
 
 2)laitmi'Ilan, m. Maximilian. 
 
 SD^ecr, n. -eg, pi. -e, sea, ocean. 
 
 3Jlec'regwoge,/. wave, billow. 
 
 2JZe(}t, n. -eg, flour^ meal ; dust. 
 
 SOic^r, ac?;'. 4" adv. more. L. 22, 3. 
 
 2)leVreve, ac?;". pi. several. 
 
 SJlei'ben, P. 182, to avoid ; shun. 
 
 SD'lei'nen, v. a. 4" n. to think, sup- 
 pose. 
 
 2.Tiei^iung, /. -, pi -en, opinion, 
 meaning ; intention ; mind. 
 
 2)lei-^el, m. -g, pi -, chisel. 
 
 2Jleifi, 5m;?. most, mostly. L. 22, 3. 
 
 SJlei'fter, m. -g, pi. -, master. 
 
 33ieHbcn, v. a. to announce, notify. 
 
 2)lenfdi, m. -en, man ; person. 
 
 2Repfen, P. 182, to measure ; sur- 
 vey; compare. 
 
 SJlcpfev, n. -g, pi -, knife. 
 
 iOletall', n. -eg, ;?/. -e, metal. 
 
 Tl\id\f. -r milk. 
 
 SOZin'bcn, n. Minden. 
 
 jyiini'iler, m. -g, />/. -, minister. 
 
 2Jiip'lingcn, 9}iipliu'ijcn, v. n. P. 
 182, to go amiss, to fail. 
 
 SWip'ocrjlcl^en, t^el^cu, P. 184, to 
 misunderstand. 
 
 Tilt, pre. with, by, at, upon, un- 
 der, to. 
 
 TlU'td, n. -6, pi middle, medium ; 
 mean, means, expedient ; re- 
 medy. 
 
 QJlit'teii, adv. ir. the midst, in the 
 middle oi". in the heart of 
 amidst. 
 
^am 
 
 ^u^ 
 
 205 
 
 SWo'be,/. -, pi. -n, mode, fashion. 
 
 SJlo'geii, L. 31. & P. 182. 
 
 SWog'Ud), adj. possible, visible; 
 practicable. 
 
 SD^lo'nat, m.-e^, pl.-^, month; moon. 
 
 SJioub, m. -zi,pl. -e, (-en), moon; 
 month. 
 
 *DZov';^en, m. -^, pi. -, morning; 
 morn ; Orient, East ; adv. to- 
 morrow ; — friU), to-morrow 
 morning. 
 
 Sftii'be, adj. weary, tired, fatigued. 
 
 S^lul'Ier, m. -6, pi. -, miller. 
 
 SD'liiu'd^en, n. Munich. 
 
 2Jluu'ter, adj. awake ; brisk, ac- 
 tive. 
 
 SJlufif',/. -, pi. ^vi'[\U\\, music. 
 
 9Jlu0'fel, m. -g, pi. -n, muscle. 
 
 aauf'fen, L. 31. & P. 182. 
 
 2Jiutf>, m. -e^, courage, spirit ; 
 mood. 
 
 3)liit'tev, /. -, pi. 3)lfitter, mother. 
 
 9laci), pre. after, behind, in, at, to, 
 for, towards ; upon ; accord- 
 ing to. L. 57. 
 
 >JJacl)'bav, m. -g, pi. -n, neighbor. 
 
 SfJadibcm', conj. after, when. 
 
 9ia'c^en, m. -ei, jo/. -, boat, skiff. 
 
 Siadi'fcl^er, m. -3, />/. -, successor. 
 
 S'ladi'ldffig, adj. negligent, care- 
 less, slovenly ; inattentive. 
 
 Sl^acb'iidU, /. -, ;;/, -en, account, 
 advice, intelligence, informa- 
 tion, notice, tidings. 
 
 Sldd))!, pre. <5f adv. next, next to, 
 closest ; lately. 
 
 9'idcl)'ftc, L. 22, 3. ; m. -n, pi. -n, 
 neighbor, fellow-creature. 
 
 9fia*t, /. -, pi. ^I6,i^iz, night. 
 
 9'iad)'tlgaa, /. -, pi. -en, nightin- 
 gale. 
 
 OZa'gel, m. -6, pi. OMgel, nail ; pin , 
 peg- 
 
 ^d'ljern, v. a. <5f r. to bring near ; 
 approach, draw near. 
 
 Dfla'me, m. -n3, pi. -n, name ; title ; 
 renown, reputation. 
 
 S'lag'^orn, n. rhinoceros. 
 
 Option ,/. -,pl. -en, nation. 
 
 D^e'bel, m. -^,pL -, mist; fog. 
 
 SfJe'ben, pre. by, near, beside, be- 
 sides, by the side of, next to, 
 close to, with. 
 
 9^cbjl, pre. together with, with, 
 besides, including. 
 
 D^effe, m. -n, pi. -n, nephew. 
 
 9^el)'men, P. 182, to take ; receive 
 
 ^ieib, m. -H, envy, jealousy. 
 
 9Jei'bifd), adj. envious ; grudging, 
 
 Sfiei'gung,/ -, pi. -in, inclination, 
 proneness, disposition. 
 
 9^etn, adv. no, 
 
 Oien'nen. P. 182, to name, deno- 
 minate ; call. 
 
 9fievv, m. -en, pi. -en, nerve ; -cnfte* 
 ber, n. nervous fever. 
 
 Sfieil, n. -ei3, pi. -er, nest. 
 
 S'ieu, adj. new ; fresh ; recent, mo- 
 dern ; auf3 Selene, son JJieuem, 
 anew, afresh, again. 
 
 JJieuni*, adj. lately, recently. 
 
 O^enn, L. 51. 14. 
 
 Slcnn'jig, see L. 51. 14. 
 
 9^id)t, adv. not. L. 60. 
 
 S'^ld^tg, pr. nothing, naught. 
 
 yt'xt, adv. never, at no time. 
 
 Sflie'bev, adj. low, lower, nethsi , 
 inferior ; mean ; adv. low, 
 down, downwards. 
 
 Dlie'berlatje, /. -, pi. -en, defeat, 
 overthrow ; depot, warehouse. 
 
 S'Jie'berldnber, m. Hollander. 
 
 Oflie'bettwcrfen, L. 188, to throw 
 down, prostrate. 
 
 S^ie'manb, pre. nobody, no one 
 
 S^icd), L. 66. 
 
 DIor'wegcr, m. Norwegian. 
 
 9Jo'te,/. -,pl. -n, note. 
 
 S^otf), adj. needful, necessary; 
 e3 tl)ut — , it is necessary ; f. -, 
 pi. 92dtl)en, need ; distress ; ca- 
 lamity. 
 
 S'iur, adv. only, solely, l)ut, ever 
 
 ^\\^.f.-,pl. 9Me. nut. 
 
 51ii^'lirf), adj. useful, profitable. 
 
20(5 
 
 mi 
 
 maf 
 
 Cb, to)ij. whether, if; L. 58, aU 
 
 — , as if ; pre. on, on account 
 
 of; beyond. 
 Cbevcn, m. Oberon, 
 Cbi^loiit', conj. though, although, 
 
 notwithstanding. 
 £)bft, n. -(S, fruit, fruits ; fruitage. 
 Oit<?, Dci)'fe, m. -ftn, pi. -fen, ox ; 
 
 bull. 
 Dcftcvreiit, n. Austria. 
 £'ter, Oder, (river). 
 Cbev, con;', o: ; or else ; either, or. 
 Cu'ii, m. -6, pi. Dcfen, stove. 
 Don'iuMi, V. a. 4" r. to open. 
 Cft. adv. "oft, often, frequently. 
 Ciiim, m. -c£*, »/. -c, uncle. 
 dym, pre. 4" «'^i'- without. 
 Cel, «. -e^, )t>/. -e, oil. 
 Cpcv,/. -,/>/. -n, opera. 
 Ci'i>cutlicl), adj. orderly, regular. 
 Dit, ?n.-<:C\pl. -c, (Dertcv), place. 
 Oft, m. -e^, East. 
 C^'ten, m. -6, East. 
 £)fti./i)icn, n. East India. 
 
 ^. 
 
 %\a\\ 7i.-e^, ;)Z. -c, pair, couple ; a 
 few. 
 
 !]3aXMcr', n. -e^, ;?/. -c, paper. 
 
 ^Hiraticaycj^cl, m. bird of paradise. 
 
 ^avte', n. Paris. 
 
 ^i>a§, m. -ffeJJ, ;?/. ^ciffe, pass, pas- 
 sage, passport. 
 
 ?J.Hi['j"cn, V. n. to fit, suit. 
 
 ^Hu'iiigcn, V. a. to torment, rack. 
 
 ^cx'k.f- -, pi. -11, pearl. 
 
 ^eft, /. -, pi. -eu, pestilence, 
 plague. 
 
 ^faf'fe, m. -n, pi. -n, priest, par- 
 son. 
 
 ^Pfcf'rcr, m. -^, pepper. 
 
 i'ifoi'feii, P. 182, to pipe ; whistle. 
 
 ^icxh, n. -c 5, pi -e< horse. 
 
 C^^v/fifcl1c,/ -,;?/. -II, peach. 
 
 ^flau'jcii, v.a. to plant, set ; n. -£?, 
 planting. 
 
 ^\ian'nK,f-,pl.-\\, ^lum. 
 
 ?j3^e'fl[en, tj. a. to take cire o£ 
 nurse ; attend to ; v. n. to be 
 accustomed, indulge. 
 
 5pfllcl)t,/. -, pi. -eii, duty ; obliga- 
 tion. 
 
 ^fiii'cfen, z;. a. to pluck, pick. 
 
 ^4>fhifl, m. -eS, 7?Z. ^-j^fliuje, plough. 
 
 $(}inipp, m. Philip. 
 
 ^j^in'Kl m. -g,;?/. -, paint-brush, 
 pencil. 
 
 ^laii, m. -eg, joZ. ^(dne, plan, de- 
 sign. 
 
 5|5cli'icn, V. a. to polish. 
 
 $cft,/. -, pi. -en, post, post-office; 
 stage ; intelligence, news. 
 
 ^otfii'Dam, n. Potsdam. 
 
 ^'vag- n. Prague. 
 
 Cprai)'lcn, v. n. to boast, brag. 
 
 ^praf'tifd), practical. 
 
 $i-elfen, P. 182, to praise, com 
 mend; call. 
 
 ^re^'buvfl, n. Presburg. 
 
 ^vef'fe,/.-, pl.-w. press ; dilemma. 
 
 ^rcf feu, V. a. to press ; oppress. 
 
 ^ veil' pen, n. Prussia. 
 
 ^rinj, m. -en, pi. -en, prince. 
 
 i^i-cnie't()euiJ, m. Prometheus. 
 
 $vcteftant', m. -cu, pi. -en, protes- 
 tant. 
 
 ^roteftan'tifd), adj. protestant. 
 
 ^ntt, n. -eg, pi. -e, desk. 
 
 $u|'marf)erin,/ milliner. 
 
 Si- 
 
 •DucU, m. -g, pi. -en, source ; well, 
 
 fountain. 
 Duel'Ie,/. -,;?;. -n, well (f. CueU), 
 
 spring, fountain. 
 
 ^. 
 
 ^\:i'i''t, m. -n, pi. -n. raven. 
 OiviMK, /. -, vengeance, revenge. 
 Dld'cten, v. a. to revenge, avenge ; 
 
 V. r. to revenge one's self, take 
 
 vengeance. 
 O^iuvv m. -eg, rank, order, ratCj 
 
 dignity, quality ; row. 
 9taft, f.-,pl.-i\\, rest, repose ; -to3, 
 
 adj. restless. 
 
mei 
 
 <Bax 
 
 207 
 
 fRo.t[), m . -eg, counsel, advice ; 
 means, expedient; consultation, 
 deliberation ; court, council. 
 
 9la'il)eu, P. 182, to counsel, ad- 
 nce ; guess. 
 
 9'iaubtl)ier, ?^. beast of prey- 
 
 Dlviu'ben, v. a. to rob, prey, pillage. 
 
 Otdu'ber, m. -s?, pi. -, robber. 
 
 Stau'itni, V. a. 4" n. to smoke. 
 
 9kiim, m. -z^, pi. DUume, room, 
 space. 
 
 Oie^'auug,/. -, pi. -en, bill, calcu- 
 lation ; account, computation. 
 
 Sftectit, adj. <Sf adv. right ; just ; 
 true, real ; in right condition, 
 legitimate ; rightly, well, very. 
 
 JJied^t, n. -e?, pi. -e, right; claim, 
 title; privilege, immunity; law, 
 justice. 
 
 Dte'fce, /. -, ph -n, speech ; ha- 
 rangue, oration ; discourse ; 
 cine - (fatten, fo make a speech. 
 
 Oieb'Uitfeit,/ honesty, candor. 
 
 Stefcvmatlou', /. -, j[.l -en, refor- 
 mation. 
 
 Stt'^et,/. -,pl. -11, rule, principle. 
 
 9ie'geii, m. -i, pi. -, rain ; shower. 
 
 9te}^ellt^ m. -eii, pi. -eii. regent. 
 
 Sieglmeul', n. -6, pi. -ev, regiment; 
 government, power. 
 
 Dlei'beu, P. 182, to rub, grate. 
 
 JReiit, adj. rich, wealthy, opulent ; 
 n. -e^, pi. -c, empire, realm. 
 
 0iei*0'fihft, m. prince of the em- 
 pire- 
 
 9lei<.t't()um, m. -eg, pi. -tfjiimcr, 
 riches, pi. wealth. 
 
 9?iMf, adj. ripe, mature. 
 
 Dlci'fen, v. n. to grow ripe, ripen ; 
 V. imp. to rime. 
 
 tftcVi)Crf. -,pl. -11. row ; rank, file ; 
 range ; order, series ; turn. 
 
 D^ein, adj. clean ; pure ; clear ; 
 innocent. 
 
 dlc\H,f. -. pi. -, journey, voyage. 
 
 Oici'fen, v. n. to travel, journey. 
 
 eit'i'tcii, P. 182, to ride, go on 
 horseback. 
 
 Dlci'ter, m. -g. pi. -, horseman. 
 
 OJei'jenb, adj. charming. 
 
 Sieliijion',/. -, pi. -en, religion. 
 
 9{euiitl)icr, n. rein-deer. 
 
 S'telnibnE',/ -, pi -eu, republic. 
 
 9lid)'ter, m. g-, pi. -, judge, ma- 
 gistrate. 
 
 SSi\t'\t, m. -11, pi. -n, giant- 
 
 9?ie'fenfdilaiige, see (id)langc, boa- 
 constrictor. 
 
 Oling, m. -eg, pi. -e, ring. 
 
 9iorf, m. -H,pl. a^iccfe, coat. 
 
 9{om, Rome. 
 
 Sic'mifc^, roman. 
 
 Oic'fe,/. -.pi. -n, rose. 
 
 9Zot(). adj. red. 
 
 Siublu', m. -eg, pi. -e, ruby. 
 
 gtii'bol^f), m. Rudolph. 
 
 9tucf'jug, m. -eg, pi. -\\\o,t, retreat. 
 
 Olu'feu, P. 184, to call, cry. 
 
 9tu'l;e, /. -, rest, repose, quiet; 
 tranquillity, peace ; sleep. 
 
 Stu'iiig, adj. quiet, peacable. 
 
 9iii()m, m.-eg glory, renown, fame. 
 
 9iut)'mcu, V. a. to praise, glorify, 
 extol ; V. r. to glory in, boast of. 
 
 9luiib, adj. round, rotund, cir- 
 cular. 
 
 9luf/laiib, n. -g, Russia. 
 
 9iui'fe, m. -u, Russian. 
 
 (Sa'ite,/. -, pi. -11, thing, matter,* 
 
 affair, concern ; business, 
 ^adi'fe, m. -n, Saxon. 
 (SadVfeu, n. Saxony. 
 (Sa'gen, v. a. 6^ n. to say, tell ; 
 
 speak, 
 ©alat', m. -eg, pi. -e, salad. 
 (2alj, n. -eg. pi. -e, salt. 
 (Sam'meln, v. a. to collect, gather, 
 ©am'met, m. -eg, velvet. 
 (gammt, pre. together with. 
 @anb, m. -eg, sand. 
 (Saiit'faf, n. sand-box. 
 ©aiift, adj. soft, gentle, smooth, 
 
 mild ; — nuitt), — miit()icjfe[t, / 
 
 gentleness, mildness, 
 (gau'ger, m. -g, pi. -. singer, 
 (garbi'uien, n. Sardinia. 
 
208 
 
 ^^l 
 
 <B(^t 
 
 ©at'tet, m.-€,pL battel, saddle. 
 
 ©atl'ler, m. -^, pi. -, saddler. 
 
 @a|, m. -?S, pi. i£d|e, leap, jump ; 
 sediment ; position, thesis ; 
 point ; sentence, period ; stake. 
 
 ©au'fen, P. 184, to drink (of 
 beasts). 
 
 <Bcc'm,f. -, pl.-n, scene. 
 
 ©dia'bcn, V. n. to hurt, harm, da- 
 mage, injure. 
 
 (Sdiaf, n. -e'<s, pi. -e, sheep. 
 
 (Sdiaf'fcn, P. 184, to create, call 
 into existence, make, produce. 
 
 ©cbd'meti, V. r. to be ashamed. 
 
 <BA)an'he, f. -, shame, disgrace. 
 
 ©diarf, adj. sharp ; severe, strict. 
 
 <BA}at'tm, m. -3, pi. -, shadow, 
 shade ; phantom. 
 
 %iiSQ^%, m. •CQ,pl. Sd^d^e, treasure. 
 
 ©did'^en, i\ a. to value, esteem. 
 
 (Sdiau,/. - show, view ; review. 
 
 (Sdkiu'fel,/. -,pl. -n, shovel. 
 
 Sdidu'men, v. a. to skim \ v. n. 
 to foam, froth. 
 
 (2d)ee're, f. @dierc. 
 
 (Sd)ei^icu, P. 184, to shine ; ap- 
 pear, seem. 
 
 (2d)il'lcii, P. 184, to scold, chide. 
 
 ©d)eii'fen, v. a. to pour, fill ; give, 
 make a present 
 
 @d)c're, /. -, pi. -n, scissors, 
 shears. 
 
 ©die'ceu, P. 184, to shave (the 
 beard); shear. 
 
 <Sd)i'rfen, v. a. <^n. to send, dis- 
 patch. 
 
 @*ie'pen, P. 184, to shoot ; dis- 
 charge ; dart, rush. 
 
 ©diiff, n. -e(?, pi -t, ship, vessel ; 
 navfe (of a church). 
 
 ©d)llb, m. -c5, pi. -c, shield, coat 
 of arms ; n. -e5, pi. -ex, sign- 
 board, sign ; — frotc, /. turtle, 
 tortoise. 
 
 ©d^in'ten, v. a. P. 184, to flay, 
 skin. 
 
 Sdiuidit'banf, /. slaughtering- 
 bench ; shambles. 
 
 ©di)tad)'ten,t;. a. to slaughter, kill. 
 
 (SAIadit'tljier, n. fattened animal, 
 animal whose flesh is used for 
 food. 
 
 ©dUa'feii, V. 7i. P. 184, to sleep, 
 rest. 
 
 !Sd)lacj', m. -ti, pi. ©dild^e, blow, 
 stroke ; kind, sort, stamp ; apo- 
 plexy. 
 
 (Sd^la'^en, P. 184, to beat, strike, 
 slay ; coin ; warble. 
 
 <Sdilangc,/-, pi. -u, serpent, snake. 
 
 ©dilviu, adj. sly, crafty, cunning. 
 
 (Sdiledit, adj. bad, base, mean. 
 
 (SdilciMien, P. 184, to sneak, slink; 
 move slowly. 
 
 ©dUei'fen, P. 184, to grind, polish, 
 furbish. 
 
 ©diUc'pcu, P. 184, to shut, lock, 
 close ; conclude. 
 
 (Sdilimm, adj. ill, bad, evil ; sad ; 
 arch ; sore ; unwell. 
 
 <Sd)lo^, n. -ffe^, jo/. ©d)lcflfer, lock i 
 castle. 
 
 (Sdih'ipfel, m. -&, pi. -, key. 
 
 @d)mad), /. ignominy, disgrace, 
 blemish, outrage. 
 
 iSd)mc'cfcn, v. a. cf- n. to taste. 
 
 @d)mei'd)eU)aft, adj. flattering. 
 
 (Sdimcl'jcu, P. 184, to melt, dis- 
 solve. 
 
 (2*merj, m. -e(?, pl-tn, pain, ache; 
 fig. affliction, grief. 
 
 (Sdnnieb, m. -e^, pi. -e, smith. 
 
 ©c^mie'Deu, v. a. to forge ; fetter, 
 chain. 
 
 <Sd)nee, m. -§, snow. 
 
 (Sd)nci'ben, P. 184, to cut 
 
 ©dMici^ber, m. -&, pi. -, tailor. 
 
 ©dniell, ad;, quick, swift, suddeiu 
 
 ©d^cn, adv. already ; even. 
 
 ©dion, adj. beautiful, fine, fair. 
 
 ©dic'neii, V. a. to spare, save. 
 
 ©dic^j'fuiig,/. -, pi. -n, creation. 
 
 ©direib'pavier, n. writing-paper. 
 
 ©dnei'bcii, P. 184, to wrte. 
 
 ©direi'cu, P. 184, to cry scream. 
 
 ©du-in'ten, P. 184, to stride, step, 
 stalk. 
 
 ©d)rlft, /. -,pl. -eu, writing; writ 
 
@e^ 
 
 <^on 
 
 209 
 
 ©diuT), m. -t6, pi. -e, shoe. 
 
 @ctiult>,/.-, pi. -en, guilt; debt. 
 
 <Scbul'i>l^, adj. guilty ; indebted. 
 
 ©cbiil'bii^feit,/ -, pi-en, duty, due ; 
 obligation. 
 
 ©drn'le,/. -, pi. -n, school. 
 
 ©cbii'Ier, w. -^, joZ. -, scholar. 
 
 @*u|, m. -eg, protection, guard. 
 
 ©db»a'bcn, n. Suabia. 
 
 ©dnuadi, adj. weak, feeble, im- 
 becile ; faint. 
 
 ©dimaii, m. -eg, pi. (Sdhtudne, swan. 
 
 (Sdniiau'fen, v.n. to stagger, fluc- 
 tuate, waver ; hesitate. 
 
 ©d)iuarj, flc?;', black ; dark. 
 
 (gdm^a'^en' @dnr»d'^en, v. n. to 
 talk, prattle, prate, chatter. 
 
 (Sdnoe'iicn, v. n. to wave, to hang ; 
 to be suspended. 
 
 ©dnye'be, m. -u, Swede. 
 
 ©djwc'Den, n. Sweden. 
 
 @dnvfbi[di, Swedish. 
 
 ©dnwetii, n. -csJ, pi. -e, swine, hog, 
 
 pig- 
 
 (2d)ive('(en, v. a. to swell, make 
 swell, raise ; v. n. P. 184, to 
 swell, rise ; heave. 
 
 ©d)wcr, adj. heavy; difficult, hard; 
 — mutf), /. melancholy, sad- 
 ness. 
 
 ©d)Wer'Iid), adv. hardly, scarcely. 
 
 @d)wert, n. -eg, pi. cr, sword. 
 
 ©dmie'ller,/. -, pi. -n, sister. 
 
 ©dmMe'rig, adj. hard, difficult. 
 
 @rf,nt)nnm'»ogct, m. swimming- 
 bird. 
 
 ©dilviin'men, P. 184, to swim. 
 
 (Sdm^o'veu, P. 186, to take an oath; 
 swear ; vow. 
 
 ©*n}ur, n. -eg, pi. ©d)iDiii ^, oath. 
 
 ©daye jc, f. ©flayc. 
 
 ©edig, see L. 51. 14. 
 
 (2e*'jtg, see L. 51, 14. 
 
 (See'le, /. -, pi. -n, soul. 
 
 ^Se'ijctn, V. a. <3f n. to sail. 
 
 ©egen,^. -g, pi. -, blessing, be- 
 nediction ; bliss. 
 
 %i'i)z\\, P. 186, to see, look, view, 
 behold. 
 
 ©e'^r, adv. very, much, greatly, 
 extremely, very much. 
 
 ©ei'beu, adj. silken. 
 
 (Sei'fe,/. -, pi. -u, soap, 
 
 @eiu, L. 32. 
 
 (Sei'ne, Seine (river), 
 
 ©eit, adv. <Sf pre. since. L. 58, 
 
 ©eitbem', adv. since. 
 
 ^t'x'ti, f.-.pl. -11, side; page. 
 
 ©elbft, pre. & adv- se!^, even. 
 L. 29. 6. 
 
 ©el'len, adj. rare, scarce, seldom. 
 
 ®enf, m. -eg, mustard. 
 
 ©e'^eii, V. a. to set, put, place ; 
 V. n. to leap, pass over ; v. r. 
 to sit down ; perch. 
 
 (Scuf jeu, V. n. to sigh, groan. 
 
 (Sic'ben, see L. 51. 14. 
 
 ©ieiv m. -eg, pi. -e, victory ; -reic^, 
 adj. victorious, triumphant. 
 
 ©iu'v^en, P. 186, to sing, chant. 
 
 (B'm'tax, P. 186, to sink. 
 
 ©Inii, 771. -eg, pi. -e, sense ; mind ; 
 intention; meaning, accepta- 
 tion. 
 
 <BWu,f. -, pi. -n, custom, man- 
 ner ; ©itteii, pi. manners, mo- 
 rals. 
 
 ©i'^en, P. 186, to sit ; to be im- 
 prisoned ; fit. 
 
 ©fla'oe, m. -n, pi. -n, slave. 
 
 (Sniaratib', m. -ti,pl. -en, emerald. 
 
 @o, adv. <Sf conj. so, thus. L. 66. 
 
 @o'fa, n. -g, pi. -g, sofa. 
 
 (Sogar', adv. even ; so much. 
 
 ©cl)n, m. -eg, pi. ©ol)ne, son- 
 
 ©olbat', m. -en, pi. -en, soldier. 
 
 ©olb'ner, m. -g, pi. -, mercenary. 
 
 ©cKlen, L. 31. 
 
 (Scm'mer, m. -6, pi. -, sunmier. 
 
 (Son'ber, pre. without. 
 
 ©on'bern, L. 16. 3. 
 
 ©on'ne, /.-, pi. -n, sun ; — fd)ein, 
 m. sunshine ; — fd)irm, m. pa- 
 rasol. 
 
 ©cn'nig, adj. sunny, sun-shiny. 
 
 (Sonn'tag, m. -eg, pi. -c, Sunday. 
 
 @onft, adv. else, otherwise, in 
 other respects ; besides, more- 
 
210 
 
 eta 
 
 (Siig 
 
 C've •; at other limes, formerly. 
 
 L. t>7. 
 (£opi)a, f. 8i-fa. 
 ^c\'i},i\f. -.pi. -n, care, concern, 
 
 sorrow ; — travioii, to take care. 
 v£in\/|dUig,rtf/;". solicitous, careful 
 (^pvit'ceu, V. a. cj- n. to split. 
 (Spa'aii'it, adj. Spanish. 
 eVHi'iiicii, n. Spam, 
 ©pa'^it'von, V. n. to walk ; — ge; 
 
 l^eii, to take a walk. L. 35. 
 i^pajiev'ijaiuv m. walk. 
 Spocr, m. -e^, pi. -e, spear, lance. 
 (gpei'fc, /. -, pL -n, food ; dish ; 
 
 meal, 
 ^pei'ltiu], m. -ed, pi. -e, sparrow. 
 (£pl}d^e,/. -, pi. -u, sphere. 
 <Sp;e'i^cl, m.-(?, pi.-, looking-glass, 
 (spiiaen. V. a. <5f n. to play; act. 
 (gpiii'ueu, P. 186, to spin. 
 Spi^, fpit^ig, adj. pointed. 
 (gp/^e, f. -, pi. -w, point, head. 
 (Epi'^icj, adj. pointed, sharp, 
 (gpct'teii, V. a. to mock, deride, 
 viipia'cbe,/. -, il. -n, language. 
 (2pvc'dieii, P. 186, to speak, talk. 
 (2pvicl)'ivcvt, n. -c^, pi. — worter, 
 
 proverb, adage, saying. 
 (Spviu^c(cu, P. 186, to leap, spring, 
 ©taar, m. -ti, pi. -e, starling. 
 -S^taat, m. -ti, pi. -en, state ; -sfe? 
 
 cvctdr, m. secretary of state. 
 Stabt,/. -, pi. ©tdbte, town, city, 
 etaijl, n. -z^, pi. ®td^(e, steel, 
 ©tamm, m. -ti, pi. (£tdmme, stock, 
 
 trunk, stem, stalk; race, family, 
 ©taiib, m. -e^, pi. (Stdnbc, stand, 
 
 standing, position; state, estate- 
 (Stavf, adj. strong, stout, robust, 
 (gtdi'fc, / -, pi. -cii, strength, 
 
 force, 
 ©taiv.a^/, stiff; numb,benumbed; 
 
 inflexible, obstinate; staring. 
 8tatt, /. -, place, stead ; — jtiu 
 
 bcii, to take place ; pre df adv. 
 
 instead of. 
 Btaub, m. -i't<. dust, powder ; fidi 
 
 Qiwi bem — i inadHMi, to run'away 
 
 — ^luolfe, f. cloud of dust. 
 
 (2te^i^en, v. a. <Sf n. P. l&O. ta 
 sting, prick. 
 
 (Stt't)i-n, P. 186, to stand, remain, 
 stop; e>5 \id)i W\ :jI)iumi, it de- 
 pends upon you ; ei3 ftel)t i^m 
 gut, that becomes him well. 
 
 ©td/lcn, P. 186, to steal, pilfer. 
 
 ©tci'ijea, P. 186, to mount, ascend, 
 descend. See L. 38. 4. 
 
 <Sttnt' adj. steep. 
 
 ©tciii, m. -e^, pi. -e, stone, rock ; 
 chessman, man, pawn. 
 
 Std'le,/. -, pi. -u, place, stand 
 spot ; situation ; office. 
 
 (gtei'ben, P. 186, to die, decease. 
 
 ©teib'lldi, a^y. mortal; desperate. 
 
 @tiTU, m. -e0, pi. -e, star. 
 
 ©tim^me,/. -, pi. -n, voice. 
 
 @tocf, m.-c6,pl. iStoffe, stick, cane. 
 
 ©tol^. a<f;". proud, haughty. m.-f(5, 
 pride, haughtiness, arrogance. 
 
 (Stra'fe,/. -, pi -n, punishment, 
 correction, penalty, fine. 
 
 (Straup, m,.-ti,pl. Strdupc, ostrich. 
 
 (Streit, m. -e^, combat, fight; 
 — mditig, adj. litigious, conten- 
 tious. 
 
 Strei'teu, P. 186, to fight, con- 
 tend, litigate 
 
 (Stvciuj, adj. rough, strict, rigor- 
 ous, severe, rigid, hard. 
 
 (Btvoiii, m. -c6,pL ©tromc, stream, 
 torrent ; flood ; current. 
 
 ©tiicf, n. -eS, pi -e, piece, head. 
 
 (Stubi'rcn, v. a. to study. 
 
 (£(ul}l, 7?i. -ei3, pi. <Stul;le, chair, 
 stool, seat, pew. 
 
 ^tim'bcf. -, pi. -n. hour, lesson. 
 
 @furm, m. -ees. pi. ©turme; storm, 
 alarm, tumult ; assault. 
 
 ©tfu'aCU, V. a. 4" w. to throw, 
 precipitate ; overthrow ; fall, 
 rush. 
 
 (gu'dHMi, V. a. to seek, searcrij 
 look for ; try. 
 
 (£u^, 7n. -ed, south. 
 
 (SiViMMt, m. -«!, south. 
 5, adj. sweet ; fresh. 
 
%u 
 
 ixth 
 
 211 
 
 Xa'tii m. -S, fault, blame. 
 
 Sla^t'eln, v. a. to blame, censure. 
 
 Xviv], m. -ei3. p/. -e, day ; — Ictjuec, 
 m. day-laborer. 
 
 S:ay3'Iitt, :5;ai]tai3/Iid), adj. daily. 
 
 XaUnt', n. -zi, pi. -e, talent. 
 
 Sian'iie, /. -, pi -n, fir, llr-tree ; 
 pine. 
 
 %a\\'ii,f. -,pl. -n, aunt. 
 
 S!viu'^eii, V. a. df n. to dance. 
 
 Sap'fer, adj. valiant, brave, gal- 
 lant. 
 
 Sa fclie,/-, pi. -n, pocket; — ntudi, 
 n. pocket-handkerchief. 
 
 %a\'\i,f. -, joZ. -11, cup, saucer, 
 dish. 
 
 !Iaub, a</;. deaf; fig. empty. 
 
 %^\u'bi,f. -, pi. -u, dove, pigeon. 
 
 2.au'*eii, V. a. df n. to dive, duck, 
 dip, immerge, plunge. 
 
 SiviuMier, m. -^, fl. -, diver. 
 
 S^au'fcbcn, v a. to delude, de- 
 ceive, disappoint, cheat. 
 
 S;au'fciib, L. 51. 14. 
 
 S:eU, m. Tell. 
 
 Sep'pidi, m. -eg, ;?/. -e, carpet. 
 
 2;cu'ftl, m. -g, 7?^. -, devil. 
 
 %i)^\. n.-^i,pl. %i)'iyhx, vale, valley. 
 
 3:{)a'(er, m. -g, j»^. -, tnaler. 
 
 Xi)^^, f. -, pi. -en, deed, action, 
 fact. 
 
 5rf)ee, m. -g, tea. 
 
 ^(/ercfia,/. Therese. 
 
 It^eu'er, «</;*. dear, costly. 
 
 %i)\ix. n. -H,pl. -e, animal, beast. 
 
 %{)cxi[)ni,f. -, pi. -en, folly. 
 
 3:()o'rlcbt, adj. foolish, silly. 
 
 %i)m\. P. 186, to do, perform, act; 
 eg \\)\\i ni(t)tg, it is no matter, 
 eg i\)\\i 92oif|, it is necessary ; 
 eg t()ut mir leib, I am sorry; 
 iret) — , to hurt. 
 
 3:()iir,/. ".pl, -eii, door. 
 
 Si'bev, Tiber. 
 
 3:ief', a^y. deep, low ; profound ; 
 high. 
 
 Sie'Qer, S^i'ger, m. -eg, _p/. -, tiger. 
 
 XxVV^ m. -g, Tilly. 
 
 Xiu'tc,/'. -, pl.-n, ink; tint; — ^iifa^, 
 
 ink-stand. 
 Ti)\i}, m. -eg, p/. -e, table; board. 
 Sifcl/ler, m. -g, ^/. -, cabinet- 
 maker. 
 Jo'beii, V. n. to rage, to din. 
 SodVier, /-,;?/. S^odUev, daughter. 
 S!ob, m. -eg, death, disease. 
 Sobt, ac(;. i,ead ; lifeless. 
 Sofc'tenvjvu|t,/. vault for the dead. 
 3^011, m. -eg, jc^. %i)\\i, sound, tone; 
 
 accent ; stress , fashion. 
 iTrd'ge, adj. idle, lazy, slothful. 
 S^ra'ijeu, P. 186, to bear, carry , 
 
 wear ; produce, yield ; suffer; 
 
 support. 
 Strau'cu, v- n. to trust, confide in, 
 
 have confidence in. 
 ^laii'eiii, V. n. to be in mourning; 
 
 grieve, to be afflicted- 
 2;vau'dg, adj. sad, sorrowful. 
 3;ref'fen, P. 186, to hit; strike; 
 
 hit off"; befal, meet. 
 ^rei'ben, P. 186, to drive ; put in 
 
 motion ; perform ; float along, 
 ^re'ten, P. 186, to tread, step; 
 
 move. 
 S^reu, adj. faithful, trusty, true. 
 2:reu'e,/. -, fidelity, faithfulness. 
 Srin'feii, P. 186, to drink. 
 %xc'dt\\, a</;". dry, arid ; barren; 
 
 cold. 
 Sro'ja, n. Troy. 
 iSrom-'met, /. -, pi. -n, drum. 
 S^ro'fteu, V. a. to comfort, console, 
 ^rc'ftcr, m. -g. pi. -, comforter. 
 Sivo'^eu, V. n. to dare, brave, defy. 
 Xnd), n. -eg, pL iiudiev, cloth; 
 
 handkerchief, neckcloth. 
 2;u^c\eiib,/. -, pi. -en, virtue. 
 Xni'k, m. -n, Turk. 
 
 u. 
 
 Ue'&el, adj. <Sf adv. evil, ill, bad, 
 badly ; wrong ; sick sickly ; 
 — uu^leii, to bear a grudge. 
 
 Ue'beii, V. a. to exercise, practise; 
 execute, do. 
 
 yXt'hiX,pre. <Sfadv. over, above. L.59. 
 
212 
 
 Una 
 
 Unt 
 
 Ue'Setbrufftg, adj. tired, wearied, 
 satiated, disgusted. 
 
 Uebeiei'Iuiig, /. -, -pi. -en, precipi- 
 tation, hastiness; error com- 
 mitted from hurry. 
 
 Ue'beiful)ven, v. a. to lead over; 
 transport ; Uebcvfiil)'rcn, v. a, 
 to convict, convince. L. 40, 2. 
 
 Uebcvi^t'den, v. a. ir. to surrender, 
 deliver; v. r. to surrender; 
 retch, vomit. 
 
 Ueberlc'^eii, adj. superior. 
 
 Ue'berniori^en, adv. day after to- 
 morrow. 
 
 Ue'ba-iiuitl;ig, adj, haughty, inso- 
 lent. 
 
 Uebeviiacb'tiii, v. n. to pass, or 
 spend the night. 
 
 Uebtniiet}'inen (see neC)men, P.182), 
 to receive, accept ; undertake. 
 
 ncbevjcu'i^eii, v. a. to convince. 
 
 Ui'bnjai'guni],/. -, pi. -en, convic- 
 tion. 
 
 Ucba-j^ic'Ijen, v. a. ir- to cover ;Jig. 
 to invade. 
 
 Ue'buiig, /. -, pi. -en, exercise, 
 exercising; practising, prac- 
 tice. 
 
 U'fev, n. -3, pi. -, shore, coast, 
 bank. 
 
 W^^V /• -' P^' -f"/ clock, watch ; 
 Mm mi — ift cS ? what time is 
 it I L. 54, Note. 
 
 Um, pre. adv. <5f conj. about, round, 
 near ; at, for, by ; past. L. 60. 
 
 Um — willen, L. 48, 5. 
 
 Um'bvingen, v. a. to kill, murder. 
 
 Um(}iu', adv. about ; id) fann nidit 
 — , I cannot forbear ; I cannot 
 help. L. 31. 
 
 Uin'fommcn, v. n. ir. to perish, die. 
 
 UmfcniV, adv. gratis, without pay, 
 for nothing ; in vain, vainly, 
 to no purpose ; without cause. 
 
 Uni'ilanb, m. -ec*, /;/. -Udubc, cir- 
 cumstance ; condition. 
 
 llu'aiuieiiol^m, adj. unpleasant, dis- 
 agreeable. 
 
 Un'aufmevffam, adj, inattentive. 
 
 Un'banbtg, adj. indomitable, un- 
 manageable, intractable. 
 
 llnb, conj. and. 
 
 Un'baufbar, adj. ungrateful. 
 
 Un'eingebenf, adj. unmindful. 
 
 Uu'ermeBlirf), adj. immeasurable, 
 immense, vast. 
 
 Uncrmub'Uch, adj. indefatigable. 
 
 Uii'evtrdgliit, Unertrdg'llcli, adj. in- 
 tolerable, insufferable, insup 
 portable. 
 
 Uu'gar, m. -n, Hungarian. 
 
 Un'ijarifd), adj. Hungarian. 
 
 Un'garn, n. Hungary. 
 
 Un^tjebulb, /. -, impatience. 
 
 Un'gemad), n. -H, discomfort, fa- 
 tigue, adversity, calamity. 
 
 Un'gt'Wef^nt, adj. unaccustomed. 
 
 Uu'gh'icf, n. -e^, misfortune ; dis- 
 aster; adversity, calamity. 
 
 Un'glucflidi, adj. unlucky, un- 
 happy, unfortunate; disastrous. 
 
 Uu'i}b]lidi, adj. uncivil, impolite. 
 
 Uniiierfitdt', /. -, pi. -en, univer- 
 sity. 
 
 Un'fraut, n. -eg, weed, tare. 
 
 Un'meglid), adj. impossible. 
 
 Uu'vedit, adj. wrong ; unjust ; n. 
 -eg, wrong ; injustice. 
 
 Un'fdnilbig, adj. innocent, guilt- 
 less. 
 
 Un'fidier, adj. insecure, unsafe; 
 uncertain, dubious. 
 
 Un'fiditbar, adj. invisible. 
 
 Unftctblidi, adj. immortal. 
 
 Un'tcr, pre. under ; below, be- 
 neath ; among, amongst, be- 
 tween, betwixt, amid, amidst. 
 L.61. 
 
 UntevbnVcfcn, v a. to oppress. 
 
 Un'lcvijeljen, v. n. ir. to go down ; 
 set ; peiish. 
 
 Unternel)'men, v. a. to undertake, 
 attempt. 
 
 Untevve'tnng,/. -, pi. -en, confer- 
 ence, conversation, discourse. 
 
 Un'tcvfdneb m. -eg, fl. -c, differ- 
 ence, distinction. 
 
 Un'tettt;an, adj. sul^ect to, de- 
 
SBet 
 
 aScr 
 
 213 
 
 pendent; m. -en, fl -en, sub- 
 ject. 
 
 Unterwer'fen, v. a. ir. to submit, 
 subdue. 
 
 Un'treu, adj. unfaithful, faithless. 
 
 Un'wergt'^licb, adj. memorable not 
 capable of being forgotten. 
 
 Un'verftaiib, m. -e^, want of judg- 
 ment, want of sense, want of 
 wit. 
 
 Un'miffenfjeit,/ -, ignorance. 
 
 Ungdtjl'bar, adj. innumerable. 
 
 Un^dl/ng, see Un;^dt)lbar. 
 
 Un'^^ufricben, adj. discontent, dis- 
 contented, dissatisfied. 
 
 Uv'fa*e,/.-, p/. -n, cause, reason. 
 
 Ur'tfjeil, n. -eg, fl -e, judgment, 
 decision, sentence, verdict. 
 
 93a'ter, m. -g, fl. SSdter, father. 
 
 SSene'btj^, n. Venice. 
 
 93eracl)'ten, v. a to despise, scorn. 
 
 JBerdii'benuu],/. -,pl. -en, change, 
 alteration, variation. 
 
 93evbiu'bcn, v. a. ir. to bind up, 
 tie Up; unite, join; oblige. 
 
 93evbct', n. -zi, pi- -e, prohibition. 
 
 93erbre'dicn, n. -g//>/. -, crime- 
 
 33crbre'clier, m. -3 pi. -, criminal. 
 
 93erbrni'i^en, v. a. ir. to spend, 
 consume- 
 
 SScvbun txte, m. -n, ally. 
 
 a3erbaitt', m. -e^, suspicion. 
 
 93erbddi'tii3, adj. suspected, sus- 
 picious. 
 
 aSerbcv'ben, P. 186, to corrupt, 
 render unfit, spoil. 
 
 33erbie'nen, v. a- to gain ; earn ; 
 merit, deserve. 
 
 JDevbieiifi', m. -e^, gain, profit ; n. 
 -eg pi. -e, merit, desert. 
 
 9Bcrbienft'»cU, adj- meritorious. 
 
 93erbient', adj. merited, deserved. 
 
 SBerbrie'jjen, v. imp. P. 186, to 
 grieve, cause disgust, trouble. 
 
 Q}eveb'lung,/.,;;/.-en, improvement, 
 
 33ere()Tt'n, v. a. to honor, vene- 
 rate ; revere ; adore. 
 
 aScvet'nic^en, v. a. to unite. 
 
 aSerci'nigt, united. 
 
 S3ei:ei'nigung,/.-, ^^Z.-en, union, as- 
 sociation, alliance, agreement. 
 
 aScrfab'ren, v. n. ir. to deal, pro- 
 ceed. 
 
 93eifel)'(en, v. a. to miss, fail. 
 
 SSerqan'gen, adj. gone, past; last. 
 
 ^cr^e'fien, v. n. ir. to pass away, 
 vanish ; decay ; perish. 
 
 aSergef'fju, P. 186, to forget. 
 
 SSerc^niigen, n. -3, pL -, pleasure, 
 diversion. 
 
 33erf;af ten, v. a. to arrest, im- 
 prison. 
 
 S3ev()a§t , adj. hated, hateful. 
 
 93erl)lu'bern, v. a. to hinder, pre • 
 vent, impede, cross. 
 
 93eifau'fcn, v. a. to sell, vend. 
 
 S3erfe()i', m. -eg, intercourse, com- 
 merce, traffic, communication. 
 
 93erlan'oien, v. a. Sf n. to ask, 
 demand ; desire, long for ; eg 
 scrlautjt mid) ju iviffen, I long to 
 know ; n. -g, desire, demand. 
 
 33erla['fen, v. a. ir. to leave, for- 
 sake ; V. r. ir. auf eiiien — , to 
 rely upon, depend on ; adj. de- 
 stitute, abandoned. 
 
 SSevle'^cn, to misplace; to publish; 
 adj. embarassed, puzzled, con- 
 fused. 
 
 aSerle'gen^elt, /. -, pi. -en, embar- 
 rassment, perplexity, difficulty. 
 
 93erlci'ten, v. a. to mislead, mis- 
 guide ; seduce. 
 
 SScrlie'ren, P. 186, to lose. 
 
 aSer'Iuft, m. -eg, pi. -c, loss ; da- 
 mage. 
 
 SSermei'ben, v. a. ir. to avoid, shun. 
 
 23crnio'gen, v. a. 4- n. ir. to be 
 able, to have the power ; einen 
 JU etn?ag — , to prevail upon 
 one to do ; n. -g, ability, power, 
 faculty, property, wealth 
 
 93crnuuft',/. -, reason ; sense. 
 
 SBernunf'ti^, adj. rationa', reason- 
 able ; sensible, judiciOus, dis- 
 creet. 
 
214 
 
 ^h 
 
 SSa^ 
 
 a3erpfli*'ten, v. a. to bind by duty 
 or oath ; to oblige. 
 
 ffierratl)', m. -c^, treason. 
 
 Q3end'tt)er, m. -^. pL -, traitor. 
 
 33afci'i]cn, v. a. Sf n. to deny, re- 
 fuse ; miss fire, fail. 
 
 33cvfam'ineln, v. a. r. to assemble, 
 meet, congregate. 
 
 SSevfdial'lcu, v. n. ir. to cease 
 sounding, die away. 
 
 93crfcbiveii'i)erifdi, adj. prodigal, 
 lavish, profuse, wasteful. 
 
 SSevfdninu' ben, v. n. ir. to disap- 
 pear, vanish. 
 
 SSerfvvcM^eu, v. a. ir. to promise. 
 
 $l)erftdii/bit], adj. sensible, intel- 
 ligent, judicious. 
 
 33evUe'l)eii, v. a. cf- n. ir. to under- 
 stand ; apprehend, mean. 
 
 aSerftcl'tuug, /. -, -^l. -eii, dissimu- 
 lation. 
 
 53erfiiMien, v. a. to try, attenmt, 
 experience ; taste ; tempt. ^ 
 
 fficrtt)ei'£tii]cn, v. a. to defend. 
 
 33ertiei'beii. v. a. ir. to drive away, 
 chase, expel. 
 
 93miH"iii'C!te, m. 4-/. -n, pi. -n, re- 
 lation, kin, kinsman. 
 
 JBtnnverfUcl), adj. blamable, ob- 
 jectionable, exceptionable. 
 
 33eitrtuii'beu, v. a. to'wound. 
 
 J8erjct'f)eu, (see jeiljeu, P. 188), to 
 pardon, forgive, excuse. 
 
 3Ser,^ei'l)iuii3,/. pardon. 
 
 93et'ter, m. -i, pi. -w, cousin. 
 
 9Bic(), n. -Ci^, beast, brute, cattle ; 
 — (}dnbIor, m. dealer or trader 
 in cattle. 
 
 93 id, ad. 4* cidv. much, many, a 
 great deal ; -niel)v, adv. df conj. 
 moie, much more ; rather. 
 
 5CidleidU', adj. perhaps, possibly, 
 may be. 
 
 S3ier, L. 51, 14 ; —mat, L. 51, 10. 
 
 95iei'lcl, L. 51. 5. 
 
 a^ievVf)". L. 51, 14. 
 
 SBier'v\v L. 51, 14. 
 
 JBo'ijel'm. -el, jo/. iJoget, bird, fowl. 
 
 ©o'geld)eu, L. 18. 
 
 aScgt, m. -cS, pi. aSogte, bailiff, 
 steward ; prefect ; constable, 
 beadle. 
 
 SSolf, n. -t^,pl. 33olfer, people, na- 
 tion. 
 
 33eU, adj. full, whole ; entire. 
 
 33oUen'i)en, v. a. to end, finish, ac- 
 complish ; perfect. 
 
 33cU'fcmmeu, a^oUfom'meu, adj. 
 perfect, accomplished ; com- 
 plete. 
 
 33oii, pre. of, from, by, on, upon. 
 L. 61. 
 
 33cv, pre. before ; from, of, ago, 
 since ; in preference to L- 61. 
 
 93cr'bei-'(}eil, n. forepart ; head. 
 
 SSov'i^eftevn, adv. day before yes- 
 terday. 
 
 SSoi'l^abeu, v- a. ir. to design, in- 
 tend, purpose. 
 
 3So'rig, adj former, last. 
 
 23or'munt), m.-t^,pl. -miiuber, guar- 
 dian. 
 
 S3or'fe|en, v. a. to set before 
 place or put before ; prefix. 
 
 SScr'ftedung, /. -, pi. -en, presen- 
 tation : representation ; remon- 
 strance. 
 
 33cr't{)eil, m. -eg, pi. -e, advantage, 
 profit, gain, interest. 
 
 SBaa'rc, /. -, pi -n, ware, mer- 
 chandise, commodity, goods, 
 
 2Ba'dien, v. n. to be awake, watch, 
 guard. 
 
 2Bvicl)'fen, P. 188, to grow, in- 
 crease. 
 
 9Badis'tl)um, m. 4- n. -ci?, growth ; 
 increase, vegetation. 
 
 SSaf'feu, pi. arms, weapons. 
 
 SBa'gen, m. -'5, pi. -, wagon, car- 
 riage, chariot ; coach. 
 
 2Bag ner, m.-6,pl.-, wagon-maker. 
 
 2Bai)V, adj. true, genuine. 
 
 ai>dl)'rcnb, pre. <Sf conj. during, 
 while. 
 
 2Bv-il)v'l;cit, /. -, pi. -en, truth, ve- 
 rity. 
 
Set 
 
 2Btf 
 
 215 
 
 SBatb, m. -c3, pi. Sdlbei-, forest, 
 
 wooJ ; -ijcin, n. French-horn, 
 
 biigle horn. 
 SQBaU'eiifteiu, m. Wallenstein. 
 ^Baiib,/. -,pL SBdiibe, wall ; side. 
 ffOan'bevn, v. n. to wander. 
 SBami, adv. when ; baim imb — , 
 
 now and then, some times. 
 SBvinii, adj. (Sf adv. warm, hot 
 Qijafclj'tifav m. washstand. 
 SBv-ii'ten, V. a. <Sf n. to stay, attend 
 
 to ; nurse ; wait. 
 2I^antm^ adv. why, wherefore. 
 QBa^, pre. what. L. 10, 2. 
 9Ba'iMien, v.a. <^n. P. 188, to wash. 
 SBaf'fer, n. -^, pi. 3Bdffcr, water, 
 ai^e'ben, v. a. P. 188, to weave ; 
 
 work. 
 SBedi'i'tl. m. -5, fl. -, vicissitude, 
 
 change ; bill of exchange. 
 3De'cfeii, v. a. to wake, to awake. 
 SSe'Der, conj. neither. 
 SBcjv m. -i6. pi. -c, way, passage, 
 
 walk, road ; manner, means. 
 SBc'i^eii, pre. because of, on ac- 
 count of, for, by reason of 
 Sffiei^'fliccjen, v. n. ir. to fly away. 
 QBei^'Uiufcn, v. n. ir. to run away. 
 2Bot3'net)nien, v. a. to take away. 
 2Bel}, adj. & conj. sore, painful ; 
 
 — tljuii, to ache, pain ; hurt. 
 SBeidi, adj. soft, tender, weak. 
 SBci'be,/. -, pi. -n, willow. 
 SBei'geru, i;.a. <^'r. to refuse, deny, 
 
 decline. 
 SBeil, adv. (Sf conj. while, during, 
 
 as, as long as, when ; because, 
 
 since. 
 SBeiu, m. -eg, pL -e, wine ; vine. 
 SBei'neii, v. n. to weep, cry. 
 SBi'i'fc, adj. wise, sage. 
 SSei'fe,/'. -. pi. -u, mode, manner, 
 
 way, fashion, method ; melody, 
 
 tune. 
 fS^m'\)di,f. -, wisdom, prudence. 
 ®ciB/ adj. white ; clean. 
 SBeit, adj. df adv. distant, remote, 
 
 far, far off, afar ; wide, large. 
 2Bei jeii, m. -^, wheat. 
 
 9Bcl'(;\ /. -, pi. -11, wave, billov^r, 
 ®:It. f.-,pl. -ni, world. 
 aiU'ltbeviUjint, adj. far-famed. 
 aScItmcer, n. ocean. 
 QBe'iiicj, adj. 6f adv. little, few, 
 
 some ; em — , a httle. 
 SSe'niqfteng, adv. at least, at the 
 
 least. 
 SCBeini, adv. Sf conj. if, in which 
 
 case, when, whenever. 
 SSei'Deu, V. n. ir. L. 32, 3, to be- 
 come, grow, turn, be, prove ; 
 
 happen. 
 31>ei'feii, P. 188, to throw, cast, 
 ^erf, n. -e^, pi. ->, work ; action, 
 
 deed ; workmanship ; building. 
 Se'fcv,/. Weser. 
 SBefer'itrom, m. Weser-river, river 
 
 Weser. 
 Sffii'bcr, pre. against, contrary to, 
 
 in opposition to. 
 3Bi'bevttanb, m. -t^, resistance. 
 SBi'bcrftefjen, v. a. n. ir. to resist, 
 
 withstand. 
 SBiberftre'ben, v. n. to strive 
 
 against, struggle against. 
 SBi'Diiy^, adj. contrary, adverse ; 
 
 repugnant, loathsome, 
 ^'\t,adv. 4" con/, how, as. L.67, 3. 
 aBie'be(;ct»f, m.-z^,pl. -e, lapwing. 
 SBie'Dcvfcbeiu, m. reflection. 
 2Blc'bcvfcf)en,t;. a,, ir. to see again. 
 SBic'^e,/. -. pi. -u, cradle. 
 aiUcii, n. Vienna. 
 SSie^fc,/ -, pi. -n, meadow. 
 SSieyielTte, L. 51, 13. 
 SBilb, adj. wild, savage ; fierce. 
 Sffiil'Ie, m. -w^, will, mind, design. 
 
 purpose. 
 SBiiib, m. -eg, pi. -e, wind, air. 
 SBIii'ten, P. 188, to wind, wring, 
 
 twist ; V. r. ir. to wmd, writhe. 
 3Biu'tev, m. -i, pi. -, winter. 
 SBut'ltdi, adj. actual, real, true. 
 2Birt(), m. -eg, pi. -e, host, land- 
 lord, innkeeper ; master of the 
 
 house. 
 SSiffeu, P. 188, to know, have 
 
 knowledge'of. 
 
216 
 
 3ic 
 
 Stoa 
 
 2Bp, odv. where. 
 
 aik^M^e,/. ~,pl. -w, week. 
 
 5IBc()iit', adv. whither, what way. 
 
 Si5ct)l, adv. well ; indeed ; pro- 
 bably ; L. 67 ; -t^dtii}; adj. be- 
 neficent, charitable. 
 
 2i}Ct)'neii, V. n. to lodge, dwell, 
 abide, reside. 
 
 ffidf, m. -e^,jo/. 3S6l'fe, wolf. 
 
 Syd'fe,/.-, ;;/. -It, cloud. 
 
 a9clf'i-[}eii, dim. o/OBolfe. 
 
 aBcPlc,/. -, wool. 
 
 &5cl'lni, L. 31. 
 
 aScnacti', whereafter, after which. 
 
 al^orauf^ adv. whereon, where- 
 upon, on which. 
 
 SScrn/ adv. wherein, whereinto, 
 in which, in what. 
 
 SSoniad)', f. aBoim*. 
 
 SBcrt, n. -c^. pi. -e (2Borter), word; 
 expression, term, parole. 
 
 SSoi'terbud), n. -ed, pi. — budier, 
 dictionary, lexicon,vocabulary. 
 
 QBunc'virjt, m. surgeon. 
 
 SSfu'bii^, adj. worthy, deserving. 
 
 aiiur'bigen, v. a. to deign, vouch- 
 safe ; value, estimate. 
 
 2Surm, m. -t^, pi. iB firmer, worm. 
 
 SBiir^c,/-, pl.-w, seasoning, spice. 
 
 aSiVfte./ -.pi. -11, desert. 
 
 2Bu't()cu, V. n. to rage, chafe, foam, 
 rave. 
 
 3- 
 
 Se'^^n, see je^n. L. 51, 14. 
 
 ^ei'^en, v. a. to show, point out. 
 
 S)iH,f.-,pl.-tn, time, season; tide. 
 
 3ei'hing, f. -. pi. -en, news, tid- 
 ings, pi; newspaper, gazette. 
 
 Setbre'djcii, v. a. <Sf n. ir. to break 
 to pieces, fracture ; fid) t)Z\\ 
 ^cXi\ — , to rack one's brains. 
 
 3erfto'ren, v. a. to destroy; de- 
 molish. 
 
 3ertre'ten, v. a. tr. to crush by 
 treading on, tread down. 
 
 3ie'l)en, v. a. & 7i. tr- to draw ; 
 pull ; cultivate ; to go, march, 
 migrate. 
 
 3iel, n -e5, ;?/.-e,term, limit ; ainii, 
 butt, scope. 
 
 3ieni'lid), adj. pretty, tolerable, 
 middling ; near. 
 
 3im'iner, n. -^, pi. -, room, ap- 
 partment ; — maun, w. car- 
 penter. 
 
 Sit'tern, v. n. to tremble, quake. 
 
 3u, pre. Sf adv. at, by, to, for, in, 
 on. L. 62. 
 
 3u'cfer, m. -g, sugar- 
 
 3u'p[ud)t,/. -, refuge, shelter, re- 
 course. 
 
 3ufrie'ben, a<f;.content, contented, 
 satisfied. 
 
 3u'ge(;6ren, v. n. to appertain, be- 
 long to. 
 
 3itg'tt)iei-, draught animal. 
 
 3u'fommen, v. n. ir. to come to, 
 approach ; v. imp. to belong to; 
 become. 
 
 3ule^t', adv. at last, lastly, after 
 all, finally. 
 
 3u^nad)en, v. a- to shut, close* 
 
 3ur'nen, v. n. to be angry. 
 
 3uriicf', adv. back, backward. 
 
 3nfam'menjicljen, v. a. ir. to draw 
 together ; contract. 
 
 3u'tragen, v. a. ir. to carry to, to 
 bring; v. r. ir. to happen, 
 chance, come to pass. 
 
 3uyor'{onimen, v. n. ir. to antici- 
 pate ; prevent, obviate. 
 
 3utveilen, adv. sometimes. 
 
 3u\vi'ber, pre. <5f adv. contrary to, 
 against ; offensive. 
 
 3tDau'ilg, L. 51, 14. 
 
 3wan'jtgjle, L- 51, 14. 
 
 3»tiar, conj. certainly, it is true, 
 to be sure, indeed. 
 
 3u>cl, L. 51 ; — mal, adv. twice. 
 
 3wei'te, L. 51, 14. 
 
 3»t>ic'fad), L. 51. 
 
 3it>in'gen, P. 188, to constrain, 
 force, compel. 
 
 3un'ffl}cn, pre. p. between, be- 
 twixt, among, amongst. 
 
 3wo, f. 3»uci. 
 
 3tu6lf, see L. 51, 14, 
 
AN 
 
 BEA 
 
 217 
 
 A. 
 
 Able, fa'^ig^gcfc^ left see !onnen,L.3i. 
 Above, cben. i'lber. 
 Accompany, begleiteii. 
 Accomplish, augfu(}rcn, ausriditcn. 
 According, nad), gemdf, jufolge, 
 
 — as, je nad)bem. 
 Account, bte SfJe^nung; on -of, 
 
 iuegeii; auf 5tbfct)Icig. 
 Accuse, anflagen, befdbulbtgen. 
 Achieve, »oI(enbcn, ertoerben. 
 Acquaintance, bic S3efamttfd;aft; 
 
 ber 53efannte. 
 Acquainted, hdannt, »erfraut, fun* 
 
 big. 
 Across, frcujtoeife, uBer, queruber. 
 Act, fjanbeln, fid) bene^^mcn. 
 Action, bie ^vinbhntg. * 
 Adapt, |id) fd)lcfen. 
 Adherent, an^angenb; Sln'^dnger. 
 Advice, ber diati) j 9'iad)rtd)t 
 Advise, ratf)en. 
 Affair, bag ®efd)aft, ble ^a6:ie. 
 Afraid, furd)tfam, bange, to be -, 
 
 furd)ten. 
 After, nad), nad)bem; -noon, ber 
 
 Sfiadimlttag. 
 Ago, »or. 
 
 Again, iuieber, noc^ einmat. 
 Against, VKtber, gegen. 
 Agreeable, angeueljm. 
 Ail, fdnncrjen; what ails you? 
 
 voae fet)lt 35nen '? 
 Aim, bag 3iel, ber 3it)ecf, bie 2tB? 
 
 fid)t; §ielen. 
 All, alleg, ganj ; uhexijaWj^t, L.IO. 9. 
 Allow, erlauben, geflatten, lajfen. 
 Almost, faft, beinaf;e. 
 Alone, alicin. 
 Already, bereitg, fd)on. 
 Also, aud), gleid)faU0. 
 Although, obgleid). 
 Always, immer, fletg. 
 America, (bag) Slmcrifa. 
 American, amerifanifd},5(mecifaner. 
 Among, untet; jtt3ifd)en. 
 Anchor, ber Stufer. 
 Ancient, alt. 
 Angry, jornig, drgerlid^, Bofe. 
 
 Animal, ia§ X^kx, 
 
 Another, einanberer; nod) cincr. 
 
 Answer, bie Stnhtsort ; autwovten. 
 
 Anvil, ber Slmbcfi. 
 
 Any, — body, Semanb, L. 52. &, 
 
 — thing, etroag. 
 Any one, Semaub, irgenb Semanb. 
 Ape, ber Stffe. 
 Apple, ber Slpfel. 
 Appear, erfd)einen. 
 Arab, ber Slraber. 
 Arm, ber 2lrm. 
 
 Army, bie 5lrmee, bag Jlriegg^eer. 
 Around, ^erum ; urn, um^er. 
 Arrival, bie Sufunft. 
 Arrive, aiifcmmen. 
 Artist, ber .S:iinftter. 
 As, ale', ha, tr>eit, twie, fo. 
 Ashamed (to be), fid) fc^dmen. 
 Asleep, eingefd)lafen. 
 Assist, Beifterjen, t)elfen. 
 Assistance, ber S3eijianb, bie ^ilfe. 
 At, ju, an, Bei, in, auf, iiBcr, 'oox, 
 
 aug, mit, gegen ; — all, L. 10, 9. 
 Attendant, ber ^egleiter, hii ^^* 
 
 gteiterin. 
 Attentive, aufmerffam. 
 August, ber Stugujt. 
 Aunt, bie ^nl}\m, Xante, 
 Austraha, 5lu|lralicn. 
 Austria, Oejlreicf) or Dcjletreid^. 
 Autumn, ber •^erbjl. 
 Avail, l^elfen, nii^en, jid) Bebieneiu 
 Avoid, meiben, ijermeiben. 
 Away, treg, fort. 
 Axe, bie 5lxt, bag Seit 
 
 B. 
 Bad, fd)ted)t, Bofe, fd^dblid^. 
 Baker, ber Sdcfer. 
 Ball, ber fBall bag 2;anjfejl. 
 Barley, bie ©erjle. 
 Barrel, haS ^a^, bie S;onne. 
 Basket, ber ^orB. 
 Battle, bie @d)lad)t. 
 Bavaria, 33a5?ern. 
 Bavarian, ber 93ai)er, Baicrifd). 
 Bear, beviBdr; ertragen, geBdren. 
 Beast, bag 2;(;ier ; — of burden 
 
 Sajlt^icr ; — of prey, OlauBt^iex 
 
218 
 
 BOU 
 
 CAU 
 
 Beat, fc&Iagen, flo^fcn. 
 Beautiful, f*6n. 
 Beaver, bcv iBiber. 
 Because, tveil, bepwegen. 
 Become, toevbeu, jict) fc^irfcu, ge* 
 
 jiemeiu 
 Bed, has 53ctt. 
 Bee, bie 58ienc. 
 Beef, bag Olinbflelfc^. 
 Beer, bag Ster. 
 Before, i?cr, be«or, el^cj SJorn, Dor' 
 
 t)cr, bereitg, friUjer. 
 Beggar, ber Setller. 
 Begin, begiunen, anfangen. 
 Behavior, bag S3etragen. 
 Behind, ^inter, ^inUn, gutiirf. 
 Being, bag 5)afein, SSefcu. 
 Believe, gtauben. 
 Belong, gefioren, augel;6rcn. 
 Below, unter. 
 Bench, bie 93an!. 
 Beneath, unter. 
 Benefactor, ber SBcl^Itpter. 
 Benevolent, tooijlwoUenb, tooljh 
 
 tl)dtlg. 
 Beside, Besides, tteben, auper; 
 
 au^erbem ; to be — one's self, 
 
 au^er fid) fein. 
 Besiege, betagcrn. 
 Between, jtvifdien, unter. 
 Beyond, iiberjenfeitg.aupcr, 'i)maui. 
 Bird, ber 93cgel. 
 Birth, bie ©eburt, ^erfunft. 
 Bite, beipeu. 
 Bitter, bitter. 
 Black, fd)trarj ; bunfel j — smith, 
 
 ber ©robfdjmieb. 
 Blame, tabeln j ber JlabcL 
 Bleat, bicfen. 
 Blessing, ber ©egcn; bie Soljl^ 
 
 U)at. 
 Blind, btinb. 
 Blue, blau. 
 Boast, gro^ tr;uu, ^ral^Ien, fid) xnf)i 
 
 men. 
 Bohemian, ber SSol^me. 
 Book, bag 93u*. 
 Boot, ber ©tiefcL 
 Bough, ber %]i. 
 
 Boundless, grenjcn'oS; unbjgre«it 
 Boy, ber ^nabe. 
 Braid, fiediten, ioeben. 
 Branch, ber Swcig, ^^\t 
 Brave, ta^fer, braw j ebel. 
 Bread, ha6 Sdxch, 
 Break, bredien, gcrbrec^en. 
 Breastpin, bie ^rujinabeL 
 Bremen, S3remen. 
 Brewer, ber S3rauer. 
 Bridge, bie ^riidfc. 
 Bring, bringen. 
 Broad, brcit )x>eit, grcf. 
 Brother, ber ^vuber j — m law, 
 
 ber @d)toager. 
 Brunswick, iBraunf(l)h)eig, 
 Bud, bie ,^nog|)e, bag Sluge. 
 Burdensome, ld)lig. 
 Burn, brennen. 
 Bury, begvaben. 
 
 But, aber, foubern, au^er, nur, aid. 
 Buy, faufen. 
 By,' »on, burd), ju, nad), mit, fiir, 
 
 neben, h^i, auf. 
 
 Cabinetmaker, ber !Iif(^Ier. 
 
 Cage, ber .^dfig. 
 
 Call, tufen, nennen. 
 
 Camel, bag ^ameel. 
 
 Can, bie^annej fonnen, imSfanbe 
 
 fein. 
 Candle, i>ai 2i&ji, bie J^erje j -stick, 
 
 ber 8eud)ter. 
 Cane, ber @tocf, haS fflc\)V. 
 Cap, bie ^av^c, Wi^e, 
 Capable, fd^ig, tiiditig. 
 Captain, ber «^au^tmann, Jla^italn. 
 Care, bie @crge, <2crgfaU ; to take 
 
 — , ©orge tvagcn ; Vfiegcn. 
 Careful, i)crfid)tig, beijutfam. 
 Carlsruhe, ^ailgrufic. 
 Carpenter, ber Simmermann 
 Carriage, ber 2Bagcn. 
 Cat, bie Jla^e. 
 Catch, fangen, crgreifcn. 
 Cattle, bag ffiief;. 
 Cause, bie Urfad}c, <Sa(^e; »erttt» 
 
 fadjen, betcirfen. 
 
CON 
 
 DEF 
 
 219 
 
 Certain, gelol^, jusectdfjig j Qitoip 
 
 lid). 
 Chain, bie ^dk ; pf\dn. 
 Chair, bcr ©tu()l, Sept. 
 Chamois, bie ®emfe. 
 Charge, iibertragen, fe^en. 
 Charm, bejaukrn, reijen. 
 Charming, reljenb. 
 Cheat, betvugcn. 
 Cheese, bev'ildfc. 
 Child, baiS ^inb. 
 Chisel, bcr 2Jlei^et 
 Christian, ber (S^rijl. 
 Church, bie ^ird)c. 
 Circumstance, ber Umjlanb, hk 
 
 Sage. 
 Citizen, bee S3urger. 
 City, fcic etabt 
 
 Climb, !limmen, flettetn ; crjieigcn. 
 Cloak, bet manUl 
 Clock, bi€ aBanbuf)r. 
 Cloth, ba^ 3eug, 2;ud). 
 Cloud, bie aSolfe. 
 Coat, ber Stocf. 
 Coblenz, (Scbtcnj. 
 Cofiee, ber ^affee. 
 Cold, fait, frojlig j bie Stalti. 
 Cologne, ^6 hi. 
 Colonel, bcr D&erji. 
 Color, §av&e. 
 
 Come, fommcn. P. 182, gclangen. 
 Command, ber a3efel;l, bcfc^len, 
 
 gebieten. 
 Commerce, ber .ganbel, SScrfcI^r. 
 Commit, Begef;cn. 
 Companion, ber ©efd^rtc, Oefetl* 
 
 fct) after. 
 Company, bie ®efeUf(J^oft ber SBc^ 
 
 fucb. 
 Compel, not^tgcn, jttjingcn. 
 Complain, fid) beflagen. 
 Complete, ijolljidnbig ; gdnjlid), 
 
 gmij. 
 Conceal, uerBergen, 
 Concei-t, bag Concert. 
 Conduct, bie Sluffti^rung, ba« 93c* 
 
 tragen. 
 Conqueror, bcr droBercr. 
 Conscious, betwu^t. 
 
 Consequent, folgenb j folglid^. 
 Consider, bebenfen, aci^ten ; ^alttn 
 Consumption, bie 5lue!je^rung. 
 Contented, jufriebcn. 
 Contradict, tt)iberfvrcd)cn. 
 Convict, uberfii^ren. 
 Convince, iiberjeugcn. 
 Cook, bcr ^od), hk ^oc^in. 
 Copy, abfd)reiben. 
 Cost, foften. 
 Count, ®raf ; jd^Tcn. 
 Country, bag Sanb. 
 Courage, ber Tlutf), bte ^^apfcrfeit. 
 Course, ber Sauf ; of — ,natiirli(^, 
 
 o^M 3iveifet. 
 Cousin, ber 93ettcr, btc Soujine. 
 Cover, berfen, bebetfcn. 
 Cow, bie ^ul;. 
 Crawl, fried)en, fd^lcid^cn. 
 Creep, Fried)en. 
 Crime, bag. SSerbred^cn. 
 Crocodile, bag ^rofobiH 
 Cruel, graufam, unmcnfd)(id^. 
 Crutch, bie ^riirfe. 
 Custom, ber ©cbraud), bte ©itfe. 
 Cut, ber ©d)nitt, fdjitcibcn, l^auen. 
 
 D. 
 
 Dagger, ber S)otc^. 
 
 Dane, ber JDdnc. 
 
 Danger, bie ©cfal^r. 
 
 Dangerous, gefd^rlid^. 
 
 Danube, bie 5Donau. 
 
 Daughter, bie S;od)tcr; — inlaw, 
 bie @d)tt3icgertod^tcr. 
 
 Day, ber ISag; to-day, f)tuU; — bo- 
 fore yesterday, tiorgcflcrn. 
 
 Dead, tobt. 
 
 Deaf, taub. 
 
 Deal, ber Xf)zil', a great -, fcl^r »fct 
 
 Dear, t^euer, tocrt|. 
 
 Death, ber Slob. 
 
 Deceive, bctriigen, l^interge^en, t&» 
 fd)cn. 
 
 Decrease, abncl^men, fd^toinben. 
 
 Deed, bie Xf^at 
 
 Deep, ticf. 
 
 Defeat, iibcrtotnben, [(i^Iageii. 
 
 Defend, ttcrt^eibigen. 
 
220 
 
 DUT 
 
 EXT 
 
 Deficient. ma ngelTjaft; he is -in, 
 
 fe( mviiujcit til in an. L. 44. 
 Defy, 2r:^ bidcu, tvol^cii; mv- 
 
 Delibera',e, I)erat[;fd)Ia3Cii, fui) Uf 
 . fiinicii. 
 Demand, bie gorberimg; ba3 93cr; 
 
 IvllliJCU. 
 
 Demosihenes, JDemoilf^ene^. 
 Departure, bie 9tbttife. 
 Dej3rive, bevviubeu, urn . . . briiigeu. 
 Description, bie sBcfdu'eibung. 
 Desert, yevlaffeu, luc^laufen. 
 Deserve, lHn•^ieueu. 
 Desk, has '^nit. 
 Destiny, taS ^-Berfjangnl^. 
 Destitute, cutblo§t, (;iljlc>5. 
 Determine, bcftimmenj fid) iiiU 
 
 fdUiepeii. 
 Devoted, cvvjcben. 
 Diamond, ber -Diamaiit. 
 Die, bev (Stempel ; hk 2biirfel ; j!er; 
 
 hen ; uinfcmmcn. 
 Difficult, fcl)wer, fd^tuiciiij. 
 Dig, grabcn. 
 Dignity, bie SBurbe, ber Dtang; 
 
 ba'^ lUnit. 
 Diligent, fleifjig, cmfloj. 
 Discontented, unjufvicbcn. 
 Disease, bie jti-aufljeit. 
 Ditch, bcv ©raben. 
 Do, tfjun, madden ; yenid^tcn; fic^ 
 
 bofiiibcu. 
 Dog, ber JQimb. 
 Domestic, I;dngli(^ ; — animal, 
 
 la^ 4pait^t()ier. 
 Door, bie :5!l;iire. 
 Down, uittcii, uieber, r;iuab, f|iuuu; 
 
 tcr, l)cviiiiter. 
 Dozen, ^dS ©uljcnb. 
 Draught animal, ba5 Sugtf^ler. 
 Draw, jie(;en; jeid)nen. 
 Dresden, 2)regbeu. 
 Drink, ber IJivciuf, ba3 ©etrdiif; 
 
 fai:fcu, triuFeii. 
 Drive, tveibcn. 
 Drum, bie Sivcmmcf. 
 Duck, bie (Snk. 
 Dutch. IjoUdiibifd), bl* .^oUdnbcr. 
 
 Due, Qcbfi^renb, angcmeffcn. 
 Duke," bev ^erjcg. 
 During, \yd()renb. 
 Duty, bie *4>llid)t, (Sd)ulbl3!eU. 
 
 E. 
 Eagle, ber 5tbter. 
 Earn, iievbieueu, geWlnnen. 
 Earth, bie (Srbe. 
 Easy, -ily, leid)t, ruT^lg, fre{. 
 Eat, ejfen, fvejfeu. 
 Eel, ber 2laL 
 Egg, bci3 @i. 
 
 Either, einer i)on beiben ; wttccbet, 
 Elephant, bev (SIeVi)ant. 
 Ell, bie (BlU. 
 
 Eloquence, bie ^erebtfamfeit 
 Else, aiiber^, foitft. 
 Emerald, ber ©maragb. 
 Emigrate, ausJivanbevn. 
 Emperor, bev jlaifcv. 
 Encamp, fid) lagevn. 
 Endeavor, fid) bcmuf;en, fid^ be* 
 
 ftvebeu; ftrebcn. 
 Enemy, bev gelub. 
 Engage, beftell cu, mlctf;eii, 
 England, Qnglanb. 
 English, bie (^ngldnber, eiigtlfc^. 
 Englishman, bev (Sngldnbev. 
 Enjoy, fid) cvfrcuen, gciiiepcu. 
 Enough, genitg, (^inldnglic^. 
 Entire, gaiij, yoUftdiibig. 
 Envious, neibifd). 
 Envy, bciieibcn. 
 Error, bev Svvt^um, i^ef^Ier. 
 Escape, entriuiiea, cutfommcii. 
 Europe, (S:uvcvhi. 
 
 P'.uropean, bevl^urcVder; eurcV^difd). 
 Even, eben ; gevabe ; fogar ; fclbil. 
 Evening, bev 5tbenb, hii Slbenbjeit. 
 Ever, je, icnuil^ ; immer. 
 Every, L. 8. & 52. h. ; — where, 
 
 alleiit()ati)en, ubevall. 
 Evil, libel, bofe. 
 Except, aii^ev, big auf. 
 Exhortation, bie ©rmaliiiung. 
 Exile, bie Q3evbauuuug. 
 Expect, evuHirtcn. 
 Experience, evfvif;ven. 
 Extensive, audgebe^nt audgebceii, . 
 
FOO 
 
 GLA 
 
 221 
 
 :.xterior, has 9(eit§crc. 
 Eye, ba3 ^luc^? ; Dcfjv. 
 
 F. 
 
 Fail, fef)ten ; uuterlajfcn. 
 
 Faithful, trcu, rebltct). 
 
 Fall, ber §aU ; fa((eii ; to- asleep, 
 
 eiiifd^lafen, entfd)Iafeu. 
 Far, entferut fern. 
 Fast, feft; gcfd)wtnb, fd)neU. 
 Fat, fett. 
 Father, itr aSatrr ; — in law, 
 
 ber (S2dnwtegen>atevj — land, ba^ 
 
 a^atcrlanb. 
 Fatigue, ble ©rmiibunc^, v. ermubeu. 
 Fault, ber ge()ler, cie@d)ulb, P.84. 
 Favor, ble (3nn% 
 Favorable, gimftig. 
 Fear, bie ^uvd)t ; v. furd^teiu 
 Feel, fuf^teit ; empfinbeu. 
 Feeling, ha§ ®efu()t. 
 Few, tuenig ; a — , cluige. 
 Field, hae "Sclb. 
 Fifty, funfjig. 
 Fight, fediten, i^vcitcn. 
 Final, -ly, cublid). 
 Find, ftiiben, antrcjfcit. 
 Fine, feln, fdiou. 
 Fire, basS ^eiicv. 
 First, L. 51, 14. 
 Fish, ber %\\d) ; fifd)ciu 
 Fit, pafTm. 
 
 Flatter, fd^meidictn, (ictifofcn. 
 Flatterer, ber ©dimcidilev. 
 Flattering, fd)meid)eUjaft, fd)mei* 
 
 diehib. 
 Flee, fllef)en. 
 
 Fleet, f*ucl(, flinf; btc ^lotte. 
 Florin, ber ©iilbeii. 
 Flour, bag 2Jlcl)l. 
 Flow, (lie Ben, ftvcmeu. 
 Flower, bie ^lume ; Slfitfje. 
 Flute, bie gtctc. 
 Fly, bie %iko,s ; fliegcn ; f{iet)en. 
 Foam, ber (Sd^aum ; fdidumeii. 
 Follow, fclqeii, Uvidifolgeu. 
 Fool, ber Xi)cx, dUxx. 
 Foolish, t()cridit, nanifd). 
 Foot, ber gup; on — , ju §up. 
 
 For, ffir, nad), mlt, ivcgen, urn . ., 
 njiUen, an, au3, iua(;venb, auf, ju, 
 benn. 
 
 Foreign, auSldnbifd), fvemb. 
 
 Foreigner, ber 5lu^lvinber. 
 
 Forest, ber ^oxH, aSalb. 
 
 Forget, ttergejTen. P. 186. 
 
 Formerly, fvi'i^er, cf;cmal3. 
 
 Fortunate, cjU'irftid). 
 
 Four, L. 51, 14. 
 
 Fox, ber §ncf)5. 
 
 Fragrant, buftenb, tt3oT;lrled}ciib. 
 
 France, j^uanfreidi. 
 
 Frankfort, gvanffurt. 
 
 Free, befreien, frel. 
 
 Freedom, bie ^reif^eit. 
 
 French, franjoiifdi ; ble i^ranjofen. 
 
 Frenchman, ber ^ranjofe. 
 
 Friend, ber greitnb, bie ^reimbiu. 
 
 Frighten, erfdirecfeu. 
 
 From, »on, au'5. 
 
 Fruit, bie ^vudit, bas5 Dh^ ; -tree, 
 ber Obftbaum. 
 
 Funeral, taS 33egrdbnip, — pro- 
 cession, ber SeidU'ujug, 
 
 Future, bie 3ufunft; jufiinftig. 
 
 G. 
 
 Gallant, tav» fer, bray. 
 Garden, ber ©artcu. 
 Gather, fannnehi, U]eix, 
 General, aUtiemeIn; ber ^clbf;crr» 
 
 General. 
 Generally, gcH)6f;nlld; j ini ^iiUyg 
 
 meinen. 
 Generous, grc^mutfjlg ; frelgeblg. 
 Gentleman, <§err, ber geSclbcte, 
 
 feine 2)iann. 
 German, beutfrf). 
 Germany, 5)eutfd)(anb. 
 Get, ev()aUcn, befommeu; fcmmen; 
 
 gelangen; gerat()en;. lapuj to — 
 
 rid of, Ic^ iuevbcn ; to — at, beU 
 
 fommen. 
 Giant, hex dlkfe. 
 Girl, bay lUldbdjcn. 
 Give, geben, fdienfen. 
 Glad, \xcl), (;eiter, jufrUbctt; to be 
 
 — , fid) freuen. 
 
222 
 
 HAT 
 
 ICE 
 
 Glass, bag ®Ia3 ; ber e^jiegeL 
 
 Glazier, bet ©lafer. 
 
 Glittering, gldnjenb, fd)immernb. 
 
 Glove, ber §anbfd)u^. 
 
 Go, ge()en. P. 180. 
 
 God, ®ott. 
 
 Gold, bag ©otb ; golbeu ; —smith, 
 
 ber ®olbfd)mieb. 
 Gone, t»eg, fort. 
 Good, gut. 
 
 Goods, bie ©uter, SSaaren. 
 Goose, bie @ang. 
 Govern, regierenj lenfenj Be^err^ 
 
 f(t)en. 
 Gracious, gndbig, gfttig. 
 Gradual, -ly, nadjunbnac^j jtufen? 
 
 iweife. 
 Grain, haS ^om, ®etreibe. 
 Grandfather, ber ©ropjjater. 
 Grass, i^a^ @rag. 
 Grateful, banfbar. 
 Gray, grau. 
 Great, grop. 
 Greek, ber ©rie^e. 
 Green, grun ; frlfc^ ; unreif. 
 Grind, ma(;(en. 
 Grow, tt)ad)fen. 
 Guilty, fd)ulbig. 
 
 H. 
 
 Half, ^atb. 
 
 Hamburg, «5amBurg. 
 
 Hammer, ber jammer. 
 
 Hand, bie <§anb. 
 
 Hang, f;angen ; be^dngen. 
 
 Hanover, §anncijer. 
 
 Happen, fid) ereignen, gefd^el^en. 
 
 Happy, gliicfnci). 
 
 Harbor, ber ^afcn. 
 
 Harburg, ba3 «&arBurg. 
 
 Hard, t)art ; fd^toer. 
 
 Hardly, faum, fd)tt)erlid)» 
 
 Hare, ber ^afe. 
 
 Hasten, eileu. 
 
 Hat, ber ^iit ; — ^maker, ber ^nU 
 
 inad)er. 
 Hate, t)a|Ten, ttcrabfd^cuen. 
 Hateful, ijer^apt, geljdfftg. 
 Hatter, ber ^utmadjcr. 
 
 Hay, bae .§eu. 
 
 He, er ; berjenige. 
 
 Headache, bag ^op^tot^. 
 
 Healthy, gefuub. 
 
 Hear, ^iJven. 
 
 Heart, has ^erj, ©emiiil^ ; by — i 
 
 augiBenbig. 
 Heavy, fd)\t>er. 
 Help, bie -^ilfe j I;elfen, see fcnncn, 
 
 L. 31. 
 Hemp, ber -^anf. 
 Here, l^ier, l;ier!^er. 
 Hero, ber «&elb. 
 Hers, ber, bie, ha6 i^rige. 
 High, ^oc^. 
 Hill, ber «&itgel. 
 Him, i^m, bem, i^n, ben. 
 Himself, felbji, ftd). 
 Hippopotamus, bag ^ilp^cxb, W^u^ 
 
 ^ferb. 
 History, bie ®efd){d)te. 
 Hit, fcl:)tagen ; trejfen. 
 Hold, fatten. 
 Hole, bag fiod), bie ^b1)U. 
 Home, nad) ^^aufe j at -, ju Ǥaufc 
 Honest, el^rtic^, red)tfc^affett. 
 Honor, bie (Bi)xt ; e^ren. 
 Hope, bie ^offnung ; l^of en. 
 Horse, bag 51>ferb, 0top j on -back. 
 
 ju ^ferbe. 
 Hotel, ber ©afi^of. 
 House, bag -^aug. 
 How, xok, auf hjeld^c 5(r*. 
 however, h)ie and), oBer. 
 Human, menfd)Iic^. 
 Hundred, ()uubert. 
 Hungary, Ungarn. 
 Hungarian, ber Ungar ; ungarif(^ 
 Hungry, I;ungrig ; he is — , eg i)vm* 
 
 gert ii)n, or ii^n l)ungert 
 Hunter, ber Sdger. 
 Husbandman, ber Sanbmann. 
 Hyena, bie «&^dne. 
 Hypocrisy, bie ^eud^clei. 
 
 I. 
 
 I, id) ; I say ! I;oren (Sie bcd^ I ]^i< 
 
 rcn @ie einmaL 
 Ice, bag dig. 
 
KNO 
 
 Idle, tnupig, trage. 
 
 Idolish, aOgcttlfd). 
 
 If, ireim, fall^. 
 
 Ignorant, uutoi'lfeub. 
 
 Immediate, Qkiii), au^mUidli^, fo-. 
 gleict). 
 
 Immigrant, ber ©intuanberer. 
 
 Impardonable, unoergeifjlid}. 
 
 Impression, ber ©iubrucf. 
 
 In, In ; bei, an, ju, auf, mit, mUx, 
 nad), uhn, tjm'm, ^incln. 
 
 Inattentive, unaufmevffam, unad;)tf 
 fvim. 
 
 Indolence, XxaQ^tit 
 Indolent, Idffig, trdgc. 
 Industrious, fUeiglg. 
 Industry, ber §lei§. 
 Inhabitant, ber @intt>ol^ncr. 
 Injure, fd)aben, beleiblgen, Beein* 
 
 trdditigen. 
 Injurious, ungered^t, nadit^eilig. 
 Ink, bie SInte. 
 Innocence, bic tlnfcl)u(b. 
 Inquire, fid) erfunbigen, fragen. 
 Insist, befte^en. 
 Instead of, fiatt, anjlaft. 
 Instructive, belefireub, (er^rretd^; 
 Interesting, anjiel;enb, intereffant. 
 Into, in. 
 
 Iron, MS @ifen ; eifern. 
 Irresistible, un\t)iber|ief;ll(i^. 
 Italian, italtenlfdj. 
 
 Joy, bie Wreube. 
 
 Judge, rid)ten, beurtf;eilenj berSlid)? 
 
 ter. 
 June, ber Sun^ or 3uni. 
 Just, gered)t, reditfc^affen; eben. 
 Justice, Hi ®ered)tlgfeit. 
 
 K. 
 
 Kind, bie ®attung. 9trt. WTiat kind 
 of, L. 10, adj. gutig, frcunblid}. 
 Eving, ber Jlouig. 
 Kingdom, ba6 ^cnigreid^. 
 Kitchen, bie Jtud)e. 
 Knife, has SJieffer. 
 Knov7, toiffen, fennen. 
 
 LOG 
 L. 
 
 223 
 
 Labor, bie 5(rbelt. 
 Laborer, ber Slrbetfer j XaQlo^net, 
   Lady, bie ^rau, ^ami. 
 Lamb, bag fiamm. 
 Lame, lafim. 
 Lamp, bie Sant^je. 
 Land, iaS Sanb. 
 Language, bie ©^rad)e. 
 Large, grop, n?elt, brelt. 
 Last, k^t 
 
 Late, fpdt ; — ly, neutid). 
 Laugh, bag 8ad}eu, ©cldd^ter j Icu 
 
 d)en. 
 Lavp-, bag ®efe^. 
 Lay, legen. 
 Lazy, faul, trdgc. 
 Lead, fii^ren. 
 Leader, ber ^uf;rer. 
 Learn, ternen, erfal^reiu 
 Learned, gelc^rt. 
 Least, at — , iDenlgfleng. 
 Leather, bag Seber j lebcrn. 
 Legend, ha6 aJldf;rd^en ; hk ©age, 
 Leipsic, Sel^jlg. 
 Lend, lelfjen. 
 Less, !(elner, ioeniger. 
 Lesson, bie Mtion, ©hmbe. 
 Let, lajjen. 
 
 Letter, ber S3u*|iabe; S3n'ef. 
 Liberty, bie §reir;clt, at—, see Hxs 
 
 fen, L. 31. 
 Lie, bie Siige; lugen. 
 Lie, llegen. 
 Life, bag 2.ehen. 
 Light, bag Sld;t; to come to-, 
 
 ang 2:ageglld)t fcmmen. 
 Lighten, teuditen, bll^en. 
 Like, gteld), d^ntld) ; gefaffen; the -, 
 berglcldicn ; he would — to, ct 
 modjk gem. 
 Lily, bie Stile. 
 
 Line, bie SInie, 3elfe ; futtern. 
 Lion, ber Sottje. 
 Little, Hein ; geving, ivenfg. 
 Live, leben ; ivctinen. 
 Lock, bag (Sd)lof; la^djlh^en 
 fd^llepen. 
 
224 
 
 MIN 
 
 NOB 
 
 Long, tang, lange. 
 
 Look, bai 2lu[e(;en t;aknj anS^ 
 
 fc^en. 
 Lose, tocrtlcren. 
 Loud, — ly, laut. 
 Love, bie ^iebe ; IteBen. 
 Low, iiiebrig ; briiKeu. 
 
 M. 
 
 Magdeburg, Sl^aflbeBurg. 
 Magistrate, bie Dbrl^feit, berStmt* 
 
 inaiin. 
 Maine, ber Wla'in. 
 Make, mvicheu, uervidhten, lajfen. 
 Man, ber aJieiifdi ; i^Jlainu 
 Mannheim, 9Jlannf)eim. 
 Many, »icl, L. 52; — a, mand)er. 
 March, ber S)Mrj. 
 Mark, ha6 Beidicn. 
 Market, ber WlaxU. 
 Mason, ber SD^laurer, 
 Master, ber aRcifier ; ^err; — of 
 a language, einer @Kci*e mdditig. 
 Matter, bie ©ad)e; what is the — ? 
 
 M\\6 c\iht eg ? 
 May, ber SJlal. 
 May, mogen, fonnen, biirfen. 
 Mayence, SJiatnj. 
 Mean, gemeiii, jcl)te*t; bag WiU 
 
 td ; by means of, »ermittelft. 
 Measure, ba^ a)lap j meffeii. 
 Meat, bag gleifdi. 
 Mechanic, ber ^aiibtrterter. 
 Meditate, iiberlcgen, iiad)benfen, er? 
 
 \vac\cn. 
 Meet, to go to — cntgegen gel^en ; 
 
 trejfeii ; begcgncn. 
 Meissen, SDicif en. 
 Melt, fdMucljen. 
 Memory, bag ©ebdd)tuip. 
 Mention, erwd()neii. 
 Merchant, ber .(taufmann. 
 Metal, bag SJIetaU. 
 Miller, bcv Tlnikx. 
 Milliner, bie ^u^niailierin. 
 Mind, bas5 ®emiitl) ; ber €inn. 
 Mindful, aufmerffani ; clucjcbcuf. 
 Mine, mciii, mcinlgc. L. 25. 
 Minute, bie 3Jiiiiute. 
 
 Miser, ber ©eljt^atg. 
 Miserable, elenb, erbdrmlid^. 
 Miss, taS ^vdiilelu. 
 Miss, mifyen ; »crfe(;ten. 
 Mistake, ber 3rrt§um ; fid) imii j 
 
 fe^len. 
 Misunderstand, falfc^ terjie^cn, 
 
 mi§verftef)en. 
 Money, bag ®e(b, bie 2Jliiiije. 
 Month, ber 9)lonat. 
 Moon, ber SDlonb. 
 More, bag 3Rii)x ; meT;r. 
 Morning, ber SJlorgen, 
 Most, meifl. 
 Mother, bie SOlutter. 
 Mountain, ber S3erg. 
 Much, viet ; fel)r. 
 Munich, 3Jliind)en. 
 Murder, ermorben. 
 Music, i)k QJiufif. 
 Must, miiffen. L. 31. 
 Mustard, ber ©enf. 
 My, mcin, meine. L. 9, 2. 
 
 N. 
 
 Napoleon, S^a^clecn. 
 Nation, bie gelation, bag SSot!. 
 Near, iia()e, beinafje, faj^ ; hd. 
 Need, bebiirfen, n6tl)lg (;aben. 
 Neighbor, ber 5nad}bar; 3fidd)ile, hit 
 
 Oiadibariii. 
 Neither, L. 52, 10, \vebcr; aud) 
 
 iiid)t ; — ... nor, webcr . . . nod). 
 Nephew, ber g^ejfe. 
 Nest, bag Dlejl. 
 Never, iiic, iilemaTg. 
 Nevertheless, luAtgbeftolucniget, 
 
 beffenungcaditet, beuuod). 
 New, lieu ; frifdi. 
 News, bie 9ienigfelt, 9Zad)ri(t;t. 
 Next, iidd)|1, fotgeiib. 
 Night, bic Dladit. 
 Nightingale, bie 9^ftd)ti9aU. 
 Nile, ber m. 
 Ninth, iicuiite. 
 No, iiein ; iildit ; fein. 
 Nobleman, ber (Sbetmaitn. 
 Nobody, 9licmaub. L. 10,8. 
 
ox 
 
 PLU 
 
 225 
 
 None, rdncr, Feine, Fetne^. 
 Nor, nodi ; and) iiict)t L. 66. 
 Not, iiidit L. 66. 
 Nothing, nuiiti?. 
 Now, nun, je^t, focBeii. 
 
 O. 
 
 Oak, bie @i*e. 
 
 Oats, ber •^afer. 
 
 Obedience, ber ©c^orfam. 
 
 Obedient, gefjcvfam. 
 
 Obey, gcljcvcben. 
 
 Objection, bie @utge(^enfc^ung ; ber 
 
 iS'imvurf ; ''i^ormirf; to have no 
 
 — , nldUi3 bagcgen l)a6en. 
 Oblige, «erpflid)tcu, »crbinben, see 
 
 miiffcn, L. 31. 
 Obtain, ev()alten, ertangcn. 
 Occur, oorfcmmen, fid) creignen. 
 Oder, bie Dbcr. 
 Oelper, Oelper, proper name. 
 Of, yen, tt»egen,»crmittelft; - course, 
 
 naturlidi, eg yerjle^t jid). 
 Offend, beleibigen. 
 Often, oft, ofterS. 
 Oil, bag Del. 
 Old, att 
 On, an, auf, in, Bcf, ju, mft, untcr, 
 
 yor, iibcr, yon, n?cg, lyeiter, fcrt, 
 
 gegcu ; jufolge. 
 Only, einjig ; aUein, nur ; erft. 
 Opera, bie Oyer. 
 Opinion, bie SPieinung. 
 Oppose, fid) tinbcrfe^en. 
 Opposite, gegeniiber. 
 Oppress, nnterbriicfcn. 
 Oppressor, ber Untetbriicfer. 
 Or, ober. 
 
 Ostrich, ber (Straup. 
 Other, ber, bie, ha6 aubere ; every 
 
 — day, einen ilag urn hm am 
 
 bern; — wise, anbcvg, [ouj^. 
 Out, ang, brau^cn ; - of, aug, au^cr. 
 Over, fiber, auf, l}iuiiber, Ijeriiber, 
 
 ycriiber, yovbei; aHju, ju fef)r, 
 
 tucit, breit ; iiber()in, burdi ; yor. 
 Owe, fd)u(big fein, yerbaul'en. 
 Ox, ber Dd)g. 
 
 10* 
 
 Page, btc (Seite, 93Iattfeiie. 
 
 Painter, ber 9)ialer. 
 
 Painting, bag ©cmdlbe. 
 
 Pair, bag ^aar. 
 
 Palace, ber ^afaft. 
 
 Paper, bag papier ; ^a^ietctt. 
 
 Paradise, bag ^arabieg. 
 
 Parents, bie ©llern. 
 
 Paris, ^an'g. 
 
 Part, ber 2;f)eil. 
 
 Pass, ber^jjap; to — by, ticcbeU 
 
 get}en. 
 Past, yergangen, ycrbei. 
 Patience, bie ©ebulb. 
 Patient, gebulbig ; ber ^ranFc, 5pa» 
 
 tient. 
 Patriotism, bie aSaterlanbgliebe. 
 Peaceful, friebfam. 
 Peach, bie ^fivrifd)e. 
 Pear, bie S3irne. 
 Peasant, ber Sanbmann, 33auet, 
 Pen, bie geber, ©diretbfeber. 
 Pencil, ber $lnfet ; 53Ielftift. 
 People, bag 33olf, btc 2eute; besjol* 
 
 fern. 
 Pepper, ber ?)3feffer. 
 Perfect, yonfommcn. 
 Perform, yerrld)ten, yoIlsieT^en, aug# 
 
 fiiljren. 
 Perhaps,- yieHeidit. 
 Perish, umfommen; ju ©runbe 
 
 geljeii. 
 Persuade, uberreben. 
 Physician, ber Slrjt. 
 Piece, bag (BtM. 
 Pine, bie ^IdUe, Xanwi. 
 Pink, bie Oielfe. 
 Pity, ha^ 2Jiittelben; it is a —, ed \^ 
 
 @d)abe ; bemltleiben, bebauern. 
 Plan, ber ^\a\i. ©utiyuvf. 
 Plane, bic fiddle; bcrJpcbct 
 Play, fpicten, fdjerjen. 
 Pleasant, — ly, angenc^tn. 
 Please, gcfallen ; ergo^en. 
 Pleasure, bag a5ergniigen. 
 Plow, ber q3flug. 
 Plum, bie 5p^aumc. 
 
226 
 
 RAI 
 
 RUB 
 
 Point, ber^punft; to be iponthe-, 
 
 im ^egviifc felu. 
 Polite, feiu. artig, I^ojlid). 
 Poor, avm, biivftig, maget. 
 Possess, to — one's-self of a 
 
 thing, fid) eiiiev <Sa*e berndd^tigen. 
 Possession, ber 33efi^. 
 Potato, bie ^avtofel. 
 Pound, ^funb. 
 Pour, iliepe"; etnfd)enfeit. 
 Poverty, bic Strmutf). 
 Power, bie ma(i)t, ©etualt, ^vaft. 
 Powerful, — ^ly, mdd)tlg. 
 Practical, ^raftifc^. 
 Praise, bag 2ob ; Icben, ^teifen. 
 Prefer, t)crjie{)en. 
 Presence, bie (UegeniDart, 5(ntt)e; 
 
 fen(;eit. 
 Press, bie ^rejTc 
 Pretty, f)iibfd% nett, jiemlic^. 
 Prey, ber Olaub. 
 Price, ber $velg ; Sevt^. 
 Prince, ber ^rinj ; %nx% 
 Principle, ber ©runbfa^. 
 Prison, bag ©efdngni^. 
 Probable, tttaf)rfd)etnlid). 
 Procession, ber Slufjug j bie ^xcf 
 
 ceffton. 
 Promise, bag SSerf^ted^en ; i)er# 
 
 fpredien, geloben. 
 Pronounce, augfpredien. 
 Proper, eigeit ; fd)i(f lic^. 
 Proud, ficlj; tro^tg. 
 Prudence, bie illug^eitj S3or|id^? 
 
 tigfelt 
 Prussia, ^reupen. 
 Pulpit, bie Jtanjel. 
 Punish, bejlrafen. 
 Purse, ber S3eutet. 
 Put, ftelleu; tegcn. 
 
 Q. 
 
 Quarrel, jjanfcu, flrelten. 
 Quarter, ha^ Siertel. 
 Question, bie ^vcic^e ; ©treltfrage. 
 Questionable, jtveifcdjiaft. 
 Quire, i>a6 iSud). L. 47. 3. 
 
 R. 
 Rabbit, ba3 ,Kaain(^cn. 
 
 Rain, ber 9tegen ; regnetu 
 
 Raise, J)eben, auf^eben. 
 
 Rapid, fdinell, gefd)tt)i«b. 
 
 Rather, lieber. 
 
 Read, tefen. 
 
 Really, toirfti^, in bet Xi}at 
 
 Reason, bic 33ernunft; Urfac^ej 
 
 ber @runb. 
 Receive, emi>fangen, err;aUcn. 
 Recognize, erfennen. 
 Recommend, em))fe^ten. 
 Recover, ^efunb tverbeuj gcnefen. 
 Red, rot^. 
 
 Redound, juriicf fliepen ; gereid)cn. 
 Refuse, au,gfd)lagen, fidj toelgeriu 
 Regard, anfe^en. 
 Reindeer, bag 3'icnntf;ier. 
 Relation, ber, bie S3erwanbte. 
 Remain, bletben. 
 Remedy, ia^ ^ilfgmitteL 
 Remember, fid) erinneru. P 126. 
 Renounce, entfagen. 
 Renowned, beriif^mt. 
 Resemble, gleid)en j d^nnd^ feiiu 
 Reside, toc^nen. 
 Resist, toibcrfietjen. 
 Respect, ad)ten, fd)d^en, i^od)ad)fen. 
 Return, guriicffe^ren, juriicfgeben, 
 
 jururffd)i(fen. 
 Revolution, hk Umtodljung, Vtv* 
 
 ttolulion. 
 Reward, ijergetten, Belcl^ncn. 
 Rhine, ber 9l(;eiu. 
 Rhinoceros, bag 9lag^om. 
 Ribbon, bag Sanb. 
 Rich, reid). 
 Ride, reiten, falf;ren. 
 Ridicule, Id^erlid) madjen; jld) 
 
 fiber . . . aufi;alten. 
 Ring, ber 9iing ; jlreig j Jtlang. 
 Ripe, rcif, jcitig. 
 Ripen, reifen. 
 River, ber ^lug ; ©trowu 
 Road, bic (Strafe. 
 Rob, rauben beraubciu 
 Roof, bag ^aiij. 
 Room, ber 0laum, bie @iube/ ha§ 
 
 Simmer. 
 Rose, bie Stofe. 
 
SHI 
 
 SOU 
 
 227 
 
 Ruby, bv>r 3'lu'6in. 
 Rude, — ly, xci), rau^, gvcB. 
 Rule, bie Olegel; ^errfcbaft. 
 Run, laufen, rcuuen, tiuuenj — 
 
 away, bur6(^er)cit. 
 Russian, bet SflujTe ; tuf jtfd). 
 Rye, ber Oipggeu; ba^ koxn. 
 
 S. 
 
 Sacrifice, ha6 Opfer. 
 
 Sad, traiirig, betriibt. 
 
 Saddle, ber battel. 
 
 Saddler, ber ©attler. 
 
 Sail, ba^ eeqct. 
 
 Sailor, ber SJlatrofe. 
 
 Sake, L. 48. 6. 
 
 Salmon, ber 2ach3. 
 
 Salt, bag ©alj. 
 
 Same, berfelbe, blefelBc, baflfelbe; 
 
 the very — , ber iidmlid^c. 
 Satisfy, befnebiv^en. 
 Save, retten, erretten. 
 Saxon, ber Gacl:)fe} fdci)jtfd). 
 Saxony, @ad)fen. 
 Say, fagen. 
 Scholar, ber (Sd[)iilerj ©ete^rte; 
 
 bie @ct)iilertn. 
 School, bie (Sd^ule. 
 Scold, fdielten. 
 Sea, tk (See, ba3 SJlecr, 
 Season, bte Sa'^regjeit ; rcd)te 3cit 
 Season of the year, bie Sa'^regjeit. 
 Seat, ber @i^, <Btui)l ; fe^en. 
 Secret, ha^ ®el;eimuip. 
 See, fefien. 
 Seem, fd)etnen. 
 Seize, ercjreifeu. 
 Self, felbfi. 
 Sell, yerfaufen. 
 Send, fcuben, fd)icfen; to — for, 
 
 Ijolen tviffen. 
 Sense, ber @tnn, SScvjlaub. 
 Servant, ber 5)tener. 
 Several, i^cvfd)!cbene, met^rerc. 
 Shall, foUen, tuerben. 
 Sharp, — ly, fd)atf. 
 Sharpen, [d)drfen,[d)leifen, jufpi^en. 
 Sheep, bat? Sc^af. 
 Shine, fdjctnen, leuc^ten. 
 
 Ship, ba6 ec&ljf. 
 
 Shoe, ber ©dnit); ha$ ^ufeifen, 
 
 — maker, ber @d)u(;mac^er. 
 Shoot, fd)icpen. 
 Short, hirj. 
 Shovel, bie (Scl)aufct. 
 Show, jelgen. 
 Sick, franf, un\vof)l. 
 Side, bie ©ette, on this — , btef^ 
 
 feitg, on the other — , {enfelt^. 
 Sight, bag @eficl)t; out of — , cm$ 
 
 \)en 2lugen. 
 Silk, hii igeibe; fetben. 
 Silly, elnfdlttg, albern. 
 Silver, bag ©ilber. 
 Similar, d{;nlid). 
 Since, feitbem, 'ooxf)tx, iceil, ha. 
 Sing, fingen. 
 Sister, bie @d)toejiet j — ^inlaw, bie 
 
 @d)tt»dgerin. 
 Sit, ft^en, Vaffen. 
 Six, fed)g. 
 
 Sixteenth, L. 51. 14. 
 Skillful, gefc^icft. 
 Slander, tterleumben. 
 Slaughter, fd)Iac^ten. 
 Slave, ber ©cla^e. 
 Sleep, ber @d)laf ; fc^tafeiu 
 Slow, langfam. 
 Small, !leln, gering. 
 Smile, ldd)eln. 
 Smith, ber ©ci^mieb, ©d^mib, 
 
 @d)mibt. 
 Smoke, ber dimij; raud^en. 
 Smooth, gtatt. 
 Snow, ber @d)nee j fc^neien. 
 So, fo. 
 
 Sofa, i>aS gtuTjebett, <Bo\)^a* 
 Soft, ireid), fanft; leife. 
 Soldier, ber ©olbat. 
 Some, L. 52, 6 ; — body, jemanb ; 
 
 — thing, Hwa6 ; — times, jutoel* 
 
 ten,maud)mat; -where, irgenbujo. 
 Son, ber (So^n. 
 Song, ber ©efang ; ha6 Zkh» 
 Soon, balb, friif). 
 Sorry, traurig, betriibt} I am — ^ 
 
 eg ti)ut mix leib. 
 Soul, bie <Beele, ber Oeiji 
 
228 
 
 SUR 
 
 THR 
 
 Speak, fpvcdien, Xi:htn. 
 
 Spear, bcv ©piep, (Speev, bie Sanje. 
 
 Speech, Dlcbe. 
 
 Spendthrift, bcr SScrfd^ireiiber. 
 
 Spin, fpinnen; bve(;eii. 
 
 Split, H?a(ten. 
 
 Spring, ber (gjjrung; bie Ouelte; 
 
 <^riU}iiiig ; ftn-ingen. 
 Squirrel, bag @icl)f)6rudben. 
 Stable, bcr (BtaiL 
 Stand, bcr ©tanb, hk <BUIIq ; jlcfjcn. 
 Starling, ber Staar. 
 Start, fa()rcn ; abveifen. 
 State, ber (Btaat-, — 's-man, ber 
 
 (2taa(gmann. 
 Stay, bcr 51ufeiit^alt ; bfeiben. 
 Stead, bie (gtcUe. L. 48. 7. 
 Steal, ftef)Ien. 
 Steel, ber ©ta^I; fta^len; ftdf;Iern. 
 
 L. 23, 9. 
 Steep, ftcil. 
 
 Still, ftill, vuT}ig; nc&j. L. 66. 
 Sting, ftedien. 
 Stone, bcr @tetn. 
 Stop, l)ennnen ; au^alten ; auf(;oren ; 
 
 fict) auf(}alten. 
 Story, bie C>3efc()[cl^te ; ba^ Tla^xi}m, 
 Stove, bcr Dfen. 
 
 Stranger, ber ^rcmbe, UuIJefannie. 
 Stream, ber (Strcm. 
 Strength, bie ©tdrfe. 
 Strike, fdilageii, ftofeii, I)aueii. 
 Strong, ftavf, frdftig, berb. 
 Struggle, |id) flrduben, !dmpfen; 
 
 — against, tiMberftreben. 
 Study, ftubiren, iiadibenfen. 
 Stupid, biimni ; albcrn. 
 Subject, bcr Uutcrtf;au ; imtertfjan. 
 Submit, fid) untcnvcrfeii, fid) gcfal; 
 
 Icii laffcn. 
 Succeed, nadifolgenj getlnc^eiu 
 Suffer, Icibcn. 
 
 Suflering, bag Seibcn, Iclbcnb. 
 Sugar, ber 3»cfcr. 
 Summer, ber Sommcr. 
 Summon, auffovbcnu 
 Sun, bie (2oinic. 
 
 Superior, iibevlegcu, yorjiigUd)cv. 
 Sure, [idler, geiijip. 
 
 Surrender, fid) ergcben. 
 Suspect, in S3erbad)t I;aben. 
 Swan, ber (Sdiarnn. 
 Swell, fd)wel(en, auffd)tDeUcn« 
 Swim, fd)ivimmen. 
 Sword, bag (Sd)t»ert. 
 
 T. 
 
 Table, bie 2:afel ; bcr Jlifd). 
 
 Tailor, ber ®d}neiber. 
 
 Take, ncl)mcn j mad)cn ; to — off, 
 
 abnef)meii. 
 Talk, fpred)en, iplaubern. 
 Tall, grcp, r;cd). 
 Tanner, ber ©erbcr. 
 Taste, ber ®e[d)macf. 
 Tea, ber Sfice. 
 Teach, Icfjreii, iinterrid)tcti. 
 Teacher, bcr Scorer, bie Scf;rerin, 
 Tear, bie !j:f)rdne. 
 Tedious, langweillg. 
 Tell, jdl}(eu, erjd^len. 
 Term, bcr 5'?rmin. 
 Terms, bie ©ebiugung. 
 Than, aU, benn. 
 That, bap. 
 The, ber, bie, i)a6, je..., bcfio..., um 
 
 fo ; — more, — better, je mefjiv 
 
 bcftc beffcr. 
 Thee, bir, bid); of — , beluer. 
 Their, i()r, i()re. 
 Them, i()iien, fie. 
 Themselves, fie fclbft, ftd) fetbfl. 
 There, ba, bort, bafelbft, ba()in; eg j 
 
 — fore, baf)er, bariim ; alfo. 
 They, fie. 
 Thief, ber 2)icb. 
 Thing, bag -Ding, bie (Sad)c. 
 Think, bciifen, inciucu, glaiibeu j to 
 
 — of, gcbenfen. 
 Third, brittc ; bag 2)vittel. 
 Thirst, bcr iDitrft. 
 Thirty, L.51,14. 
 Though, cbfd)eii, obglcid). 
 Thousand, taufeub. 
 Thrash, brefd^cn. 
 Threat, bie !Drof;ung. 
 Threaten, brol;eu. 
 Three, brei 
 
UNO 
 
 WAS 
 
 229 
 
 Thresh, see Thrash. 
 
 Through, biivd). 
 
 Throw", ira-feu. 
 
 Thunder, bouiiern, n^ettern. 
 
 Thus, \o, alfo, auf blefe Qlvt. 
 
 Thyself, bu felbft, felbji, bid), bir. 
 
 Tiber, bie %\bix. 
 
 Tiger, ber ^iger. 
 
 Till, bi*?. 
 
 Time, bie Belt. 
 
 Tired, miibe, uberbriif|ig. 
 
 To, jii, urn, an, auf, mit, nadb, fur, 
 
 gev^eii ; bi^ ; - and fro, l)'m luib ^er. 
 To-day, t}cute. 
 To-morrow, morgen. 
 Tongs, bie Scingc. 
 Too, ju, allju ; auci). 
 Toothache, bas? 3a^nh)e'^. 
 Town, bie ©tabt ) to — , nac^ ber 
 
 @tabt. 
 Traitor, ber 9Scrrdtf;er. 
 Travel, reifeii. 
 Traveler, ber ^leifenbe. 
 Treat, beljaubeln. 
 Tree, ber 33aum ; (Stamm- 
 Tremble, jittern. 
 Trouble, "i^k Unru^c ; ber SSerbruf, 
 
 Summer. 
 Trout, bie t^orelle. 
 True, \X)^[)X, treu. 
 Trunk, ber ^cjfer ; <Stamm. 
 Trust, traueii, yertrauen, ji^ »er? 
 
 laffeii. 
 Truth, bie Saf;rr;cit. 
 Try, ^rufen, »erfiicl)en. 
 Turk, ber iliivfe. 
 Turn, 9leii;e, P. 83 ; brer;en j bredb* 
 
 fdii. 
 Twelve, L. 51, 14. 
 Twenty, jwanjig. 
 Twice, jtueinuil. 
 Two, L. 51, 14. 
 Tyrant, ber 2;9rann, 2But^ric!^. 
 
 U. 
 
 Unaccustomed, unc^elvorjiit. 
 Uncle, ber Df|?tm, Dnfcl. 
 Under, unter, nnizw, nieber; unfer? 
 georbnet • 
 
 Understand, tierfier^en, begrcifen; 
 
 see fciineii, L. 31. 
 Unfavorable, uiigiuiftig. 
 Unfortunate, itiu^lurflid). 
 Unhappy, ungh-icflic^. 
 Unite, ycreinigeii. 
 United, sereiuitjt. 
 Unjust, — ly, uu9crcd)t 
 Unpardonable, unoerjeibtid^, 
 Unpleasant, unaugeuc(;m. 
 Until, bi^. 
 Unwell, umtJc'^I. 
 Up, auf, aufwdrt^, F;lnauf, I;erauf, 
 
 cm)3or. 
 Upon, auf, an, uber, bci, OMi, in, 
 
 uadb, jufclge. 
 Useful, uii^lid). 
 
 V. 
 
 Valiant, ta^ fer, bra»« 
 
 Value, ber aBertf). 
 
 Vanity, bie (Sitelfelt 
 
 Velvet, ber (Sammet. 
 
 Very, feljr. 
 
 Vest, bie SKefie. 
 
 Vex, vl^gen, qudlen, serbricpen. 
 
 Vice, bag Saftev. 
 
 Vienna, SSten. 
 
 Village, lai ©orf. 
 
 Villain, ber @d)elm, ©))i^bubc 
 
 Vinegar, ber ©ffig. 
 
 Visit, ber 33efiici:) ; befud^en* 
 
 Voice, IW (Stimme. 
 
 Volume, ber Sanb. 
 
 W. 
 
 Wagon, ber SQBagen; — maker, 
 
 ber 3Baguer. 
 Wait, warten. 
 Walk, ber @ang, 2Beg, ©pajiev* 
 
 gang; ge()cn. 
 Wall, Ik aBanb, SDlauer. 
 Want, \i(M 93ebiirfni^; to be in — , 
 
 benotbigt fein, not^ig Tjabenj SPian* 
 
 gel leibeu an . . . 
 War, ber ^rieg. 
 Warm, tnarm. 
 Wash, tuafc^en; -—stand, bet 
 
 aSafc^tifc^. 
 
230 
 
 WIL 
 
 YOU 
 
 Watch, bie Uf)r, Xa^dmn^x. 
 
 Wave, bie SSelle, SBoge. 
 
 Way, ber 3Beg. 
 
 We, mix. 
 
 Weak, fdnua*. 
 
 Wealth, bev 5li^o(;tftanb, 9^eicl;t(;um. 
 
 Wear, ti-ageii, anfjciben. 
 
 Weather, bag SSeticr. 
 
 Weave, \uckn. 
 
 Wedding, bie ^^ccibseit. 
 
 Week, bie 2Bod)e. 
 
 Weep, lueinen, belx>etnctt. 
 
 Well, woiji, gut. 
 
 Were, \warcn. 
 
 What, tua^, h3eld)er; iueld) em; 
 
 ira^ fiir ein ; t\)ic yiel ; L. 10. 
 Whatever, u^as uur, toa^ auct) im; 
 
 nier. 
 Wheat, ber Satjeu. 
 When, it»enn, luaun, al^, ba. 
 Where, tt)o, Xcol)in. 
 Whether, ob. 
 
 Which, ivel(l)er, weld)e, tiietd)CiS. 
 While, iubem, ludbvcub. 
 Whistle, bie ^feife ; pfcifen. 
 White, ttjeip. 
 Who, wex, h3eld)er; ber, bte;-ever, 
 
 itter and) immer. 
 Whole, ganj. 
 Why, iDanim, L. 10, 5. 
 Wicked, gottfojJ. 
 Will, ber SBille j \Moiim, L. 31. 
 
 Win, getriitnen. 
 
 Window, hae ^tw^tx 
 
 Windy, wiubig. 
 
 Wine, ber ^nn. 
 
 Winter, ber SBinter. 
 
 Wise, wetfe, yerfldnblg. 
 
 Wish, ber SBuufd) ; iDiinfd^cn, see 
 
 twoUeu, L. 31. 
 With, mit, nebfi, fammt, bcl, auf, 
 
 fiir, an, burd). 
 Without, au^er, c^nc. 
 Wolf, ber aBo[f. 
 Woman, ha^ SBeib, bie j^rau. 
 Wood, i}a6 Jql% 
 Wooden, fjoljern. 
 Wool, bie SSoUe. 
 Word, bag Sort. 
 Work, bie Slrbeit ; ha6 3Berf ; at-- 
 
 bciten. 
 World, bk mdt, (Srbe. 
 Worm, bev aBurm. 
 Worst, fd)led)tefte, drgjie. 
 Worth, ber 2Bertf; ; tuert^, toiitblg. 
 Write, fd)reiben. 
 Writing, bie ©c^rift. 
 Wrong, unred)t, fatfdl). 
 
 Y. 
 Year, bag ^aljx. 
 Yellow, gelb. 
 Yesterday, gef!eru. 
 Yet, bod), benncd). no(^. 
 Young, iung ; fvifd). 
 
 ADDENDA. 
 
 ©egegnen, to meet. 
 
 ©ereiten, to prepare. 
 
 93teten, to offer. 
 
 ^i% art, are. See L. 32. 2. 
 
 Tiarbicteii, to offer, extend, 
 
 IDereiuf^, once, in future. 
 
 Saibe,/. color. 
 
 geiiib, m. -eg, enemy ; a^j. hostile. 
 
 adj. cultivated, edu- 
 
 ©ebilbet 
 cated. 
 
 ■^nxVii), adj. glorious, excellent 
 Oiaub, m. robbing, plunder. 
 (Sdninnben, to disappear. 
 23evfldnbUdi, adj. intelligible. 
 3ange, /. tongs. 
 
14 DAY USE 
 
 RETURN TO DESK FROM WHICH BORROWED 
 
 LOAN DEPT. 
 
 This book is due on the last date stamped below, or 
 
 on the date to which renewed. 
 
 Renewed books are subject to immediate recall. 
 
 itct'KSSj 
 
 RZC'D LP 
 
 SEP 17 1S62 
 
 ^efptftsW 
 
 REC'P ^^ ^ 
 
 ftPRTt^ers 
 
 m 
 
 T.r* 01 A_Kn«,.Q '4^^ 
 
 General Library 
 
p 
 
 YB 38893 
 
 ivi54031'? 
 
 ■*^*\%^JtiM V